Hawaiian National Bibliography, 1780-1900: Volume 2: 1831-1850 9780824862800

Table of contents :
Contents
Illustrations
Preface
Abbreviations
The Bibliography
References
Index

Citation preview

Hawaiian National Bibliography 178o–19oo

No Ka Huiwaina O Esekola, Oahu, 1835 [see No. 925]. This single-leaf tract depicting two men carrying the Grapes of Canaan on a pole illustrates the Old Testament text Numbers 13:21–25. Courtesy Hawaiian Mission Children’s Society Library, Mission Houses Museum.

Hawaiian National Bibliography 178o–19oo volume 2 1831–185o Compiled and Annotated by David W. Forbes university of hawai‘i press honolulu in association with hordern house, sydney

© 2ooo University of Hawai‘i Press All rights reserved Copublished by University of Hawai‘i Press 284o Kolowalu Street Honolulu, Hawai‘i 96822 and Hordern House 77 Victoria Street Potts Point, Sydney, nsw 2o11 Australia Printed in the United States of America o5 o4 o3 o2 o1 oo 5 4 3 2 1 University of Hawai‘i Press books are printed on acid-free paper and meet the guidelines for permanence and durability of the Council on Library Resources Design by Cameron Poulter

Library of Congress Cataloging-in-Publication Data (Revised for vol. 2) Forbes, David W. Hawaiian national bibliography, 178o–19oo /compiled and annotated by David W. Forbes p. cm. Includes index. Contents: v. 1. 178o–183o v. 2. 1831–185o 1. Hawaii—Bibliography. i. Title z.47o1.f67 1998 [du623] o16.9969—dc21 98–42455 cip isbn o–8248–2o42–8 (v. 1: alk. paper) isbn o–8248–2379–6 (v. 2: alk. paper)

To Samuel A. Cooke and Stuart T. K. Ho who had a vision and made it a reality

The Committee for a Hawaiian National Bibliography, 178o–19oo

Samuel A. Cooke, president Stuart T. K. Ho, vice president Gladys Ainoa Brandt, secretary Monsignor Charles A. Kekumano, treasurer George R. Ellis, assistant treasurer

Contents

List of Illustrations Preface

xi

Abbreviations

xiii

The Bibliography 1 References Index

587

585

viii

Illustrations

Entry No. 9o1

Woodcut and text from Ka Lama Hawaii, Lahainaluna, 1834.

925

Woodcut with biblical selection, Oahu, 1835.

939

Title page from He Hoikeholoholona na na Kamalii, Oahu, 1835. 98

983

Title page from Lorrin Andrews, A Vocabulary of Words in the Hawaiian Language, Lahainaluna, 1836. 122

1o72

Title page and a text page from O Ke Kumumua na na Kamalii, Oahu, 1837. 167

1o88

Title page and an engraved illustration from Anatomia, Oahu, 1838. 175

1147

Title page from Ke Kumu Kanawai, Honolulu, 1839.

1195

Title and text of He Mau Kanawai no ka Hale Kula no na Keiki Alii, Honolulu, 184o. 237

1198

Title page from Abel du Petit Thouars, Voyage Autour du Monde sur la Frégate La Vénus, 1836–1839, Paris, 184o. 24o

1233

Text and illustration from Na Haawina Palapala, Honolulu, 184o. 26o

1269

Title page from Ke Kumu Kanawai a me na Kanawai o ko Hawaii Pae Aina, Honolulu, 1841. 281

1288

Text and illustration from Ka Nonanona, May 14, 1844. Honolulu. 293

1383

Title page from Sheldon Dibble, History of the Sandwich Islands, Lahainaluna, 1843. 344

1388

Text and illustration from The Friend, October 1, 1845.

1417

Title page from Ka Palapala Hemolele [the Holy Bible], Honolulu, 1843. 369

1455

Cover title from Lorrin Andrews, Sabbath Whaling: or, is it right to take whales on the Sabbath? Honolulu, 1844. 392

viii

76

Frontispiece

212

349

Illustrations 1516

Wrapper title from Wight and Bowen, Notes of a Voyage Around the World in the U.S. Ship Constellation, Boston, 1844. 425

1517

Title page from Charles Wilkes, Narrative of the United States Exploring Expedition, during the years 1838 . . . 1842, Philadelphia, 1844. 427

163o

Title page and frontispiece from Hiram Bingham, A Residence of Twenty-One Years in the Sandwich Islands, Hartford and New York, 1847. 494

1755

Cover title from Samuel Snow, The Exile’s Return: or Narrative of Samuel Snow, Cleveland, 1849. 559 Hawaiian coat of arms on title page is reproduced from William Martin, Catalogue d’ouvrages relatifs aux iles Hawaii. Paris, 1867. Courtesy Bernice P. Bishop Museum Library.

ix

Preface

This second volume of the Hawaiian National Bibliography covers the period 1831–185o, during which the Hawaiian monarchical form of government was established and its sovereignty recognized by the world powers. Although Kamehameha III had been titular head of the government since the death of his brother Kamehameha II in 1824, he was then a minor, and the government operated for a number of years under a system close to that of a regency. When he attained his majority in 1831, the government rested upon his shoulders. This volume contains the printed record of the emergence of that monarchical form of government; Kamehameha III’s diplomatic struggles with foreign, often belligerent, powers; the Provisional Cession of Hawaii to Great Britain in 1843; and the eventual recognition of the independence of the Hawaiian Kingdom by Great Britain, France, and the United States. Here is the record also of the king’s voluntary granting to his people in 1839 of what is termed the Hawaiian Bill of Rights; the Constitution of 184o; the establishment of a legislative form of government by which the voice of the people was heard for the first time; and the establishment of freehold titles to land. All of these were at the time considered the great accomplishments of the reign of Kamehameha III. Great attention has been given to the listing of all printed Hawaiian government documents in the form that they appeared. Many of these were first published as broadsides; some were offprints from the government newspaper, the Polynesian. The tendency of bibliographers is to omit such items as extraneous; however, I believe that because their issue in these forms was considered official their inclusion is warranted. Beginning in 1845, annual reports from various Hawaiian government departments (both the Hawaiian- and English-language editions) made to the legislature have been entered individually. Annual reports of nongovernmental organizations have been entered only under their first appearance. This bibliography also contains many early nongovernmental broadsides and circulars. These more ephemeral items include theater bills, and announcements of concerts, the circus, and other public amusements of the day, which are often the only printed record of such occasions. Their inclusion helps to round out a picture of Honolulu social activities of the period. An attempt has been made to provide an entry for all newspapers and periodicals issued in Hawaii through 185o. This will probably not be possible with succeeding volumes. xi

xii

Preface

While I have made every effort to examine at least one copy of each item listed, this bibliography should not be construed as a comprehensive list either of copies or of complete library holdings. Extensive use has been made of the National Union Catalog and the catalogues of many individual libraries, but I am aware of holdings (particularly outside Hawaii) that I have not noted. The industrious researcher will find, for example, scattered runs of many Hawaiian governmental reports in the catalogues of the Boston and New York Public Libraries, the Mitchell Library, Sydney, and in several libraries at Yale and Harvard that I have not fully recorded. With respect to collections in Hawaii, the record is more complete, but even here the constraints of time and access to collections has meant that there are institutional copies that are not listed in this bibliography. For all matters concerning style, the reader should examine both the preface and notes to the user found in the first volume. I again have been greatly aided by many of the libraries and individuals acknowledged in the first volume, and I am very appreciative of their help. I here, however, particularly acknowledge the continuing assistance of the project director Iris Wiley, editor Jan Rensel, Anthony Payne of London, Derek McDonnell and Anne McCormick of Sydney, Bronwen Solyom of the University of Hawai‘i at Mänoa Library, Marilyn Reppun of the Hawaiian Mission Children’s Society Library, Barbara Dunn and Karen Sinn of the Hawaiian Historical Society, and the entire library and archives staff of the Bernice Pauahi Bishop Museum in Honolulu.

Abbreviations

AAS AH AH (Kahn) AI-NZ APS AP-NZ ATL

American Antiquarian Society, Worcester, Massachusetts Hawaii State Archives, Honolulu Paul M. Kahn Collection, Hawaii State Archives Auckland Institute, Auckland, New Zealand American Philosophical Society, Philadelphia Auckland Public Library, Auckland, New Zealand Alexander Turnbull Library, National Library of New Zealand, Wellington BL British Library, London BPBM Bernice P. Bishop Museum Library, Honolulu BPL Boston Public Library, Boston, Massachusetts BrU Brown University Library, Providence, Rhode Island DL Dixson Library, State Library of New South Wales, Sydney, Australia FLP The Free Library of Philadelphia GF Grove Farm Homestead Library, Lihue, Kauai HAA Honolulu Academy of Arts, Honolulu HarU Harvard University, Cambridge, Massachusetts HHS Hawaiian Historical Society, Honolulu HMCS Hawaiian Mission Children’s Society Library, Honolulu HSL Hawaii State Library, Hawaiian and Pacific Collection, Honolulu HSL (Tice Phillips) James Tice Phillips Collection, Hawaii State Library, Honolulu JCB John Carter Brown Library, Brown University, Providence, Rhode Island KrO Biarne Kroepelien Collection, University of Oslo, Oslo, Norway LC Library of Congress, Washington, D.C. ML Mitchell Library, State Library of New South Wales, Sydney, Australia NLA National Library of Australia, Canberra. When Nan Kivell is added, this identifies the item as from the collection of Rex de C. Nan Kivell NLC Newberry Library, Chicago xiii

xiv

Abbreviations

NYH NYP NYS PA-VBC PC

P-EMS PMK PS RD SMC UC UC-B UCLA

UM UH WaU YU

New York Historical Society New York Public Library, New York New York State Library, Albany, New York Provincial Archives, Victoria, British Columbia Private collection(s). Occasionally this symbol is further identified as PC (Honolulu), PC (Los Angeles), and so forth. Peabody-Essex Museum, Salem, Massachusetts Collection of Paul M. Kahn, San Francisco Punahou School, Hawaiian and Pacific Collection, Honolulu Collection of Rodney Davidson, Melbourne, Australia Collection of Samuel and Mary Cooke, Honolulu University of California, Berkeley Bancroft Library, University of California, Berkeley University of California, Los Angeles. When Holmes is added, this identifies the Sir Maurice Holmes Captain Cook Collection, housed in the Department of Special Collections University of Michigan, Ann Arbor University of Hawaii at Manoa, Hawaiian and Pacific Collection, Honolulu University of Washington, Seattle Yale University, New Haven, Connecticut. Occasionally collections are further identified as Sterling Library or Medical School Library.

Hawaiian National Bibliography 178o–19oo volume 2 1831–185o

1831 Ainsworth, W[illiam Francis?] Analysis of a Narrative of a Voyage to the Pacific and Beering’s Strait, to co-operate with the Polar Expeditions; performed in his Majesty’s Ship Blossom under the Command of Captain F. W. Beechey, R.N., F.R.S. &c., in the years 1825, 26, 27, and 28, By W. Ainsworth, Esq. In: The Journal of the Royal Geographical Society of London. Vol. i, pp. [193]–222. London, John Murray, 1831.

769

8vo. 21 x 13 cm (BPBM).

A summary and commentary on the voyage. The author says: “The additions to our knowledge of the South Pacific and other seas, with their coasts and islands, by this expedition will be best given in the shape of a succinct narrative, or an analysis of Captain Beechey’s published work.” This he proceeds to do, adding: “We shall afterwards give a general idea of the results of the observations and experiments made during the voyage, which . . . reflect the greatest credit on the science, industry, and perseverance of Captain Beechey, and the officers under his command.” References: None found. Copies: BPBM*. The Union List of Serials records more than 1oo holdings of this journal.

American Board of Commissioners for Foreign Missions Constitution of the American Board of Commissioners for Foreign Missions. In: Missionary Papers. New Series, Paper No. 1. [Boston, 1831]

770

12mo. 17 x 10.5 cm (HHS). [1] + 2–24 text pp.

The constitution of the board is followed by the bylaws and a list of receipts and expenditures. Part ii (beginning on p. 6) contains a list of missions maintained, with articles on printing, preaching, mission churches (including Hawaii), and a “General Summary and Remarks of the operations.” Part iii (beginning on p. 12) consists of a “Plan of organizing and conducting Auxiliary Societies and Associations.” References: None found. Copies: HHS*.

American Board of Commissioners for Foreign Missions General Letters to the Sandwich Islands Mission.

771

From 1831 through 1854 letters from Rufus Anderson and others, primarily addressed to members of the mission as a body, were upon receipt in Honolulu printed there for private distribution (the exception being the letter of March 8, 1841, printed at Lahainaluna). The printed Extracts from the Minutes of General Meetings held by the mission show that 5o to 6o copies were usually printed. These are an important source of information about the workings of the American Board and contain their answers to letters and statements of policy. Many of the letters have a caption title “General Letter,” and are dated from the Missionary Rooms (later House), Boston. The letters are as follows: 1. Nov. 16, 1831. (MS rec’d. per ship Averick, June 17, 1832.) [1] + 2–8 text pp. 2. June 23, 1834, from B. B. Wisner. (MS rec’d. per ship Velocity, Jan. 25, 1835.) [1] + 2–8 text pp. 3. Sept. 5, 1834, from Anderson, and Sept. 6, 1834, from B. B. Wisner. (Date of receipt not recorded.) [1] + 2–11 text, [12] blank pp. 1

2

1831

Hawaiian National Bibliography

4. Sept. 16, 1835, and letter of Nov. 6, 1835. (MS rec’d. per La Grange, March 21, 1836.) [1] + 2–11 text, [12] blank pp. 5. June 15, 1836, with letter of July 24, 1836, from Anderson to Chamberlain. (MS rec’d. per Hamilton, Dec. 23, 1836.) [1] + 2–16 text pp. 6. Dec. 5, 1836. (MS rec’d. per Mary Frazier, April 1837.) [1] + 2–9 text, [1o] blank pp. 7. Jan. 17, 1837, with extract of letter from Henry Hill, Jan. 19, 1837. (MS rec’d. per brig Peru, July 29, 1837.) 4 pp. (This was also printed in Boston as a circular and sent to Honolulu. See copy in HMCS.) 8. July 21, 1837. (MS rec’d. per Factor, Feb. 22, 1838.) [1] blank, [1] + 2–14 text, [15 i.e., 16] blank pp. 9. Oct. 2o, 1837, and letter of Nov. 1, 1837. (MS rec’d. per Suffolk, March 26, 1838.) [1] + 2–8, [9] + 1o–12 text pp. 1o. June 3o, 1838, with letters of Oct. 2, 1838; Nov. 9, 1838; April 9, 1839; and April 11, 1839, from Henry Hill. (MS rec’d. per Fama, April 6, 1839, and per Morse, Oct. 19, 1839.) [1] + 2–32 text pp. 11. May 22, 1839, with letter of June 18, 1839. (MS rec’d. per Alciope, Dec. 31, 1839.) [1] + 2–7 text, [8] blank pp. Colophon p. 7: Honolulu, January, 184o. 12. Oct. 1, 1839, with letter of Oct. 8, 1839. (MS rec’d. per Lausanne. Duplicate rec’d. per Flora, June 19, 184o.) [1] + 2–6 letters, [7] Appendix, [8] blank pp. 13. Dec. 14, 1839. (MS rec’d. per Flora, June 19, 184o.) [1] + 2–4 text pp. 14. June 1o, 184o. (MS rec’d. per Thos. Perkins, Nov. 23, 184o.) [1] + 2–8 text pp. 15. Aug. 4, 184o, and letter of Sept. 3o, 184o. (MS of Aug. 4 rec’d. per brig Lama, March 17, 1841; MS of Sept. 3o rec’d. per ship Morea, Feb. 26, 1841.) [1] + 2–6, [7]–8 text pp. 16. Sept. 3o, 184o. (MS rec’d. per ship Morea, Feb. 26, 1841.) [1]–2 pp. 17. Oct. 31, 184o. (MS rec’d. per ship Gloucester, May 21, 1841.) [1] + 2–3 text, [4] blank pp. 18. March 8, 1841. (MS rec’d. per Wm. Gray, Oct. 9, 1841.) [1] + 2–3 text, [4] blank pp. Colophon p. 3: Lahainaluna, Mea Paipalapala o ke Kulanui. 19. July 16, 1841. (MS rec’d. per ship California, Dec. 2, 1841.) Also with letters from P. D. Vroom, June 5, 1841; the Prudential Committee to U.S. President John Tyler, Wm. Richards to Anderson, Paris, Feb. 27, 1841, and postscript of Rufus Anderson, July 2o, 1841. (All largely on Laplace and the visit of the Artémise.) [1] + 2–14 text pp. 2o. Oct. 16, 1841, with letter of Feb. 19, 1842, and extract of letter from Henry Hill, March 3o, 1842. (MS rec’d. per Delaware, Oct. 19, 1842, and via Mazatlan, July 25, 1842.) [1] + 2–11 text, [12] blank pp. 21. April 28, 1842, with letter of April 29, 1842. (MS rec’d. per Sarah and Abigail, Sept. 21, 1842, and duplicate rec’d. via Mazatlan, Sept. 2, 1842.) [1] + 2–5 text, [6] blank pp. 22. June 4, 1842. (MS rec’d. per ship Wm. Gray, Nov. 19, 1842.) [1]–2 text pp. 23. [Wrapper title:] General Letters | of the | Am. Board of Com. For F.M. With letter of Oct. 28, 1842. (MS rec’d. via Mazatlan, Jan. 29, 1843.) [1] title, [1] + 2–11 [i.e., 12] text, with letter of Jan. 11, 1843 (MS rec’d. per schooner Hooikaika, via Mazatlan, May 28, 1843) [12] + 13–15 text pp. 24. March 14, 1843. (MS rec’d. per Cyane, via Mazatlan, Aug. 4, 1843.) [1] blank, [1]–2, [3 i.e., 4] blank pp. 25. Aug. 5, 1843, from David Greene, and postscript to letter by Henry Hill dated

Hawaiian National Bibliography 1831

Oct. 16, 1843. (MS rec’d. per ship Hazard, via Mazatlan, Feb. 3, 1844.) [1] + 2–7 text, [8] blank pp. 26. May 11, 1844, from David Greene. (MS rec’d. per Inez, via Tahiti, Jan. 19, 1845.) [1] + 2–1o text, [11–12] blank pp. 27. Feb. 26, 1845, from David Greene, and letter of Feb. 22, 1845, from Greene and Rufus Anderson. (MS rec’d. via Mazatlan July 3o, 1845.) [1] + 2–5, [6] + 7–8 text pp. 28. Oct. 29, 1845. (MS rec’d. per Charles, March 21, 1846.) [1] + 2–11 text, [12] blank pp. 29. Nov. 11, 1845 [sic for 1844], from David Greene. (MS rec’d. per Montreal, March 23, 1845.) [1] + 2–15 text, [16] blank pp. 3o. [Caption title reads:] Private. | Printed for the use of the Mission Only. Missionary House, Boston, April 1o, 1846. (MS rec’d. per ship Gen. Harrison, Nov. 26, 1846.) [1] + 2–14 text, with letter of April 17, 1846 (MS rec’d. per ship Angelo, Oct. 7, 1846) [15] text, [16] blank pp. 31. April 23, 1846, with letters of July 19, 1845, and Jan. 22, 1846, from Anderson; and April 23, 1846, from David Greene. (MS rec’d. per Congaree. Oct. 28, 1845; per Mariposa, May 14, 1846; and per Brooklyn, June 2o, 1846.) [1] + 2–12 text pp. 32. July 3, 1846. (MS rec’d. per brig Francesca, March 13, 1847.) [1] + 2–5 text, [6] blank pp. 33. Nov. 6, 1846. (MS rec’d. per ship Montreal, May 3, 1847.) [1] + 2–9 text, [1o] blank pp. 34. Jan. 22, 1847. (MS rec’d. per Eveline, July 18, 1847.) Also letters March 9, 1847 (MS rec’d. per Cyane, March 9 [sic; i.e., Aug. 2], 1847); June 4, 1847 (MS rec’d. per Minstrel, Oct. 17, 1847); and Feb. 1, 1847 (MS rec’d. per Medora, Oct. 19, 1847). [1] + 2–4 text pp. 35. Oct. 13, 1847, from Rufus Anderson. (Date of receipt not known.) [1] + 2–3 text, [4] blank pp. 36. Oct. 18, 1847, from Rufus Anderson. (MS rec’d. per Samoset, Feb. 26, 1848.) [1] + 2–3 text, [4] blank pp. 37. Feb. 29, 1848. (MS rec’d. per Tsar, via Tahiti, Sept. 19, 1848.) [1] + 2–5 text, [6] blank pp. 38. June 17, 1848 (duplicate to supply the lost letter sent by the schooner Margaret) with letter of Dec. 28, 1849. (MS rec’d. overland March 11, 185o.) [1] + 2–5, [6]–7 text, [8] blank pp. 39. July 19, 1848. (MS rec’d. per ship Dale, via Mazatlan, Jan. 4, 1849.) [1–2] blank, [1] + 2–34 text, [35] blank, [36] with note of 12 lines pp. 4o. Oct. 16, 1848. (MS rec’d. per ship Leland, March 11, 1849.) With letters of Nov. 13 and 14, 1848, and Oct. 3o, 1848 (MS rec’d. overland, per Angola, April 9, 1849); and Feb. 28, 1849 (MS rec’d. per schooner Eliza, via Panama, June 25, 1849). [1] + 2–15 text, [16] blank pp. 41. Oct. 16, 1848. (MS rec’d. per ship Leland, March 12, 1849.) Broadside form, printed in double columns. 42. March 13, 1849, and letter of April 3o, 1849, from J. R. Worcester. (MS rec’d. per ship Tsar, Sept. 18, 1849.) Broadside form. 43. August 1849. (MS rec’d. overland per ship, Nov. 17, 1849.) Broadside form. 44. August 1849. (MS rec’d. overland Nov. 17, 1849.) With letter of Sept. 18, 1849 (rec’d. via San Francisco, Jan. 18, 185o); Oct. 24, 1849 (rec’d. via San Fran-

3

4

1831

Hawaiian National Bibliography

cisco, Jan. 24, 185o); Nov. 7, 185o (MS rec’d. overland); and Notice from S. N. Castle and A. S. Cooke, Honolulu, Jan. 28, 185o. [1] + 2– 6, [7] + 8–25, [26] + 27–28 text pp. 45. Sept. 18, 1849. (MS rec’d. via San Francisco, Jan. 18, 185o.) Broadside printed in double columns. 46. Oct. 24, 1849. (Includes The Case of Mr. Henry Dimond, omitted in the letter of Oct. 24, 1849. ) Also letters dated 185o, from Anderson, to Asa Thurston, April 12 and 21; to Wilcox, June 26 and July 29; to Edward Bailey, July 26; to Miss Ogden, July 26; to W. P. Alexander; and to the Brethren, Sept. 5. [1] + 2–24 text pp. 47. Nov. 12, 1849, also Nov. 24 and Dec. 11, 1849. (MS rec’d. overland, Feb. 2o, 185o.) [1] + 2–8 text pp. 48. Feb. 27, 185o (MS rec’d. overland, May 29, 185o), and letter dated March 23, 185o. [1] + 2–4 text pp. 49. Honolulu, July 27, 185o, to Rev. R. Anderson, Secretary of ABCFM (with statistics). [1–2] + 3 + [4] text pp. 5o. May 3, 185o (MS rec’d. overland, July 11, 185o), and letter of May 8, 185o. [1] + 2–11 text, [12] blank pp. 51. June 21, 185o. (MS rec’d. overland, Aug. 26, 185o.) [1] + 2–11 text, [12] blank pp. 52. Sept. 23, 185o. (MS rec’d. Dec. 2, 185o.) [1] + 2–12 text pp. 53. Dec. 19, 185o. (MS rec’d. March 19, 1851.) [1] + 2–11 text, [12] blank pp. With a one-page letter from Castle and Cooke dated March 25, 1851, re supplies. 54. Jan. 2o, 1851 (MS rec’d. March 3o, 1851) and Dec. 24, 185o. [1] + 2–7 text, [8] blank pp. 55. Feb. 14, 1851. (MS rec’d. April 28, 1851.) Also letters to W. P. Alexander and J. W. Smith of the same date. [1] + 2–4 letter, [5]–6 letter to Alexander, [7]–8 letter to Smith pp. 56. April 29, 1851, Rufus Anderson to Daniel T. Conde; and letters to James W. Smith (April 3o), and Clark and Castle (May 17). [1] + 2–8 text pp. 57. July 14, 1851, and Anderson to Hiram Bingham II, April 2 and 3o, 1851. (MS rec’d. Sept. 3o, 1851.) [1] + 2–12 text pp. 58. Oct. 1, 1851. (MS rec’d. Jan. 12, 1852.) Also letters dated Oct. 8, 1o, 13, and Nov. 11, 1851, and a note dated Honolulu, Jan. 31, 1852. [1] + 2–24, 35 [i.e., 25]–42, [43], 44–54 text, [55] blank, [56] Note Jan. 31, 1852, setting date of General Meeting pp. 59. Dec. 3, 1851 (MS rec’d. Feb. 26, 1852) and letters of Dec. 11 and 13, 1851; Oct. 29, 1851; and Jan. 7, 1832. [1] + 2–31 text, [32] blank pp. 6o. March 23, 1852, to S. N. Castle. (MS rec’d. June 4, 1852.) [1] + 2–15 text, [16] blank pp. 61. Oct. 27, 1852. (MS rec’d. Jan. 15, 1853.) With a letter from J. S. Emerson (at Punahou) to Anderson, June 1, 1852. [1] + 2–24 text pp. 62. March 13, 1853. (MS rec’d. July 14, 1853.) [1] + 2–4 text pp. 63. Oct. 17, 1853, and letters of Nov. 22 and 25, 1853. [1] + 2–16 text pp. 64. June 13, 1854, to Trustees of the Oahu College. (MS rec’d. Aug. 12, 1854.) [1] + 2–4 text pp. 65. July 3, 1854, and letter to Trustees of Oahu College, July 17, 1854. (Both rec’d. Sept. 4, 1854.) [1] + 2–6 text, [7–8] blank pp. 66. July 17, 1854. (MS rec’d. Sept. 27, 1854.) [1] + 2–4 text pp. 67. Oct. 25, 1854, from S. B. Treat. [1] + 2–3 text, [4] blank pp.

Hawaiian National Bibliography 1831

5

These letters continue to be issued through 1861, but most are from this point addressed either to the Hawaiian Missionary Society or to the Hawaiian Evangelical Association, the latter organization being the successor to the Sandwich Islands Mission. References: Carter, p. 59. Copies: AH (Kahn)*, lacking a few numbers. BPBM (Carter) (2). HMCS (2)*. LC.

Beechey, Frederick William. First London Quarto Edition Narrative | of a | Voyage to the Pacific | and | Beering’s Strait, | To co-operate with | The Polar Expeditions: | performed in | His Majesty’s Ship Blossom, | under the command of | Captain F. W. Beechey, R.N. | F.R.S., F.R.A.S., and F.R.G.S. | in the years 1825, 26, 27, 28. | [rule] | Published by authority of the Lords Commissioners of the Admiralty. | [rule] | In two parts. | Part i. | London: | Henry Colburn and Richard Bentley, | New Burlington Street. | [rule] | MDCCCXXXI. 2 vols. 4to. 27.5 x 21 cm (BPBM). Part i [i.e., Vol. i]: [i] half title, [ii] imprint “London: | printed by Thomas Davison, Whitefriars,” else blank, [iii] title, [iv] blank, [v] + vi Dedication “To the King,” [vii] + viii –xviii Introduction, names of officers and crew, instructions, etc., [xix] + xx–xxi Contents of Part i, [xxii] Errata, [xxiii] Directions to the Binder, [xxiv] blank [+ half page errata slip], [1] + 2–392 text pp. With folding frontispiece “Chart shewing the tracks of H.M.S. Blossom . . . Published by Colburn & Bentley, 183o” (36.5 x 48.3 cm); “Chart of Part of the North West Coast of America from Point Rodney to Point Barrow” (44.3 x 33 cm) at first text page; chart of “Gambiers Group . . . 1826” (2o.5 x 18 cm) at p. 133. With portrait of John Adams and 13 engraved plates. A half page with 19 errata on 23 lines of text is inserted at page xviii of the introduction in a copy of Vol. i in the Bishop Museum library. Part ii [i.e., Vol. ii]: [i] half title, [ii] imprint as in Vol. i, else blank, [iii] title, [iv] imprint as on p. ii, else blank, [v] + vi –vii Contents of Part ii and errata, [viii] Directions to the Binder, [393] + 394–59o voyage text, [591] Appendix half title, [592] blank, [593] + 594–742 Appendix texts, [743–744] Advertisements for Colburn & Bentley’s books pp. With 5 engraved plates and 4 lithographed plates of fossil remains and section of a Mexican beehive; most are dated 183o.

HMS Blossom was sent to the Pacific Ocean and to the Bering Strait by the Admiralty as a relief ship with the purpose of awaiting the expeditions of Captains Parry and Franklin on their search for a Northwest Passage. Beechey was instructed to explore those areas of the Pacific in his route and to reach Bering Strait no later than July 1o, 1826. The Blossom visited Easter Island, Pitcairn, and Mangareva Islands (on which Beechey was the first European to land), sailed through the Tuamotus, reached Tahiti, and from May 2o to June 1, 1826, made the first of two stops at Hawaii. At Kamchatka he learned of Parry’s return, and spent July to October in Kotzebue Sound, tragically missing Franklin near Point Barrow, Alaska, by fifty leagues. He then proceeded through the Aleutian Islands, and on to San Francisco and Monterey, before making a second visit to the Hawaiian Islands. The next year he continued in his explorations of the Arctic, entering Kotzebue Sound from the west. The narrative contains extensive comments on his stops at each of these places. The Blossom anchored at Honolulu May 18, 1826, direct from Tahiti. Beechey found the contrasts between these two islands particularly striking. “At Woahoo,” he wrote, “the eye searches in vain for the green and shady forests skirting the shore, which enliven the scene at Otaheite. The whole country has a parched and comparatively barren aspect.” With respect to physical conditions however, Beechey noted that “in every way this country seemed far to surpass the other in civilization.” Beechey describes the town and his arrival, visited the aging Kalanimoku, and met the young king. During this short visit, Beechey was occupied in making astronomical

772

6

1831

Hawaiian National Bibliography

observations. The Blossom departed Honolulu for Niihau May 31, 1826, took on supplies at that place on June 1st, then departed for Kamchatka. The naturalist on the voyage, Tradescant Lay, was left in Honolulu to recover his health and to botanize, and Alexander Collie took the position of naturalist on the next portion of the voyage. The ship continued to Kamchatka, proceeded north through the Bering Strait to the Polar Sea, then continued through the Aleutian Islands to California, where investigations were made at both San Francisco and Monterey. The Blossom made a second stop at Hawaii, arriving from Monterey January 26, 1827, and remaining until March 4, 1827. Beechey provides a historical résumé from the visits of Cook and Vancouver, and remarks on the influence of foreigners, the rise of Kamehameha, Kamehameha II and the visit of the Blonde, and, with respect to the chiefs, the “progress of luxury” and large debts resulting from the trade in sandalwood. During this visit, Beechey described the town, its inhabitants, and Hawaiian customs in considerable detail. He noted that Honolulu had now assumed a livelier appearance “and the streets [were] occupied by happy little children.” Beechey surmised a “backlash” from the rigid restraints imposed by the mission and commented that the missionaries had been misled “by the eagerness of their hopes,” when the first enthusiasm for instruction waned. American missionary relations with the chiefs, and with Kaahumanu, are discussed in some detail. He has praise for the “English and American residents, neither of whom took part in these state quarrels.” Beechey attended an “entertainment” or “Leuhow party” given by the king, which included an elaborate hula performance. He says much about the chiefs, and notes the death of Kalanimoku (also known by the name William Pitt), giving a long account of his public life. During the hiatus between Beechey’s first and second visits, a treaty of alliance had been signed between the Hawaiian government and that of the United States. This and other political developments are the subject of comment. Beechey purposely declined to touch on “subjects connected with the mythology, traditions, and early manners and customs of the islanders, from a conviction that I could give but an imperfect sketch of them, and from a hope that they will hereafter be laid before the public by the author of Polynesian Researches [William Ellis]” (p. 435). However he does include interesting remarks on the medicinal properties of awa, taken from the journal of Alexander Collie, the surgeon of the Blossom (pp. 433–435). Perhaps the most celebrated portion of the voyage text is the narrative of the Blossom’s stop at Pitcairn Island. Here Beechey interviewed John Adams, and obtained an eyewitness account from the last surviving participant of the infamous mutiny on the Bounty. The text plates include an engraved portrait of John Adams after a drawing by Richard Beechey, and two engraved views of Pitcairn after sketches by F. W. Beechey. The Admiralty issued specific instructions to Captain Beechey regarding natural history investigations in the course of the voyage: As we have appointed Mr. Tradescant Lay as naturalist on the voyage, and some of your officers are acquainted with certain branches of natural history, it is expected that your visits to the numerous islands of the Pacific will afford the means of collecting rare and curious specimens in the several branches of science. You are to cause it to be understood that two specimens, at least, of each article are to be reserved for the public museums; after which the naturalist and officers will be at liberty to collect for themselves. You will pay every attention to the preservation of the various specimens of natural history, and on your arrival in England transmit them to this office; and if . . . you should meet with a safe conveyance to England, you are to avail your-

Hawaiian National Bibliography 1831

7

self of it to send home any dispatches . . . accompanied by journals, charts, drawings, &c. and such specimens of natural history as may have been collected. And you will, on each of your visits to Owhyhee, deliver to his majesty’s consul at that place duplicates of all your previous collections . . . to be transmitted by him, by the first safe opportunity, to England. Much of the scientific information collected on this voyage was published in the appendix at the end of the narrative (Vol. ii). It contains the following reports: “On the Occurrence of the remains of Elephants and other quadrupeds in the cliffs of frozen mud, in Eschscholtz Bay, within Beering’s strait” by Rev. Wm. Buckland (pp. 593–612, and three lithograph plates); “Mexican Bees” by E. T. Bennett (pp. 613–618, and one plate); “Vocabulary of the Western Esquimaux” (pp. 619–627); “Nautical Remarks” (pp. 628–662); “Geographical Position of places visited by H.M.S. Blossom” (pp. 663–674, including tables); “Altitude of Mountains” (p. 675); “Currents” (p. 676); “Meteorological Observations” (pp. 677–721, including tables); “Aurora Borealis” (pp. 722–726); “Specific gravity of sea water” (pp. 727–73o); “Temperature of the Sea” (pp. 721–722); “Dip and Intensity of Magnetic Force” (pp. 733–734); “Variation of the Compass” (pp. 735–742). Most of the matter contained in this Appendix appears only in the quarto edition of this voyage. The nautical remarks include (on pp. 635–636, and 655–656) information on Hawaii. For the botany of Captain Beechey’s voyage, see Sir William Jackson Hooker and G. A. Walker Arnott, London, 1841 (No. 1282). For the zoology of Captain Beechey’s voyage, see Sir J. Richardson, London, 1839 (No. 1176). An important review of this voyage is found in the London Quarterly Review, Vol. xlv, April–July 1831 (copy in the Kahn collection). For another review see W. Ainsworth 1831 (No. 769). For a refutation of statements made by Beechey regarding missionary work in both the Society and Hawaiian Islands, see William Ellis 1831 (No. 777). References: Carter, p. 16. Ferguson, 1418. Hill, p. 19. Lada-Mocarski, 95. Sabin, 4347. Streeter, 3517. Copies: AH (Kahn)*, fine copy half green morocco, extra gilt compartmented spines. BL. BPBM (Fuller)*. BPL. HarU. JCB. LC. NYP. SMC*. UH. WaU. YU. The NUC lists more than 4o copies.

Beechey, Frederick William. First London Octavo Edition Narrative | of a | Voyage to the Pacific | and Beering’s Strait, | to co-operate with | The Polar Expeditions: | performed in| his majesty’s ship Blossom, | under the command of | Captain F. W. Beechey, R.N. | F.R.S. &c. | In the years 1825, 26, 27, 28. | [rule] | Published by authority of the Lords Commissioners of | the Admiralty. | [rule] | In two volumes. | Vol. i. | London: | Henry Colburn and Richard Bentley, | New Burlington Street. | [rule] | 1831. 2 vols. 8vo. 21.5 x 13.5 cm (BPBM). Vol. i: [i] half title, [ii] “printed by J. B. Nichols” etc., else blank, [iii] title, [iv] blank, [v] –vi dedication “to the King,” [vii] + viii –xxi Introduction, xxii blank, [xxiii] + xxiv–xxvi Contents, [xxvii] Directions to the binder, [xxviii] blank, [1] + 2–472 text pp. Folding “Chart shewing the track of H.M.S. Blossom . . . Published by Colburn, 1831” (36.3 x 49 cm) at title. With 13 engraved plates and 2 charts. Vol. ii: [i] title, [ii] blank, [iii] – iv Contents, and directions to the binder, [1] + 2–33o, voyage text, [i] inserted Appendix half title, [ii] blank, 331–452 Appendix text pp. With 1o engraved plates and 4 (folding) lithographed natural history plates.

773

8

1831

Hawaiian National Bibliography

The first octavo edition, containing the complete narrative of the voyage, but omitting some of the scientific papers and observations published in the quarto edition. The errata listed in the quarto edition have here been corrected. All the plates and charts in this edition have had their titles and credits relettered, repositioned, and dated 1831. The single-line-rule borders around the images in the quarto edition have been eliminated and the margins are much reduced. The actual images are unaltered from the quarto edition. The lithographs of natural history subjects and fossil remains, printed by Hullmandel, are unchanged from the quarto edition, but are here folded. References: Ferguson, 1419. Judd and Lind, 16. Lada-Mocarski, 95. Sabin, 4347. Copies: BPBM (Fuller), fine copy in contemporary tan calf. LC. UH. The NUC lists 6 copies. 774

Beechey, Frederick W. Second London Octavo Edition Narrative | of a | Voyage to the Pacific | and Beering’s Strait, | to co-operate with | The Polar Expeditions: | performed in | His majesty’s ship Blossom, | under the command of | Captain F. W. Beechey, R.N. | F.R.S. &c. | in the years 1825, 26, 27, 28. | [rule] | Published by authority of the Lords Commissioners of | the Admiralty. | [rule] | A new edition. | In two volumes. | Vol. i. | London: | Henry Colburn and Richard Bentley, | New Burlington Street. | [rule] | 1831. 2 vols. 8vo. 21 x 13.5 cm trimmed (BPBM). Vol. i: [i] title, [ii] imprint: “London Printed by Samuel Bentley | Dorset Street, Fleet Street,” else blank, [ iii]– iv Dedication “To the King,” [v] + vi –xvii Introduction, [xviii] blank, [xix] + xx–xxii Contents, [1] + 2–472 text pp. With folding chart of the voyage, folding chart of “Gambiers Group . . . Surveyed by F. W. Beechey, 1826” (2o.5 x 18.5 cm) at p. 18o, and “Chart of Part of the North West Coast of America from Point Rodney to Point Barrow” (44.3 x 33.5 cm) at p. 458. With engraved portrait of John Adams, and 13 engraved plates. Vol. ii: [i] title, [ii] [imprint as in Vol. i, else blank], [iii]–iv Contents, [1] + 2–33o text, [+ inserted leaf Appendix half title, verso blank], 331–452 Appendix text pp. With 1o engraved and lithographed plates (including 4 folding).

The second octavo edition. This is a close reprint of the first octavo edition issued the same year. The most obvious differences between the two octavo editions are that here the verso of the title page has “London: | printed by Samuel Bentley . . . ,” which appears on the verso of the half title in the first octavo edition. The introduction has been reset, and, in the text, this edition has running dates within brackets at the top inner margin (divided by the gutter). In the first octavo printing these appeared as marginal notes at the top of each page, immediately below the chapter number. I have not noticed any alterations to the text. The engraved plates and charts are unaltered from the first octavo edition. References: Ferguson, 142o. Copies: BPBM*, lacking the chart of the voyage. BPBM (Carter 6-F-5)*. HMCS*. UH. 775

Cox, Ross Adventures | on the | Columbia River, | including | The Narrative of a Residence | of six years on the western side of | The Rocky Mountains, | among | Various Tribes of Indians | hitherto unknown: | together with | A Journey Across the American Continent. | By Ross Cox. | In two volumes. | Vol. i. | London: | Henry Colburn and Richard Bentley, | 1831. 2 vols. 8vo. 21 x 13.5 cm (HSL).

Hawaiian National Bibliography 1831

9

Vol. i: [i] half title, [ii] blank, [iii] title, [iv] printer’s name and address, [v] dedication to Lord Frances Leveson Gower, [vi] blank, [vii] + viii–ix Preface, [x] blank, [xi] + xii–xx Introduction, [xxi] + xxii–xxiv Contents of Vol. i, [1] + 2–368 text pp. Vol. ii: [i] half title, [ii] blank, [iii] title, [iv] printer’s name and address, [v] + vi–viii Contents of Vol. ii, [1] + 2–392 text, 393 table, [394] blank, [395] + 396–4oo Appendix pp.

The first edition of an important Northwest Coast narrative. In the winter of 18o9, John Jacob Astor formed an association known as the Pacific Fur Company, with the aim of trading for furs on the Columbia River. The first vessel fitted out was the Tonquin, commanded by Captain Jonathan Thorne, and the following year, the Beaver, commanded by Captain Sowles. The Beaver departed from New York for the Northwest Coast on October 17, 1811, with Cox on board. In the preface, the author states: “The following narrative embraces a period of six years, five of which we spent among various tribes on the banks of the Columbia River. . . . During this period the Author ascended the Columbia nine times, and descended it eight; wintered among various tribes; was engaged in several encounters with the Indians; was lost fourteen days in a wilderness, and had many other extraordinary escapes.” En route to the Columbia River, a stop was made at Hawaii. The Beaver arrived at Kealakekua on March 25, 1812, then continued to Honolulu, anchoring at Waikiki on the 26th. The ship was visited by chief Kiana in a double canoe. Cox and others went on shore that night, visited Kiana’s family, and traded. The following day they were visited by Kamehameha and his entourage, and by the foreigners Don Marin and John Harbottle. Cox remarks on conditions in Honolulu and on the foreigners then in Hawaii. These he identifies as Captain Holmes, the Spaniard Don Marin, and Mr. Davis, “the king’s Gardener.” Of others who are not named he says “the majority . . . were convicts who had effected their escape from Botany Bay, and were held in no estimation by the natives.” The author made an inland excursion and witnessed sporting events—wrestling, boxing, spear throwing, and a “grand pedestrian racing match” between Kalanikupule and an American black named Anderson. Cox, like so many others, describes Kamehameha as a hard bargainer and ruminates on the important geographical position of the Islands and on the availability of supplies and food to be found by visiting ships. On April 6, 1812, the Beaver set sail for the Columbia River, taking along several Hawaiians. The remainder of the text contains the author’s narrative of his adventures in Oregon, his trek across the Rocky Mountains in 1817, and explorations in Montana, Idaho, and eastern Washington. One New York edition and two London editions were published in 1832 (see Nos. 8o4–8o6). References: Sabin, 17267. Strathern and Edwards, 129. Streeter, 37o2. Wagner-Camp, 43:1 with an important note on Cox’s activities while on the coast under entry 43:4 (pp. 125–126). Copies: BL. BPBM (Carter 2-C-2o). BPL. HMCS*. HSL (Tice Phillips)*. LC. PA-VBC. WaU. YU. The NUC lists 2o copies.

Ellis, William Polynesian Researches, | during a residence of nearly | eight years in the | Society and Sandwich Islands. | By William Ellis. | [rule] | Second edition, enlarged and improved. | Vol. i, | [rule] | London: | Fisher, Son, & Jackson, Newgate Street. | [rule] | 1831. 4 vols. 12mo. 17 x 1o.5 cm untrimmed (BPBM).

776

10

1831

Hawaiian National Bibliography Vol. i: Added engraved title (dated 1831), verso blank, [i] title, [ii] blank, [iii] dedication, [iv] Advertisement to the second edition, dated London, Jan. 1, 1831, [v] + vi–x Preface, [xi] + xii–xvi Contents of Vol. i and list of illustrations, [1] + 2–414 text pp. With folding map of “Polynesia” at first text page. With frontispiece portrait of Pomare, engraved vignette on added title, 2 woodcut plates and 14 woodcut vignettes in the text. Vol. ii: Added engraved title (dated 1831), verso blank, [i] title (1832), [ii] blank, [iii] + iv–viii Contents of Vol. ii and list of illustrations, [1] + 2–438 text pp. With engraved frontispiece “The high priest of Tahiti ceding the district of Matavai to Captn. Wilson,” engraved vignette on added title, and 1 plate. With folding map of the Georgian and Society Islands at first text page. Vol. iii: Added engraved title (dated 1831), verso blank, [i] title, [ii] blank, [iii] + iv–viii Contents of Vol. iii and list of plates, [1] + 2–4o7 text, [4o8] blank pp. With engraved frontispiece, engraved vignette on added title, and 1 plate. Vol. iv: Added engraved title (dated 1831) verso blank, [i] title, [ii] blank, [iii] + iv–viii Contents of Vol. iv and list of plates, [1] + 2–458 text, [459] + 46o–471 Appendix, [472] blank pp. With engraved frontispiece “The Volcano of Ki-rau-ea, in Hawaii,” engraved vignette on added title. With folding “Chart of the Sandwich Isles” (18 x 24 cm) at first text page.

William Ellis’ “Tour of the Island of Hawaii” is found here as Volume iv, and the Appendix (pp. 459–471) has “Remarks on the Hawaiian Language.” The Hawaiian plates in this volume are “The Volcano of Ki-rau-e-a in Hawaii” (7.9 x 12 cm) at first text page, and a vignette of Hawaiians surfing on the added title. Polynesian Researches was also published as the first four volumes of Fisher’s Select Library. The advertisement for this edition, dated February 1831, found in a Bishop Museum copy, states: In issuing the first volume of the “Researches” in their present improved state, the Author and Publishers feel happy in being thus able to comply with the suggestions of a number of highly respected individuals, who have expressed their wishes that the work might be published in a cheaper and more portable form. The reasonable price of the present volumes, and their periodical appearance, will, it is hoped, secure the object desired—their more extended circulation and consequent likelihood of more general usefulness. The less important parts have been slightly abridged; the whole arranged in a regular methodical order; and the History of the Establishment and Extension of Christianity in the South Seas continued to the date of last intelligence. As the Sandwich Islands form the northern boundary of Polynesia, in order to render the work more complete, the account of these islands, originally entitled Narrative of a Tour through Hawaii, or Owhyhee, will be published in a corresponding manner, under the same title, and will constitute a fourth volume of Polynesian Researches. This was a popular work, issued in several distinct formats, probably over a number of years. In some copies examined, Volume iv has an 1832 date on the main title, but is otherwise identical to this edition. There is also a four-volume edition in which the date on all the titles has been removed, but the text itself seems unaltered. One copy of this issue (Bishop Museum) is bound in contemporary green cloth gilt, with (at top of spine): “Select Liby.” and (at bottom): “Fisher & Co.” A smaller size of the undated issue (with trim size 15.5 x 1o cm) has also been seen. The Kahn collection copy (without dates on the titles) has the imprint altered to read “Peter Jackson, late Fisher, Son, & Co.” There is also an 1832 edition, which, like the 1831 edition, states “Second edition, enlarged and improved” on the title page of each volume. The text is unaltered from the previous edition.

Hawaiian National Bibliography 1831

11

References: O’Reilly and Reitman, 7557. Copies: AH (Kahn)*, with imprint “Peter Jackson, late Fisher, Son, & Co.”; no date; good copy in olive blind-stamped cloth. BPBM (5)*, one is dated 1832, another has 1832 date on Vol. iv. BPBM (Carter 5-A-1-4)*. HMCS*.

Ellis, William A | Vindication | of the | South Sea Missions | from the | Misrepresentations | of | Otto Von Kotzebue, | Captain in the Russian navy. | With an | Appendix. | By William Ellis. | [rule] | London: | Frederick Westley and A. H. Davis, | Booksellers to the London Missionary Society. | Stationers’ Hall Court and Ave Maria Lane. | [rule] | MDCCCXXXI. 8vo. 21 x 13.5 cm (BPBM [Carter]). [i] title, [ii] printer’s name, else blank, [iii]– iv contents, [1] + 2–144 text, 145–163 appendix, [164] blank pp.

This is an important and very rare review of Otto von Kotzebue’s New Voyage, the English language edition of which had been published in London in 183o (see No. 759). William Ellis, long a missionary at the Society and Hawaiian Islands, discusses numerous inaccuracies found in the Kotzebue text, particularly those that commented on missionary work, and native customs of which he had been a keen observer. There are also occasional comments on the voyages of Cook and others. An example: In answering the account of Cook’s death that Kotzebue received from Kalanimoku (supposedly an eyewitness), Ellis remarks (p. 13) that “I have heard Karaimoku declare . . . that he was not present, but on another island (Maui) at the time.” Ellis’ comments on the Hawaiian text of the Kotzebue narrative (pp. 112–12o) commence with the statement: Almost one hundred and twelve pages of Kotzebue’s second volume is occupied with a notice of the Sandwich Islands. As a few days’ residence is, with him, all that is needful (notwithstanding he knows not a word of their language) to render him, in his opinion, historiographer of a country, though it does not possess a single written record, he sets about to furnish an outline of its history . . . He takes particular pains to correct remarks surrounding an interview between Kalanimoku and Kotzebue; makes comments concerning the chiefess Namahana, and quotes from a letter from Captain Finch, who had been at the Hawaiian Islands in 1829, on the positive aspects of missionary labors in the Pacific, particularly in Hawaii. A review of Captain Beechey’s Narrative of a Voyage . . . (London, 1831) forms the Appendix (pp. 145–163) of this text. Here again Ellis answers comments about missionary work in both the Society and Sandwich Islands with his personal experiences. Here also is found a discussion of the often published letter from Hawaii criticizing the missionaries to which “the forged signature of Boki was attached.” This letter had been first published in the English Quarterly Review, 1826, and Beechey had made use of it in his narrative. (See another discussion of this letter in the Missionary Herald, Vol. xxiii, No. 9, September 1827, pp. 271–275; and Vol. xxvii, No. 4, April 1831, p. 122.) Ellis here comments that upon being shown a copy of the letter, Boki himself utterly repudiated it as his. References: Hunnewell, p. 37. Copies: BPBM (Carter 6-E-9)*. BPBM (Mission Pam. 14)*. HMCS*.

777

12

1831

Hawaiian National Bibliography

778

[Eveleth, Ephraim] History | of the | Sandwich Islands; | with an account of | The American Mission | established there in 182o. | Revised by the Committee of Publication of the | American Sunday School Union. | [double rule] | American Sunday School Union. | Philadelphia: | No. 146 Chestnut Street. | [rule] | 1831. 12mo. 14.3 x 9 cm (BPBM). [1] blank, [2] frontispiece map, [3] title, [4] copyright notice, [5] + 6–8 Brief Memoir of the Rev. Mr. Eveleth, [9] + 1o–197 text and appendix, [198] blank pp. With frontispiece “Chart of the Sandwich Islands” (5.7 x 9.8 cm) and with 6 inserted woodcut plates.

An early missionary history of Hawaii meant for Sunday school students. The text, in the form of letters from “E. E.” addressed to “My dear young friend” and to “My dear L,” consists of extracts from published letters, most of which (but not all) had originally appeared in publications such as the Missionary Herald. The author, Rev. Ephraim Eveleth, died before the work was completed, and the text was revised by a committee that states: “Its design is sufficiently indicated by its title page. . . .The object is to give the scholar a complete understanding of the glorious things which the Gospel has done for the Sandwich Islanders.” Copies vary in the number of inserted woodcut plates present, and some copies examined show no evidence of ever having had all of these. Ideally a copy should have the following plates: 1. Murder of Captain Cook (p. 15) 2. Makoa the Guide (p. 27) 3. Procession to commemorate the death of King Tameha-mehu [sic] (p. 47) 4. An Idol God (p. 51) 5. View of the Volcano of Ki-rau-e-a, in Hawaii (p. 57) 6. View of the mission-house and Chapel, in Honoruru [Oahu] (p. 115) The HMCS Library has a copy on large paper (16.5 x 11 cm) with frontispiece map and three of the six plates. In this copy the plates are printed on thin wove paper and do not have titles below. There is a later (1839) edition that was issued without the plates. References: American Imprints, 6979. Carter, p. 52. Copies: AH (Kahn)*, original boards rebacked. BPBM*, without plates. BPBM (Carter 1-A27)*, with 5 plates, lacking the volcano plate. HMCS*, lacking 3 plates. HSL (Tice Phillips). LC. UH, a later undated edition. YU. 779

A Geographical Present A | Geographical Present; | being | Descriptions | of the | Several Countries | of | Asia, &c. | [rule] | Compiled from the best authorities. | [rule] | With | representations of the various inhabitants in | their respective costumes. | [double rule] | New York: | Published by William Burgess, | Juvenile Emporium, | 97 Fultonstreet. | [rule] | 1831. 12mo. 15.5 x 1o cm (HMCS). [i] title, [ii] copyright notice dated 25 November 183o, [iii–iv] contents, [1] + 2–144 text, [1] + 2–7 advertisement “Books for youth published by William Burgess,” [8] blank pp. With hand-colored engraved frontispiece “Man & Woman of Palestine,” and 11 hand-colored plates in the text.

A section on Polynesia begins on page 117. On pages 123–135 an article on the Sandwich Islands taken “principally” from Stewart’s journal (see No. 71o) provides a brief history from the time of Captain Cook, mentioning Kamehameha I and II, Obookiah,

Hawaiian National Bibliography 1831

13

the arrival of missionaries, and successive events. There is a long commentary on the kapu system and various religious ceremonies. An article on New Zealand is on pages 114–116; another on Van Diemen’s Land (Tasmania) is on pages 116–117. In the Polynesian section there are plates of “A man & woman of St. Christian” (Marquesas), and one of “Otaheiteans,” but there are no Hawaiian plates. References: American Imprints, 7238. Not in Bagnall or Ferguson. Copies: BPL. HarU. HMCS*. LC.

Hawaii. Kingdom. Laws and Regulations O ka | OLELO HOAKAKA A KE ALII, | e | Hooponopono i ke Aupuni. [double rule] | Honolulu, Oahu, Aperila 1, 1831. | [rule] | [text begins:] He wahi olelo hoakaka ia kakou, e na ‘lii | a pau, a me na makaainana a pau o keia pae aina, a me na kanaka malihini a pau i noho mai ma | keia pae aina; . . . | [signed at end ] KAUIKEAOULI. | Elisabeta Kaahumanu, | John Adams Kuakini. | Naihe, | Hoapili, | Aberahama Kaikioewa. [Honolulu, 1831]

780

Circular. Text of 32 lines printed on the first (unnumbered) page of a single-fold sheet, folding to 2o.3 x 15 cm (HMCS).

Title: An explanatory note of the king regulating the government. The king asserts his authority over lands, particularly Oahu and Honolulu “whose vast area extends from the forests to the sea” by virtue of inheritance. He appoints Kaahumanu administrator, and states [translation] that “the Law of God supported by the Law of this Kingdom will be the combined statutes with which the violators of the peace of this Kingdom or criminals are to be dealt with.” References: None found. Copies: AH (Kahn)*, very fine copy. The AH has a photocopy and translation of the original in the HMCS collection. HMCS (2)*.

Hawaii. Kingdom. Laws and Regulations REGULATIONS, | for the Port of Hilo, Hawaii. | i. | [English text begins] | HE MAU KANAWAI, | no ke Awa o Hilo, Hawaii. | i. | [Hawaiian text begins] | [signed at bottom of each text] Kauikeaouli. | [and] Gove, [sic] Adams [L. S.] | June 4, 1831. [Honolulu, 1831] Broadside. Text in English and Hawaiian in parallel columns divided by a vertical rule. 31 x 2o.5 cm.

This document contains eight numbered paragraphs, the first being: “All commanders of vessels arriving at this Island are to produce their certificates of registry to the pilot or port captain; also that a list of their crew: and no seaman is to be left on the Island without the consent of the Governor, in writing, under a penalty of $3o for each person so left.” Further articles provide for clearance of vessels, deserting seamen, fees charged for their apprehension, and rates charged for pilots and ships entering the harbor. References: None found. Copies: AH (Laws—series 418)*.

781

14

1831

Hawaiian National Bibliography

782

Hawaii. Kingdom. Treaties. Articles of Agreement HE OLELO KUIKAHI. | [double rule] | Articles of arrangement made and concluded at | Oahu, between Thomas Ap Catesby Jones, appoint- | ed by the United States, of the one part, and Kaui- | keaouli, King of the Sandwich Islands and his | Guardians, on the other part. [text continues and Hawaiian text begins at right:] Na olelo keia i hooponoponoia‘i i | Oahu nei e Thomas ap [sic] Catesby Jones kekahi, ko | America luna i hoounaia mai nei mai ka United | States mai, a me ke alii o ko Hawaii nei pae aina | o Kauikeaouli o laua me ona kahu kekahi | [signed at lower left:] Done in Council at Honolulu, Island of Oahu, | this 23 day of December, in the year of our | Lord 1826. | Thos. Ap Catesby Jones. [and at lower right:] Ua hoopaaia i ka ahaolelo ma Honolulu, i ka | aina Oahu nei, i keia la 23 o Detemaba, i ka | makahiki o ko kakou Haku 1826. [signed] Elisabeta Kaahumanu, Karaimoku, Boki, Hoapili, Lidia Namahana, Thos. Ap Catesby Jones. | [rule] | Printed for Gov. J. Adams Kuakini, 1831. Broadside. Text in English and Hawaiian in parallel columns, with colophon below rule line at bottom. Printed area 34.5 x 16 cm on a sheet 36.5 x 22.5 cm.

In October 1826, the U.S. sloop-of-war Peacock, commanded by Thomas Ap Catesby Jones, arrived at Honolulu. While in port Jones addressed matters of dispute between the missionaries and resident Americans, and “carefully sought to promote the interests of commerce and secure the rights of traders” (Bingham). He also attempted to settle the large debts of the chiefs to American sandalwood traders. This document was executed during that visit and for the purposes just stated. It contains seven numbered paragraphs, the first beginning: “The peace and friendship subsisting between the United States and their Majesties, the Queen Regent and Kauikeaouli, King of the Sandwich Islands, and their subjects and people, are hereby confirmed and declared to be perpetual.” The articles that follow regard the receiving of ships; protection extended to visiting ships; shipwrecks in Hawaiian waters and the recovery of any cargoes, and salvage rights; protection of “Citizens of the United States . . . engaged in commerce or trading to the Sandwich Islands,” to assist in the apprehension of deserters and rewards for such; and regulating tonnage dues. Although executed in 1826, this document was not published until 1831, and then by Kuakini, brother of Kaahumanu, who had been made governor of Oahu in April of that year. References: Bingham, Hiram, A Residence of Twenty-One Years in the Sandwich Islands (Hartford, 1847), pp. 3o1–3o4. Copies: AH (F.O. & Ex.) (2)*. HHS (3)*, on laid paper with watermark “B. D. Boks.” HMCS. 783

He Olelo Hoonaau He Olelo Hoonaau Ao | i ke kanaka i ka ke Akua: e like me ke ano | no ka ke Akua olelo i haawi mai la na kahuna | nui no ko Iesu Kristo Ekalesia, mai Iesu Kristo | mai, a keia manawa. | He mea hoike o na mea e manao io aku ai ke | kanaka. a e hana mai hoi ia i malama pono ai | i ke Akua. | [rule] | [quotation of four lines from Mataio 28:19–2o] | [rule] | [quotation of three lines from Tesalokike 2:15] | Macao. | [rule] | 1831. 17.5 x 13 cm (HMCS). [i] title, [ii] blank, [1] + 2–48 text pp.

Title: A word of instruction to people relating [to] the Lord: just as the Lord gave these words to the priests—great is the Church of Jesus Christ—from Jesus Christ to the present. An explanation of the things that people were taught to do in acknowledgment of the Lord.

Hawaiian National Bibliography 1831

15

A catechismal tract by Fr. Alexis Bachelot. The text is composed of thirty numbered sections of dialogue between N [Ninau, i.e., questions from the teacher] and K [Keiki, or child]. References: Butler, 89. Judd and Bell, 7o. Streit and Dindinger, 427 (1). Yzendoorn, 2. Copies: HMCS (2)*, one copy stitched into plain white kapa covers; on title: “Return this to L. Smith.” NLC. WaU.

He Palapala Mua He | Palapala Mua | na | NA KAMALII, | e naauao ai i ko lakou wa opiopio. | [woodcut vignette of books] | [three-line quotation from Solomona] | [rule] | aha pai ana. | [rule] | Oahu, | Na na Misionari i pai. | 1831.

784

17 x 1o.3 cm untrimmed (HHS). [1] title, 2–36 text pp. Colophon p. 36 below double rule reads: Mission Press, 1831, 4th. ed. 1o,ooo; total 35,ooo. With 21 text woodcuts.

Title: A first book for children, to be taught when young. This commences with alphabets and numbers, then “Na Hua,” which has upper- and lowercase letters, then words of two letters and simple sentences followed by twenty lessons of increasing complexity. Further texts and several juvenile catechisms follow. Throughout are small “cuts,” which include a ship, a chair, various animals, and a basket of flowers. Translated by Hiram Bingham (Dibble), the first edition appeared in 1829 (see No. 725). The printed minutes of the June 1832 General Meeting record an edition of 1o,ooo copies. References: Dibble, p. 416. Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 1832), p. 6. Judd and Bell, 73. Copies: HarU. HHS*. HMCS.

Hooker, William Jackson, and Robert Kaye Greville Icones Filicum: [title in Latin, eight lines followed by] Figures and Descriptions of Ferns, | principally of such | as have been altogether unnoticed by botanists, | or | as have not yet been correctly figured. | [rule] | By | William Jackson Hooker, LL.D. | Regius Professor of Botany in the University of Glasgow, and Fellow of the Royal, Antiquarian, | and Linnean Societies of London; | and | Robert Kaye Greville, LL.D. | Fellow of the Royal and Antiquarian Societies of Edinburgh, and of the Linnean Society of London. | [rule] | In two volumes. | Volume i. | Containing plates i–cxx, | [rule] | Londini: | prostant venales apud Treuttel et Wurtz Fil. et Richter, 3o, Soho-Square: | Parisiis; Apud Treuttel et Wurtz, via dicta de Bourbon, No. 17. | Argentorati; apud eosdem, viadicta grand rue, No. 3. | 1831. 2 vols. Folio. 42.5 x 26.5 cm. Vol. i: [1] title, [2] colophon, [3] dedication to Nathaniel Wallich, [4] blank, [5] Introductory statement dated Glasgow and Edinburgh, November 1, 1831, [6] blank. With unnumbered letterpress sheets containing descriptions for Tab plates i–cxx printed on one side of the sheet. With 12o hand-colored engraved plates numbered Tab i–cxx. Vol. ii: [1] title, [2] colophon, then unnumbered letterpress sheets containing descriptions of the plate illustrations, then [1]–2 Addenda et Corrigenda, [3] + 4–6 Alphabetical Index, [7] + 8–9 Systematic index, [1o] colophon pp. With 12o engraved hand-colored plates numbered cxxi–ccxl.

A major work on ferns with 24o hand-colored engraved plates, most after drawings by Greville. This work contains eight plates of Hawaiian specimens. These had been collected by Archibald Menzies, on the Vancouver voyage, and by James Macrae, a botanist

785

16

1831

Hawaiian National Bibliography

on the voyage of HMS Blonde, and are described and illustrated here for the first time. The Hawaiian plates are: Vol. i: Plate c. Asplenium Menziesii (found by Menzies on Hawaii) Plate cxiii. Lycopodium Heterophyllum (found by Menzies on Hawaii) Vol. ii: Plate cxxvi. Pteris Ternifolia (collected by Menzies; location not given) Plate cliv. Deparia Macraei (collected by Mr. Macrae) Plate clxxiv. Adenophorus Bipinnatus (collected by Menzies in the Pacific, particularly abundant in Hawaii) Plate clxxv. Adenophorus Tamarisci (collected by Menzies on Oahu) Plate clxxvi. Adenophorus Hymenophylloides (Collected by Macrae; also figured in Freycinet Bot. t.8.f.1) Plate cc. Lycopodium Arbuscula (collected by Chamisso and Menzies) Plate ccxvii. Asplenium Macraei (collected by Macrae on Oahu) References: British Museum (Natural History Catalogue, Vol. ii, p. 872). Not in Bagnall or Ferguson. Copies: AH (Kahn)*, fine copy in three-quarter dark green morocco, all edges gilt. LC. NYP. UC-B. YU. The NUC records 12 copies. 786

Ka Mooolelo na Iosua Ka Mooolelo | na Iosua. | [rule] | [text begins] | [Colophon at end of p. 64:] Oahu: Mission Press, May, 1831 - Ed. 1o,ooo. 18mo. 15 x 6 cm (HMCS). Caption title, [1] + 2–64 text pp.

Title: The story of Joshua. This book of the Old Testament was translated by William Richards and Jonathan S. Green (Dibble). The printed minutes of the June 1831 General Meeting record an edition of 1o,ooo copies. References: Dibble, p. 419. Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 1831), p. 4. Judd and Bell, 64. Copies: AH (Kahn)*. BPBM. HHS. HMCS (2)*. UH. 787

Ka Palapala a Paulo a ka Lunaolelo Ka Palapala | a Paulo a ka Lunaolelo i ko | ROMA. | [second title p. 27:] | Ka Palapala Mua | a Paulo na ko | KORINETO. | [third title p. 54:] | Ka Palapala Lua | a Paulo na ko | KORINETO. [Oahu, Mission Press, 1831?] 12mo. 17.5 x 1o.5 cm (HMCS). Caption title, [1] + 2–26 “Roma” text, 27–53 “Korineto I” text, 54–71 “Korineto II” text, [72] blank pp.

Title: The Epistle of Paul the judge [i.e., apostle] to the Romans. [second title:] The First Epistle of Paul to the Corinthians. [third title:] The Second Epistle of Paul to the Corinthians. The Book of Romans was translated by Asa Thurston, I Corinthians by William Richards, and II Corinthians by Asa Thurston and Artemas Bishop (Dibble). A second edition of this tract was published in 1833 (see No. 855). The printed minutes of the June 1831 General Meeting record an edition of 1o,ooo copies. References: Dibble, p. 418. Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 1831), p. 4. Judd and Bell, 71. Copies: AAS*. ATL*. BPBM. HHS. HMCS (2)*. LC. UC-B, Streeter sale copy. UH. WaU, lacking the first leaf.

Hawaiian National Bibliography 1831

Ka Palapala a Paulo na ko Galatia Ka Palapala | a Paulo na ko | Galatia. | [second title, p. 1o:] Ka Palapala a Paulo | na ko | EPESO. | [third title, p. 19:] Ka Palapala a Paulo | i ko | PILIPI. | [ fourth title, p. 25:] O ka Episetole a Paulo | i ko | KOLOSA. | [fifth title, p. 31:] O ka Episetole Mua a Paulo | i ko | TESALONIKE. | [sixth title, p. 37:] O ka Episetole Lua a Paulo | i ko | TESALONIKE. | [seventh title, p. 41:] Ka Episetole Mua a Paulo | ia | TIMOTEO. | [eighth title, p. 48:] O ka Episetole Lua a Paulo | ia | TIMOTEO. | [ninth title, p. 53:] O ka Episetole a Paulo | ia | TITO. | [tenth title, p. 56:] O ka Episetole a Paulo | ia | PILEMONA. | [eleventh title, p. 58:] O ka Episetole a Paulo | i ka poe | HEBERA. | [twelfth title, p. 78:] Ka Palapala a Iakobo. | [Oahu, Mission Press, 1831?]

17 788

12mo. 17.5 x 1o.5 cm (HMCS). Caption title, 1–84 text pp.

Title: The Epistles of Paul to the Galatians; to the Ephesians; to the Philippians; to the Colossians; The First and Second Epistles to the Thessalonians; The First and Second Epistles to Timothy; The Epistle to Titus; The Epistle to Philemon; The Epistle to the Hebrews; and The Epistle of James. The Epistles of Saint Paul to Galatians through Philippians were translated by Asa Thurston and Artemas Bishop; Colossians through Hebrews were translated by Hiram Bingham; and James was translated by William Richards and Lorrin Andrews (Dibble). The printed minutes of the June 1832 General Meeting record the printing of this collection of tracts adding “and the Revelation. 1o4 pp. 12mo. 1o,ooo copies.” None of the copies examined contains this latter part. References: Dibble, p. 418. Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 1832), p. 6. Judd and Bell, 72. Copies: AAS*. BPBM. HHS. HMCS (3)*. LC. UH (2). WaU, lacking title leaf.

Kotzebue, Otto von Otto Von Kotzebue’s, | Rysk-Kejeserlig Flott-Capitaines och Riddares, | Nya | Resa omkring Jorden, | under åren 1823, 24, 25 och 1826, | bearbetad för | Ungdomen | af | Carl Friederich Dietzsch, | Stadspastor I Oehringen. | Öfversatt af | Jon Bohman. | (Med 4 Plancher i Stentryck.) | [rule] | Linköping, 1831; | Axel Petre. | På eget [sic] Förlag.

789

8vo. 17.5 x 1o.5 cm. [i] title, [ii] blank, [1] + 2 Inledning, [3] + 4–136 text, [1] errata pp. With 4 (untitled) lithograph plates.

A rare Swedish edition of Kotzebue’s second voyage, translated by Carl Friederich Dietzsch from an abridged German edition for children. The text contains ten chapters; chapter eight (pp. 1o1–116) is on Hawaii. References: Not in Kroepelien. Copies: AH (Kahn)*.

No. 1. A. E. I. O. U. [No. 1.] | A E I O U a e i o u. [then consonants H K L M N P W, then loan letters B D G R S T V Z in upper and lower case letters, then arabic and roman numerals and punctuation marks, followed by numbered lessons] [Colophon p. 8:] Oahu: Mission Press, May, 1831, - Ed, 1o,ooo. 16.5 x 1o.5 cm untrimmed (HHS). Caption title, 1–8 text pp.

790

18

1831

Hawaiian National Bibliography

No complete copy of this spelling book has been found. The copy recorded in Judd and Bell comprises the first and last leaves of this edition used as a cover wrapper for the 1833 edition of Ka Ai o Ka La (No. 1) (see No. 853). References: Judd and Bell, 65. Copies: HHS*, a fragment as described above. 791

No. 3. He Ui No. 3. | He Ui | no ka olelo ke Akua. | [Colophon p. 4:] Oahu: Mission Press, Mar, 1831–4 ed. 1o,ooo, Total 35,ooo. 16 x 1o.5 cm untrimmed (BPBM). [1] + 2–8 text pp.

Title: No 3. Inquiring questions concerning the word of God. The fourth edition of the catechism translated by Hiram Bingham. The first edition appeared in 1825 (see No. 617). The Bishop Museum copy is printed on good quality laid paper. The printed minutes of the June 1831 General Meeting record: “Catechism (4th ed.) 8 pp. 18mo. 1o,ooo copies.” References: Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 1831), p. 4. Judd and Bell, 66. Copies: ATL*. BPBM*. FLP. GF. HHS (2). HMCS (5). LC*. ML. NLC. P-EMS*. UH (2). 792

O ka Olelo Hoolilo O ka | Olelo Hoolilo i ka Hale Pule, | a me | ka Hooulu i ka Pono. | Na Kauikeaouli, | ke Alii o ko Hawaii nei pae aina. | Waimea, Feb. 3, 1831 | [rule] | [text begins] | [Colophon p. 4:] Oahu: Mission Press April, 1831. 2d. Ed. 5,ooo, to 5,4oo. 21 x 13 cm untrimmed (HMCS). Caption title, [1] + 2–4 text pp.

Title: An address about the church and the increase of righteousness. By Kauikeaouli [i.e., Kamehameha III], King of the Hawaiian Islands. In mid-January 1831, the king and most of the chiefs began an inspection tour of the Island of Hawaii. After holding meetings at Kailua, Kona and at Kealakekua, they continued to Waimea. There, after a week of school examinations and religious services, the closing exercise, noted by Hiram Bingham was “the solemn dedication of the new church, in which the young king took a willing and active part.” The king’s remarks, transcribed in this item, are believed to be from that occasion. The king’s address is on pages 1–3, followed by a “Himeni Misionari” of four numbered verses, and “Halelu [Psalm] 137” of three numbered verses. A first edition of this, printed the same year and evidently identical in format, is listed by Judd and Bell No. 67 (quoting Ballou), but no copies are located. References: Butler, 266. Judd and Bell, 68. Copies: AH (Kahn)*, fine copy untrimmed, printed on English laid paper. ATL*, has this as wrappers for He olelo no ka mare ana (1833) with the Philomathian Society book label (see No. 848). HHS. HMCS (2)*, both on fine laid paper. LC (2)*. NLC. UH. 793

O ke Ao Ana Kristiano O KE AO ANA KRISTIANO. | [double rule] | i. | No ka po akahi i ke kakahiaka. | [rule] | [text begins:] He Akua akahi. He Uhane maikai oia, | aole ona ino. | . . . | [Macao, China, 1831?]

Hawaiian National Bibliography 1831

19

8vo. 21 x 13 cm (HMCS). Caption title, [1] + 2–2o pp.

Title: Christian doctrine. I. For Monday morning . . . The text is arranged in 12 sections, with prayers for specific times of day and particular occasions. Yzendoorn says this was translated by Fr. Alexis Bachelot, and that the edition was 1,ooo copies. References: Judd and Bell, 69 (and first text page illustrated p. 26). Streit and Dindinger, 427 (2). Yzendoorn, 1. Copies: HMCS*, copy stitched into plain Hawaiian kapa wrappers. Judd and Bell locate another copy in Archives of the Fathers of Sacred Hearts, Louvain, Belgium.

Parley, Peter (pseud. of Samuel Griswold Goodrich) Peter Parley’s | Tales | about the Islands | in the | Pacific Ocean. | [rule] | With a map and numerous engravings. | [rule] | Boston: | Published by Gray and Bowen | and Carter, Hendee and Babcock. | 1831.

794

13 x 11 cm (YU). [1] title “Peter Parley’s Tales” etc., with woodcut vignette, [2] woodcut “Emeus of New-Holland,” [3] title, [4] copyright notice dated 1831, and prefatory note, [5]–6 contents, [7] + 8–144 text pp. With frontispiece engraved map “Pacific Ocean its islands and coasts” (8.5 x 11.5 cm).

First edition. The text is in the form of an imaginary voyage, with questions following each chapter. In chapter vi young Parley travels from Valparaiso to the Sandwich Islands. By way of introduction, there is a résumé of Cook’s Third Voyage and death, with a woodcut of the same on page 43. The Hawaiian text has small woodcut illustrations of “Sandwich Island King and his Chiefs with their Idols” (p. 39), a plate showing “Sandwich Islanders” (p. 45), and “Temple of the Sandwich Islands” (p. 48). Articles on other geographical areas include Nootka, the Marquesas, Tahiti, Pitcairn and Easter Islands. Chapter xiv (pp. 98–114) tells of his “visit” to New Holland (with three plates) and New Zealand (with one plate) on pages 114–131. This was a popular children’s book, which went through a number of editions. References: American Imprints, 73o8. Bagnall, 2169 (the 1836 edition), 2269 (the 1837 edition), and 2495 (the 1838 edition). Carter, p. 61 (lists a Boston 1838 edition). Copy: LC. YU (Beinecke)*.

Paulding, Hiram Journal | of a | Cruise, | of the | United States Schooner Dolphin, | among the islands of the Pacific Ocean; | and a visit to the Mulgrave Islands, | in pursuit of the Mutineers of the | whale ship Globe. | With a map. | [rule] | By Lieut. Hiram Paulding, of the U.S. Navy. | [rule] | New York: | G. & C. & H. Carvill. | [rule] | M,DCC,XXI. 12mo. 16 x 9.5 cm untrimmed (AH [Kahn]). [i] title, [ii] copyright notice and printer’s name, [iii]–iv Preface dated New York, May, 1831, [5] + 6–258 text pp. With folding frontispiece map of the Mulgrave Islands (11 x 14 cm).

At midnight January 25, 1824, Samuel Comstock, harpooner, along with Silas Payne and several of the crew of the Globe, a Nantucket whaleship, mutinied near Fanning Island; the officers were murdered and the ship continued to the Mulgrave Islands, a part of the Marshall Islands. There the chief mutineers proposed to burn the ship and form a settlement. While the main perpetrators were on shore, however, some of the crew managed to sail the ship away, ultimately arriving at Valparaiso. In 1825 the Secretary of the U.S. Navy ordered the dispatch of the Dolphin in search

795

20

1831

Hawaiian National Bibliography

of any of the mutineers remaining on the Mulgrave Islands. The ship sailed from Peru on August 18, 1825, under the command of John “Mad Jack” Percival, with Hiram Paulding as first officer. After stopping in the Galapagos, the Marquesas, and the Gilberts, the Dolphin made its way to Mili, where Lieut. Hiram Paulding boldly rescued William Lay and Cyrus Hussey, the only two survivors of the abandoned crew. On the way home the ship stopped at Hawaii to refit. The Dolphin made Oahu January 11, 1826, and anchored on the 12th. She was the first American man-of-war to enter the harbor of Honolulu. Paulding described the town and Punchbowl, had a “handsome dinner” at the home of Captain Wilds, and went to a religious service conducted by Hiram Bingham. He met Chief Boki (here spelled Boque) and “Queen Boque” [Liliha], described their house and its furnishings, and included remarks on “Crimoku” [Kalanimoku]. On April 3rd the king made a visit to the ship. Paulding made an excursion to the “Pearl River,” where he met a Hawaiian named “Joseph Banks,” and noted the effects of awa on a chief. He provided a description of Wilkinson’s sugar plantation, seen on a visit to Manoa Valley. He also visited the Spaniard Don Marin, and “in the vicinity of Honolulu” visited a flat island with an enormous rabbit population, the latter having been imported by Don Marin. While in port, on February 26, 1826, the crew of the ship, along with those from other whalers in port, were involved in an attack on the home of the prime minister, Kalanimoku. They were protesting against a law forbidding Hawaiian women to visit aboard ships. Upon his return to the United States Percival was court-martialed for inciting the riot, but was acquitted for having helped quell the riot after it started. Paulding understandably glossed over the incident, calling it a “most unpleasant incident . . . that gave rise to a considerable degree of excitement for a few Minutes.” Paulding recorded that shortly before the Dolphin left Honolulu May 11, 1826, an influenza epidemic swept through the town severely affecting the natives. A facsimile reprint of this very scarce and important Pacific narrative was published by the University of Hawaii Press in 197o. References: American Imprints, 8637. Carter, p. 139. Forster, 8o. Hill, p. 228. Hunnewell, p. 6o. Judd and Lind, 142. Sabin, 59186. Copies: AH (Kahn)*, original pink cloth, rebacked. BPL. HHS*. HSL (Tice Phillips). LC. NYP. UC-B. The NUC lists 8 copies. 796

Sandwich Islands Mission Extracts from the | Minutes | of a | General Meeting | of the | Sandwich Islands Mission, | held at Honolulu, | June 1831. | [double rule] | [text begins] | [Honolulu, 1831] 12mo. 16.5 x 1o.5 cm. Caption title, [1] + 2–21 text, [22] contents, [23] resolutions on the subject of trading, [24] blank pp.

This report contains printing statistics, assignments to the work of translating additional books and tracts, a mission to the Marquesas, and the expulsion of Catholics from the Islands by the chiefs. Pages 8–11 report the commencement of a high school at Lahainaluna. The printed minutes of the 1832 General Meeting record an edition of 4o copies. References: Carter, p. 127. Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 1832), p. 6. Copies: HHS*. HMCS (2)*.

Hawaiian National Bibliography 1831

21

Stewart, Charles S. Second Dublin Edition The | Private Journal | of the | Rev. C. S. Stewart, | late missionary to the Sandwich Islands | Abridged | from the American edition, published at New York, 1828. | [rule] | [three-line quotation from Isaiah 11:5] | Second edition. | Dublin: | Published by the Religious Tract and Book Society for Ireland, | and sold at 22, Upper Sackville Street; W. Curry, Jun. and | Co. R. M. Tims, and J. M. Leckie, Dublin; 32, Sackville Street, | Piccadilly, J. Nisbet, Hamilton and Adams, and Houlston | and Son, London; Waugh and Innes, and W. Oliphant, Edin- | burgh; W. Collins, and G. Gallie, Glasgow. | [rule] | MDCCCXXXI.

797

12mo. 17.7 x 1o.5 cm (BPBM [Carter]). [i] title, [ii] blank, [iii] “A character of this work,” [iv] + v–vi Preface, [vii] + viii Advertisement, [1] + 2–11 introduction, [12] + 13–254 text pp. With engraved frontispiece “A Missionary settlement in one of the South Sea Islands.”

For comments on this voyage, first published in 1828, see No. 712. References: Carter, p. 164. Copies: BPBM*. BPBM (Carter 5-A-7)*. HMCS*. UH.

Stewart, Charles S. New York Edition A Visit | to | the South Seas, | in the U.S. Ship Vincennes, during the years | 1829 and 183o; | with | Scenes | in Brazil, Peru, Manilla, the Cape of Good Hope, | and St. Helena. | [rule] | By. C. S. Stewart, A.M., | Chaplain in the United States Navy, and author of “A Residence in the Sandwich Islands in 1823 and 1825.” | [rule] | [two-line quotation from Cowper] | In two volumes. | [rule] | Volume i. | [rule] | New York | John P. Haven, 142 Nassau Street. | Sleight & Robinson, Printers. | 1831. 2 vols. 12mo. 19.5 x 12.5 cm untrimmed (BPBM). Vol. i: [i] title, [ii] copyright notice, else blank, [iii] Dedication to William Compton Bolton Finch, [iv] blank, [v]–vi Contents of Vol. i, [vii] + viii–xi Introduction dated New York, June 8th, 1831, [xii] blank, [xiii] Voyage to Brazil half title, [xiv] blank, [15] + 16–39 At Sea text, [4o] blank, [41] Rio de Janeiro half title, [42] blank, [43] + 44–111 Rio de Janeiro text, [112] blank, [113] Passage Round Cape Horn half title, [114] blank, [115] + 116–144 Cape Horn text, [145] Lima half title, [146] blank, [147] + 148–2o4 Lima text, [2o5] The Washington Islands half title, [2o6] blank, [2o7] + 2o8–357 Washington Islands text, [358–36o] blank pp. Vol. ii: [i] title, [ii] copyright notice, [iii–iv] Contents of Vol. ii, [5] The Georgian and Society Islands half title, [6] blank, [7] + 8–57 Society Islands text, [58] blank, [59] The Sandwich Islands half title, [6o] blank, [61] + 62–28o Sandwich Islands text, [281] Passage to Canton and Manilla half title, [282] blank, [283] + 284–32o Canton and Manilla text, [321] The Cape of Good Hope and Island of St. Helena half title, [322] blank, [323] + 324–349 Cape of Good Hope etc. text, 35o–36o Postscript pp.

Stewart, a missionary in Hawaii during the years 1823–1825, had, in 1828, published an account of his life in the Islands during those years (see No. 71o). Following his return to the United States, he left the service of the American Board. In 1828 he had an opportunity to return to the Hawaiian Islands in naval service. He departed from Norfolk February 8, 1829, on the ship Gurriere, sailing to Lima and to the Washington Islands in the Marquesas, arriving at Callao, Peru, in June 1829. Here he transferred to the U.S. ship Vincennes in the capacity of chaplain. The Vincennes, commanded by Captain W. C. B. Finch, arrived at Honolulu from Tahiti, October 2, 1829, and departed November 24th the same year. This was essentially a diplomatic visit and was marked by great cordiality on both sides. Stewart describes Captain Finch’s reception by the king and chiefs, on which occasion Finch pre-

798

22

1831

Hawaiian National Bibliography

sented a highly complimentary letter to the king from Samuel L. Southard, Secretary of the Navy (on behalf of the President), and distributed a number of fine presents to the chiefs. Letters to and from Finch and various chiefs are reprinted throughout the text, as is an important letter from the American Consul, John Coffin Jones, dated October 3o, 1829 (pp. 213–219), on the matter of the rising commercial importance of Honolulu harbor. A letter from Kamehameha III to the President of the United States on the conclusion of the visit of the Vincennes is printed in Volume ii on pages 264–266. In a lively and sympathetic manner Stewart records the many changes in Hawaii since his departure as a missionary in October 1825. The narrative is of particular importance for its comments on many of the ruling chiefs with whom Stewart had become acquainted during his first residence. On his return to the Islands he had been warmly welcomed by Kaahumanu, Boki, the King (Kauikeaouli), and Princess Nahienaena. Particular attention is paid to the aging Kaahumanu. Under the running title “a case of oppressive treatment by foreigners” Stewart discusses (pp. 15o–156) the British Consul (Richard Charlton) and the famous “cow incident” of 1829, and prints the answering document issued by Kamehameha III. (For this document and a discussion of this matter see No. 73o.) He made return visits to Hilo, the Kilauea volcano, and Kealakekua, and stopped at Lahaina (his former residence), visiting many of his former missionary colleagues. Interesting descriptions of each place are found here. The author refutes statements made in the accounts of the voyages of Captains Kotzebue and Beechey. (See Nos. 758 and 772.) Stewart’s acute observations on native life and customs and his description of the changes at court and advances in business conditions and society in general make this a valuable account. In his preface, dated New York, June 8, 1831, he states: “The minuteness of the details in regard to dress, furniture and comparatively trifling incident, given at the Sandwich Islands may be thought . . . unworthy [of ] the space they occupy. My object in retaining them has not been their intrinsic worth, but their importance as data, by which to estimate the true state of the nation.” An English edition was published in 1832 (see No. 829), and there were several abridged editions (see Nos. 83o and 873). The second American edition was published in 1833 (see No. 874). References: American Imprints, 9297. Carter, p. 164. Hill, p. 283. O’Reilly and Reitman, 38o (with a long and important note on the Tahitian text). Copies: AAS. AH (Kahn)*, original cloth spines and boards, uncut. BL. BPBM (2)*. BPBM (Carter 2-B-5)*. HarU. HMCS*. HSL (Tice Phillips). LC. SMC*, fine copy in cloth spines and boards. UC-B. UH. The NUC lists 25 copies. 799

Tinker, Reuben Ought I to become a missionary? | [rule] | An | Address | to | Theological Students: | By | Rev. Reuben Tinker, | Missionary to the Sandwich Islands. | [rule] | Dedham, Mass. | L. Powers Centre Street. | [rule] | 1831. 12mo. 17 x 14 cm (HMCS). [1] title, [2] note, [3] + 4–15 text, [16] blank pp.

An address setting forth qualities needed in candidates for a missionary career. The “Notice” states: “The following address was first delivered before the Society of Inquiry on Missions in the Theological Seminary, Auburn, December 7, 1829. It was delivered before the Students of the Theological Seminary, Andover, November 28, 183o—a short time previous to Mr. Tinker’s departure for the Sandwich Islands.” There is also an 1833 edition.

Hawaiian National Bibliography 1831

23

References: American Imprints, 9426. Carter, p. 174. Copies: BPL. HMCS*. The NUC lists one copy at Andover Newton Theological Library.

Tyerman, Daniel, and George Bennet Journal | of | Voyages and Travels | by the | Rev. Daniel Tyerman and George Bennet, Esq. | deputed from the | London Missionary Society. | to visit their various stations | in the South Sea Islands, China, India, &c. | between the years 1821 and 1829. | Compiled from original documents. | By James Montgomery. | Vol. i. | [rule] | [two-line quotation from Isaiah 24:15–16] | [rule] | London: | Frederick Westley and A. H. Davis, | Booksellers to the London Missionary Society. | Stationer’s Hall Court and Ave Maria Lane. | [rule] | MDCCCXXXI. 2 vols. 8vo. 22.5 x 14 cm untrimmed (BPBM). Vol. i: [i ] title, [ii] printer’s name and address, [iii]–iv Dedication to the King from the London Missionary Society, [v] + vi–xvi Introduction dated May 2, 1831, [xvi–xviii] List of plates, [xix] + xx–xxiv Contents of Vol. i, [1] + 2–566 text, [567–568] Advertisement “Works published by F. Westley” pp. With engraved frontispiece portrait of Rev. Daniel Tyerman, and 6 engraved plates numbered i–vi. Vol. ii: [i] title, [ii] printer’s name and address, [iii] + iv–viii Contents of Vol. ii, [1] + 2–568 text pp. With engraved frontispiece portrait of George Bennet, and 6 engraved plates numbered vii–xii.

In 1821, the Rev. Daniel Tyerman, of the Isle of Wight, and George Bennet, Esq., of Sheffield, were deputed by the London Missionary Society “to visit the various stations in those uttermost parts of the sea, both for the purpose of cheering the hearts and strengthening the hands of the missionaries, and, as representatives of the Christian community at home, to witness and report what great things the Lord hath done for the heathen there” (Introduction). Tyerman and Bennet departed from England on May 2, 1821, on the Tuscan, a whaleship of 36o tons commanded by Captain Francis Staver, bound to the South Pacific via Cape Horn. They arrived at Tahiti on September 21, 1821, and most of this narrative is concerned with their long examination of the Society Islands. In February 1822, Captain Kent of the Mermaid (a sloop of 61 tons), accompanied by the Prince Regent (a schooner of 71 tons) arrived at Huahine. The latter ship had been built at Port Jackson, New South Wales, and was on its way under the convoy of Captain Kent, “as a present from the King of England to the sovereign of Hawaii.” Tyerman and Bennett, accompanied by William Ellis, took passage on these ships for Hawaii via the Marquesas, arriving at Kawaihae Bay, island of Hawaii, on March 29, 1822. They were met by Governor John Adams, “a very stout man much resembling the superior chiefs of Tahiti.” There they traded on shore and visited the house of a chief, where they found a plate from Cook’s Third Voyage on the wall. The ship proceeded to Kealakekua: “It was like entering a British harbour; here being no less than eleven American whalers.” The visitors examined the site of Cook’s death, and Tyerman and Bennet learned particulars of island history (including the overthrow of the kapu system in 1819) from John Young. The text on their visit to Oahu is important as it describes conditions during the reign of Kamehameha II. They met the king and have frequent comments about his court, the other chiefs, Kaahumanu, and the Spaniard Don Marin. At Waikiki they made an ascent of Diamond Head, met “an African negro, named [Anthony] Allen,” and described his prosperous situation. Some distance from Honolulu (probably in Manoa) they encountered a distillery “where a bad but very potent

800

24

1831

Hawaiian National Bibliography

spirit . . . is extracted from the tii-plant [sic].” A further visit was made to Don Marin’s farm and orchard. At Waialua, Oahu, they saw and described the manufacture of kapa cloth. On May 1st the Port Jackson–built schooner was formally presented to the king, and an “entertainment” was arranged at the king’s house at Captain Kent’s expense. A formal interview with Rihoriho (Kamehameha II) is also described. Both gentlemen witnessed the first Christian marriage (August 11, 1822) between Thomas Hopoo and “Delia.” There is much discussion of mission matters, the former kapu system, and the influence of foreigners. References to William Ellis and Auna, the Tahitian missionary they brought with them, are frequent. Excerpts from Auna’s journal are found on pages 481–486. The deputation departed Hawaii for Huahine on August 22, 1822, carrying with them a letter from Kamehameha II to George IV (the text of which is included). An American edition was published in Boston in 1832 (see No. 831). References: Bagnall, 5667. Carter, p. 129. Ferguson, 1487. Hill, p. 295. Hunnewell, p. 69–7o. Copies: BPBM (Carter 2-F-13, 14)*. BPBM (Fuller)*, in original blue glazed cloth, and paper title labels. HHS. HMCS*. HSL (Tice Phillips). ML. NLA. 801

A Yankee The | Adventures of a Yankee; | or | the singular life | of | John Ledyard; | with an account of his voyage round the world with the | Celebrated | Captain Cooke. [sic] | [rule] | Designed for Youth. | [rule] | By a Yankee. | [rule] | Boston: Carter, Hendee, and Babcock | 1831. 13.5 x 11 cm (P-EMS). [i] title, [ii] Copyright notice by Carter Hendee & Babcock, 1831 [and below] Lancaster Press &c., [iii] + iv–vi Introduction, [7] + 8–9o text pp. With 18 woodcuts in the text.

A very rare juvenile biography of John Ledyard in 12 chapters, each containing numbered paragraphs. Chapters iv–vii (pp. 27–6o) contain an account of Ledyard’s voyage to the Pacific with Cook. There is a paragraph on Van Diemen’s Land (pp. 28–3o) and pages 3o–32 are on New Zealand. The Hawaiian text begins on page 51. There is a short account of Cook’s return to Hawaii from the Northwest Coast, mention of an attempt by Ledyard to visit Mauna Loa, the death of Cook, and the return of the expedition to England. A woodcut vignette above the text on page 51 is an imaginary view of Ledyard in the forest attempting to ascend Mauna Loa. The preface states: “Most of my readers I presume have heard of the Yankees, and many of them, no doubt, know who are called by this name. The people of New England bear this name, which was given to them many years since. . . . It is however, a good name, though sometimes used by way of ridicule. What people are more intelligent, more brave, more virtuous than the Yankees? What spot on the globe boasts of greater privileges than New England?” References: American Imprints, 5641. Strathern and Edwards, 3 (recording a copy at Yale). Streeter, 3518 (I do not know the present whereabouts of this copy). Copies: LC. P-EMS*, very fine copy, in original brown morocco backed yellow printed boards. YU.

Hawaiian National Bibliography 1832

25

1832 Beechey, Frederick William. Weimar Edition Reise nach dem Stillen Ozean und der Beeringstrasse, zur mitwirkung bei den Polarexpeditionen, ausgegführt im königl. englischen Schiff Blossom unter dem Commando der Capitän F. W. Beechey, in den Jahren 1825–28, . . . aus dem Englischen über setzt. Weimar, Lander-Industrie-Comptoir, 1832.

802

8vo. 2 vols. Vol. i., vii, 472 pp. Vol. ii., viii, 45o pp.

Not seen. The Kroepelien catalogue says this German edition is “somewhat abridged,” and also that “an abridged German version for Children appeared in Leipzig in 1832–33.” References: Kroepelien, 69. O’Reilly and Reitman, 851.

Beechey, Frederick W. Philadelphia Edition Narrative | of a | Voyage to the Pacific | and Beering’s Strait, | to co-operate with | The Polar Expeditions: | performed in | his majesty’s ship Blossom, | under the command of | Captain F. W. Beechey, R.N. | F.R.S. &c. | In the years 1825, 26, 27, 28. | [rule] | Published by authority of the Lords Commissioners | of the Admiralty. | [rule] | Philadelphia: | Carey & Lea - Chestnut Street. | 1832.

803

8vo. 24 x 15 cm untrimmed (BPBM). [i] title, [ii] publisher’s imprint, else blank, [iii] + iv–vi Contents, [i–ii] Dedication “To the King,” [iii] + iv–viii Introduction, ix–xi “Memorandum Accompanying the Instructions,” [xii] blank, [13] + 14–493 text, [494] blank pp.

The first American edition. The text follows that of the octavo London editions and contains the complete narrative of the voyage. The scientific papers and reports published in the first London edition, and partially issued in the London octavo editions, have been entirely omitted in this edition. References: American Imprints, 11263. Ferguson, 1513. Hill, ii, p. 349. Copies: BPBM*. HMCS*. American Imprints locates 6 copies.

Cox, Ross. New York Edition Adventures | on the | Columbia River, | including | The Narrative of a Residence | of six years on the western side of | The Rocky Mountains, | among | various tribes of indians | hitherto unknown: | Together with | A Journey across the American Continent. | By Ross Cox. | [double rule] | New York: Printed and published by J & J Harper, 82 Cliff-Street. | And sold by the principal booksellers throughout the United States. | [rule] | 1832. 8vo. 23.5 x 14.5 cm (HMCS). [1]–2 Advertisements, [iii] title, [iv] blank, [v] –vi Preface, [vii] + viii–x Introduction, [xi]–xv Contents, [xvi] blank, [25] + 26–33o text, [331] table, [332] blank, [333] + 334–335 Appendix, [336] blank pp.

The first American edition of this important Northwest Coast narrative. The following Narrative embraces a period of six years, five of which were spent among various tribes on the banks of the Columbia River. . . . During this period the author ascended the Columbia nine times, and descended it eight. . . . He kept journals of the principal events which occurred during the greater part of this period, which will be found imbodied [sic] in the following pages. Those who love to read of “battle, murder, and sudden death,” will in his description of the dangers and pri-

804

26

1832

Hawaiian National Bibliography

vations to which the life of an Indian trader is subject, find much to gratify their taste. (Introduction) For comments on the voyage, see the London 1831 edition (No. 775). References: American Imprints, 12o19. Strathern and Edwards, 129(iii). Wagner-Camp, 43:2. Copies: AH (Kahn)*. HMCS*, in original dark green glazed cloth boards. PA-VBC. 805

Cox, Ross. Second London Edition The | Columbia River; | or, | Scenes and Adventures | during | A Residence of Six Years on the Western | side of the Rocky Mountains, | among | Various Tribes of Indians | hitherto unknown: | together with | A Journey across the American continent. | By Ross Cox. | In two volumes. | Vol. i. | Second Edition. | London: | Henry Colburn and Richard Bentley. | New Burlington Street. | 1832. 2 vols. 8vo. 22 x 14.5 cm untrimmed (HMCS). Vol. i: [i] title, [ii] printer’s name and address, [iii] dedication, [iv] blank, [v] –vi Preface, [vii] + viii –xvi Introduction, [xvii] + xviii –xx Contents of Vol. i, [1] + 2–333 text, [334] blank pp. Vol. ii: [i] title, [ii] printer’s name and address, [iii] + iv–vi Contents of Vol. ii, [1] + 2–343 text, 344 Table, [345] + 346–35o Appendix pp.

The text is entirely reset but appears to be unaltered from the first edition. References: Strathern and Edwards, 129(i). Wagner-Camp, 43:3. Copies: HMCS*. PA-VBC. 806

Cox, Ross. Third London Edition The | Columbia River: | or, | Scenes and Adventures | during | a residence of six years on the western | side of the Rocky Mountains | among | various tribes of indians | hitherto unknown; | Together with | A journey across the American continent. | By Ross Cox. | In two volumes. | Vol. i. | Third edition. | London: | Henry Colburn and Richard Bentley, | New Burlington Street. | 1832. 2 vols. 8vo. 22 x 14 cm (AH). Vol. i: [i] title, [ii] printer’s name and address, [iii] dedication to Lord Francis Leveson Gower, by the author, [iv] blank, [v] –vi Preface, [vii] + viii –xvi Introduction, [xvii] + xviii–xx Contents, [1] + 2–333 text, [334] blank pp. Vol. ii: [i] title, [ii] printer’s name and address, [iii] + iv–vi Contents [1] + 2–35o text pp. References: Strathern and Edwards, 129(ii). Wagner-Camp, 43:4. Copies: AH (Kahn)*. PA-VBC.

807

Edwards, B[ela] B[ates] The | Missionary Gazetteer; | comprising | A Geographical and Statistical Account | of the | Various Stations | of the | American and Foreign Protestant Missionary | Societies | of all denominations. | With their progress of | evangelization and civilization. | [woodcut “View in the City of Rangoon.”] | [rule] | Illustrated by engravings. | [rule] | Edited by B. B. Edwards. | [rule] | Boston: | Published by William Hyde & Co. | 1832. 12mo. 19.5 x 12 cm (BPBM). [1] title, [2] copyright notice and printer’s name, [3] list of abbreviations, [4] blank, [ix] + x–xi Advertisement to the American edition, [xii] blank, [13] + 14–431 gazetteer and summary text, [432] blank pp. With woodcut frontispiece and 23 leaves of plates.

Hawaiian National Bibliography 1832

27

In the preface, dated Boston, August 1832, Mr. Edwards states that this work “has been prepared upon the basis of a volume published in London, in 1828, by Mr. Charles Williams,” who in turn had made use of the American Gazetteer published by Walter Chapin of Woodstock, Vermont, in 1824. “To prevent all collusion with the respectable work of Mr. Chapin, those passages, which were copied by Mr. Williams from the publication of his predecessor, have been expunged in this edition. . . . The description of all the stations supported by the American Missionary Societies, with the exception of a part of the article upon Rangoon, have been entirely compiled or written by the Editor of this edition.” An article on Hawaii is found on pages 2o7–2o8. There is a brief notice under “Lahaina” (p. 246), but the main article under “Sandwich Islands” contains a large section (pp. 331–34o) that includes a summary of missionary work from 182o to date. At page 332 there is an inserted leaf with a woodcut, “Volcano at Owhyhee.” Facing page 338 is an inserted leaf with two woodcuts, the upper titled “Sandwich Island Altar and Idols,” the lower, “Temple of the Sandwich Islands.” References: American Imprints, 12263. Bagnall, 1785. Carter, p. 5o. Copies: BPBM*. HMCS.

Ellis, William Polynesian Researches, | during a residence of nearly | eight years in the | Society and Sandwich Islands. | By William Ellis. | [rule] | Second edition, enlarged and improved. | Vol. i. | [rule] | London: | Fisher, Son, & Jackson, Newgate Street. | [rule] | 1832. 4 vols. 12mo. 17 x 1o.5 cm (HMCS). Vol. i: Added engraved title dated 1831, with vignette “fishing by Torch-light,” verso blank, [i] title, [ii] blank, [iii] Dedication, [iv] Advertisement to the second edition dated January 1, 1831, [v] + vi–x Preface, [xi] + xii–xvi Contents of Vol. i, [1] + 2–414 text pp. Engraved frontispiece portrait of Pomare, folding map of Polynesia (19 x 24 cm) at first text page. Vol. ii: vii, 438 text pp. Frontispiece engraving “The high priest of Tahiti ceding the district of Matavai.” Vol. iii: viii, 4o7 text, [4o8] blank pp. Frontispiece engraving “North East View of the District of Fa-re, in Huahine.” Vol. iv: viii, 471 text, [472] blank pp. Frontispiece engraving “The Volcano of Ki-rau-e-a, in Hawaii.” Folding “Chart of the Sandwich Islands.”

The preceding collation is abbreviated as I have not found a set of this edition in which all volumes are dated 1832, and I assume that the collation is the same as the 1831 edition. In the HMCS copy, Volume i has an 1832 date and Volumes ii–iv are dated 1836. In the Bishop Museum copy, Volume i is dated 1832; Volume ii 1836; Volume iii 1832; Volume iv 1836. The added engraved titles in Volumes i and iii–iv are dated 1831, and that in Volume ii is dated 1836. As this was a popular book, made-up sets combining various issues are common. I have not observed any textual differences between the 1831 and 1832 editions. Both are identified on the title as “second edition, enlarged and improved.” References: O’Reilly and Reitman, 7556–7557. Copies: BPBM*, as above. HMCS*, as above.

808

28

1832

Hawaiian National Bibliography

809

[Fanning, Edmund, and Benjamin Pendleton] United States Congress. 22d Congress, 1st Session. House of Representatives. Document 61. Memorial of Edmund Fanning and Benjamin Pendleton. 8vo. 22 x 14 cm (AH). [1] + 2–1o text pp.

A “memorial” to recoup expenses on what had been suggested as a government exploring expedition. The memorialist (Fanning), author of several important works on the Pacific (see Nos. 839 and 884) and advocate of such a government-sponsored expedition, was to a considerable degree responsible for the formation of what would be an American exploring expedition under command of Captain Charles Wilkes (1838–1841). This memorial commences: That on or about the 2oth October, 1829, the American brigs Seraph and Annawan, sailed from these United States, being fitted out under the agency and command of your memoralists, for and on a discovery and exploring voyage to the South Seas, Pacific Ocean, &c, with every necessary fitment; as also, a competent scientific corps of gentlemen; making, together with the officers and men, 55 in number, on board the two vessels. That they proceeded to the south of Cape Horn, in the southern hemisphere, in search of new lands, &c., with a national view (although a private expedition, having only the parental attention and notice of Government,) to benefit navigation, whale and seal fishery, commercial trade, science &c. In which, after a voyage of fatigue and hard sufferings of about 22 months . . . those in the expedition were not so fortunate as to discover any new lands; but humbly consider they have attained a national benefit . . . In accomplishing which, great expense, risk, loss and sufferings have attended it. They further “pray that Congress, in its wisdom, will be pleased to grant a moderate appropriation” to defray some of the expenses incurred. Appended is a letter from Benjamin Pendleton, “Commander of the Expedition,” which gives a résumé of the voyage, and its accomplishments, with statements of expenses. A summary from Fanning (pp. 7–1o) concerns the need for further government-sponsored explorations. References: Haskell, 137. See also Haskell, 136. Copies: AH (Kahn)*. 810

[Hawaiian Imprint] [Eight leaflet tracts. Honolulu, 1832] A collection of 8 tracts, with the texts on rectos of leaves only, and each numbered at top center. Each approximately 16.5 x 1o cm. These are:

1. | HE MAU OLELO AO. | [Text of 33 lines begins:] O ka uku no ka hewa, o ka make ia. Roma vi.23. 2. | E hoomanao i ka la Sabati i hoano ai ia ia. | [Text of 34 lines begins:] Ua manao anei i ke ano o keia kauoha a ka Haku? [and at end:] Oihanakahua, xix, 3o. 3. | HEAHA KA’U E HANA’I I OLA AU? | [rule] | [Text of 31 lines begins:] E manao oiaio aku ia Iesu Kristo, alaila e ola oe. [and at end:] Roma, x, 13. 4. | O KA AOAO HEWA. | [Text of 33 lines begins:] Makemake no ka nui o kanaka i ke ola, a uma manao paha ka lehulehu e hele i ka lani i ko lakou wa e make ai, . . . 5. | O KA AOAO PONO. | [Text of 33 lines begins:] He ui no ka poe i hele pu ma ka aoao hewa.

Hawaiian National Bibliography 1832

29

6. | E MIHI OUKOU. | [rule] | [Text of 33 lines begins:] E ke kahaka mihi ole i kou hewa, ua kahea mai ke akua ia oe e mihi, no ka mea, . . . 7. | HE KRISTIANO ANEI OE? | [Text of 34 lines begins:] Ma Anetioka ke kapa mua ana o na haumana he Kristiano. Oihana xi.26. 8. | HEAHA KO OKOU MANAO NO KA MESIA? | [Text of 33 lines begins:] E ka mea e imi ana i ka pono, e holohe mai oe i keia mau ninau, . . . [Colophon below rule at end:] Oahu: Mission Press, 1832. ed 1o,ooo. Recorded in the printed minutes of the General Meeting for June 1832 as “Eight handbill tracts, printed partly as handbills and partly as a single tract. 8 pp. 18mo. 1o.ooo [copies printed].” Item Nos. 837, 867, and 868 printed in 1833 may well be a continuation of this series. References: Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 1832), p. 6. Copies: HMCS*, in a nineteenth-century binding for the Hawaiian Board, with titles in manuscript on upper cover in hand of A. O. Forbes.

[Hawaiian Imprint] [Marquesas Spelling Book, Honolulu, 1832?]

811

Not seen. This is listed in the printed minutes of the General Meeting for June, 1833, with the following particulars: “16mo. 16 pp. 3,ooo copies.” References: Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 1833), p. 18. Copies: None located.

He Helu Kamalii He Helu Kamalii, | oia ka mea e | Ao Aku ai i no Keiki, | ma na ui ao mua o ke | Aritemetika. | [rule] | I unuhiia mai loko ae o ke Aritemetika a | Wiliama Fowle. | [rule] | Oahu; | Na na Misionari i Pai. | 1832.

812

24 mo. 12.5 x 8 cm (HMCS). [1] title, [2] He olelo hoakaka, [3] + 4–6o text pp.

Title: A child’s arithmetic, this teaches the children the first problems of the arithmetic. Translated from the arithmetic of William Fowle. The first edition of this elementary arithmetic text. The English-language original was a standard text in New England schools for many years. The printed minutes of the June 1833 General Meeting record an edition of 3,ooo copies. References: Butler, 157. Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 1833), p. 18. Judd and Bell, 74. Copies: AH (Kahn)*, fine copy in original printed wrappers. GF. HarU (2). HMCS (2)*, one is in original printed wrappers. UH. YU.

He Hoikehonua He | Hoikehonua, | he mea ia e hoakaka’i i | Ke Ano o ka Honua Nei, | a me na mea | maluna iho: | [rule] | Ua haumia ka honua i ka poe e noho ana maluna iho. Isaia. | [double rule] | Oahu: | Na na Misionari i Pai. | 1832. 12mo. 17 x 1o cm (HMCS). [i] title, [ii] blank, [iii–iv] Introduction, [v] + vi–xi Papa Kuhikuhi, [xii] blank, [1] + 2–2o4 text pp.

Title: A geography, something describing the form of the Earth, and things on it. The first section of this geography text (through p. 15o) contains short paragraphs on various countries worldwide. Then on page 151, section vi begins with the caption title: “O ka hoakaka ana o na moku Ma Ka Moana Pakifika” (Concerning islands in the

813

30

1832

Hawaiian National Bibliography

Pacific Ocean). Here is a separate discussion of Hawaii, island by island (pp. 152–158), followed by a discussion of the inhabitants and historical remarks (pp. 158–167). The text beginning on page 167 contains brief articles on various Pacific islands. A text “No na Aina o Nukelani” on New Zealand is found on pages 172–174, and “Nu Holani” (New Holland or Australia) on page 174. On page 178 is a list of lakes, followed by a list of rivers and their geographical features and longitude and latitude, and populations of various countries. This geography text is of the greatest importance because it contains the first census of the Hawaiian Islands, undertaken by the American Mission in December 1831. On pages 19o–191 are Hawaiian population statistics island by island (and broken down into districts of each). Page 195 begins a chronology of important dates and events from the year 4oo4 b.c. to “Na Makahiki o ka haku” (the birth of the Lord [ Jesus]), then advancing to 1831 with “Pio ko Polani ia Rusia” (the conquering of Poland by Russia). Dates pertaining to Hawaiian events are included. The death of Cook at Kealakekua Bay in 1779 is recorded as “Make o Lono ma Hawaii” (the death of Lono at Hawaii). This text was prepared by Samuel Whitney and William Richards. In the preface, dated February 8, 1832, they state that the sources used in this compilation were the geographies of Woodbridge, Worcester, Morse, and Malte-Brun, and also Morse’s Gazetteer, the Encyclopedia Americana, the Edinburgh Encyclopedia, Lempiere’s Classical Dictionary, the History of the United States, History of England, Naval Chronicle, American Almanac, History of Boston, and the Missionary Herald. The printed minutes of the June 1832 General Meeting record an edition of 5,5oo copies. References: Butler, 299. Dibble, p. 144. Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 1832), p. 6. Judd and Bell, 75. See Robert C. Schmitt, “The Missionary Censuses of Hawaii,” Pacific Anthropological Records No. 2o (Honolulu, Bernice Pauahi Bishop Museum, 1973). Copies: AAS*, William Richards’ copy? in blue-green paper–covered boards. AH (Kahn)*, original sheep. ATL (2)*. HarU. HHS (2). HMCS (3)*. LC*. ML. NLC. PS. WaU. 814

He Ninauhoike He | Ninauhoike | no ka | mooolelo o ka | Palapala Hemolele. | I ikea ai | ka hana ana a ke Akua a me na kanaka, mai | ke kumu mai a hiki i ka wa o ka | Iesu mau lunaolelo: | He mea e pono ai na makua, a me na | keiki, a me na kula. | [rule] | [three-line quotation “Na Iesu”] | [rule] | Alua pai ana. | [double rule] | Oahu: | Na na Misionari i Pai. | 1832. 12mo. 14 x 9 cm (BPBM). [1] title, [2] Na Inoa o na buke o ka Palapala Hemolele (names of the books of the Bible), [3] + 4–216 text pp. With 4 woodcuts in the main text and 36 woodcuts on pp. 2o8–216.

Title: An historical catechism of the Holy Scriptures. Explaining the works of God and man, from the beginning (creation) to the time of Jesus and his disciples: suitable for adults, children, and schools. The second edition. The three illustrations from blocks carved by Hiram Bingham (for the first edition of 183o, see No. 752) are reprinted here: Noah’s Ark (p. 17), the Tower of Babel (p. 2o), and the destruction of Sodom and Gomorrah (p. 28). New to this edition are the small illustrations (four to a page, pp. 2o8–216) that are all stock cuts, with Bible verses underneath each. A joint letter from Hiram Bingham, E. W. Clark, and Levi Chamberlain to Rufus Anderson, Oahu, October 15, 1832 (HarU [ABCFM papers]), thanks the board for a new press, type, and cuts, and says: “Most of the Scripture cuts [received] are very small. Thirty six of the more interesting of the

Hawaiian National Bibliography 1832

31

small set have already been used in an appendix of 9 pages, to a 2d. edition of the Catechismal Scripture History, of 1o,ooo copies, which was nearly through the press when the cuts arrived.” The Bishop Museum library has two copies in contemporary bindings in which the second signature of the text (i.e., pp. 13–24) is not included but is replaced by a text from the “Pi-a-Pa” (1835; see No. 969) with the result that the only woodcut in the text is that on page 28. References: Butler, 74. Dibble, p. 418. Judd and Bell, 77. Copies: AAS*, fine copy in contemporary calf with presentation inscription from Samuel Ruggles. AP-NZ. ATL*. BPBM (3)*. FLP. HarU (3). HHS. HMCS (5)*. LC (2)*. ML. NLC. PS. UH (2). UM. WaU. YU.

He Ui

815

HE UI | no ka | Mooolelo Kahiko a ke Akua. | he | mea eao aku ai | i | na Kamalii. | [double rule] | Oahu: | Na na Misionari i Pai. | 1832. 16mo. 13.5 x 9 cm (HMCS). [1] title, [2] blank, [3] + 4–56 text pp.

Title: Catechism of ancient history of God, to be taught to children. The text, taken by Samuel Ruggles (Dibble) from the book of Genesis, contains 12 numbered sections of questions and answers. It was issued with printed wrappers; the title repeats on the front, and the back wrapper has a caption title “No ka hele ana | i ke | Kula Sabati,” followed by eight numbered paragraphs. The printed minutes of the June 1833 General Meeting record an edition of 1o,ooo copies. References: Butler, 279. Dibble, p. 416. Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 1833), p. 18. Judd and Bell, 81. Copies: AAS*, Streeter sale copy. ATL*. HarU (2). HHS. HMCS (2)*. LC*. ML. NLC. P-EMS*. PS. UC-B*. UH (2). YU.

He Ui

816

He Ui | no ka olelo a ke Akua. | [double rule] | [text begins:] 1. Owai ke Akua maoli? | [Colophon below rule at end of p. 8:] Oahu: Mission Press, 1832. 5th ed. 1o,ooo, Total 45,ooo. [Honolulu, 1832] 18mo. 16.5 x 1o.5 cm (HMCS). Caption title, [1] + 2–8 text pp.

Title: Inquiring questions concerning the word of God. The fifth edition of the catechism, translated by Hiram Bingham. The first appeared in 1825 (see No. 617). The printed minutes of the June 1833 General Meeting record “Catechism. (repr.) 8 pp. 18mo. 1o,ooo copies.” References: Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 1833), p. 18. Judd and Bell, 82. Copies: HHS. HMCS (2)*, one is bound with other tracts.

James, T[homas] Horton The Sandwich and Bonin Islands. | [rule] | A letter | to a | Noble Lord, | on the importance of settling | The Sandwich & Bonin Islands, | in the North Pacific Ocean, | on the plan of a proprietary government; | together with | Hints | on the probability, in that case, of introducing | British Manufactures | into the | Great Empire of Japan. | [rule] | By T. Horton James, Esq. | [rule] | London: | Printed by W. Tew, | 34, Queen Street, Cheapside, near Southwark Bridge. | [rule] | 1832.

817

32

1832

Hawaiian National Bibliography 8vo. 2o x 12.8 cm (BL). [1] title, [2] blank, [3] + 4–15 letter, 16–18 Notes, [19–23] Appendixes numbered 1–4, [24] blank pp.

A very rare text in which the author urges the establishment of a British colony at the Hawaiian Islands for the purposes of trade in the Northern Pacific, and of taking possession of the Islands. Writing from 1o Great Trinity Lane, London, on August 22, 1832, James addresses “My Lord” (who is not otherwise identified): Having lately returned from a voyage round the world, and spent some months among the Sandwich Islands in the North Pacific Ocean, I cannot resist the temptation of urging the Government the desirableness that such a valuable group should become, as soon as possible, substantially a British Possession. James mentions English explorers Cook and Vancouver, then describes the main islands with capsule descriptions and assorted comments. Niihau, he writes, is “rather a poor place, but celebrated for producing the largest and finest vegetables in all the group . . . The natives here as in all the islands, though poor and wretched, are kind and hospitable in the extreme.” He states that the foreign residents include “the Connecticuit [sic] Missionaries, and about 2oo to 3oo Artisans, English and American.” The appendixes comprise: (a) List of Arrivals in the Harbour of Honoruru. . . for the year 183o [listing 14o ship arrivals from January 21 to December 183o]; (b) List of Ships & Vessels belonging to the Port of Honoruru, October, 1831 [listing 27 ships and small vessels]; (c) Prices of Provisions at Wahoo . . . October 1831; (d) Estimate of Provisions that might be raised in the first Five Years in the Sandwich Islands. A letter from Hiram Bingham, dated Oahu, March 2o, 1833, addressed to the American Board (HarU [ABCFM papers]) contains a long discussion of this pamphlet. It is also mentioned in a letter from E. W. Clark to the ABCFM, Honolulu, March 3o, 1833: We have just received a small pamphlet from Mr. Ellis recently published in London for private distribution. It purports to be a letter addressed to a noble Lord by a Mr. James, who was here about two years ago. Its object seems to be to persuade the British Government to take immediate possession of the Islands. A barefaced attack is made upon us, the chiefs, etc.; but it is so full of falsehoods & misrepresentations, that it will probably have no influence with the noble Lord, or anybody else of any candor or common sense. References: HHS (Report, 19o8, pp. 36–51) (reprints complete text). Ferguson, 25225 (records the author’s Six Months in South Australia with some account of Port Phillip and Portland Bay [London, 1838].) Strathern and Edwards, 277 (record another title by this author: Rambles in the United States and Canada during the year 1845 . . . by Rubio [pseud.], [London, 1846]). Copies: BL*, with presentation inscription from the author on the title page. LC. The NUC lists only the Library of Congress copy. UH has microfilm of the British Library copy. 818

Ka Oihana Ka Oihana | a ka Poe Lunaolelo | [Oahu, Mission Press, 1832–1833] 17 x 1o cm. Caption title, 59 (i) pp.

Title: The Acts of the Apostles. Not seen. Translated by William Richards (Dibble). The printed minutes of the June 1833 General Meeting record “12mo. 64 pp. 1o,ooo copies” printed. References: Dibble, p. 418. Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 1833), p. 18. Judd and Bell, 79. Copies: AAS. WaU.

Hawaiian National Bibliography 1832

Ka Palapala Mua a Petero Ka Palapala Mua | A PETERO. | [second title, p. 8:] Ka Palapala Lua | A PETERO. | [third title, p. 13:] Ka Palapala Mua | A IOANE. [fourth title, p. 2o:] Ka Palapala Lua | A IOANE. | [fifth title, p. 21:] Ka Palapala Kolu | A IOANE. | [sixth title, p. 22:] Ka Palapala | A IUDA. | [seventh title, p. 25:] | KA HOIKEANA | a Ioane a ke kaula haipule. | [Colophon below double rule at foot of p. 56:] Oahu: Mission Press. May 1832; Ed. 1o,ooo. [Honolulu, 1832]

33 819

12mo. 21 x 13.5 untrimmed (HMCS). 1–56 text pp.

A collection of excerpts from the letters of I and II Peter; I, II, and III John; Jude; and Revelations (here literally: the Revelation of John the pious prophet). I and II Peter were translated by William Richards; I, II, and III John and Jude, jointly by William Richards and Lorrin Andrews; and Revelations by William Richards (Dibble). The printed minutes of the June 1832 General Meeting record an edition of 1o,ooo copies. References: Butler, 72. Dibble, p. 418. Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 1832), p. 6. Judd and Bell, 8o. Copies: AAS. HHS. HMCS (2)*. LC. NLC. UH. WaU. YU.

Kamehameha III. Proclamation HE MAU OLELO HOAKAKA | No Ko Maua Noho Ana. | [rule] | Proclamations Concerning our office. | Oahu, Iulai 5, 1832. | [double rule] | [text begins] | [signed below first column of text:] Na Kinau [and below third column of text:] Na Kauikeaouli [Honolulu, 1832] Broadside. Text in Hawaiian and English in 4 columns, each divided by a vertical rule, the first column having 3o lines of text. Printed area 18.5 x 31 cm on a sheet 25 x 38.5 cm.

A document issued by the young king on his assumption of full powers as monarch. This prints two communications. The first, from Kinau, announces her assumption of the office of Kuhina Nui, which had been held by Kaahumanu, affirming the laws and stating that the outcome of violations “shall be the loss or dispossession of land.” The second document, by Kamehameha III, affirms Kinau as the Kuhina Nui: “You have perhaps understood the proclamation of my [legal] mother. The office that was held by my Guardian [Kaahumanu] until her departure, now belongs to my Mother [Kinau] from Hawaii to Kauai. I am superior, and my Mother subordinate, over the whole even to Kauai. She [the acting Queen] is my chief Agent.” With respect to his assumption of full powers as monarch, the document states: “Heretofore, during the time [or office] of my Guardian, I was not acquainted [or conversant] with the duties of the government even till her late departure. “We two who have been too young and unacquainted with the actual transaction of business, now for the first time undertake distinctly to regulate our kingdom.” The wording of this document particularly with respect to the use by Kauikeaouli (Kamehameha III) of the word Kanaka to designate a subordinate is important and was referred to in documents regarding the Charlton Land Case in the 184os. A contemporary annotation on a copy in the Hawaii State Archives states that the word Kanaka was “used here for Headman and chief agent, thus proving that to be called a Kanaka of the King is a high honor.” References: None found. Copies: AH (F.O. & Ex.) (3)*, one copy has the important annotation quoted above. HMCS*.

820

34

1832

Hawaiian National Bibliography

821

Kapiolani, Chiefess Kapiolani a female Christian Chief of Owhyhee. In: The Saturday Magazine. No. 13. London, September 15, 1832. 8vo.

Contains brief biographical remarks from published sources. References: None found. Copies: AH (Kahn)*. 822

A Lady (pseud. of Sarah Tuttle?) Conversations | on the | Sandwich Islands Mission. | [rule] | By a Lady. | [rule] | [four-line quotation] | Revised by the publishing committee. | [rule] | Second edition. | [rule] | Boston: | Massachusetts Sabbath School Union. | Depository, 47, Cornhill. | [dotted line] | 1832. 12mo. 14 x 9 cm (HMCS). [1] advertisement, [2] frontispiece woodcut, [3] title, [4] copyright notice, [5] + 6–212 text, 213–216 “Hints designed to aid in acquiring a correct pronunciation of Proper names” + vocabulary pp.

Second edition. For the first (1829) edition, see No. 732. The copyright is dated 1832 by Christopher C. Dean. References: American Imprints, 11971. Copies: HMCS. 823

Morrell, Benjamin A Narrative | of | Four Voyages, | to the | South Sea, North and South Pacific Ocean, | Chinese Sea, Ethiopic and Southern | Atlantic Ocean, Indian and | Antarctic Ocean. | From the year 1822 to 1831. | Comprising | critical surveys of coasts and islands, with | sailing directions. | And an account of some | new and valuable discoveries, | including the Massacre Islands, | where thirteen of the author’s crew were massacred and | eaten by cannibals. | To which is prefixed | a brief sketch of the author’s early life. | [rule] | By Captain Benjamin Morrell, jun. | [double rule] | New York: | Printed and published by J. & J. Harper, | No. 82 Cliff-street. | And sold by the booksellers generally throughout the | United States. | [rule] | 1832. 8vo. 22 x 14 cm (BPBM). [1] half title, [2] blank, [3] title, [4] copyright statement, [5] Dedication to Hon. Levi Woodbury, Secretary of the U.S. Navy, [6] blank, [7] Advertisement by the author, dated New York, December 1822, [8] blank, [i] + ii–vii Contents, [viii] blank, [ix] + x–xxvii Introduction (author’s life, etc.), [xxviii] blank, [29] + 3o–492 text pp. With engraved frontispiece portrait “Benjamin Morrell, Sloan Pinxt.”

Morrell, of Stonington, Connecticut, where his father Benjamin was a ship builder, first went to sea in 1812 at the age of 17, shipping on the Enterprise, bound for Lisbon. During the War of 1812 he was captured by the British and imprisoned both in Newfoundland and in Dartmoor prison, in England. This narrative tells of four voyages he made to various parts of the world as a captain. In 1822 Morrell made his first voyage to the Pacific. Departing from New York on the schooner Wasp on a sealing voyage, he rounded Cape Horn, continuing as far as Chile and the Galapagos Islands. On his second voyage on the Tartar, he departed New York July 19, 1824, and made his way around Cape Horn to the coast of California, visiting San Diego and San Francisco. Following his departure from that coast, he sighted

Hawaiian National Bibliography 1832

35

the island of Hawaii on June 25, 1825, and anchored off Lahaina, later touching at Oahu and Niihau, and departing on the 3oth. He gives a brief description of the islands (pp. 213–215). On a subsequent voyage to the Pacific on the Antarctic (1829–1831) he was accompanied by his new wife Abby, who published her own account (see No. 862). That voyage made stops at New Zealand, Manila, and Fiji, but did not include a stop at Hawaii. A second edition of Captain Morrell’s narrative was published in New York in 1841 (see No. 13o1). References: American Imprints, 13825. Carter, p. 13o. Hill, p. 2o4 (with a long note). Judd and Lind, 13o. Copies: AAS. AH (Kahn)*. BL. BPL. BPBM*, copy with four-page catalogue, “Valuable Works published by J. & J. Harper”, and (in front) another catalogue, “Depot for American Publications, No. 12, Red Lion Square, London,” dated January, 1834 (16 pp.). BPBM (Carter 6-F-8)*. BPBM (Fuller)*. HSL (Tice Phillips). JCB. LC. PA-VBC. UC-B. UH. The NUC lists 23 copies.

Na Himeni Kamalii Na Himeni Kamalii. | [rule] | “Noloko ae o ka waha o na keiki hou, a me na | mea omo i hoomakaukau ai oe i ka hoolea.” | [cut of books] | Oahu. | Na na Misionari i Pai. | Ianuari | 1832.

824

24mo. 12.5 x 8 cm (YU). Cover title, [1] + 2–12 text pp. Title within vine-leaf border, back cover with printed text.

Title: Hymns for children. “From the mouth[s] of young children and suckling babes, so that you may be made ready to rejoice.” The hymns were translated and assembled by Lorenzo Lyons. There are three variations to the cover design. On the cover of the American Antiquarian Society copy, the cut used is an American eagle with outspread wings, clutching a shield. On the cover of a copy at Yale, there is a bird on a branch. On the copy in the HMCS Library the cut used is an open book leaning on two others. The back cover (identical in all states) has biblical quotations from St. Paul to the Ephesians 6:1, 4; Luke 18:6; and Deuteronomy 6:4–7, with a total of 24 lines of text all within a vinelike border. The printed minutes of the General Meeting for 1832 record an edition of 3,ooo copies. References: Butler (no number, follows No. 259). Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 1832), p. 6. Judd and Bell, 76. Copies: AAS*. HarU. HHS. HMCS*. NLC. YU*.

O ka Buke Hua Mua O ka Buke Hua Mua | e ao ai | i ka heluhelu palapala, | i ike ai hoi | na haumana Hawaii nei | i ka pono maoli. | [double rule] | [two-line quotation from Na Paulo. Heb. v 12] | [double rule] | Oahu: | Mea Pai Palapala a na Misionari. | 1832. 18mo. 15 x 9 cm. [1–3] + 4–1o8 text pp. Issued with printed wrappers.

Title: First reading book, to teach Hawaiian pupils what is right. This elementary text includes lessons from the Pi-a-Pa, and He Ui (a catechism); The Ten Commandments (pp. 41–43); The Sermon on the Mount (pp. 46–52); Thoughts of the Alii (Kamehameha III?) (pp. 77–8o); Thoughts of William IV of England (pp. 86–91) and Queen Adelaide, his consort, (pp. 91–92); Thoughts of Tsar Alexander of Russia (pp. 92–93); and a letter from Jeremiah Evarts of the American Board in Boston to Liholiho (Kamehameha II) dated November 18, 1822.

825

36

1832

Hawaiian National Bibliography

The title of the cover wrapper is abbreviated, but includes an index of the contents in double-column form. The back wrapper prints Psalm 137 in verse form. The printed minutes of the General Meeting for 1833 record: “First Book of the Elements. 18mo. 16,ooo copies.” References: Butler, 86. Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 1833), p. 18. Judd and Bell, 78. Copies: AAS*, fine copy in original wrappers. AH (Kahn)*, modern cloth spine and boards, preserving the original printed wrappers. GF*. HarU. HHS. HMCS (3)*. HSL. LC*. ML. NLC. PS. UC-B*. UH. YU. 826

Sandwich Islands Mission Extracts | from | The Minutes | of the | General Meeting | of the | Sandwich Islands Mission, | held at Honolulu, | June 1832. | [double rule] | Oahu: | Mission Press. | [dotted rule] | 1832. 12mo. 17.5 x 11 cm. [1] title, [2] blank, [3] + 4–34 text, [35] standing committees, [36] contents pp.

This report contains extracts of station reports, an annual report on the Lahainaluna Seminary, and statistics on printing. “In what manner can the Physicians render themselves useful to the missionary cause in the highest degree” is discussed on page 25. An important report (pp. 9–2o) regards the establishment of a mission in the “Northern Marquesas or Washington Islands.” An obituary of Queen Kaahumanu is on page 33. The printed minutes of the General Meeting of June 1833 record an edition of 4o copies. References: Carter, p. 127. Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 1833), p. 18. Copies: BPBM*. BPBM (Carter 3-B-5)*. HHS*, Dwight Baldwin’s copy. HMCS (2)*. NYP. 827

Sandwich Islands Mission A Statement of the | EXPENDITURES | of the Sandwich Islands Mission, | For the Year ending April 3o, 1832. [Honolulu, 1832] 12mo. 18.5 x 12 cm. Caption title, [1] + 2–6 [7] text, [8] blank pp.

Printed for the internal use of the mission. This lists “improvements” made at each mission station and the value of the same, with statistics on “Presents and Income of Land,” “Avails of Native Books, for the year ending April 3o, 1832” (p. 5), and costs of the printing department including the cost of paper. The total amount set down for the printing operation was $4258.13. The amount of paper and other materials from New England came to $2278.19 and “Support of the printer, (in part) amounted to $2oo.5o.” References: None found. Copies: HHS*, Dwight Baldwin’s copy. 828

Smith, Thomas, and John O. Choules The | Origin and History | of | Missions; | Containing | faithful accounts | of the | Voyages, Travels, Labors and Successes | of the | Various Missionaries, | who have been sent forth to evangelize the heathen; | compiled from authentic documents; | forming a | Complete Missionary Repository; | illustrated by numerous engravings, | from | original drawings made expressly for this work. | to be issued from the press in fourteen successive numbers, part of the first numbers to constitute the first, and | the remaining numbers the second volume. | [rule] | by the | Rev. Thomas Smith, | Minister of Trinity Chapel, London. | and | Rev. John O. Choules,

Hawaiian National Bibliography 1832

37

A.M. | Newport, R.I. | [rule] | [one-line quotation from Doane’s Missionary Sermon.] | In two Volumes. | Vol. i. | [double rule] | Boston: | Published by S. Walker, and Lincoln and Edmands. | Sold also by Crocker & Brewster, and Pierce & Parker. | [rule] | 1832[–1834]. 2 vols. 4to. 3o x 24.5 cm untrimmed (AAS). Vol. i: [1] title, [2] copyright notice, [i] + ii–x Contents of Vol. i, [i] Authorities consulted in the preparation of this work, [ii] Directions for the binder, [iii] + iv–viii Preface by Choules dated Newport R.I., March 1832, [ix] + x–xl Introduction, [41] + 42–622 text pp. With added engraved title page. Engraved frontispiece “The Gospel Preached to the Heathen,” a map of Polynesia, and 17 plates in the text. Vol. ii: [1] title, [2] copyright notice 1834, [i] + ii–xiv Contents of Vol. ii, [1] + 2–592 text, [593] + 594–6oo Appendix pp. Added title with vignette “Church Missionary Settlement of Rangiroa in New Zealand,” frontispiece engraving “Seizure of Dr. Judson,” 2 plates, and a map of “Burmah.”

After lengthy remarks on the history of missionary work there is a history of the London Missionary Society, followed by a chapter “Mission in the South Seas” (pp. 371–453). This chapter has a section on the Hawaiian Islands, evidently extracted from London Missionary Society Reports, and includes letters from William Ellis. There is a map of Polynesia and plates that illustrate scenes in Tahiti and Tongataboo. There are none of Hawaii. In the second volume, chapter ix (pp. 184–199) is on the South Seas, New South Wales and Van Diemen’s Land, Tonga, and New Zealand. A chapter on the American Board and its formation is found on pages 234–238. Further remarks on the Hawaiian Islands are on pages 312–34o. These (largely from ABCFM records) bring the text up to the departure of the fifth reinforcement of missionaries who sailed from New London, Connecticut. The appendix, “Historical view of Roman Catholic Missions,” has been reprinted from the American Quarterly Register for February 1832. This work was issued during 1832–1834, apparently two parts at a time. Part numbers at the lower left of each beginning signature are identified as (example) “Vol. i. nos. 24 & 25.” The last of these in Volume ii (on p. 577) is “nos. 1o1 & 1o2.” The title page in the second volume is undated, but the copyright notice on the verso is dated 1834. According to Bagnall, this is largely a reprint from Smith, The History and Origin of the Missionary Societies (London, 1824; see No. 591). This edition has an additional section on American missionary societies. References: American Imprints, 14762. Bagnall, 5215. O’Reilly and Reitman, 759o (lists a London 1825 edition). Copies: AAS*, fine copy in the original boards, untrimmed. LC. P-EMS, has Vol. ii. UC-B.

Stewart, Charles S. London, Colburn & Bentley Edition A | Visit | to | The South Seas, | in the United States Ship Vincennes, | during the years 1829 and 183o; | including | Scenes | in Brazil, Peru, Manilla, the Cape of Good | Hope, and St. Helena. | By C. S. Stewart, A.M., | Chaplain in the United States’ [sic] Navy. | [two-line quotation from Cowper] | [rule] | In two volumes. | [rule] | London: | Henry Colburn and Richard Bentley, | New Burlington Street. | [rule] | MDCCCXXXII. 2 vols. 12mo. 18.5 x 12 cm. Vol. i: [i] half title, [ii] printer’s name and address, [iii] title, [iv] blank, [v] dedication to Hon. George Anson Byron, Lord Byron, [vi] blank, [vii] + viii –xiii Introduction, [xiv] blank, [xv] +

829

38

1832

Hawaiian National Bibliography xvi–xxii Contents of Vol. i, [1] + 2–334 text pp. With lithograph frontispiece plate “Te Ipu. A Chief Warrior of the Teus.” Vol. ii: [i] title, [ii] blank, [iii] + iv–xii Contents of Vol. ii, [1] + 2–358 text pp. With frontispiece lithograph plate “The Settlement of Atareaitu . . . Eimeo,” and text plate p. 95.

The first English edition, dedicated to Captain, Lord Byron, “whose patronage of civilization and Christianity among the inhabitants of the Sandwich Islands, during his visit, in command of H. M. Ship Blonde, has caused his name to be justly ranked, by the King and Chiefs of those islands, among the benefactors of their nation.” The illustrations, which do not appear in the New York 1831 edition, are printed on india paper and laid down on wove paper sheets. One plate in Volume ii (p. 95) is of Hawaii: “Ke Wai Anuenue or cascade of the Rainbow, Byron’s Bay, Hawaii” (9 x 1o.5 cm). References: Hill, p. 283. O’Reilly and Reitman, 881. Copies: BPBM*. BPBM (Carter 4-B-18)*. BPBM (Fuller)*. BPL. NYP. SMC*, with contemporary tan calf spines. YU (Divinity). The NUC lists 8 copies. 830

Stewart, Charles S. London, Fisher Abridged Edition A Visit | to | The South Seas, | in the U.S. Ship Vincennes, | during the years 1829 and 183o; | with notices of | Brazil, Peru, Manilla, | The Cape of Good Hope, and St. Helena. | [rule] | By C. S. Stewart, M.A., [sic] | Chaplain in the United States Navy, and Author of “A Residence | in the Sandwich Islands in 1823 and 1825.” | [rule] | Edited and abridged | by William Ellis. | [rule] | London: | Fisher, Son, & Jackson, Newgate Street; | 1832. 16mo. 17.5 x 1o.5 cm (BPBM [Carter]). [Added engraved title with vignette of a man “Te Ipu,” verso blank], [i] title, [ii] blank, [iii] + iv–viii Introduction to the English edition by William Ellis, December 1831, [ix] + x–xii Introduction to the American edition, [xiii] + xiv–xvi Contents, [1] + 2–44o text pp. With inserted “Chart of the Marquesas” at first text page. Woodcut vignette p. 154, full-page woodcut of the Washington Islands (Marquesas) p. 222. With engraved frontispiece portrait of Stewart and facsimile signature below. References: Carter, p. 164. Hill, p. 283. Copies: BL. BPBM*, with added to imprint: “and William Oliphant, Edinburgh.” BPBM (Carter 1-A-16)*. HarU. HMCS*, with London imprint only. JCB. The NUC lists 5 copies.

831

Tyerman, Daniel, and George Bennet Journal | of | Voyages and Travels | by the | Rev. Daniel Tyerman and George Bennet, Esq. | Deputed from the | London Missionary Society, | to visit their various stations | in the South Sea Islands, China, India, &c. | between the years 1821 and 1829. | Compiled from original documents, | By James Montgomery, | Author of “The World before the Flood,” “The Christian | Psalmist,” and other poems. | In three volumes. | Vol. i. | [rule] | [two-line quotation from Isaiah 14:15-16] | [rule] | From the First London Edition, | revised | by an American editor. | [rule] | Boston: | Published by Crocker and Brewster, | 47 Waslington [sic] Street. | New York: Jonathan Leavitt, | 182 Broadway. | [rule] | 1832. 3 vols. 8vo. 18.5 x 11.5 cm. Vol. i: [i] half title, [ii] blank, [iii] title, [iv] blank, [v] + vi–viii Preface to the American edition, dated Boston, November 1831, signed “R. A.,” [ix] + x–xx Introduction, [xxi] + xxii–xxiv Contents, [1] + 2–273 text, [274–276] blank pp. With engraved frontispiece portrait of Rev. Daniel Tyerman, and 2 engraved plates.

Hawaiian National Bibliography 1832

39

Vol. ii: [i] half title, [ii] blank, [iii] title, [iv] blank, [v] + vi–ix Contents, [x] blank, [13] + 14–287 text, [288] blank pp. With engraved frontispiece portrait of George Bennet, and 2 engraved plates. Vol. iii: [i] half title, [ii] blank, [iii] title, [iv] blank, [v] + vi–viii Contents, [13] + 14–293 text, [294–296] blank pp.

First American edition, “Revised by an American Editor.” This was Rufus Anderson of the American Board, whose annotations seem to be confined to the occasional footnote. The work was published in dark blue glazed cloth and paper title labels. There are two states of the Volume i title. In the first, Washington street is misspelled, in later states this has been corrected. There is one plate of Hawaii (Vol. i, p. 268): “Towaihae Bay, Island of Hawaii.” References: American Imprints, 15o62. Carter, p. 129. Ferguson (Addenda), 1598a. This edition not in Bagnall. Copies: AH (Kahn)*, original cloth, paper labels, uncut. HMCS*. ML. SMC*, fine copy in original cloth. UC-B. UH.

Tytler, Patrick Fraser Historical View | of | The Progress of Discovery | on the | more northern coasts | of | America, | from the earliest period to the present time. | By Patrick Fraser Tytler, Esq., | F.R.S. & F.S.A. | with | Descriptive Sketches | of the | Natural History of the North American | Regions. | by James Wilson, Esq. F.R.S.E. & M.W.S. | [rule] | To which is added, an appendix, containing | remarks on a late memoir of Sebastian Cabot, with | a vindication of Richard Hakluyt. | [rule] | Illustrated by a map, and nine engravings by Jackson. | [rule] | Edinburgh: | Oliver & Boyd, Tweeddale-Court; | and Simpkin & Marshall, London. | MDCCCXXXII.

832

8vo. 17 x 1o.5 cm. [1–2] blank, [3] title with woodcut vignette, [4] blank, [5] main title, [6] copyright notice and printer’s name, [7] + 8–9 Preface dated Edinburgh, August 1832, [1o] blank, [11] + 12–15 Contents, [16] list of plates, [17] + 18–416 text, [417] + 418–444 Appendix pp. With folding map, portrait of Cortez, and 7 woodcut plates.

Chapter two on “Russian and English Voyages” includes those of Cook, Meares, and Vancouver. There are occasional references to Hawaii. Strathern and Edwards (551[i]) records an Edinburgh and London edition of 1833. References: Sabin, 97657. Strathern and Edwards, 551. Copies: HMCS*. PA-VBC.

Verreaux, Jules and Edouard L’Océanie en Estampes, | ou | Description Géographique et Historique | de toutes les îles du Grand Océan et du Continent de la Nouvelle Hollande. | Notasie, Polynésie, Australie, | contenant les anecdotes intéressantes qui se rattachent a chaque localité, l’exposition des croyance, des gouvernemens | de l’agriculture, des artes, du commerce, des caractères, des usages et des costumes de leurs habitans. | Ouvrage destiné a l’instruction et a l’amusement de la jeunesse, | Orné d’une Carte et de Cent huit Gravures, dont plusieurs d’après des Dessins inédits, | et rédigé d’après tant anciens que rècens, et des notices inédites de voyageurs Français et étrangers, MM. Lesson, | Sainson, Ellis, Marsden, etc. | Par Jules et Edouard Verreaux, | Membres de la Société d’histoire naturelle du Cap de BonneEspérance. | [rule] | Paris. - Librairie Nepveu, Passage des Panoramas, No. 26; | London. - Published by Ch. Tilt. 86, Fleet-street. | [rule] | M DCCC XXXII.

833

40

1832

Hawaiian National Bibliography 8vo. oblong. 12.5 x 2o cm (HHS). [i] title, [ii] blank, vi–xii Avis de l’Editeur and “Vie de Jacques Cook,” xiii, xvi [i.e., xiv], xv–xvi “Océanie,” 1–437 text, [438] Tableau, [439–444] Table des matières pp. With frontispiece engraved map of the Pacific, “Monde Maritime,” and 157 engraved leaves of plates in the text.

A compilation for children describing peoples of the Pacific in sections: Australia, New Holland, and Van Diemen’s Land (pp. 382–4o6); the Marquesas (pp. 268–289); Pitcairn Island (pp. 291–3oo); Tahiti (pp. 3o3–333); Tonga (pp. 338–357); Fiji (pp. 357–36o); New Zealand (pp. 428–437). A section on Hawaii (“Les Iles Sandwich”) is on pages 213–265. The Hawaiian text contains extensive quotations from Cook’s Third Voyage. The voyage of La Pérouse is mentioned on page 237; the accounts of Kotzebue and Choris and Chamisso are discussed on pages 238–243; the Spaniard Don Marin is mentioned on page 243; Capt. Vancouver, on page 237. Peter Corney’s account of visits to Hawaii is quoted at length on pages 244–255. Passages from an account of the voyage of HMS Blonde are on pages 26o–265. Each section generally contains one or more plates. These (some of which contain more than one image) are copied after John Webber and others. There are no plates of Hawaii. References: Bagnall, 5734. Ferguson, 16o8. Copies: HHS*. ML. NLA.

1833 834

Bacon, David Francis (Editor) Memoirs | of | Eminently Pious Women | of | Britain and America. | Collected and edited by | David Francis Bacon. | [rule] | [two-line quotation from Proverbs] | [double rule] | New Haven: | Published by Daniel McLeod. | [rule] | 1833. 8vo. 22 x 13 cm (HMCS). [i] title, [ii] copyright notice and printer’s name and address, [iii]–iv Contents, [v] + vi–vii Preface dated New Haven, May 1833, [viii] blank, [9] + 1o–6o8 text pp. With added engraved title with illustration of Lady Jane Grey in the tower, and added frontispiece with portraits of 5 women.

A biography of Mrs. Elisabeth Bishop, wife of the Rev. Artemas Bishop, is on pages 568–574. Mrs. Bishop and husband arrived at Hawaii in 1823 as members of the Second Company. She was a resident of Kailua, Kona, from 1824 until her death in 1828. References: American Imprints, 17482. Carter, p. 14. Copies: HarU. HMCS*. LC. NLC. NYP. The NUC lists 11 copies. 835

Barber, John Warner New England Scenes: | or. a | selection of important and interesting | Events | which have taken place since the | First Settlement of New England: | principally of a religious nature. | [rule] | Illustrated by Engravings. | [rule] | [initials LHY within an oval ] | New Haven: L. H. Young. | 1833. 12mo. 14 x 8.5 cm (YU). [i] title, [ii] copyright notice and printer’s name, [iii]–iv Contents, [v] + vi–viii Introduction, [9] + 1o–1o6 text, [1o7–1o8] Advertisement for books for sale by Young pp. With engraved frontispiece, and 19 engraved text plates numbered 2–19 (on 9 leaves).

An engraving (plate no. 18, at p. 83) “Departure of the missionaries from New Haven Con. [sic] for the Sandwich Islands 1822” (5 x 6 cm) depicts the Second Company of

Hawaiian National Bibliography 1833

41

missionaries of the American Board in Boston, about to embark on the ship Thames at New Haven, November 19, 1822, for the Hawaiian Islands. The event is described on pages 83–85 with a transcription of the hymn “Wake Isles of the South” sung on the occasion. References: American Imprints, 17652. Copies: LC. YU*. The NUC lists 5 copies.

Dobell, Peter Puteshtviia | i | novieshiia nabliudeniia | v | Kitaie, | Manillie i Indo-Kitaiskom | arkhipelagie, | vyvshago Rossikago General’nago Konsula | na Filippinskikh ostrovakh, Kollezhskago | Sovietnika | Petra Dobelia. | Sostavil i s Angliiskago perevel, | s Vysochaishago soizvoleniia, | A. Dzh. | [rule] | V dvukh chastiiakh. | [rule] | chast’ i. | [rule] | Sanktpereburg, 1833. | V tipografii N. Grecha.

836

2 vols. 8vo. 19.5 x 12.5 cm (YU). Vol. i: [i] half title, [ii] blank, [I] title, [II] censor’s permission, [III] + IV–VII [VIII] blank, [IX] Dedication to Konstantin Iakovlevich Bulgakov, [X] blank, [XI] Translator’s Preface, [XII] blank, [XIII] + XIV–XXXV Translator’s Introduction, [1] + 2–237 text, [238] blank, [239] errata, [24o] blank pp. With frontispiece lithograph plate “Man of Manila” A Bruloff fecit. Lith v. Langer. Vol. ii: [i] title, [ii] censor’s permit, [iii] + iv–vii Contents, [viii] blank, [1] + 2–221, [222] + 223–265 text, 266–272 Chinese vocabulary pp.

The second (but first Russian) edition of the Dobell narrative. The letter from Rihoriho (Kamehameha II) to the Tsar, dated March 25, 182o, is found on pages 26o–263. The author’s remarks on his voyage to Hawaii are not in this edition. The first edition of the Dobell narrative, Travels in Kamtchatka and Siberia, with a narrative of a residence in China, was published in London in 183o but contains no Hawaii text. References: None found. Copies: YU (Slavic Collection)*.

E Ka Mea [No.] 12. | E Ka Mea Heluhelu! [Then text including 5 biblical quotations, and Colophon:] Oahu: Mission Press, Oct. 1833.

837

Handbill. Approximately 1o x 15 cm.

Title: To the reader. One of a series of handbills. Others of this series are No. 9, “O ke Kauoha” (see No. 867) and No. 11, “O na Pooolelo” (see No. 868). In the printed minutes of the General Meeting for 1834 the series is recorded as: “Handbill Tracts. 7 pp. (14,4oo pages).” This series may be a continuation of the series issued in 1832 (see No. 81o). References: Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 1834), p. 6. Copies: LC*.

Ellis, William Polynesian Researches, | during | a residence of nearly eight years | in the Society and Sandwich Islands. | By William Ellis. | [rule] | From the latest London edition. | [rule] | In four volumes. | Vol. i. | [double rule] | New York: | Printed and published by J. & J. Harper, | No. 82 Cliff-Street. | And sold by the principal booksellers throughout the | United States. | [rule] | 1833.

838

42

1833

Hawaiian National Bibliography 2 vols. 8vo. 19.5 x 11.5 cm untrimmed (AAS). Vol. i: [i–ii] blank, [iii] added engraved title dated 1833, [iv] blank, [v] title, [vi] blank, [vii] Introductory statement, [viii] blank, [9] + 1o–12 Preface, [13] + 14–16 Contents of Vol. i, [17] + 18–316 text, [317–32o] Advertisements for Harper’s Family Library pp. With engraved frontispiece of Pomare, engraved vignette on title, folding map of Polynesia (18.3 x 24 cm), and 16 wood engravings in the text. Vol. ii: [Added engraved title, verso blank], [1] title, [2] blank, [3] + 4–7 Contents of Vol. ii, [8] blank, [9] + 1o–321 text, [322–324] blank pp. With folding “Map of the Georgian & Society Islands” (9.8 x 17 cm) at first text page. With engraved vignette on added title. Vol. iii: [Added engraved title, verso blank], [1] title, [2] blank, [5] + 6–8 Contents of Vol. iii, [9] + 1o–3oo text pp. With engraved frontispiece plate “North-East View of the District of Fa-re, in Huahine” (7.7 x 14 cm). With engraved vignette on added title. Vol. iv: [1–2] blank, [+ added engraved title, verso blank], [3] title, [4] blank, [5] + 6–8 Contents of Vol. iv, [9] + 1o–332 text, [333] + 334–343 Appendix, [344] blank, [1] + 2 [3–4] Advertisement “The Family Library” pp. With engraved “Chart of the Sandwich Isles” (18 x 23.5 cm) at first text page. With engraved frontispiece plate “The Volcano of Ki-rau-e-a in Hawaii,” engraved vignette on added title, woodcut of the Hawaiian flag on page 297, and woodcut of an idol on page 311.

The first American edition. The fourth volume contains the text of Ellis’ tour around Hawaii. At the head of each title is “Harper’s Stereotype Edition.” References: American Imprints, 18679. This edition not listed by Bagnall, Ferguson, or Hill. Copies: BPBM*, lacking Vol. iii. HSL (Tice Phillips)*, in original cloth. 839

Fanning, Edmund Voyages Round The World; | with selected sketches of | Voyages to the South Seas, | North and South Pacific Oceans, | China, Etc., | performed under the command and agency of the author. | Also, | information relating to important | late discoveries; | between the years 1792 and 1832, | together with the report of the commander of the first | American Exploring Expedition, patronised by the United | States government, in the brigs Seraph | and Annawan, to the Southern | Hemisphere. | [rule] | By Edmund Fanning. | [rule] | New York: | Collins & Hannay. | [dotted rule] | M DCC XXXIII. 8vo. 22 x 13.5 cm. [i] title, [ii] copyright notice and printer’s name, [iii] dedication, [iv] blank, [v] + vi–viii Contents, [ix] + x–xii Introduction, [13] + 14–499 text, [5oo] blank pp. With frontispiece lithograph “The Aspasia, Cape Horn bearing N. by E. 5o leagues,” plate of the Betsey at p. 282, and 2 folding lithograph illustrations.

Fanning, who went to sea as a 14-year-old cabin boy in 1783, first sailed to the South Seas on a voyage for seal skins on the Betsey in May 1797. During the next 25 years he either captained or directed over 7o voyages in the Pacific and around the globe, personally visiting China, Australia, Fiji, and the Marquesas. In 1798 he discovered both Fanning and Palmyra Islands. The latter is officially a part of the City and County of Honolulu and is privately owned by a Honolulu family. In 1829 Fanning was instrumental in sending out an exploring expedition under the command of Captain Benjamin Pendleton and Nathaniel Brown Palmer. It was Fanning’s petition to Congress and largely his own personal efforts that led to the Congressional Act of May 14, 1836 (see No. 1o29), authorizing the fitting out of the United States Exploring Expedition (now generally referred to as the Wilkes Expedition). The two folding lithograph illustrations in this edition are “View of a Seal Rookery

Hawaiian National Bibliography 1833

43

at Beaucheene Island, South Seas” (18 x 25 cm) (p. 354) and “Sealers Encampment at Byer’s Island South Seas” (18 x 24.5 cm) (p. 42o). This work had a number of editions. The second and third editions were published under the title Voyages to the South Seas (New York, William H. Vermilye, 1838). A fifth edition (New York, William H. Vermilye, 1838) has a frontispiece by N. Currier, “Attack and massacre of Crew of Ship Tonquin by the Savages of the N.W. Coast.” A London edition appeared in 1834 (see No. 884). Other editions are listed in Ferguson. References: Ferguson, 1643. Sabin, 2378o. Copies: AAS. BL. BPBM*, Princess Kaiulani’s copy. BPBM (Carter 5-B-25)*, has dotted rule and date removed from the title. HarU. HMCS*. HSL (Tice Phillips). LC. UH. YU. The NUC lists 19 copies.

Ferrario, Gulio Il Costume | Antico e Moderno | o | Storia | del governo, della milizia, della religione, delle arti, | scienze ed usanze di tutti i popoli antichi e moderni | provata coi monumenti dell’ anticha’ | e rappresentata cogli analoghi disegni | dal | Dottor Guilio Ferrario | [rule] | Prima edizione sciliana. | [rule] | Asia | Volume ottavo | [rule] | Palermo | presso Salvatore Barcellona | 1833.

840

8vo. 2o x 14 cm (BPBM). [1] title, [2] blank, [3] L’Oceanica half title, [4] blank, [7] + 8–1o Introduction, 11–347 text pp. With folding map of Oceania before text, and 52 hand-colored etched plates.

This is the “Asia” volume from an edition of Ferrario’s extended work on world costume. The section on the Sandwich Islands (pp. 317–347) is illustrated by seven plates after John Webber. For a note on other editions of this work see No. 45o. References: Ferguson (Addenda), 1535c (lists a Milan 1832 edition, and records a Florence 1825–1834 edition of the entire series). Copies: BPBM (Carter 1o-B-18)*.

Goodrich, Joseph Notices of some of the Volcanoes and Volcanic Phenomena of Hawaii (Owhyhee) and other islands in that group, in a letter from Mr. Joseph Goodrich, missionary, dated Nov. 17, 1832. In: The American Journal of Science. Vol. xxv, pp. 199–2o3. New Haven, July–December 1833. 8vo.

Goodrich, in a letter to Silliman, writes of his ascent of Mauna Kea, and describes the flora, the vegetation line, the minerals collected, and one of the adze quarries, “a cave near the summit, where they were roughed out and afterwards taken down among the inhabitants for sale.” He describes the lake where ice was “sufficiently firm to bear sliding upon; the natives however, were not much inclined to make the trial, for being barefoot and half clothed, they were indisposed to move unless we were on our way downward.” The author reports a January eruption on Mauna Loa, and he comments that that mountain has never been ascended but he hopes to attempt it the next January. The Rev. Joseph Goodrich (1794–1852) arrived at Hawaii as a missionary April 27, 1823, and was stationed at Hilo from 1824 to 1835. He left Hawaii in 1836. References: Hunnewell, p. 4o. Copies: BPBM*. The Union List of Serials records many holdings of this periodical.

841

44

1833

Hawaiian National Bibliography

842

Hawaii. Kingdom. Laws and Regulations NO KE KUAI. | [rule] | [text begins:] Auhea oukou e na kanaka a pau ma ka pa kuai, e hoolohe mai | oukou i ko’u manao, ke papa aku nei ai i na mea ino i hanaia ma ka pa kuai? [text continues] | [signed at end] Harieta Nahienaena. | Lahaina, Novemaba 5, 1833. [Honolulu, 1833] Broadside. Caption title and 29 lines of text. 24 x 19.5 cm.

Title: Concerning vending. A proclamation regulating the commercial marketplace at Lahaina, issued under the signature of Princess Nahienaena, the king’s sister. The text commences: “Where are you all ye people of the market enclosure, hear ye my will.” This document forbids “the doing of evil things at the Market enclosure, specifically overcharging, under-selling, illicit selling, wrangling, breaking of bargains, enticing, pursuing, forcing, chasing a boat, [and] greediness and every other thing that will make a sale faulty.” Further, this document states: “I hereby forbid women from going to the market enclosure, for the purpose of sightseeing or to stand idly by. . . .” References: None found. Copies: AH (Laws—series 418)*. 843

[Hawaiian Imprint] [Gamut and music engraved. Honolulu, 1833?] Not seen. This is recorded in the printed minutes of the General Meeting for June 1833, with the additional record “8vo. 8 pp. 2,ooo copies.” This records printing done during the year from June 1832 to June 1833; because it appears near the bottom of the list I presume it was printed in 1833. References: Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 1833), p. 18. Copies: None located.

844

[Hawaiian Imprint] [Marquesas Spelling Book. Honolulu, 1833?] Not seen. This is recorded in the printed minutes of the General Meeting for June and July 1834, with additionally “8vo. 8 pp. 3,ooo copies.” Because this is at the top of the list of printing accomplished during the year from June 1833 to June 1834, I presume that it was printed in 1833. References: Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 1833), p. 18. Copies: None located.

845

He A Nuuhiva He A Nuuhiva. | [double rule] | [Text begins with upper and lower case vowels: Aa, Ee, Ii, Oo, Uu, etc., in double columns.] [Honolulu, 1833] 16.5 x 13 cm (HMCS). [1] + 2–16 text pp. with 8 text woodcuts.

A Marquesan primer consisting of 13 numbered lessons, followed (on p. 8) by “Hoike Fenua” (Marquesan Islands), “Fenua Hawaii” (list of Hawaiian Islands), and “Na Hakaiti” (Hawaiian Chiefs). Lesson five contains texts “Ka Hae Ana” (about Noah’s Ark), and “Ka hae kupoho” (about the Tower of Babel). In 1833 the Hawaiian mission attempted to establish for the American Board in Bos-

Hawaiian National Bibliography 1833

45

ton a new “station” at the Washington Isles in the Marquesas. A deputation consisting of William P. Alexander, Richard Armstrong, Benjamin Parker and their wives, departed for those islands in August 1833, taking with them copies of this primer. A letter from Hiram Bingham to the American Board, dated Oahu, May 7, 1833 (HarU [ABCFM papers]), regarding a deputation of Hawaiian missionaries to Nuuhiva, states: I attempted to aid the deputation which we sent, as well as to facilitate the introduction of the Gospel among the Marquesans—by preparing & printing a little elementary book of 16 pages, 16mo. but it is thought to be not very correct. My means were very limited. I availed myself of the assistance of two or three natives of those islands, who reside among us, but, they easily allow themselves, here, to depart from their own, & to follow the style & idiom of the Sandwich Island dialect. The Marquesas mission proved a failure. After a first welcome the missionaries were subject to “cool indifference” and “caprice,” and the deputation returned to Honolulu May 12, 1834. The printed minutes of the 1833 General Meeting record “Marquesas Spelling Book 16mo. 16 pp. 3,ooo copies.” References: Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 1833), p. 18. See “The Marquesas Islands: Statements and remarks extracted from the communications of Messrs. Alexander, Armstrong, and Parker,” The Missionary Herald, Vol. xxxi, No. 6 (June), pp. 223–227, Boston, 1835. Copies: HMCS*.

He Helu Kamalii He | Helu Kamalii, | oia ka mea | e ao aku ai i na keiki | ma na ui | Ao mua o ke Aritemetika. | [rule] | I unuhiia mai iloko ae o ke aritemetika a | Wiliama Fowle. | [double rule] | Alua pai ana. | [double rule] | Oahu: | Na na Misionari i Pai. | 1833.

846

24 mo. 13.5 x 8 cm (HMCS). [1] title, [2] He olelo hoakaka, [3] + 4–48 text pp.

Title: A child’s arithmetic, this teaches the children the first problems of the arithmetic. Translated from the arithmetic of William Fowle. The second edition. The printed minutes of the General Meeting of June 1833 state: “Child’s Arithmetic (reprint) 48 pp. 24mo. 1o,ooo copies.” For the first edition, see No. 812. References: Dibble, p. 416. Judd and Bell, 83. Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 1833), p. 18. Copies: HHS. HMCS*. HSL.

He Helunaau He | Helunaau, | he mea | e maa’i ke kanaka, | i ka | helu i na mea a pau | ma ka | noonoo wale no. | [rule] | Na olelo ao mua keia a Warren Colburn. | [double rule] | Oahu: | Na na Misionari i Pai. | [dotted rule] | 1833. 18mo. 15.5 x 1o cm (HMCS). [1] title, [2] blank, [3] + 4–64 text pp.

Title: An intellectual arithmetic, teaching men to calculate everything by thinking only. These are the first lessons by Warren Colburn. This is the first Hawaiian-language edition of Warren Colburn’s Intellectual Arithmetic upon the Inductive Method of Instruction (Boston, 1826+). It was translated by

847

46

1833

Hawaiian National Bibliography

Artemas Bishop, who wrote to Levi Chamberlain from Kailua, October 3, 1833, about problems with this first edition (HMCS): I am very sorry that the Committee have printed so large an edition of the Helunaau as it is full of errors. What I wished was that an edition just sufficient to answer our present purpose would be printed, and after it had undergone a thorough revision, then let a large edition be struck off. The language of Hawaii has never been adapted to the precision of arithmetical calculation, and of course it is a new dialect even to the natives. With the greatest caution the questions will many of them be obscure & incorrectly stated; and such is the case in the present instance. I have counted on almost every page some more or less, and am of opinion that many questions ought to be entirely changed in their formats to make them clear to the native intellect. Mr. Andrews did not send it up to me after revision, as I did not suppose I could do as much at correcting until I came to teach it, when the actual practice of the operations along with the scholars would suggest amendments. The text was revised and often reprinted, and remained a textbook in Hawaii classrooms for more than fifty years. The printed minutes of the General Meeting of June 1833 state that 1o,ooo copies were printed. References: Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 1833), p. 18. Judd and Bell, 84. Copies: BPBM. HHS. HMCS*. ML*. 848

He Olelo He Olelo | NO KA MARE ANA | [double rule] | [text begins:] | 1. No ka Pono o ka Mare ana. | [Colophon below double rule at bottom of p. 12:] Oahu: Mission Press. March 1833; - Edition, 1o,ooo. 12mo. 19 x 12.5 cm. Caption title, [1] + 2–12 text pp.

Title: A word concerning marriage. This text is by Ephraim W. Clark (Dibble). The printed minutes of the 1833 General Meeting record an edition of 1o,ooo copies. References: Butler, 1o6. Dibble, p. 416. Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 1833), p. 18. Judd and Bell, 92. Copies: AAS*, fine copy stitched, no wrappers. ATL*. FLP. HHS. HMCS (4)*, one copy in wrappers has “Tract on Marriage 1833 [by] E. W. Clark” in hand of A. O. Forbes. NLC. PS. 849

He Olelo Ninau He Olelo Ninau | no ka | Palapala honua. [Oahu, Mission Press, 1833] 12mo. 19.5 x 12.5 cm untrimmed (HMCS). [1] Caption title, [2] blank, [3] + 4–24 text pp. The title is within horizontal rule lines.

Title: Questions on geography. This text commences with general geographical questions, then beginning on page 1o the students are asked questions on specific countries and geographical locations. These include British America, Great Britain, North America, Mexico, Guatemala, the Bahamas and islands in the Caribbean, South America, Europe, Asia, Africa, and “No na moku puni ma ka moana” (concerning islands in the Pacific Ocean). The latter include a series of questions on Australia and Polynesia. Lorrin Andrews is the attributed author. The printed minutes of the 1833 General Meeting record an edition of 4,ooo copies.

Hawaiian National Bibliography 1833

47

References: Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 1833), p. 18. Judd and Bell, 91. Copies: HMCS (2)*. LC.

He Palapala Mua He | Palapala Mua | na| na Kamalii, | E Naauao ai i ko lakou wa opiopio. | [cut of open book] | [three-line quotation from Na Solomona] | [rule] | Alima pai ana. | [double rule] | Oahu: Na na Misionari i Pai. | [dotted rule] |1833.

850

18mo. 16.3 x 1o cm untrimmed (PS). [1] title, 2–36 text pp. Colophon at end of p. 36: Mission Press, 1833, 5th ed. 1o,ooo: total 45,ooo. With 25 text woodcuts.

Title: A first book for children to educate them in their youth. The printed minutes of the General Meeting for 1833 record: “First book for children, (repr.) 18mo. 36 pp. 1o,ooo copies.” References: Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 1833), p. 18. Judd and Bell, 94. Copies: ML. PS*.

[ James, Thomas Horton] The Sandwich Islands. In: The Nautical Magazine. A Journal of Papers on Subjects Connected with Maritime Affairs in General. Vol. ii, pp. 479–485. [London, 1833]

851

8vo. 21.5 x 13.5 cm (BPBM).

Excerpts from James’ 1832 pamphlet, comprising a letter urging the establishment of a colony “with the authority of the Legislature in England” at the Hawaiian Islands to render them as soon as possible “substantially a British possession.” James notes that the Russians, some eight or ten years earlier, attempted such an establishment and that the Islands are “the best possible for a general trade throughout the Pacific Ocean, and . . . in the very centre of the sperm whale fishery.” James comments on the political power of Madame Boki (Chiefess Liliha) and notes the presence of foreigners including “American gentlemen, owners of vessels, who, liking the climate, have built themselves houses, and a few English gentlemen, and about 2oo or 3oo artisans, English and American.” He is particularly vehement in his criticism of the American missionaries, saying that “the missionaries, their families, and servants, are the most numerous class [of foreigners], and are living in a rich profusion of all the elegancies and comforts of life, supplied by their willing and simple contributors in the eastern states of America, by cargoes at a time.” He further suggests that the common people, whom he terms “the black natives” are “most anxious to be taken from the oppression of their chiefs.” For the James pamphlet, see No. 817. References: None found. Copies: BPBM*. The Union List of Serials records 32 holdings of this periodical.

Ka Ai o Ka La Ka Ai o Ka La. | No. 1. 1833. | [double rule] | Oihana. | [text begins] | [Colophon at the end of p. 36:] Oahu: Mission Press, Jan. 1833; Edition 1o,ooo. [Honolulu, January 1833] 18mo. 16 x 1o cm untrimmed (BPBM). [1] + 2–36 text pp.

Title: Daily food.

852

48

1833

Hawaiian National Bibliography

The first of a long series of annual publications, each containing verses from the Bible for each day of the year. The text contains verses from the Book of Acts and is printed in double-column form. There were three issues of this tract. The first does not have a colophon at the end of the text; the second has a colophon as above; the third has a colophon reading: “Oahu Mission Press. March 1833; 2d. Edition 1o,ooo—total 2o,ooo [copies printed].” The printed minutes of the General Meeting for 1833 record: “Daily Food. (Extr. from Acts) 18mo. 36 pp. 2o,ooo copies.” References: Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 1833), p. 18. Copies: AH (Kahn)*, second issue. AAS. BPBM*. HMCS (3)*, 2 are of the first issue as above. 853

[Ka] Ai o Ka La [Ka] Ai o Ka La. | No. 2. 1834. | [rule] | [text begins] | [On cover:] Oahu: | ka mea pai palapala a na misionari. | [dotted rule] | 1833. 18mo. 15.5 x 9.5 cm (HMCS). Caption title, [1] + 2–36 text pp. Colophon bottom of p. 36: Oahu: Mission Press, Dec. 1833; Edition 1o,ooo.

The second of this series. The text contains selected verses from Acts and Romans and is printed in double-column form with the months in brackets at the head of each page. The printed wrappers contain biblical quotations on the front and back. The printed minutes of the General Meeting for 1834 record: “Daily Food (extr. from Acts and Romans) 18mo. 38 [sic] pages 1o,ooo copies.” References: Butler, 13o. Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 1834), p. 6. Copies: HMCS (2)*. NLC. 854

Ka Oihana Ka Oihana | a ka Poe Lunaolelo | na Iesu Kristo. | [text begins] [Oahu Mission Press, 1833] 12mo. 2o.5 x 13 cm untrimmed (HMCS). Caption title, 1–64 text pp.

Title: The Acts of the Apostles of Jesus Christ. This book of the Bible was translated by William Richards and first printed in 1829 (Dibble); see No. 729. It is printed here in double-column form. The printed minutes of the June 1833 General Meeting record an edition of 1o,ooo copies. References: Dibble, p. 418. Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 1833), p. 18. Judd and Bell, 9o. Copies: BPBM. HarU*, printed on heavy wove paper. HMCS (2)*, both bound with waste sheets of A Narrative of Four Youth (New York, 1816). 855

Ka Palapala a Paulo Ka Palapala a Paulo | i ko | ROMA. | [second title, p. 28:] Ka Palapala mua a Paulo | na ko | KORINETO. | [third title, p. 55:] Ka Palapala Lua a Paulo | na ko | KORINETO. | [Oahu, Mission Press. 1833] 12mo. 17.5 x 1o.5 cm (HMCS). Caption title, 1–72 text pp.

Title: The Epistles of St. Paul to the Romans, [and ] I & II Corinthians. Second edition. The text is printed in double-column form. These books of the Bible were translated by Asa Thurston, William Richards, and Artemas Bishop. For the first (1831) edition, see No. 787. The printed minutes of the 1833 General Meeting record an edition of 1o,ooo copies.

Hawaiian National Bibliography 1833

49

References: Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 1833), p. 18. Judd and Bell, 93. Copies: AAS*, Jeremiah Evart’s copy with inscription: “Honolulu, 1835”. ATL (2)*. BPBM. HarU. HHS (3). HMCS (4)*. LC. ML. NLC. PS.

Kamehameha III. Proclamation He Olelo Hoomaopopo. | [rule] | [text begins:] He nui ka poe naau ino, no na moku, i hana i keia hewa, i kela | hewa, i ko lakou kaawale ana mauka nei, me na pahi, a me na mea | e ae, e make ai ke kino, a e eha ai ka lala: [text continues] | Ua haawiia malalo iho o ko’u lima i keia la | he umikumamalua o Novemaba, 1833. [Honolulu, Mission Press, November 12, 1833]

856

Broadside. 21 lines of text. 22.5 x 18.5 cm (HMCS).

The Hawaiian-language version of No. 857. References: None found. Copies: HMCS*, photocopy, possibly reduced in size, from the original in the Hunnewell papers HarU (Baker Library). I have not examined the original.

Kamehameha III. Proclamation PROCLAMATION. | [rule] | Many evil minded persons belonging to the shipping | having while on shore at liberty, committed various criminal acts with | knives, etc., to the great danger of life and limb. | It is therefore hereby made known to all persons | whatsoever, That if any person or persons are hereafter found | on shore with a Knife, Sword-cane, or any other dangerous weapon in his or their possession, he or they shall be immediately seized and taken to the Fort . . . . [signed at the end:] Given under my hand at Honolulu, this twelfth day of November, 1833. Kauikeaouli.

857

Broadside. Caption title and 21 lines of text. 27 x 23 cm.

This early law provides a ten dollar fine for the possession of weapons or 25 lashes for each offense; when injury to another results, the penalty is to be “one hundred lashes on his or her back, and . . . a fine of Fifty Dollars” or imprisonment for two months. References: None found. Copies: HMCS*, photocopy made circa 191o for Governor George R. Carter from James Hunnewell’s original, which is now housed in HarU (Baker Library, Hunnewell Papers, Box 26, Folder 16)*.

Ke Kanawailua Ke | KANAWAILUA; | oia ka lima o ka buke i kaukauia’i e Mose. | [Oahu, Mission Press, 1833] 12mo. 18.5 x 11 cm (HMCS). Caption title, [1] + 2–75 text, [76] blank pp.

Title: Deuteronomy; this is the fifth book written by Moses. This book of the Old Testament was translated by Asa Thurston (Dibble). The printed minutes of the June 1833 General Meeting record an edition of 1o,ooo copies. References: Dibble, p. 416. Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 1833), p. 18. Judd and Bell, 85. Copies: HMCS (3)*. ML. PS.

858

50

1833

Hawaiian National Bibliography

859

Ke Kanawailua Ke Kanawailua; | oia na lima o ka buke i kaukauia’i e Mose. | [double rule] | [text begins] | [Colophon at end of p. 143:] Oahu, Mission Press: | October, 1833 2d edition 2,5oo, total 12,5oo. 12mo. 15 x 9 cm (HMCS). Caption title, [1] + 2–143 text, [144] blank pp.

Title: Deuteronomy; this is the fifth book written by Moses. This is not an extended text of No. 858, but rather a completely different edition of this book of the Bible, translated by Asa Thurston. The text here is in single column form, whereas the 75-page text is in double-column form. The printed minutes of the 1834 General Meeting record this as “Reprint. 18mo. 144 pp. 2,5oo copies.” References: Dibble, p. 416. Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 1834), p. 6. Judd and Bell, 86. Copies: AH (Kahn)*. HHS. HMCS (3)*. 860

Krohn, Friedrich Das Missionswesen in | der Südsee. | [rule] | Ein Beitrag | sur Geschichte von Polynesien. | [rule] | Von | Fredrich Krohn. | Nebst neuen Nachrichten und Documenten über die Gesellschafts= | und Sandwichinseln.) | [rule] | Hamburg, | bei Friedrich Perthes. | 1833. 8vo. 2o.8 x 12.5 cm (HMCS). [i] title, [ii] blank, [iii]–iv inhalt, [1] + 2–125 text, 126–128 Unhang, [129–132] Advertisements pp.

This text has two parts: the first (to p. 77) is on Tahiti, the second (p. 77 to end) is on the Hawaiian Islands. The Hawaiian text discusses remarks made by Captains Beechey and Kotzebue on the American missionaries and their rebuttal by William Ellis and C. S. Stewart. Pages 1o3–1o8 reprint a letter from William Ellis dated London, January 1, 1833, and on page 1o9 there is a letter from the American Consul in Hawaii, John Coffin Jones, dated Honolulu, October 3o, 1829. The “Finch” treaty of 1829 is reprinted on pages 111–117. References: Kroepelien, 688. O’Reilly and Reitman, 797 and 7717. Copies: BL. HarU (Andover)*. HMCS*. NYP. UH. YU (Divinity)*. 861

Laharpe, Jean François de Abrégé | de l’Histoire Générale | Des Voyages. | Par Laharpe, | réduit au traits les plus intéressans et les | plus curieux, | Par A. Caillot. | orné de huit figures en taille-douce. | Quatrième édition. | Tome Premier. | [rule] | Paris, | Ledentu, Librarie, | quai des Augustins, No. 31. | [rule] | 1833. 2 vols. 12mo. 16.5 x 1o cm. Vol. i: [i] half title, [ii] printer’s name and address, [iii] title, [iv] blank, [1] + 2–4 Preface, [5] + 6–46o text, [461] + 462–468 Table des matières pp. With engraved frontispiece, and 3 engraved plates. Vol. ii: [i] half title, [ii] printer’s name and address, [iii] title, [iv] blank, [1] + 2–46o text, [461] + 462–47o Table des matières pp. With engraved frontispiece and 3 engraved plates.

The second volume contains remarks on Cook’s Third Voyage. His first visit to Hawaii in 1778 is on pages 418–421; his stop at Kealakekua is on pages 447–449, followed by two articles on Hawaii on pages 449–46o: “Idee generale des îles Sandwich” and “Soulement des insulaires.”

Hawaiian National Bibliography 1833

51

References: This edition not in Beddie. Copies: HMCS*.

Morrell, Abby Jane Narrative of a Voyage | to the | Ethiopic and South Atlantic Ocean, | Indian Ocean, Chinese Sea, North | and South Pacific Ocean, | in the years 1829, 183o, 1831. | [rule] | By Abby Jane Morrell, | who accompanied her husband, Capt. Benjamin Morrell, Jr., | of the schooner Antarctic. | [rule] | [two quotations, five lines] | [double rule] | New York; | Published by J. & J. Harper, | No. 82 Cliffstreet, | and sold by the booksellers generally throughout the | United States. | [rule] | 1833.

862

12mo. 19 x 11 cm (BPBM). [i–ii] Advertisement and press reviews of Captain Morrell’s account, [iii] title, [iv] copyright notice, else blank, [v] dedication “To my country women,” [vi] blank, [vii]–viii Preface, dated New York, January 1833, [ix] + x–xi Contents, [xii] blank. [13] + 14–23o text pp. With engraved frontispiece portrait “Abby Jane Morrell.”

Abby, who had married Captain Benjamin Morrell following the conclusion of his third voyage, determined to accompany her husband on this, his fourth voyage to the Pacific. They embarked on the schooner Antarctic, September 2, 1829, to the South Seas via Cape Horn, making stops at New Zealand and at Manila. Their return to America was via Madagascar and the Cape of Good Hope, making stops at St. Helena and the Azores. The Morrells did not stop at Hawaii on this voyage. The book however is an important Pacific narrative (and a companion to her husband’s account, published the previous year), in which she discusses matters appealing to women. Hers is one of a small group of interesting voyaging narratives written by women. She states in the preface: “It might be thought strange that a woman should take up a subject so foreign to those which generally occupy the attention of her sex. It was, however, deeply impressed on my mind that, being a woman, I was in some measure better qualified to offer a few suggestions on this subject [the condition of American seamen] than any one engaged in the navy or the merchant service.” She discusses Captain Cook’s Second and Third Voyages (on pp. 1oo–1o1) and on the latter page comments on John Ledyard and his subsequent career. In chapter 11, the author has “observations on the Progress of Discovery.” According to the advertisement, this text was printed before that of Captain Morrell (published in December 1832), but “It was thought advisable . . . that the narrative of Capt. Morrell should be first published.” References: American Imprints, 13824 (gives an 1833 publication date). Bagnall, 363o. Hill, p. 2o3. Copies: AAS. AH (Kahn)*, original green cloth, paper title label. ATL. BPBM*, original boards, rebacked, with at the end a 1o-page catalogue “Valuable Works published by J. & J. Harper.” BPL. HSL (Tice Phillips). LC. UC-B. The NUC lists 12 copies.

Na Helu

863

Na Helu; | oia ka ha o ka buke i kakauia’i e Mose. | [rule] | [text begins] [Colophon at end of p. 8o:] Oahu: Mission Press, Jan. 1833. Edition, 1o,ooo. 12mo. 15 x 9 cm (HMCS). Caption title, [1] + 2–8o text pp.

Title: Numbers; the fourth book written by Moses. Dibble states that this book of the Bible was translated by Asa Thurston. In a letter

52

1833

Hawaiian National Bibliography

to the ABCFM, October 11, 1843, however, Dibble says that this is an error and that it was actually the work of Artemas Bishop. The printed minutes of the General Meeting for June 1833 record: “Part of the book of Numbers. 18mo. 8o pp. 1o,ooo copies.” References: Butler, 59. Dibble, p. 416. Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 1833), p. 18. Judd and Bell, 87. Copies: AH (Kahn)*. HHS (3). HMCS (2)*, bound with other Old Testament tracts. LC*. PS. 864

Nautical Almanac [The Nautical Almanac for 1834, Honolulu, 1833] Not seen, but noted in the journal of Stephen Reynolds (P-EMS): “Tuesday 5 November, 1833. Mr. Brinsmade went to the missionaries and got them to engage to print 1oo copies of the copy of the Nautical Almanac for 1834, for the Whalers.” In the Levi Chamberlain journal (HMCS) for November 21, 1833, he states: “This day has been completed an abstract of the Nautical Almanac printed by suggestion of respectable ship masters & by the application of Mr. Brinsmade, the proceeds of which . . . are to be devoted for the aid of the Oahu Charity School.” This is recorded in the printed minutes of the General Meeting for June and July 1834: “Abstract of Nautical Almanac (English) 4to. 24 pp. 125 copies.” Copies: None located.

865

No. I . A E I O U. [No. i. A E I O U. . . . Oahu, ante June 5, 1833] 18mo. 8 pp.

No copies located. The printed minutes of the 1833 General Meeting record “Spelling Book (repr.) 18mo. 8 pp. 1o,ooo copies.” This was presumably nearly identical to earlier editions, see under 1828 (No. 698) and 183o (No. 763). References: Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 1833), p. 18. Judd and Bell, 88. 866

O ke Anahonua O ke | ANAHONUA, | he mea ia | e ao ai i ke ana | i na mea a pau. | [rule] | [woodcut of a globe] | [rule] | Oahu: | Mea Pai Palapala a na Misionari. | [dotted rule] | 1833. 16mo. 14 x 11.5 cm (BPBM). [1] title, [2] woodcut geometric diagram, [3] + 4–61 text, [62–63] with geometric diagrams, [64] blank pp. With woodcut diagrams throughout.

Title: Geometry, a work to teach measuring. Probably a translation of Josiah Holbrook’s Easy Lessons in Geometry. Sheldon Dibble gives William Richards as the translator. However, in his Annual Report of the Lahainaluna Seminary dated Oct. 1, 1834 (HarU [ABCFM papers]), Lorrin Andrews refers to having translated “a principal part of Holbrook’s Geometry” for use at the school. The textual woodcuts and diagrams were “engraved” by Dr. Judd. See letter from Hiram Bingham, E. W. Clark, and Levi Chamberlain to Anderson, Oct. 15, 1833 (HarU [ABCFM papers]). The printed minutes of the General Meeting of June and July 1834 record: “First Lessons in Geometry (Holbrooks) 16mo. 64 pp. 3,ooo copies.”

Hawaiian National Bibliography 1833

53

References: Butler, 276. Dibble, p. 416. Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 1834), p. 6. Judd and Bell, 89. Copies: AAS*. AH. BPBM (2)*. FLP. HarU*. HHS. HMCS (3)*. HSL. LC*. ML. NLC. WaU. YU.

O ke Kauoha a Samuela [No.] 9. | O Ke Kauoha a Samuela; | oia kana i kauoha aku ai i ka Iseraela i ko lakou | wa i hewa ai; oia ke kakou e hoolohe ai, i keia | manawa, a e malama’i hoi, e pomaikai ai kakou. | [double rule] | [text begins] | [rule] | Honolulu, Aug. 4, 1833.

867

Handbill. Approximately 15 x 1o cm.

The body of the text is from I Samuel 12:21–25. This was one of a series. In the printed minutes of the June and July 1834 General Meeting the series is recorded as: “Handbill Tracts. 7 pp. (14,4oo pages [sic]).” This may be a continuation of the series issued in 1832 (see No. 81o). References: Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 1834), p. 6. Copies: LC*.

O na Pooolelo [No.] 11. | O na Pooolelo i haiia aku ma ka hale pule hou, ma Waialua, Sept. 25–3o, 1833. | [text begins] | [Honolulu, 1833]

868

Handbill. Approximately 15 x 1o cm.

Title: Concerning the words spoken at the new church at Waialua [Oahu]. Part of a collection of handbills. Others of the series found are No. 9, “O Ke Kauoha” (see No. 867), and No. 12, “E ka mea Heluhelu” (see No. 837). This may be a continuation of the series issued in 1832 (see No. 81o). References: Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 1834), p. 6. Copies: LC*.

Parley, Peter (pseud. of Samuel Griswold Goodrich) Peter Parley’s Tales | about | The Islands | in | The Pacific Ocean. | [rule] | With a map and numerous engravings. | [rule] | Boston: | Carver, Hendee, and Co. | 1833. 16mo. 13.5 x 11 cm. [1] blank, [2] frontispiece woodcut “Emeus of New-Holland,” [3] title, [4] copyright notice (1831) and prefatory note, [5]–6 contents, [7] + 8–144 text pp. With engraved frontispiece map of the Pacific Ocean (8.5 x 11 cm) and 25 woodcuts in the text.

A geography book for children arranged in the form of an imaginary voyage taken by Peter Parley on the ship Beaver, from Boston. A large portion of the text is devoted to the Hawaiian Islands (pp. 35–51), and there are four woodcuts of Hawaiian scenes and people, all adapted from earlier illustrations of Webber and Choris. Other places visited include New Zealand (with two illustrations), New Holland or Australia (with three illustrations including the frontispiece), Easter Island (one illustration), New Guinea (one illustration), Pitcairn Island, and Tahiti (one illustration). For the 1831 edition, see No. 794. References: American Imprints, 19o54. Ferguson, 2269 (lists a Dublin 1837 edition) and 2495 (lists a London 1838 edition). Copies: AH (Kahn)*. HMCS*, lacking the frontispiece map. YU.

869

54

1833

Hawaiian National Bibliography

870

Sandwich Islands Mission Extracts | from | The Minutes | of the | General Meeting | of the | Sandwich Islands Mission, | held at Lahaina, | June, 1833. | [double rule] | Oahu: | Mission Press. | [dotted rule] | 1833. 12mo. 17 x 1o.5 cm. [1] title, [2] blank, [3] + 4–27 text, [28] contents pp.

Contains reports of mission stations and schools, the mission to the Marquesas (pp. 5–8), Oahu Charity School, Lahainaluna Seminary (pp. 1o–16), printing statistics, and “Principles to be observed in respect to foreigners emigrating to these Islands.” The printed minutes of the June and July 1834 General Meeting record an edition of 5o copies. References: Carter, p. 127. Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 1834), p. 6. Copies: BPBM*. BPBM (Carter 3-B-6)*. HHS*. HMCS (2)*. 871

Sandwich Islands Mission A Statement of the | Expenditures | of the Sandwich Islands Mission, | For the Year ending April 3o, 1833. [Honolulu, 1833] 8vo. 21 x 13.5 cm (NYP). Caption title, [1] + 2–4, [5–6] + 7–[8] text pp.

Printed for the internal use of the mission, this lists buildings and other improvements and their value, at mission stations throughout the Islands. The buildings at Honolulu “with furnishings and repairs” were put down at $1,2o9.43; the fences at $65.14; and “all other expenditures” of the station at $2,387.71; for a total of $3,662.28. The expenditures were classified as “Articles from Depos[itory], Presents from natives, Presents from Foreigners, Avails of native books, and Avails of Land and of Services.” A balance sheet (p. 5) shows the current account at $22,27o.27. Pages 6–7 have an account of the “Avails of Native Books” for 1832–1833; page 8 has an accounting of the costs of the printing department ($5,o29.69) of which the highest expenditures were $1,784.5o for “Paper and printing materials, by the ship Averick,” and $1,279.66 in wages paid for “Composition, press work, folding, stitching and binding, paid in cash.” Among the miscellaneous expenses is the sum of $12o.91 for “Commencement of a house for one of the printers.” References: None found. Copies: NYP (Rare Book Collection)*. 872

[Seamen’s Chapel at Honolulu] Order of exercises | at the | Dedication of the Seamen’s Chapel, | at | Honolulu, Sandwich Islands. | On Thursday, Nov. 28, 1833. | [double rule] | [text begins] | Oahu: - Mission Press. [1833] Broadside. Text in double-column form divided by a double vertical rule, the whole text enclosed within a border of printers’ ornaments, with imprint below. 33 x 16 cm.

A program for the dedication of the Seamen’s Bethel Church (built in 1833 and destroyed by fire in 1886), which stood in Honolulu on the corner of what is today Bethel and King Streets. The various parts of the service are numbered 1–9, and verses of the two anthems and two hymns sung on the occasion are included. The NYP copy has on the verso a contemporary manuscript annotation in the hand of Rev. John Diell, the Seamen’s Chaplain at Honolulu: “For distribution—Norwich and New London [Connecticut].”

Hawaiian National Bibliography 1833

55

Stewart, Charles S. London, Abridged Edition Visit | to | The South Seas, | in the U.S. Ship Vincennes, | during the years 1829 and 183o; | with notices of | Brazil, Peru, Manilla, | The Cape of Good Hope, and St. Helena. | [rule] | By C. S. Stewart, M.A., [sic] | Chaplain in the United States’ Navy, and Author of “A Residence | in the Sandwich Islands in 1823 and 1825.” | [rule] | Edited and abridged | By William Ellis. | [rule] | London: | Fisher, Son, & Jackson, Newgate Street. | [rule] | 1833.

873

References: None found. Copies: HMCS*. NYP*.

12mo. 17 x 1o.5 cm. [i] title, [ii] blank, [iii] + iv–viii Introduction to the English edition, dated 1831, [ix] + x–xii Introduction to the American edition, [xiii] + xiv–xvi Contents and list of plates, [1] + 2–435 text, 436–44o Appendix pp. Added engraved title with a vignette “Te Ipu, a Chief Warrior,” engraved frontispiece portrait of the author, woodcut plate at p. 223, woodcut vignette at p. 154, and a chart of the Marquesas at first text page.

This edition is identical to the 1832 London abridged edition (see No. 83o). References: Hill, p. 283. O’Reilly and Reitman, 833. Copies: BPBM (Carter 1o-A-22)*. HarU. UC-B. The NUC lists 4 copies.

Stewart, Charles S. New York Edition A Visit | to | The South Seas, | in the U. States Ship Vincennes, during the | years 1829 and 183o; | Including notices | of | Brazil, Peru, Manilla, the Cape of Good | Hope, and St. Helena. | [rule] | By C. S. Stewart, A.M. | Chaplain in the U.S. Navy, & author of ‘A Residence in the Sandwich Islands in 1823 & 1825.’ | [rule] | [two-line quotation from Cowper’s Correspondence] | In two volumes. | [rule] | Volume i. | [rule] | New York: | John P. Haven, No. 148 Nassau Street. | Thomas George, Jr. Printer. | 1833.

874

2 vols. 12mo. 19 x 12 cm (BPBM). Vol. i: [i] title, [ii] copyright notice, else blank, [iii] dedication to William Compton Bolton, [iv] blank, [v]–vi Contents of Vol. i, [vii] + viii–xii Introduction dated New York, June 8, 1831, [13] + 14–323 text, [324] blank pp. Vol. ii: [i] title, [ii] copyright notice, else blank, [iii]–iv Contents of Vol. ii, [5] + 6–312 text pp.

The second New York edition. For the first edition, see No. 798. References: American Imprints, 21366. O’Reilly and Reitman, 882. Copies: BL. BPBM*, dark green glazed cloth, gilt spine titles. BPL. HMCS*, fine, in original tan pebbled cloth. LC. UC-B. UH. The NUC lists 12 copies.

Tytler, Patrick Fraser Historical view of the Progress of Discovery on the more northern coasts of America, from the earliest period to the present time, by Patrick Fraser Tytler . . . with descriptive sketches of the natural history of the North American regions, by James Wilson. . . . Illustrated by a map and nine engravings. New York, Printed and published by J. & J. Harper, and sold by the booksellers generally throughout the United States, 1833. 12mo. 16 cm. 36o pp. with frontispiece (folding) map and plates.

875

56

1833

Hawaiian National Bibliography

Not seen. This was published as Volume 53 of Harper’s Family Library, No. 53. For the first (Edinburgh, 1832) edition, see No. 832. References: American Imprints, 21596. Strathern and Edwards, 551(ii). Copies: BPL. LC. PA-VBC. UC-B. YU. The NUC records 31 copies. 876

Woods, Leonard Memoirs | of | American Missionaries, | formerly connected with | The Society of Inquiry | Respecting Missions, | in the | Andover Theological Seminary: | embracing | A History of the Society, etc. | [rule] | With a introductory essay, | by Leonard Woods, D.D. | [rule] | Published under the direction of the Society. | [rule] | Boston: | Published by Pierce and Parker, | No. 9 Cornhill. | [dotted rule] | MDCCCXXXIII. 12mo. 19.5 x 12 cm untrimmed (YU). [i] title, [ii] copyright notice, [iii] + iv Contents, [v] advertisement, [vi] blank, [vii] + viii–xii Introductory essay dated Andover, April 2o, 1833, [13] + 14–337 various texts, [338] blank, [339] + 34o–345 Constitution of the Society of Inquiry, [346] blank, [347] + 348–355 Catalogue (i.e., list of members), [356] + 357–358 Library, [359] + 36o–367 Museum, [368] blank pp. Frontispiece with group portrait of Phiny Fisk, Adoniram Judson, James Richards, and Samuel Newell.

This contains biographies of the following missionaries to Hawaii: Hiram Bingham (pp. 1o6–1o8); Ephraim W. Clark (pp. 142–143); John Diell (pp. 157–158); John S. Emerson (pp. 152–153); Jonathan S. Green (pp. 144–145); David B. Lyman (p. 156); Benjamin W. Parker (pp. 159–16o); William Richards (pp. 122–124); Ephraim Spaulding (p. 157); Asa Thurston (pp. 112–114). The society maintained a library at Andover, in which were found “tracts, spelling books, &c. printed at the Sandwich Islands.” The museum of the society (described on pp. 359–367) contained a “small collection of curiosities from foreign lands,” including kapa, or “cloth from the Sandwich Islands.” Brief remarks on the manufacture of kapa are followed by mention of an experiment at paper making (from kapa) made by Henry Hudson, Esq., of Hartford. The most important objects in the collection were Hawaiian images: the “Idol of Kamehameha” was his “famous war god, about the natural size of the human head . . . The face and neck are cloathed with feathers, mostly red; a row of dogs teeth stretches almost from ear to ear. . . .” Also displayed was the idol of high chief Kekuaokalani killed in 1819: “the eyes of this idol have been torn out, many of its teeth are gone, the feathers are mostly rubbed off from the face and its whole appearance indicates that it has received harsh treatment.” References: American Imprints, 174o4. Copies: AAS. YU (Divinity)*.

1834 877

Alemanaka Hawaii Alemanaka Hawaii | no ka makahiki o ko kakou Haku | o Iesu Kristo | 1835. | Ua hanaia no ka meridiana o Lahainaluna, Latitu 2o degere | 52 minute, Lonitu 156 degere 24 minute. | [circular woodcut of dove, open Bible, and rays] | [three-line quotation] | [rule] | Oahu: | Na na Misionari i Pai. | [dotted rule] | 1834. 8vo. 23 x 14.5 cm (HMCS). [1] title, [2] + 3–4 text, [+ 1–12] unnumbered text pp. Colophon at end of last page: Oahu: - Mission Press, Dec. 1834, Ed[ition] 2,ooo.

Hawaiian National Bibliography 1834

57

Title: [The] Hawaiian almanac, for the year of our Lord Jesus Christ 1835. Made for the meridian of Lahainaluna, latitude 2o degrees 52 minutes, longitude 156 degrees 24 minutes. The first Hawaiian almanac adapted to Lahainaluna and translated by Ephraim Clark and William Richards (Dibble). There were two issues of this work: the first lacks the colophon, and the second (with no alterations to the text) in which the colophon appears as above. The printed minutes of the General Meeting of June 1835 records this as “8vo. 16 pp. 2,ooo copies.” References: Butler, 1o7. Dibble, p. 416. Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 1835), p. 5. Judd and Bell, 95 and 96. A Society’s Chief Joys. An exhibition from the collections of the American Antiquarian Society (Worcester, 1969), Item 117, illustrated p. 69. Copies (first issue): AH (Kahn)*. ATL. BPBM (2)*. FLP. HarU. HMCS*. NLC. NYP*. PC. UH. WaU. Copies (second issue): AAS. ATL (2)*. BPBM. HarU (2)*. HHS (2). HMCS (3)*. HSL (Tice Phillips?). NYP*. PC*. PS. UH.

Alphabets [Alphabets. Lahainaluna, 1834]

878

Not seen. The only reference to this, which must have been a single-sheet publication, is found in a letter from Lorrin Andrews, dated Lahainaluna, December 11, 1834, addressed to the Rev. Richard Armstrong (HMCS): “I send you the books I mentioned of Mrs. A’s & also some rude alphabets for your children’s school. Perhaps this will save some of your time in teaching them to write.” Copies: None located.

Anslijn, N[icolaas] Beschrijving | der | Washingtons- en Sandwich- | Eilanden, | en van het | PittcairnEiland. | Een | Leesboek voor Jonge Lieden, | die hunne kennis ten aanzien van landen | en volken wenschen uit te breiden. | Door | N. Anslijn, N.Z. | [rule] | Mit zes gekleurde Plaatjes. | [rule] | Te Leyden, bij | D. du Mortier en Zoon. | 1834. 12mo. 17 x 11 cm untrimmed (AH [Kahn]). [i] half title, [ii] blank, [iii] title, [iv] statement by Mortier, [v] Voorberigt, [vi] Verklaring der Plaatjes, [1] + 2–176 text pp. With 6 hand-colored lithograph plates.

A very rare illustrated work on the Pacific. The text is in three sections: the first is on the Marquesas (pp. 1–58); the second is on the Hawaiian Islands (pp. 59–128); the third section is on Pitcairn Island (pp. 129–176). Three of the plates are of the Marquesas (including one with tattoo designs and a tattooed hand). The three plates of Hawaii are: 4. Gezigt van de Korakakua-baai bij het eiland Owhyhee (p. 61) 5. Een man van der eilad Owhyhee, verfierd met den beschrevenen helm e mantel (p. 68) 6. Gezigt van eenige woningen op het eiland Atooi (p. 76) These Hawaiian views are all after Webber; plate 4 shows Kealakekua Bay, plate 5 a Hawaiian man in feather helmet and cape, and plate 6 a view of part of the village of Waimea, Kauai. The Kahn copy has an inscription on the title page by Mortier giving the date of publication as July, with an inscription by the author on the margin of the frontispiece plate telling of their production in Haarlem during May 1834.

879

58

1834

Hawaiian National Bibliography References: O’Reilly and Reitman, 626o. Copies: AH (Kahn)*, very fine copy in original printed wrappers, uncut and unopened. LC. The NUC records only the Library of Congress copy.

880

Congregation des Sacres Coeurs de Jesus et de Marie Lettres des Missionaires. Paris, 1834–1864? 8vo. 22 x 14 cm (BPBM).

These are lithographic reproductions of letters by missionaries of the Order of the Sacred Heart of Jesus and Mary, the order responsible for sending Catholic missionaries to the Pacific in the nineteenth century. The letters are a major source of information on Catholic missionary work in the Pacific and in the Hawaiian Islands. From the mother house of the order, situated in the Rue Picpus in Paris, the order is commonly known as the “Picpus Fathers,” and this series of communications is often referred to as the “Picpus Letters.” The series commenced publishing in 1834. Upon receipt of the original letters in Paris, the texts were copied and printed lithographically on thin paper and stitched into blue paper wrappers. Distribution seems to have been as erratic as the issue of the letters and was probably limited to members of various orders and congregations. Parts or sections vary from a few to more than 1oo pages. Most of these lack titles, part numbers, or colophons. A few of the later sections include a date of publication on the last leaf. Extensive runs of this series are of the greatest rarity, and of the three collections I have examined, none is complete. Some of the letters in this series were reprinted in Annales de la Propagation de la Foi (see Nos. 1o33 and 1132). The sections as found (and to which I have given part numbers and tentative issue dates) are as follows: [Part 1] “Iles Sandwich—Persécution du Missionaires protestant contre les Missionaires Catholiques—Extrait de l’Univers Religieux. du 18 Novembre, 1834.” 1–3 text, [4] blank pp. [Paris, 1834?] Reference: Streit and Dindinger, 437. Copies: BPBM, with “1834–39” in MS on upper cover, and another sheet (numbered 5–8) with letter of Msgr. Etienne Rouchouze, Gambier Islands, 27 October 1837. HSL (Tice Phillips)*.

[Part 2] “Lettre de M. Alexis Bachelot à M. Hilarion, prêtre de la Maison de Picpus, contenant le détail de l’expulsion des missionaires des Iles Sandwich. 18 Decembre, 1834.” 1–75 text, [76] blank pp. [Paris, 1835?] Reference: Streit and Dindinger, 432. Copies: HSL (Tice Phillips)*.

[Part 3] Letter from Fr. François d’Assise Caret, the Gambier Islands (Mangareva), 21 December 1834. 1–12 text pp. [Paris, 1835?] Reference: Streit and Dindinger, 433.

[Part 4] Letters from the Gambier Islands, 1834, and several from non-Pacific locations. No letters from Hawaii. 1–6 text pp. [Paris, 1835?] Reference: Streit and Dindinger, 436.

Hawaiian National Bibliography 1834

[Part 5] “Lettre de M. Alexis Bachelot, à M. Hippolyte Launay, Prêtre de la Maison de Picpus. Mission de St. Gabriel, Haute California, 19 Decembre, 1835.” 1–4 text pp. [Paris, 1836?] Reference: Streit and Dindinger, 442. Copies: HSL (Tice Phillips)*.

[Part 6] Letter from Fr. Honoré Laval, the Gambier Islands (Mangareva), 25 February 1835. 1–4 text pp. [Paris, 1836?] Reference: Streit and Dindinger, 445.

[Part 7] Letter from Fr. Honoré Laval, the Gambier Islands (Mangareva), 13 May 1835. 1–8 text pp. [Paris, 1836?] Reference: Streit and Dindinger, 446. Copies: HSL (Tice Phillips)*.

[Part 8] Letter from Fr. Honoré Laval, the Gambier Islands, 17 May 1835. 1–4 text pp. [Paris, 1836?] Reference: Streit and Dindinger, 447.

[Part 9] Letter from Msgr. Rouchouze, Vicaire Apostolique, Iles Gambier (Mangareva), 27 May 1835. 1–3 text, [4] blank pp. [Paris, 1836?] Reference: Streit and Dindinger, 448.

[Part 1o] Letters from Hawaii and Valparaiso. The Hawaii letter is from Br. Melchior Bondu, Oahu, 11 October 1835. 1–4 text pp. [Paris, 1836?] Reference: Streit and Dindinger, 45o.

[Part 11] Letters from Valparaiso and Hawaii, 1835 and 1836. The Hawaiian letters are from Br. Colombian (Murphy), Oahu, 3o September 1835 (pp. 5–8); Br. Léonard (Portal), Honolulu, 12 October 1835 (p. 1o). 1–11 text, [12] blank pp. [Paris, 1836?] Reference: Streit and Dindinger, 451. Copies: HSL (Tice Phillips)*.

[Part 12] Letters from Valparaiso and non-Pacific locations. Letters from Valparaiso include one from Fr. Désiré Maigret, 14 March 1835 (pp. 6–8). 1–12 text pp. [Paris, 1836?] Reference: Streit and Dindinger, 452.

[Part 13] Letters from the Gambier Islands (Mangareva), 1835. None from Hawaii. 1–41 text pp. [Paris, 1836?] Reference: Streit and Dindinger, 453.

[Part 14] Letter from Fr. François d’Assise Caret, Gambier Islands, 2o April 1836. 1–8 text pp. [Paris, 1836?]

59

60

1834

Hawaiian National Bibliography Reference: Streit and Dindinger, 456. Copies: HSL (Tice Phillips)*.

[Part 15] Letter from Fr. Chrysostome Liausu, Préfet Apostolique de l’Océanie Australe, Valparaiso, 25 March 1836. 1–4 text pp. [Paris, 1836?] Reference: Streit and Dindinger, 457.

[Part 16] Letters from Msgr. l’Evêque de Nilopolis [Etienne Rouchouze], Notre Dame de Paix, Gambier Islands, 28 February 1836. 1–3 + [4] text pp. [Paris, 1836?] Reference: Streit and Dindinger, 458. Copies: HSL (Tice Phillips)*, part.

[Part 17] Letters from Tahiti and the Gambier Islands, 1835 and 1836. None from Hawaii. Letter from Fr. Désiré Maigret, 19 April 1836 (pp. 3–6). 1–6o text pp. [Paris, 1836?] Reference: Streit and Dindinger, 46o. Copies: HSL (Tice Phillips)*.

[Part 18] “Letter de Fr. Alexis Bachelot, Préfet Apostolique des îles Sandwich, au Fr. Chrysostome Liausu, Préfet Apostolique de l’Océanie meridionale a Val[paraiso]. Ciudad de Nra. Sra. de Los Angeles, 3 Novembre, 1836” (pp. 1–6), followed by “Notices sur les îles Gambier” (pp. 7–19). The Tice Phillips copy has pages 17–19 in manuscript, and additionally has a continuation of pages 21–22. 1–19 text, [2o] blank pp. [Paris, 1837?] References: Not in Streit and Dindinger. Copies: HSL (Tice Phillips)*.

[Part 19] Letters from Valparaiso and Tahiti, 1837. None from Hawaii. 1–4o text pp. [Paris, 1837?] Reference: Streit and Dindinger, 468. Copies: HSL (Tice Phillips)*, pp. 21–4o.

[Part 2o] Letters from the Gambier Islands (Mangareva), 1837. None from Hawaii. 1–2o text pp. [Paris, 1838?] Reference: Streit and Dindinger, 469. Copies: HSL (Tice Phillips)*.

[Part 21] Letter from Fr. Jean de la Croix Amat, Valparaiso, 16 October 1838. 1–4 text pp. [Paris, 1839?] Reference: Streit and Dindinger, 473. Copies: HSL (Tice Phillips)*.

[Part 22] Letter from Fr. Dosithée Desvault “A bord de la Vénus, pendant la traversée des îles Galapagoes aux îles Marquises,” July 1838. 1–2o text pp. [Paris, 1839?] Reference: Streit and Dindinger, 474.

Hawaiian National Bibliography 1834

[Part 23] Letters from Tahiti, Gambier Islands, Valparaiso, and Hawaii. The Hawaii letter is from Fr. Arsène Walsh, Oahu, 15 January 1838 (pp. 9–13). 1–24 text pp. [Paris, 1838?] Reference: Streit and Dindinger, 467. Copies: HSL (Tice Phillips)*, pp. 17–24 only.

[Part 24] Letter from Fr. Dosithée Desvault, dated Watioa, 7 August 1838. 1–19 text pp. [Paris, 1839?] Reference: Streit and Dindinger, 475. Copies: HSL (Tice Phillips)*.

[Part 25] Three letters from Honoré Laval, dated Gambier Islands, 1838. None from Hawaii. 1–2o text pp. [Paris, 1839?] Reference: Streit and Dindinger, 476. Copies: HSL (Tice Phillips)*, pp. 5–2o only.

[Part 26] Letters from Mangareva, 1838. None from Hawaii. 1–18 text pp. [Paris, 1839?] Reference: Streit and Dindinger, 479. Copies: HSL (Tice Phillips)*.

[Part 27] Two letters from the Marquesas, dated 1839. None from Hawaii. 1–7 text, [8] blank pp. [Paris, 1839?] Reference: Streit and Dindinger, 483. Copies: BPBM (2)*. HSL (Tice Phillips)*.

[Part 28] Letter from Fr. Honoré Laval, Gambier Islands, 24 September 1839. 1–4 text pp. [Paris, 1839?] Reference: Streit and Dindinger, 484. Copies: HSL (Tice Phillips)*.

[Part 29] Letters from Fr. Désiré Maigret, Valparaiso, 16 January 1839. 1–6 text pp. [Paris, 1839?] Reference: Streit and Dindinger, 485. Copies: HSL (Tice Phillips)*.

[Part 3o] Letters from Hawaii and the Marquesas. The Hawaii letter is from Fr. Arsène Walsh, Honolulu, 18 May 1839 (pp. 1–2). 1–7 text, [8] blank pp. [Paris, 1839?] Reference: Streit and Dindinger, 486. Copies: BPBM*. HSL (Tice Phillips)*.

[Part 31] Letters from Mangareva and the Marquesas, dated 1839. None from Hawaii. 1–1o4 text pp. [Paris 184o?]

61

62

1834

Hawaiian National Bibliography Reference: Streit and Dindinger, 487. Copies: HSL (Tice Phillips)*.

[Part 32] Letters from the Marquesas and one Hawaii letter from Fr. Arsène Walsh, Oahu, 3o October 1839 (pp. 1–6). 1–42 text pp. [Paris, 184o?]. Reference: Streit and Dindinger, 488. Copies: PMK*. HSL (Tice Phillips)*.

[Part 33] Containing a Hawaii letter from Fr. Ernest Heurtel, in Honolulu, 2o June 184o (pp. 15–19). 1–19 text, [2o] blank pp. [Paris, 1841?] Reference: Streit and Dindinger, 495. Copies: PMK*.

[Part 34] Containing Hawaii letters from Msgr. Rouchouze, Honolulu, 17 June 184o (pp. 1–5); and Fr. Désiré Maigret, Oahu, 22 June 184o (pp. 6–7). 1–28 text pp. [Paris, 1841?] Reference: Streit and Dindinger, 496. Copies: PMK*, has in MS on front cover: “Missions de l’Océanie No. 3.”

[Part 35] Letters from Mangareva and Hawaii. The Hawaii letters are from Fr. Dosithée Desvault, Oahu, 19 December 184o (pp. 6–18); and Fr. Désiré Maigret, Oahu, 15 January 1841 (pp. 19–22). 1–22 text pp. [Paris, 1841?] Reference: Streit and Dindinger, 5o1. Copies: PMK*.

[Part 36] Letters from the Marquesas, Gambier Islands (Mangareva), and Hawaii; the last date is 15 July 1841. The Hawaii letters are from Fr. Barnabé Castan, Honolulu, 1o April 1841 (pp. 1–4); and Fr. Denis Maudet, Havaii [sic], 19 April 1841 (pp. 4–9). 1–42 text pp. [Paris, 1841?] Reference: Streit and Dindinger, 5o2. Copies: BPBM (2)*. PMK*.

[Part 37] Letters from Hawaii from Fr. Barnabé Castan, Honolulu, 11 November 1841 (pp. 1–4); Fr. Martial Jan, “Iles Sandwich,” 1 November 1841 (pp. 4–1o), 2 Novembre 1841 (pp. 1o–14), and 8 November 1841 (pp. 14–17); Fr. Joachim Maréchal, n.d. (pp. 17–21); and Fr. Désiré Maigret, Honolulu, 13 November 1841 (p. 22). 1–22 text pp. [Paris, 1842?] Reference: Streit and Dindinger, 5o3. Copies: BPBM (3)*.

[Part 38] Letters from Tahiti and Hawaii. The Hawaii letters are from Fr. Désiré Maigret, Honolulu: 22 September 1842 (pp. 2o–24); 29 September 1842, 5 December 1842, and 11 February 1843 (pp. 24–28). 1–28 text pp. [Paris, 1843?]

Hawaiian National Bibliography 1834 Reference: Streit and Dindinger, 51o. Copies: BPBM (3)*. PMK*.

[Part 39] Letters from Mangareva and Hawaii. Hawaii letters are from Fr. Désiré Maigret, Honolulu: 8 October 1843, 24 October 1843, 14 November 1843, 16 December 1843, and 22 December 1843 (pp. 1–9); and Fr. Denis Maudet, Honolulu, 28 October 1843 (pp. 9–1o). 1–2o text pp. [Paris, 1844?] Reference: Streit and Dindinger, 527. Copies: PMK*.

[Part 4o] Letters from Tahiti and Hawaii 1843–1844; the last four pages have a letter from Tahiti, dated 7 July 1844. The Hawaii letters are from Fr. Désiré Maigret, Honolulu: 3o October 1843 (pp. 1–4); 2 February 1844 (pp. 4–6); 7 August 1844 (pp. 6–7); and Fr. Dosithée Desvault, Iles Sandwich, Oahu, 29 December 1843 (pp. 8–14). 1–27 text, [28] blank, 4 pp. [Paris, 1844?] Reference: Streit and Dindinger, 528. Copies: BPBM (3)*. PMK*.

[Part 41] Letter from Fr. François d’Assise Caret, Tahiti, 7 August 1844. 1–4 text pp. [Paris, 1845?] Reference: Streit and Dindinger, 532.

[Part 42] Letters from the Marquesas, Gambier Islands (Mangareva), and Hawaii. The Hawaii letters are from Fr. Désiré Maigret, Honolulu, 7 August 1844 (pp. 1–2); Fr. Joachim Maréchal, Havaii [sic], 16 August 1844 (pp. 2–1o), and 15 November 1844 (pp. 11–12); Fr. Barnabé Castan, Honolulu, 15 November 1844 (pp. 13–15); Fr. Maigret, 12 May 1845 (pp. 16–21); with “Extrait d’un journal protestant ‘The Friend’ Sandwich, 1 Août, 1844” (pp. 21–24). The article concerns the new Catholic cathedral and Maigret’s school. 1–57 text, [58] blank pp. [Paris, 1845?] Reference: Streit and Dindinger, 535. Copies: BPBM*. PMK*.

[Part 43] Letters from Ile St. Catherine, 1845, and other Pacific locations. A letter from Fr. Modeste Favens (pp. 4–1o) may be from Hawaii. 1–1o text pp. [Paris, 1846?] Reference: Streit and Dindinger, 551. Copies: PMK*.

[Part 44] Letters from Mangareva, Tahiti, and Hawaii. The Hawaii letters are from Fr. Jean-Baptiste Hébert, Honolulu, 18 April 1846 (pp. 1o–12); and 15 April 1846 (pp. 13–18). 1–28 text pp. [Paris, 1846?] Reference: Streit and Dindinger, 564. Copies: BPBM (2)*. PMK*.

63

64

1834

Hawaiian National Bibliography

[Part 45] Letters from the Marquesas and Hawaii. The Hawaii letter is from Fr. Modeste Favens, Maui, 1 August 1846 (pp. 35–46). The Marquesas letters are dated 27 January and 24 June 1846. In two copies examined, pages 13–16 are blank leaves; one copy has pages 21–24, while the second copy lacks page 21 and has pages 22–23, followed by a blank leaf, and regular pagination resumes with page 25. 1–46 text pp. [Paris, 1847?] Reference: Streit and Dindinger, 563. Copies: BPBM (2)*. PMK*.

[Part 46] Letters from Hawaii and Tahiti. The Hawaii letters are from Fr. Modeste Favens, Maui, 22 August 1846 (pp. 1–4) and 24 August 1846 (pp. 4–7); Fr. Dosithée Desvault, Oahu, 5 October 1846 (pp. 8–9); Fr. Denis Maudet, Kauai, 9 June 1846 (pp. 9–12); Fr. Eudoxe Vallée, Honolulu, 13 August 1846 (pp. 13–15). In one copy examined, pages 9–12 are blank leaves. 1–23 text, [24] blank pp. [Paris, 1847?] Reference: Streit and Dindinger, 563 (giving additional text). Copies: BPBM (2)*. PMK*.

[Part 47] Letters from Mangareva, Tahiti, and Hawaii. The Hawaii letters are from Fr. Jean-Baptiste Hébert, Honolulu, 18 April 1846 (pp. 1o–12); and 15 April 1846 (pp. 13–18). 1–28 text pp. [Paris, 1846?] Reference: Streit and Dindinger, 564. Copies: BPBM (2)*. PMK*.

[Part 48] Letters from Hawaii and the Gambier Islands (Mangareva). Hawaii letters are from Fr. Joachim Maréchal, Honolulu, 26 March 1846 (pp. 1–3) and 1 April 1846 (pp. 1o–14); and from Fr. Dosithée Desvault, Oahu, 26 March 1846 (pp. 3–1o). 1–19 text, [2o] blank pp. [Paris, 1846?] Reference: Streit and Dindinger, 566. Copies: BPBM*. PMK*.

[Part 49] Containing a letter from Fr. Aubert Bouillon, 2o December 1846, from the Marquesas, with an end note dated Paris 1847. 1–18 text pp. [Paris, 1847?] Reference: Streit and Dindinger, 561. Copies: BPBM*.

[Part 5o] No Hawaii letters. The last letter in this section is dated October 1848. 1–23 text, [24] blank pp. [Paris, 1849?] Reference: Streit and Dindinger, 565. Copies: PMK*.

[Part 51] Letters from the Marquesas and Hawaii. The Hawaii letter is from Fr. Almach Bris, dated Wailua (island not specified), 3 July 186o (pp. 17–23).

Hawaiian National Bibliography 1834

65

1–23 text, [24] blank pp. [Paris, 186o?] Reference: Streit and Dindinger, 656. Copies: BPBM*, the first 1o pp. only.

[Part 52] with title: Lettres des Missionnaires. Paris, Maison principale, 1864[–October 1866]. 1–3o6 text pp. Containing letters from various mission stations in the Pacific. The Bishop Museum has the following parts: (a) [5] + 6–43 text, [44] blank pp. Letters from Valparaiso, the Marquesas, and Tahiti, dated 1863. There are no letters from Hawaii in this section. (b) 45–121 letters, [122] with printed date: “Dec. 1864” pp. Letters from Tahiti, Mangareva, Hawaii, the Marquesas, and Valparaiso. Hawaii letters are from Msgr. Désiré Maigret, Honolulu: 23 January 1863 (pp. 56–57); 26 January 1864 (pp. 58–61); and 26 January 1864 (pp. 61–63); from Fr. Modeste Favens, Honolulu: 3o March 1864 (pp. 64–68); 7 April 1864 (pp. 68–7o); and 7 April 1864 (pp. 7o–74). (c) 123–157 text, [158] with cross and date April 1865, 159–216 text, [2] blank pp. Letters from the Marquesas, Hawaii, and Valparaiso. The Hawaii letters are from Fr. Modeste Favens, Honolulu, 8 August 1864 (pp. 123–129) and 11 November 1864 (pp. 129–131); Fr. Liévin Van Hetern, Ahuimanu (Oahu), 6 September 1864 (pp. 132–137). (d) 217–253 letters, [254] blank pp. Letters from the Marquesas, Gambier Islands (Mangareva), and Hawaii. Hawaii letters are from Br. Victorin Bertrand, Honolulu, 25 May 1865 (pp. 238–242) and 3o July 1865 (pp. 243–246); Fr. Clément Evrard, Puna, Isle Havaii [sic], 31 May 1865 (pp. 247–253). (e) 255–3o6 text pp. At end of page 3o6 is printed: “Octobre, 1866.” Letters from Hawaii, the Marquesas, the Gambier Islands (Mangareva), and Valparaiso. The Hawaii letters are from: Fr. Léonor Fouesnil, Wailuku, 31 July 1865 (pp. 255–26o); Fr. Modeste Favens, Honolulu, 6 February 1866 (pp. 261–265); Br. Victorin Bertrand, Honolulu, 8 April 1866 (pp. 266–269); Fr. Stanislas Le Bret, Kailua, 3 April 1866 (pp. 27o–273); Fr. Damien Deveuster, Hawaii, 13 October 1865 (pp. 274–28o). The text following page 28o has letters from Valparaiso, Nukuhiva, Mangareva, and Easter Island, but none from Hawaii. References: Streit and Dindinger, 693 (lists on pp. 193–194 the contents of Part 52).

Douglas, David Extract from a Private Letter addressed to Captain Sabine, R.A. F.R.S., by Mr. David Douglas, F.L.S. Dated Woahoo (Sandwich Islands), 3d of May, 1834. In: The Journal of the Royal Geographical Society of London. Vol. iv, pp. 333–344. London, John Murray, Albemarle Street, MDCCCXXXIV. 8vo. 21 x 13 cm.

Douglas here states that he arrived at Byron’s Bay (Hilo) on January 2nd, and “took up my abode with the Rev. James Goodrich, an American Missionary from whom I have received great kindness.” He writes that he had made successive journeys to the summits of Mauna Kea, Kilauea, and Mauna Loa, and proceeds to give interesting accounts of each of these journeys. References: None found. Copies: BPBM*, in serial. HSL (Tice Phillips). PC*.

881

66

1834

Hawaiian National Bibliography

882

Duhaut-Cilly, Auguste Voyage | Autour du Monde, | principalement | a la Californie et aux Iles Sandwich, | pendant les années 1826, 1827, 1828, et 1829; | par A. Duhaut-Cilly, | Capitaine au long-cours, chevalier de la légion | d’honneur, membre de l’académie d’industrie | manufacturière, agricole et commerciale | de Paris. | [rule] | [one-line quotation from Horace] | [rule] | Tome premier. | [rule] | Paris, | Chez Arthus Bertrand, libraire, rue Hautefeuille, 23; | Saint-Servan, | Chez D. Lemarchand, libraire. | [rule] | 1834[–1835] 2 vols. 8vo. 2o.5 x 13.5 cm. Vol. i (1834): [i] half title, [ii] blank, [iii] title, [iv] blank, [i–ii] Preface, [iii–ix] Introduction, [x] blank, [1] + 2–4o4 voyage text, [4o5] + 4o6–4o9 Table des matières, [41o] blank, [i] Errata, [ii] blank pp. Pages 38, 14o, 214, 324 are blank in all copies. With lithograph frontispiece view and 1 text plate. Vol. ii (1835): [i] half title, [ii] blank, [iii] title, [iv] blank, [1] + 2–432 voyage text, [433] + 434–438 Table des matières, [439] Errata, [44o] blank pp. Folding table inserted at page 2o8. Pages 4o, 76, 96, 14o, 278, 326, 4o6 are blank in all copies. With lithograph frontispiece view and 1 text plate.

A rare and important work by the captain of a French trading vessel, particularly important for its detailed examination of California during the last phase of its Spanish period. The Heros was outfitted for a trading voyage by the French banking firm of Lafitte brothers of Havre and was the first of several French attempts to conduct trade with California and the Pacific Northwest. The Heros departed Brest, April 1o, 1826, bound for the Pacific via Cape Horn, stopping en route along the coast of South America. Duhaut-Cilly reached San Francisco in February 1827, and for almost two years traded up and down the California coast from Fort Ross to Baja. He was the first European trader to become thoroughly acquainted with life and customs in California, and his narrative shows that he was a keen observer. Trade was largely in tallow and hides, but he trafficked in a variety of goods and transshipped whatever else he could for profit. In California he made several inland excursions to various missions, but for the most part moved along the coast, stopping more than once at the ports of Santa Cruz, Monterey, Santa Barbara, San Pedro, and San Diego. Being a French Catholic gained him access to and business with the Spanish missions in a way not possible for his Yankee competitors. In the course of his trading he observed and recorded a good deal on mission settlements and living conditions of both the padres and the Indians belonging to each mission. In May 1828, Duhaut-Cilly made a stop at the Russian settlement of Fort Ross and described the settlement in not very flattering terms. A drawing of the fort, which became one of the lithographic illustrations in the narrative, is the earliest pictorial record of that area. The Heros arrived in Honolulu from San Diego, California, September 17, 1828, and departed November 15th the same year. The captain had an audience with Kamehameha III, who was given the usual dinner on board the ship and enjoyed the captain’s store of French wine. Visits were also made to Kaahumanu and Boki. Duhaut-Cilly describes their various compounds and their seemingly indolent but attractive lifestyle. He paid his respects to the Catholic missionaries, but he seems to have had little to do with their American Protestant rivals. With the British Consul Richard Charlton, he made excursions to Waialua in search of sandalwood, and later to Pearl Harbor, where he inspected the nearby salt works that gave the village its prosperity. On this and later excursions, he assisted Dr. Botta (a member of the voyage) in the collection of ornithology specimens.

Hawaiian National Bibliography 1834

67

The captain gives a good general account of life and conditions in Honolulu, though one suspects he obtained much of his information about the Protestant mission and its political influence among the chiefs from the British Consul Richard Charlton. He makes interesting remarks on the crews of English and American whaling ships, noting that when on shore they seemed to compete in dissipation. Duhaut-Cilly was accompanied by Dr. Paolo Emilio Botta, whose account of his visit to Hawaii was first published in Nouvelles Annales des Voyages (Paris, 1831) and later in the Italian edition of the Duhaut-Cilly narrative (see No. 126o). The lithographs in the text after sketches by Duhaut-Cilly are as follows: Volume i: Frontispiece: Vue de Monterey, dans la haute Californie, pris de la rade. page 216: Vue de la mission de san-Luis-Rey en Californie. Volume ii: Frontispiece: Vue de l’établissement russe de la Bodega, à la Côte de la Nouvelle Albion en 1828. page 279: Vue du port de la vallée d’Anaroura dans l’île de Waho [sic]. (A. DuhautCilly del. 1o x 17 cm). (This shows what is now Honolulu Harbor, with Nuuanu Valley behind.) There is some disagreement among cataloguers as to the correct form of the author’s surname. Originally the family name appeared as Bernard du Haut-Cilly, but as August Fruge and Neal Harlow state, “at some time the old patronyme of Bernard . . . seems to have been de-emphasized and the noble particle incorporated with the rest of the name, which thus became Duhaut-Cilly” (p. xxi). Certainly the captain himself chose that form to appear on the title page of his work, and so it appears in this bibliography. There are several modern translations of the Hawaiian portion of this text. See “Shadows of Destiny: A French Navigator’s View of the Hawaiian Kingdom and its Government in 1828” by Alfons Korn, in the Hawaiian Journal of History, Number 17, pages 1–39 (Honolulu: Hawaiian Historical Society, 1983). The most recent work is A Voyage to California, the Sandwich Islands, & around the World in the Years 1826–1829, translated and edited by August Fruge and Neal Harlow (San Francisco: Book Club of California, 1997). References: Hill, pp. 23–24. Sabin, 21164. Copies: AH (Kahn)*, modern three-quarter tan calf and boards. BPBM*, two vols. (in one) in full contemporary gilt morocco. HHS*, the Hawaiian Government Library copy. LC. SMC*, original tan calf spines and green paper covered boards. UC-B. WaU. YU. The NUC records 4 copies.

Dumont d’Urville, Jules Sébastien César (Editor) Voyage | Pittoresque | Autour du Monde. | Résumé général des voyages de découvertes | de Magellan, Tasman, Dampier, Anson, Byron, Wallis, Carteret, Bougainville, Cook, Lapérouse, G. Bligh, | Vancouver, D’Entrecasteaux, Wilson, Baudin, Flinders, Krusenstern, Porter, Kotzebue, | Freycinet, Bellinghausen, Basil Hall, Duperry, Paulding, Beechey, | Dumont D’Urville, Lutke, Dillon Laplace, B. Morrell, Etc. | Publié sous la direction de | M. Dumont D’Urville, | Capitaine de Vaisseau. | Accompagné de Cartes et de nombreuses Gravures en taille-douce sur acier, d’après les dessins | de M. de Sainson, Dessinateur du Voyage de l’Astrolabe. | Tome Premier. | [vignette of a Chinese barge identified below as “Jonque de mandarin

883

68

1834

Hawaiian National Bibliography

chinois”] | A Paris | chez L. Tenré, Libraire-Éditeur, Rue du Paon, 1; | Et chez Henri Dupuy, rue de la Monaie, 11 | [rule] | M DCCC XXXIV. 2 vols. 8vo. 27 x 18.5 cm. Vol. i: [i] half title, [ii] colophon, else blank, [iii] title, [iv] blank, [i] + ii–viii Introduction, [1] + 2–574 text, [575]–576 Table des chapitres pp. Frontispiece with portraits of Bougainville, Cook, La Pérouse, and Krusenstern. Folding “Carte Generale” at introduction, “Carte des iles Hawaii” at p. 4o6, and “Carte des Iles Taiti” at p. 525. With 14o leaves of plates. Vol. ii: [i] half title, [ii] colophon, else blank, [iii] title, [iv] blank, 1–558 text, [559]–56o Table des chapitres, [561] + 562–578 Table alphabetique et analytique, [579] + 58o–584 Table des planches pp. Double page frontispiece with portraits of Bougainville, Cook, La Pérouse, Baudin, Beechey, Duperry, Krusenstern, and Dumont d’Urville. With folding “Carte des Iles Tonga” at p. 11, “Carte d la Nouvelle–Zelande” at p. 34o, and “Carte Generale de l’Ocean Pacifique” at end. With 136 engraved leaves of plates.

Using the literary device of a fictitious voyage (of the Kanguroo [sic]), the author has assembled information from a large number of voyages into a continuous narrative. The Hawaiian text is in Volume i, pages 4o6–476. The plates of Hawaiian subjects, on 18 leaves, are after John Webber, Louis Choris, Robert Dampier, and the missionary William Ellis. The plates are printed two to a sheet and are unnumbered. A table of the plates and charts is appended to Volume ii, pages 579–584. This very popular work had (according to Sabin) a number of subsequent editions: in Russian (1835–1837 and 1843); Danish (1847–185o); Dutch (1838–184o); Italian (184o); Spanish (1841); and German (1834–1843). For the German 1835 edition, see No. 927; for the Russian editions, see Nos. 928 and 992. References: Bagnall, 1689 (lists a Paris 1839 edition). Ferguson, 1771. O’Reilly and Reitman, 111. Sabin, 21211–21215. Copies: AH (Kahn)*, tan calf spines and green marble paper boards. HarU. ML. NLA. The NUC lists 12 copies. 884

Fanning, Edmund Voyages Round the World; | with selected sketches of | Voyages to the South Seas, | North and South Pacific Oceans, | China, etc., | performed under the command and agency of the author. | Also, | Information relating to important | late discoveries, | between the years 1792 and 1832; | together with the report of the commander of the first | American Exploring Expedition, patronized by the | United States Government, | in the Brigs Seraph and Annawan, to the Southern | Hemisphere. | By Edmund Fanning. | London: | O. Rich, 12, Red Lion Square. | [rule] | 1834. 8vo. 23 x 14.5 cm untrimmed (BPBM). [i] title, [ii] printer’s name and address, [iii] Dedication to the American People, [iv] blank, [v] + vi–viii Contents, [ix] + x–xii Introduction, [13] + 14–499 text, [5oo] blank pp. With frontispiece “The Aspasia, Cape Horn bearing N. by E. 5o Leagues,” and 4 other plates (2 folding).

The first London edition, consisting of the sheets and plates of the New York 1833 edition with a new title page. For the first American edition (1833), see No. 839. References: Ferguson, 1777. Copies: BL. BPBM (Fuller)*. ML.

Hawaiian National Bibliography 1834

Gairdner, Meredith Observations during a voyage from England to Fort Vancouver, on the North West Coast of America. In: The New Edinburgh Philosophical Journal. Vol. xix, pp. 29o–3o1. April 1834.

69 885

8vo.

Meredith Gairdner, appointed physician to the Hudson Bay Company, departed England in 1832 on a merchant vessel and arrived at the Columbia River on May 1, 1833. En route, the ship made a stop at Hawaii. This account includes notes of Gairdner’s visit to Hawaii with remarks on Mauna Kea and Mauna Loa. At Honolulu he received scientific information from Dr. Judd and Dr. Rooke, and commented on the political uncertainty in the Islands due to the recent death of Kaahumanu and the pending assumption of full powers by Kamehameha III. Dr. Gairdner returned to Hawaii in the fall of 1835. See No. 93o. References: None found. Copies: YU*. The Union List of Serials records more than 7o holdings of this journal.

Hawaii. Kingdom. Laws and Regulations HE MAU KANAWAI. | No ke Awa Honolulu, Oahu. | I. | [Hawaiian text begins] | REGULATIONS | for the Port of Honolulu, Oahu. | I. | [English text begins] | [signed at lower right:] Kauikeaouli. | Oahu. Sandwich Islands, Oct. 14, 1834 [Honolulu, 1834]

886

Broadside. Text of 9 numbered paragraphs, Hawaiian and English in parallel columns, divided by a vertical rule, signed in Hawaiian at lower left, and in English at lower right. 32.5 x 19.5 cm.

The Hawaiian text begins: “Na alii moku a pau ke ku mai i keia aina, e hoike | lakou i ka palapala a ka moku, a me ka inoa o na | kanaka o ka moku o lakou i ke Pailota ka mea mana e malama ke awa; . . .” and in English: “All commanders of vessels arriving at this Island are to produce their certificates of registry to the pilot, the port captain. . . .” Paragraphs detail requirements for arrival, the prohibition against leaving seamen on shore without permission, the requirement for certificates of departure from the harbor master, regulations regarding deserters and their apprehension, harbor and piloting fees, and regulations for the hiring of crew. References: None found. Copies: AH*. Public Record Office, London (FO 58/9, p. 27)*.

Hawaii. Kingdom. Laws and Regulations He | Olelo No Na Kanawai, | o ko Hawaii Nei Pae Aina. | Na Kauikeaouli | ke Alii. | [rule] | Oahu: | mea pai palapala a na misionari. | [dotted rule] | 1834. 8vo. 24.5 x 15 cm untrimmed (HMCS). [1] title, [2] blank, [3] + 4–15 text, [16] blank pp.

Title: A word concerning the laws of the Hawaiian Islands. By King Kamehameha III. This contains five numbered sentences or paragraphs on specific laws that commence as follows: 1. Ke papa aku nei makou i ka pepehi kanaka; mai pepehi ko kela aina maanei, mai pepehi ko keia aina maanei; [We forbid murder, foreigners and natives, do not assault to death;] 2. Eia ka lua; ke papa aku nei makou i ka aihue; [Here is the second; we forbid theft;]

887

70

1834

Hawaiian National Bibliography

3. Eia ke kolu; ke papa aku nei makou i ka moe kolohe; [Here is the third; we forbid adultery;] 4. Eia ka ha, ke papa aku nei makou i ka hoopunipuni; [Here is the fourth, we forbid deceit;] 5. Eia la lima, ke papa aku nei makou i ka ona rama; [Here is the fifth, we forbid drunkenness;] The most important law after those of 1827 and 1829, and which may be considered the first penal code at all worthy of the name, was that of 1834, published in a pamphlet of 15 octavo pages. This was in five divisions, or chapters, which treated of murder, theft, unlawful sexual intercourse, fraud, and drunkenness, respectively. Each division was signed by the king. Definite and alternative penalties were prescribed. . . . The division on sexual intercourse, besides covering adultery, bigamy, rape, prostitution, and letting houses for prostitution, provided for a certificate of divorce on the ground of adultery or cruelty and that the offender should not remarry until the death of the other party. (Frear, pp. 31–32) The printed minutes of the General Meeting of June and July 1834 record: “Laws for the King. 8vo. 16 pp. 1,ooo copies.” References: Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 1834), p. 6. Frear, W. F., “Hawaiian Statute Law,” Hawaiian Historical Society Annual Report No. 13 (Honolulu, 19o6), pp. 15–61. Copies: AH (Kahn)*. HMCS (2)*, one very fine, untrimmed and stitched as issued, the second trimmed and in salmon-colored wrappers. HHS (2)*. UH. 888

[Hawaiian Imprint] [Constitution of the Maternal Association. Honolulu, 1834–1835.] Not seen. This item is included in a list of printing accomplished during the 1834–1835 year, with further: “12mo. 4 pp. 1o,ooo copies.” From the size of the edition it must have been in the Hawaiian language and meant for general distribution. References: Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 1835), p. 5. Copies: None located.

889

[Hawaiian Imprint] [Geometry. Lahainaluna, 1834] Not seen. The only record of this work appears in a letter from Lorrin Andrews to the ABCFM dated Lahainaluna, October 1, 1834 (HarU [ABCFM papers]). In a list of “books printed at the High School between 27th. Jan. & the last of May,” Andrews includes: “First form of Geometry translation chiefly of Flints Surveying. 8 pp. 8vo; 5o [copies].” This was evidently an experiment. It is not recorded in either the manuscript or the printed minutes of the General Meeting for 1835. No copy is known to have survived. Copies: None located.

890

[Hawaiian Imprint] [Market Laws. Honolulu, 1834?] Not seen. The printed minutes of the General Meeting for June and July 1835 record: “Market Laws. 12mo. 4 pp. 5oo copies.” Because this appears near the top of the list, I presume that it was printed in the first half of the calendar year, i.e., in 1834.

Hawaiian National Bibliography 1834

71

References: Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 1835), p. 5. Copies: None located.

[Hawaiian Imprint] [Skeleton Maps. Honolulu, 1834?]

891

Not seen. The printed minutes of the General Meeting for June and July 1834 record the following as having been printed in Honolulu: “Skeleton Maps. 13 pp. 1,5oo copies.” References: Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 1834), p. 6. Copies: None located.

He Hoikehonua He | Hoikehonua | no ka | Palapala Hemolele, | he mea ia e akaka’i | ke ano o na wahi | i haiia mai ai ma ka olelo a ke | Akua. | [rule] | Lahainaluna, Ianuari. | [dotted rule] | 1834.

892

12mo. 15.5 x 12 cm untrimmed (HMCS). [1] title, [2] blank, [3] + 4–7o, [61 i.e., 71] + 72– 93, [93 i.e., 94] + 95–99 text, [1oo] blank pp.

Title: A Geography of the Holy Scriptures, describing the areas spoken [of ] by the word of God. The first book printed by the Lahainaluna Press, this is a translation of Joseph Emerson Worcester’s Outlines of Scripture Geography (Boston, 183o). Like the American original, the Lahainaluna edition consists of nine chapters of text, ending on page 61 (i.e., 71), followed by questions on each chapter. Beginning with page 93 (i.e., 94) there are a series of specific questions on six maps. The maps referred to were not issued as a part of this work, but see No. 893 for a possible issue of a separate atlas for this text. Lorrin Andrews to Levi Chamberlain, February 24, 1834 (HMCS): “The three sheets I send of the Scripture Geography were printed before the long & short types were separated.” And again, Andrews to Chamberlain, March 6, 1834: “I enclose the fourth form of the Scripture Geography . . . The work is wanted on Hawaii. The Brethren there expect me to print it for their station schools but this being beyond the range of my operations, I could not comply.” In answer to a subsequent query about this work (August 8, 1841), Andrews informed Chamberlain: “It was the first book we printed at Lahainaluna, a reprint . . . was done at Honolulu—there are none here.” The Honolulu edition referred to was printed in 1839; see No. 1154. The printed minutes of the 1834 General Meeting record an edition of 2oo copies. References: Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 1834), p. 9. Judd and Bell, 1o3. Copies: AH (Kahn)*, very fine copy in original green printed wrappers, with bookplate of Robert Ernest Cowan, the distinguished California bibliographer, and that of Thomas W. Streeter. HMCS*, pp. 1–4o are wove paper, pp. 41 to end are laid paper, uncut and partially unopened.

[He Hoikehonua. Atlas] [Atlas of maps to accompany He Hoikehonua no ka Palapala Hemolele. Lahainaluna, 1834–1835?] The text of He Hoikehonua, a translation of Worcester’s Outlines of Scripture Geography, contains a series of specific questions on six maps, with caption titles as follows:

893

72

1834

Hawaiian National Bibliography

He He He He He He

ui ui ui ui ui ui

no ka palapala honua. 1. no ka palapala honua. 2. ma ka palapala aina o iuda a me ka Iseraela. 3. ma ka palapala aina o Palestina. 4. ma ka palapala aina o Ierusalema. 5. no ka hele ana o Paulo, ma ka Palapala Aina. 6.

These maps were not issued with the text; however there is some evidence that, like the New England original, they were subsequently issued as a small atlas, probably in 1835, about the time Lorrin Andrews was also attempting to issue a small general geographical atlas for classroom use. In a manuscript list “Catalogue of books printed at Lahainaluna,” sent to L. Chamberlain, September 14, 1841 (HMCS), Andrews notes that the scripture geography was “all gone,” and further, “Of the small Scripture Atlas for Worcesters Scrip. Geog. I have none.” The work was probably issued without a title page. Copies: None located. 894

He Kanawai Hoomalu He | KANAWAI HOOMALU NO KA HALE KULA. | [rule] | [28 lines of text] | [rule] | [Colophon:] MAUI, Lahainaluna, Paiia ma ka mea pai palapala o ke Kula Nui [1834]. Broadside. Printed area 23 x 14.5 cm on a sheet 34.5 x 21 cm.

Title: Laws governing the school house. The text commences [translation]: “Here is the first of the laws. No shouting. When students arrive at the front door of the schoolhouse, then, shouting must stop. Then enter and sit very quietly without shouting, without laughter without arguing and without conversing with one another.” The rules further provide fines for misconduct: that for shouting to be the production of five adobe bricks, one and a half feet long by six inches high and one foot in width, or two fathoms of adobe fencing, or one fathom of roadwork. “On January 17, 1834, this command will be enacted. The students are in agreement and this is to become law for the buildings of the High School.” This set of regulations was printed in February 1834 and is referred to in a letter from Lorrin Andrews to Levi Chamberlain, February 24, 1834 (HMCS): “I send you herewith a copy of what we are doing. The Kanawai is one of the scholars own make & printing.” The edition is unknown, but probably fewer than 2o copies. References: None found. Copies: HMCS*. 895

He Kuhikuhi He | Kuhikuhi | no ka | Palapala Hemolele; | he mea ia e pono ai | na Haumana o na Kula Sabati. | [double rule] | Maui, Lahainaluna. | [double rule] | 1834. 8vo. 15 x 11 cm untrimmed (HMCS). [1] title, [2] blank, [3] “He olelo hoakaka” (Preface), [4] blank, [5] + 6–61 text, [62–64] blank pp.

Title: A guide to the Holy Scripture; a useful work for students of the Sunday schools. This is a translation by Lorrin Andrews of Abbott and Fiske’s Bible Class Book, Book i. The preface (olelo hoakaka) is dated “Kulanui, Mei 5, 1834.” The text begins after a caption title: “No ka Mooolelo Hemolele” (Concerning the holy history). The cover repeats the main title within a double rule border and has an abbreviated title within the top border. The printed minutes of the 1834 General Meeting record an edition of 2oo copies.

Hawaiian National Bibliography 1834

73

References: Butler, 211. Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 1834), p. 9. Judd and Bell, 1o4. Copies: HHS. HMCS (2)*, one in original wrappers. NLC.

He Mau Papa Huhuihelu He | MAU PAPA HUHUIHELU | he mea ia e pono ai | ka Anaaina a me ka Holo Moku. | [rule] | [woodcut diagram] | [rule] | Oahu: | Mea Pai Palapala a na Misionari. | [dotted rule] | 1834.

896

4to. 28.5 x 19.5 cm (HMCS). [1] title, [2] + 3–62 Papa (tables), i–ii text + 1–47 Papa (tables), iii–xvi text, [48] blank pp.

Title: Tables of logarithms, a thing good for surveyors and the navigation of ships. This work evidently took some time to complete. The printed minutes of the June 1835 General Meeting record 16 pages completed; the minutes for the June 1836 meeting record another 46 pages completed. The edition was 1,5oo copies. References: Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 1835), p. 5; and (Oahu, 1836), p. 4. Judd and Bell, 1o5. Copies: ATL, lacking pp. 13–16. HarU, the first part only. HHS (2). HMCS (3)*. PS.

He Mooolelo no na Holoholona He | Mooolelo | no na | Holoholona Wawae Eha. | He olelo ia e hoakaka’i i ke ano o na holoholona | eha wawae, a me ko lakou wahi noho ai, a | me ka lakou hana ana. | [double rule] | Ua pai pu ia na kii o na holoholona a pai ilihoakaka; o ke kiihoi kekahi mea e akaka loa ai ke ano. | [double rule] | Lahainaluna | Paiia no ke Kulanui | 1834. 12mo. 18.5 x 11 cm (HMCS). [1] title, [2] blank, [3] + 4–82, 38, [i.e., 83] + 84–17o, 172 [i.e., 171] + 173–192 [i.e., 172–191] text, [193 i.e., 192] blank pp. Page 171 is omitted in numbering.

Title: A history of four-footed animals [quadrupeds]. A description of the quadrupeds, their dwelling places, and their habits. The pictures of all the animals described [here] are printed [in the atlas]; a picture is of much assistance to explain the meaning. This is John L. Comstock’s Natural History of Quadrupeds (Hartford, 1829), translated and edited by the Rev. William Richards. The work is divided into 24 chapters, each dealing with a specific animal; the one about the dog is the longest. Much of the anecdotal material on each of the animals found in the Hartford edition has been omitted in this text. Following the chapters, questions about the animals begin on page 177. As with the New England original, the illustrations appeared in a separately produced atlas (see No. 898), and both the text and woodcuts had previously appeared in issues of Ka Lama Hawaii (see No. 9o1). Lorrin Andrews wrote to Richard Armstrong on October 31, 1834 (HMCS): “We are printing a Natural History of Animals translated from Comstock. I have this moment finished reading the proof sheet up to the 84th page. We have printed off 6 sheets, [and] the present one is the seventh. I suppose the book is about half out of the press. I calculate 4o copies for each station school . . . there will be a set of plates to go with it bound in a separate volume. In two months (I hope less) I think they will be ready.” On the conclusion of printing (May 1835), Lorrin Andrews sent 4o copies to the Honolulu station and 4o copies to J. S. Emerson at Waialua, Oahu. The printed minutes of the 1835 General Meeting record an edition of 1,5oo copies. References: Butler, 275. Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 1835), p. 12. Judd and Bell, 1o6.

897

74

1834

Hawaiian National Bibliography Copies: AH (Kahn)*, fine copy in modern red cloth. AI-NZ*. ATL*, fine copy with “C. W. Lahaina,” i.e., Charles Wheeler, who visited Lahainaluna in 1836. BPBM*. GF*. HarU (2)*. HHS*. HMCS (3)*. LC*. NLC. P-EMS*. PS (2).

898

[He Mooolelo no na Holoholona Wawae Eha. Lahainaluna, 1834] Atlas of animal woodcuts. 4to. 29 x 23 cm. Comprised of 24 numbered woodcuts on quarto-sized sheets, with titles in Hawaiian below each illustration. As originally issued, the atlas was made up as follows: [1–2] blank, [3] 1. Elepani, [4–5] blank, [6] 2. Laehaokela, [7] 3. Hipotamu, [8–9] blank, [1o] 4. Kamelopadi, [11] 5. Kamelo, [12–13] blank, [14] 6. Eleka, [15] 7. Lio, [16–17] blank, [18] 8. Bipikuapuu, [19] 9. Bufalo [and] 1o. Zebu, [2o–21] blank], [22] 11. Bipi [and] 12. Hoki, [23] 13. Zebera [and] 14. Liona, [24–25] blank, [26] 15. Tiga [and ] 16. Dia, [27] 17. Reinadia [and] 18. Bea Keokeo, [28–29] blank [3o] 19. Bea Eleele [and ] 21. Leopadi, [31] 2o. Kouga [and] 22. Hiena, [32–33] blank, [34] 23. Iloihae [and 24] Ilio, [35–36] blank pp.

These illustrations, cut by Dr. and Mrs. Alonzo Chapin, were copied from the atlas to John L. Comstock’s Natural History of Quadrupeds (Hartford, 1829). They first appeared in Ka Lama Hawaii (see No. 9o1) and with one exception are arranged here in the same order as in the earlier publication. Some of the smaller animal cuts found in Ka Lama Hawaii were not reprinted in this atlas. The minutes of the General Meeting for 1835 show a press run of 1,5oo copies of the text, but there is no specific mention of this item in that record. However in a footnote to the printing account for 1834–1835, the following statement appears: “Besides this, covers have been printed for several tracts . . . [and] an edition of one thousand copies of the plates accompanying the Natural History, and some other things of less note.” References: Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 1835), p. 12. Judd and Bell, 1o6. Copies: AH (Kahn)*. ATL*. BPBM. HarU (2). HHS (2)*. HMCS (2)*. LC*, fine copy in original wrappers, described above. 899

Ka Ai o Ka La Ka Ai o Ka La. | No. 3. 1835. | [rule] | Roma | [text begins] | [Colophon at bottom of p. 35:] Oahu: Mission Press. Ed. 15,ooo [Honolulu, 1834]. 12mo. 15 x 9 cm (HMCS). Caption title, [1] + 2–35 text, [36] blank pp.

Title: Food for the day. The third number of this annual, containing verses from the Book of Romans, to be read during 1835. The minutes of the General Meeting of 1834 assign the production of this work to Dwight Baldwin, to be revised by Artemas Bishop. The printed minutes of the General Meeting for 1835 record an edition of 15,ooo copies. References: Butler, 131. Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 1835), p. 5. Copies: AH (Kahn)*, in wrappers. AAS. HMCS (3)*. NLC. 900

Ka Buke Mua a Samuela Ka Buke Mua a Samuela. | [Second title, at p. 68:] Ka Buke lua a Samuela. | [Oahu, Mission Press, 1834]. 12mo. 17.5 x 11 cm. Caption titles, 1–1o8, 139–156, [157] text, 158 blank pp.

The first and second books of Samuel. The first was translated by Asa Thurston, the second by Artemas Bishop. In all copies examined there is a break in pagination (as above), but no loss of text. The printed minutes of the 1835 General Meeting record an edition of 1o,ooo copies.

Hawaiian National Bibliography 1834

75

References: Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 1835), p. 5. Judd and Bell, 1o2. Copies: AH (Kahn)*, in original green wrappers. ATL*. HHS. HMCS (2o, 2 seen)*. LC*. ML. NLC. PS.

Ka Lama Hawaii Ka | LAMA HAWAII. | [rule] | He mea ia e hoolaha ike, a he mea hoi e pono ai ke kulanui. | [rule] | I naaupo ka uhane, aole ia he maikai. Na Solomona. | [rule] | Makahiki i. Lahainaluna Maui Feberuari 14, 1834. Helu i [to Helu 25, Dekemaba 26, 1834.] Lahainaluna, 1834. 4to. 29 x 23.5 cm (HMCS). This newspaper comprises a total of 26 issues, each 4 unnumbered, totaling 88 pages. Helu (issue) 6, Maraki 21 (p. 3), is blank in all copies.

Title: The Hawaiian luminary. It is something to disseminate knowledge, and also something appropriate for high school. If the spirit is ignorant, it is not good. Solomon [Proverbs]. The first newspaper printed in Hawaii, and the first newspaper printed west of the American Rocky Mountains. It was a four-page weekly, illustrated with large woodcuts of animals adapted by Dr. Alonzo Chapin and his wife, Mary Ann Tenney, from Comstock’s Natural History of Quadrupeds (Hartford, 1829). Dr. Chapin also cut the large block letters that form the masthead title. Lorrin Andrews in a letter to Levi Chamberlain, February 24, 1834 (HMCS), details the intent of the periodical: The plan is if any should inquire, first Natural History with a plate, one piece & plate per week beginning with the largest animals. The cut to come on the first page as soon as size will admit. The description of the animal not generally to exceed two columns. The last page is for the scholars or for native genius. The remainder to moral & religious essays [and] news from different stations particularly whatever relates to schools on the islands, notes of foreign countries, &c. The first number was so pohowehiwehi [obscure or indistinct] that I thought best to reprint it. Since the first of last week we have made considerable improvements— so we are going on to perfection. Articles of local interest were submitted both by instructors and by the students of the seminary. Helu i contains a portion of a mele (chant) on the death of Keeaumoku; Helu 16 (August 1) has Rev. Jonathan S. Green’s account of a tour of East Maui; Helu 17 (August 8) has David Malo’s kanikau (lament) for Queen Kaahumanu. Helu 24 (December 2o, p. 1) has a woodcut view of the Seamen’s Bethel Church in Honolulu, the only view published in this newspaper, and the first view printed at Lahainaluna. “No ke o Kohola Ana” (an article on the whaling industry ) is in Helu 6 (March 21, p. 2). A list of ship arrivals at Lahaina from August 21 to December 1o, 1833, appears in Helu 7 (March 28, p. 3), and a similar list of ship arrivals at Lahaina from March 11 to July 3, 1834, appears in Helu 2o (September 2o, p. 3). No separate issues of these shipping lists are known, but they were probably both originally available in this form. Some of the text matter was subsequently revised and appeared as separate publications, particularly the essays on quadrupeds, which appeared as He Mooolelo no na Holoholona Wawae Eha, 1834 (see No. 897). The animal and other woodcuts, the visually appealing feature of this periodical, appeared in the following order: Helu i (February 14) p. 2: Elepani (elephant); Helu 2 (February 21) p. 2: Laehaokela (rhinoceros); Helu 3 (February 28) p. 2: Hipopotamu (hippopotamus); Helu 4 (March

901

Ka Lama Hawaii [see No. 9o1]. Issue No. 7, March 28, 1834, contains a feature article on the horse and is illustrated with a woodcut made at Lahainaluna by Dr. Alonzo Chapin. Courtesy Kahn Collection, Hawaii State Archives.

Hawaiian National Bibliography 1834

77

7) p. 2: Kamelopadi (camelopard); Helu 5 (March 14) p. 2: Kamelo (camel); Helu 6 (Maraki 21) p. 1: No ka Eleka (Concerning the elk); Helu 7 (Maraki 28) p. 1: He Lio (A horse); Helu 8 (April 4) p. 1: Bipikuapuu (bison); Helu 9 (April 11) p. 1: He Bufalo (A buffalo) and p. 3: Ke Kanegaroo kiko kiko (The hopping kangaroo); Helu 1o (April 18) p. 1: He Zebu (A zebra) and p. 3: No ka aia Nonanona (Concerning the anteater); Helu 11 (April 25) p. 1: He Bipi (A cow), and p. 3: No ka Hiamoe (Concerning the sloth); Helu 12 (May 2) p. 1: He Hoki (A donkey); Helu 13 (May 9) p. 1: He Zebera (A zebra); Helu 14 (May 16) p. 1: He Liona (A lion); Helu 15 (July 25) p. 1: He Tiga (A tiger); Helu 16 (August 1) p. 1: He Dia (A deer); Helu 17 (August 8) p. 1: He Reinadia (A reindeer); Helu 18 (September 1) p. 1: He Bea Keokeo (A white bear); Helu 19 (September 12) p. 1: He Bea Eleele (A black bear); Helu 2o (September 2o) p. 1: He Kouga (A cougar); Helu 21 (September 27), p. 1: Leopadi (leopard); Helu 22 (December 5) p. 1: He Hiena (A hyena), and p. 2: He Iliohae (A wild dog); Helu 23 (December 17) p. 1: He Ilio (A dog); Helu 24 (December 2o) p. 1: Ka Hale Pule o ka poe holomoku (The church of the people who sail ships; that is, the Seamen’s Bethel Church, Honolulu); Helu 25 (December 26) p. 1: Ka Huewai (The water gourd; a small woodcut of a woman pouring water). On the conclusion of publication, Lorrin Andrews wrote Levi Chamberlain, January 5, 1835 (HMCS): “The Lama Hawaii has stopped indefinitely, perhaps will not live again; we are binding up the twenty five nos. into a book. We cannot carry it with our book work & the book work we need more than the Lama, though the Lama is or might be made very useful to the school.” The Annual Report of the Lahainaluna Seminary, read at the 1834 General Meeting, states that 2oo copies of each number were printed. References: Butler, 223. Copies: AH (Kahn)*. ATL*, separate issues Helu 6, 7, 9, and 21 only. BPL*. HarU (2)*, 2o Oct. 7312.1F (lacking Helu 1o), gift of W. T. Brigham, 1868; and 42-5649F (the ABCFM copy). HHS*. HMCS (2)*, one is Alonzo Chapin’s copy. LC. NLC, photocopy only. PC. P-EMS.

Ke Anahonua Ke | Anahonua. | Oia ka mea e ike ai | ke kumu o | ke ana aina a me ka holo moku | [rule] | he mea ia e pono ai ke kulanui. | [rule] | Lahainaluna. | [dotted rule] | 1834[–1839?] 8vo. 21.5 x 13.5 cm (HMCS). [1] title, [2] blank, [3] + 4–122 text; 1–45 tables, [46] blank pp. Pages 3, 13, 49, 65 and 83 are omitted in numbering. Half sheets or errata are commonly found inserted after pages 67 and 85. With 7 numbered engraved plates and 72 woodcut text figures.

Title: The earth measurer [i.e., surveyor]. This is the thing that teaches the rudiments of land measuring and of ship sailing, useful for the high school. One of the best known publications of the Lahainaluna Press, this compilation of several works is divided into the following sections: “Ke Anahonua” (Geometry) pages 3–22; “Anahuinakolu” (Trigonometry) pages 22–48; “No ke anakiekie a me ka analoa” (Concerning the measuring of heights and lengths) pages 49–64; “Ke anaaina” (Land measuring or surveying) pages 65–82; “Ke kumu o ka holoholomoku” (The teacher of ship sailing or navigation) pages 83–122; “Ka papa latitu a me ka lonitu” (Tables of latitude and longitude) pages 1–45. The text, and probably the tables following, were adapted from an edition of Nathaniel Bowditch’s The New American Practical Navigator, as were also the engraved plates by S. P. Kalama. The engraved plates numbered i–iii illustrate the section “Ke Anaaina” and are inserted after page 82. Additional engraved plates “Papa” i–iv illustrate the section “Ke Kumu o ka Holomoku,” and appear at pages 86, 94, 1o2, and

902

78

1834

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1o8 with the page numbers at the bottom of each. The first 65 pages of the text contain 72 woodcut figures. The Anahonua has a lengthy and complicated printing history. Although it bears the date 1834, only a small part of the text was completed that year, and the entire text was not finished for at least four years. Printing commenced after the General Meeting of June 1834; by 1835 the minutes show that only 32 pages had been completed. In a report of the seminary for the year ending May 3o, 1835, Andrews informed the American Board that “the printing of the geometry has been continued at the High School Press. Four forms have been printed & three of them studied by two of the highest classes. The printing of the tables were commenced at the Honolulu press, and are about one fifth completed.” By May 2oth the following year, an additional 16 pages (of Trigonometry?) had been printed. The press run for this part of the work was 1,5oo copies. During the 1836–1837 year, the press reported “Mathematics—finished” with the completion of 16 pages. This was the final portion of the Geometry-Trigonometry section, totaling 64 pages. The project then lapsed for about a year. The report of printing for the year ending March 31, 1838 (HMCS), lists 16 pages of “Surveying-in part.” Finally, the report for the 1838–1839 year shows the printing of “Surveying 18 pp. 1,ooo copies,” “Navigation 4o pp. 1,ooo copies,” and “Tables 46 pp. 1,ooo copies.” The engraved plates for the book were made by S. P. Kalama, one of the best of the Lahainaluna engravers, and were probably all executed between 1838 and 184o. Copies of the Anahonua comprised of the first 22, 32, and 64 pages of text were stitched and put to use in the classroom as soon as they were printed, not waiting for the completion of the whole. References: Butler, 35. Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 1835), p. 12; (Oahu, 1837), p. 7; (Oahu, 1838), p. 21; and (Oahu, 1839), p. 1o. Judd and Bell, 97–1o1. Copies with 64 pp.: HarU*. HHS*. HMCS (2)*, one with original paper wrappers and ABCFM label. Copies with 82 pp.: HMCS (2)*, one appears to be a made-up copy. Copies with 122 + 45 pp.: AAS*. AH*. AH (Kahn)*. ATL*. BPBM*. FLP. GF (2)*. HarU*. HHS*. HMCS (5)*. LC*. ML*. NLC. PS*. UH*, a second copy lacks the 45 pp. of tables. 903

Ke Kumu Hawaii Ke Kumu Hawaii. | [double rule] | He pepa hoikeike i na mea e pono ai ko Hawaii nei. | [rule] | “O ka pono ka mea e pomaikai ai ka lahuikanaka; aka, o ka hewa ka mea e hoinoia’i na aina.” | [rule] | Buke 1. Pepa 1. Honolulu Oahu, Nov. 12, 1834[–1839] 4to. 28 x 23 cm (BPBM). A bimonthly newspaper published from November 12, 1834–May 22, 1839. The first number contains 8 pp., but most issues are 4 pp. A supplement issue (in English) was published October 19, 1835, and is found in some bound copies of Vol. i. Publication was suspended between Buke 2, Pepa 15 (July 1836) and Buke 2, Pepa 16 (January 4, 1837). This periodical is usually found bound in volumes as follows:

Vol. Vol. Vol. Vol.

i: Pepa 1-26 Novemaba 12, 1834–Detemaba 23, 1835 (2o8 pp.) ii: Pepa 1-26 Ianuari 6, 1836–Mei 24, 1837 (1o4 pp.) iii; Pepa 1-26 Iune 7, 1837–Mei 23, 1838 (1o4 pp.) iv: Pepa 1-26 Iune 6, 1838–Mei 22, 1839 (1o4 pp.)

The first newspaper to be printed in Honolulu, and the first to reach a general audience. It follows the general format of Ka Lama Hawaii, which was published at Lahainaluna

Hawaiian National Bibliography 1834

during the year 1834 but had a very limited circulation and was not much seen outside of the precincts of the Lahainaluna Seminary (see No. 9o1). Reuben Tinker was the editor of Ke Kumu Hawaii. In a letter to the American Board, December 12, 1834 (HarU [ABCFM papers]), he stated: “We print at present 2,ooo copies of the News Paper. It is subscribed for by 15o or more in this place. A part of the numbers will be bound at the close of the year presuming that if not wanted now, it will be hereafter.” On May 3, 1836, Tinker reported to the ABCFM: “The Kumu Hawaii is attended with as much success, I believe, as was expected. About 3,ooo copies of the first volume were circulated. The second is half the size of the first as that was thought to be too large. About the same number are distributed. It is used to some extent in schools, and read more or less by such a people. Natives write more and more for it, and we hope it may prove more and more useful as their intelligence increases and also our skill in adapting it to their wants.” He wrote to the American Board again on November 22, 1837: “The editing of the Kumu Hawaii is still in my care, and a monthly magazine, Kumu Kamalii, Children’s Teacher, commenced last January. About 4,ooo of each have been printed during the past year.” A report on the paper prepared by E. O. Hall and G. P. Judd for the General Meeting in May 1839 (MS in HMCS) stated: The Kumu has, almost without exception, been printed on every alternate Wednesday, varying now and then a day or two or later when circumstances required, which has been but seldom. It was supposed that the former edition of the paper was too large for the wants of the people, that it was little read, and being of little estimation in the minds of many, was not paid for. To remedy this evil it was proposed to reduce the number of copies. . . . The edition was accordingly reduced to 2,ooo, which have been distributed. In conducting the Editorial department some aid has been obtained from one of the graduates of the Seminary especially in copying badly written articles or in reading proofs. . . . I have generally found it necessary to read each paper over three times; first to ascertain whether it is worth printing, next to correct & punctuate & last to compare with the proof. . . . Some pains has [sic] been taken to elicit native talent—more would have been done but for want of time to devote to the subject. There is a reason to believe that there is in the minds of the better informed natives a deep interest in the paper, which belief is corroborated by the number of articles which have been forwarded for publication. It has been our desire to draw out ideas on subjects of general interest, and to exclude whatever would irritate the public and excite undesirable opposition to the paper and its patrons, and save as much as possible from blows, the Editors head. How successful we have been must be for others to judge. . . . The Kumu Hawaii is of immense value to the Hawaiians, and ought to be sustained. They have no other medium of communicating their thoughts to the public, and if they are ever to become a reading & a thinking people they must have a channel through which their thoughts may circulate. This the natives themselves begin to understand, and if any one has a manao [thought] which he considers it important to be made known he knows where to send it when it is all paa i ka pepa [put down on paper].

79

80

1834

Hawaiian National Bibliography

Religious notices and reports from mission stations on churches and schools appear with regularity, usually signed with the initials of the local missionary. Hymns are inserted, occasionally with musical score added. Articles on the dangers of various sins and rum-drinking predominate, but there also appear notes on current events and proclamations of the chiefs. Laws appear as enacted, particularly those that affected Protestant mission interests. See, for instance, the laws of December 18, 1837, in Buke iii (Jan. 3, 1838, pp. 62–63), expelling the Catholics, and “He Kanawai no ka hooponopono ana i ke kuai rama” (A law regulating the distributing of Rum), March 2o, 1838. Animal stories are often illustrated with attractive cuts imported from New England. Some of the articles are reprinted from Ka Lama. An article on dogs, by Dr. Dwight Baldwin, appears in the issue dated February 18, 1835 (p. 64). Lahainaluna Seminary catalogues appear in Volume i, Pepa 17 (Aug. 19, 1835, pp. 132–133) and in Pepa 25 (Dec. 9, 1835, p. 195), and also occasionally thereafter. A catalogue of the Wailuku Girls School is found in Volume iii, Pepa 11 (Oct. 25, 1837, p. 44). An article on sugar manufacture ( Vol. iii, Pepa 15, Dec. 19, 1838, pp. 59–6o) is headed by a small homemade cut depicting an animal-operated sugar mill. While the text is generally in Hawaiian, occasionally articles are printed in English. These include the following: a letter from Joseph Goodrich and John Diell dated Hilo, July 15, 1834, to Richard Charlton, on the death of the botanist David Douglas (Vol. i, Pepa 2, Nov. 26, 1834, pp. 13–15); and “A List of Vessels at Oahu from July 6th to November 22, 1835” (Vol. i, Pepa 25, Dec. 9, 1835, p. 197). As with Ka Lama, native compositions and communications (including kanikau and mele) frequently appear. In Volume i, a kanikau signed Kaeleowaipio is found in Pepa 6 (Jan. 21, 1835); Pepa 17 (Aug. 19, 1835) includes “Ke kuauhau no na Alii o Hawaii” (A genealogy of the chiefs of Hawaii) by Kepookulou of Kaawaloa; and Pepa 22 (Oct. 28, 1835, p. 176) has David Malo’s “He Kanikau no Kaahumanu” (A lament or dirge on Kaahumanu), dated Lahainaluna, May 22, 1834. Letters from prominent Hawaiians, including Lahainaluna pupils such as Kalama and Kapeau, are found throughout the text. Communications from David Malo appear with some frequency. A letter titled “No ka hoolei ana o kekahi wahine” (Concerning the wearing of leis by women) dated Lahainaluna, October 24, 1835, is in Volume i, Pepa 23 (Nov. 11, 1835). Portions of Malo’s tract, He Wahi Manao Kumu (see No. 1o48), are reprinted in Volume iii. A long article by Gideon Laanui entitled “He manao hoakaka wale no keia . . .” containing reminiscences of his life, with notes on Kamehameha, is in Volume iii, Pepa 21 (March 14, 1838, pp. 81–84); another communication from Laanui, “No ko makou hoi ana mai mai Honolulu mai i ka la 1o o Maraki” (Concerning our return from Honolulu on the 1oth of March), appears in Volume iii, Pepa 24 (April 25, 1838). John Ii’s article, “He Mooolelo no Kinau” (A history of chiefess Kinau), is printed in Volume iv, Pepa 26 (May 22, 1839, pp. 1o1–1o2). Obituaries of Hawaiians and some foreigners are included on a selective basis (sometimes under a cut showing a woman mourning at a tomb under a weeping willow tree). The February 1835 issue has General Lafayette’s obituary and also that of Gideon Laanui. In the issue of May 25, 1836 (p. 43), there is an obituary of Capt. James Cook’s widow, under the heading “No ka Lono Wahine” (Concerning Mrs. Lono), Captain Cook having commonly been known to Hawaiians of the period as “Lono.” The order and form of Princess Nahienaena’s funeral procession is in the February 15, 1837, issue. There is a long obituary in English of Mrs. Betsey Lyons, wife of Rev. Lorenzo Lyons of Waimea, Hawaii, in Pepa 26 (May 24, 1837), and Rev. J. S. Green’s obituary of Kawailepolepo of Maui appears in Buke iii (April 25, 1838, pp. 93–95).

Hawaiian National Bibliography 1834

81

References: Butler, 214. Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 1835), p. 5; and (Oahu, 1836), p. 4. Copies: AAS, Vols. i–ii. AH (Kahn)*, Vols. i–iii (Nov. 12, 1834–May 23, 1838). ATL, Vol. i (incomplete). BPBM*, 2 copies of Vol. iii, 1 copy of Vol. iv. BPBM (Carter 4-E-3)*, 3 copies of Vol. i. HarU, 2 holdings. HHS*, Vols. i–iii. HMCS*, Vols. i–ii, and scattered issues of Vols. iii–iv. HSL (Tice Phillips), Vol. i. LC. NYP*, Vol. i. PA-VBC.

Lahainaluna Seminary. Catalogue He | Papainoa | no na | KAHU a me na KUMU a me na HAUMANA | o ke | Kulanui o Hawaii Nei, | Ma Lahainaluna i Maui. | [rule] | [text begins] | [double rule] | [Colophon:] Lahainaluna, Sepatemaba 1, 1834.

904

Circular. Text printed on the first of a single-fold sheet, within a thick grooved rule border, 35 x 21.2 cm.

Title: List of the directors, and the teachers, and the students of the high school at Lahainaluna, Maui. The first directory of this or any other school in Hawaii. The directors are the Revs. Hiram Bingham, Asa Thurston, William Richards, Samuel Whitney, and Lorrin Andrews. The two instructors are Revs. Lorrin Andrews and Ephraim W. Clark. The 68 students enrolled are listed in tabular form including place of residence and island. On October 3, 1834 (HMCS), Lorrin Andrews forwarded to Levi Chamberlain “some catalogues of the school for families on Oahu, three sheets to a family (2 on a sheet)— I am mistaken, they are cut in two—six catalogues to a family on printing paper, & two on writing paper & [which] may be used for letters, &c.” There are two forms of this document known. State A is that referred to as on “printing paper” with the rule border measuring as above. State B is a broadside issue. The thick grooved rule surrounding the printed text has been enlarged and broken at the center top and bottom by an “O” surrounded by four stars. The text has been partially reset but is textually identical to State A, and the rule area measures 38 x 23 cm. The HMCS collection has a second copy of this format in which the rule area measures 39.5 x 23 cm. References: None found. Copies of State A: HarU (Baker Library, Hunnewell Papers, Box 13)*, with a letter from Levi Chamberlain to James Hunnewell, Oahu, January 7, 1835. HMCS*, fine copy printed on the first page of a single-fold sheet, the remainder containing a letter from E. W. Clark to his brother Joseph, dated Lahainaluna, December 25, 1834. Copies of State B: ATL*, 56 x 29 cm, folded to 26 x 19 cm. HMCS*, 2 as described above. LC*, in Broadside Portfolio, 283, No. 9, with “Chamberlain” in pencil on verso, 39 x 22.8 cm.

Lang, John Dunmore View | of the | Origin and Migrations | of the | Polynesian Nation; | demonstrating | their ancient discovery and progressive | settlement of the | Continent of America. | By | John Dunmore Lang, D.D., | Principal of the Australian College, Sydney; Author of | “An Historical and Statistical Account of | New South Wales.” | [rule] | [two-line quotation from Lactantius] | [rule] | London: | James Cochrane and Co., | 11, Waterloo Place, Pall Mall. | [rule] | 1834. 12mo. 2o x 12.5 cm (AH). [i] title, [ii] advertisement, [iii]–vii Introduction, [viii] blank, [1] + 2–256 text pp.

An early and important work on the origins of the Polynesians. A long review of this work by Richard Armstrong appeared in the Hawaiian Spectator ( Vol. i, No. 3, pp. 286 –296; Honolulu, 1838).

905

82

1834

Hawaiian National Bibliography References: Bagnall, 3o74–3o75. Ferguson, 18o7–18o8. Copies: AAS. AH (Kahn)*, contemporary boards, modern red morocco spine. ATL. BL. BPBM (Fuller)*, in original boards. HMCS*. LC. NYP. UH. YU. The NUC records 11 copies.

906

Loewenberg, Julius Das Meer | und | die merkwurdigisten Seereisen | unferer Zeit | der Jugend iehrreich erzahlt | von | Julius Loewenberg. | [rule] | Mit Kupfern, gestochen von Weber und Rigolen. | [double rule] | Berlin. | Verlag von J. G. Hasselberg. | 1834. 8vo. 21 x 13.5 cm (HMCS). [i] title, [ii] blank. [iii]–iv Vorwart (Preface), [v]–vi Inhalt (Contents), [1] + 2–322 text pp. With frontispiece engraved portrait of Alexander von Humboldt, and 6 engraved plates in the text.

A chapter on the Hawaiian Islands (pp. 163–189) gives a general history from Captain Cook’s discovery to the present. Another chapter on Pitcairn Island (pp. 15o–158) is adapted from that of Beechey’s voyage (London, 1831), and two of the plates, “Die Bounty Bay” and “Das innere der Pittcairn Insel,” are copied from the same source (see No. 772). Other illustrations depict a coral atoll, Napoleon’s grave at St. Helena, and two arctic scenes. References: Not in Kroepelien, O’Reilly and Reitman, or Ferguson. Copies: HMCS*. 907

Marine Association for the Suppression of Intemperance CONSTITUTION &c. | [double rule] | [text begins:] When we look at the desolation, sin, and mis- | ery, occasioned by the debasing evil of Intem-| perance, and its effect on the moral, social, and | religious characters of men at the Sandwich Is- | lands, whether natives or visitors; we cannot | but lament its baneful consequences, and feel desirous of doing what may be in our power, to | put a stop to the circulation of ardent spirits, | from whence most, if not all, the troubles experienced on board ships, arise . . . this society shall be called, “THE MARINE ASSOCIATION for the SUPPRESSION of INTEMPERANCE at the SANDWICH ISLANDS”; and any person may be- | come a member by signing this pledge. | Lahaina, Island of Maui | April 14, 1834. Circular. Printed on the first of a single-fold sheet, 16 lines of main text printed in double columns divided by a rule, with below left the names of 15 masters, and at right 16 officers of ships. 27.5 x 2o.5 cm.

This 1834 constitution of the Marine Association records the commencement of temperance work at Lahaina. Those signing the sheet pledged “not to use ardent spirits ourselves on shore, nor sell it to the natives.” One of the two known copies contains a letter from Ephraim Spaulding to Lorenzo Lyons, dated April 18, 1834. Spaulding writes: “The vessel is just ready to sail so I can only send you the Con. of our new Soc., & our word. Every man, master & men has [sic] joined it—that have been here since it was formed. It will do good—pray for us.” The edition is unknown. The printed minutes of the General Meeting of 1834 record that 2oo copies of this “and other hand bills” were printed. References: Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 1834), p. 9. Copies: HarU (ABCFM papers, Vol. 5)*. HMCS*, with letter from Ephraim Spaulding to Lorenzo Lyons, April 18, 1834. P-EMS*, fine copy; in the right column of signatures, William H. Hovey has been corrected in MS to “Hoey.”

Hawaiian National Bibliography 1834

83

Meyen, Franz Julius Ferdinand Beiträge zur Zoologie | Gesammelt, auf einer Reise um die Erde, | und | W. Erichson’s und H. Burmeister’s | beschreibungen und abbildungen der von herrn Meyen auf dieser reise | gessammelten insekten. | [rule] | mit 41 thiels kupfer - thiels steindrucktafeln. In: Verhandlungen der Kaiserlichen Leopoldinisch-Carolinischen Akademie der Naturforscher. Vol. xvi, Parts i & ii. Breslau und Bonn 1834. | Für die Akademie in Eduard Webers Buchhandlung zu Bonn.

908

4to. 26.5 x 21 cm (BPBM). [i] blank, [ii] German title, [iii] Latin title, [iv] blank, [v] Inhalt, [vi] blank, [vii] –viii introductory remarks, [1] half title, [2] blank, [3] + 4–58 text, [59] section title “Vogel,” [6o] blank, [61] + 62–122 Vogel text, 123–124 list of plates, [125] section title “Beiträge zur Zoologie—Meeres and Polyps,” [126] blank, [127] + 128–216 text, [217] section title “Beiträge zur Zoologie—Insekten,” [218] blank, [219] + 22o–3o6 Insekten text, 3o7–3o8 Erklarung der Kupfertaseln, 3o9–312 Index, [1] Anweisung fur den Buchbinder (Directions for placing the plates) pp. With lithograph plate of a Peruvian mummy, 4 lithograph plates of skulls, and 4o hand-colored lithographed or engraved plates.

Scientific results of the Meyen voyage, part of which were authored by Meyen. The ornithology text by Meyen contains 21 hand-colored lithograph plates numbered vi–xxvi. The text describes birds largely collected in Peru, Chile, and Argentina. There are no Hawaiian specimens described or illustrated. The zoological section on Meeres and Polyps contains ten engraved plates numbered xxvii–xxxvi. The “Insekten” text is by W. Erichson and Hermann Burmeister. There are three hand-colored plates of insects numbered xxxvii–xxxix, and one of lepidoptera numbered xl. Many of the insects were collected in the Philippines. The text (p. 293) describes Asopus griseus, which was collected on Oahu. References: British Museum (Natural History Catalogue, Vol. ii, p. 537; Vol. iii, p. 1297). Copies: None located.

Meyen, Franz Julius Ferdinand Beiträge zur Zoologie, | gesammelt | auf einer reise um die erde, | von | Dr. F. J. F. Meyen, | M.d. A.d.N. | [rule] | Siebente Abhandlung. | AMPHIBIEN. | bearbeitet | von | Dr. A. F. A. Wiegman dem jungern, | M.d. A.d.N. | [rule] | Mit zehn Steindrucktafeln. | [rule] | (Bei der Akademie eingegangen den 6. Mai, 1834) | [double rule] [Breslau & Bonn? 1834?]

909

4to. 29 x 22.5 cm untrimmed. Caption title on added leaf, verso blank, [185] + 186–268 + 268a–268d pp. With 9 lithographed plates numbered Tab xiii–xxi.

This appears to be an offprint, possibly from the same journal as No. 9o8, but I have not positively identified its source. At the bottom of the first text page is: “Vol. xvii P. 1.” References: British Museum (Natural History Catalogue, Vol. iii, p. 1297). Copies: AH (Kahn)*.

Meyen, Franz Julius Ferdinand Beiträge zur Zoologie, | gesammelt | auf einer reise um die erde, | von | Dr. F. J. F. Meyen, | M.d. A.d.N. | [rule] | Zewite Abhandlung. | SÄUGERTHIERE. | [rule] | Mit sechs Steindrucktafeln und einer Kupfertafel. | [rule] | (Bei der Akademie eingegangen den 25. Marz 1833.) [double rule] [Breslau & Bonn? 1834?] 4to. 27.5 x 2o.5 cm. Caption title on added leaf, verso blank + [551] + 552–61o + 61ob, verso blank pp. With 7 lithograph plates numbered xl–xlvi of which 4 (including 1 folding) are colored.

910

84

1834

Hawaiian National Bibliography

This is an offprint from “Nova Acta,” Volume xvi, part 2; see No. 9o8. At the bottom of page 551 is “Vol. xvi P. ii.” The British Museum Catalogue gives a publication date in that journal as 1833. The text concerns South American animals. The plates include a guanaco, a dolphin, and a bat. The British Museum (Natural History) Catalogue has an extensive list of the various scientists who contributed to this publication by Meyen. References: British Museum (Natural History Catalogue, Vol. iii, p. 1297). Copies: AH (Kahn)*. 911

Meyen, Franz Julius Ferdinand Reise Um Die Erde | ausgeführt | auf dem | Könglich preussischen SeehandlungsSchiffe | Prinzess Louise, | commandirt | von Capitain W. Wendt, | den jahren 183o, 1831 und 1832. | von | Dr. F. J. F. Meyen. | [rule] | Erster Theil. | Historischer Bericht. | [rule] | Mit einer abbildung des feuerberges von maipu, einer karte und tabellen. | [rule] | Berlin, 1834. | In der Sander’schen Buchhandlung. | (C. W. Eichhoff) [1834–1835] 2 vols. 4to. 27 x 24.5 cm untrimmed (HMCS). Vol. i (1834): [i] title, [ii] blank, [iii] Dedication to Friedrich Wilhelm III, [iv] blank, [v]–vi Vorwort (foreword), [v] + vi–viii Inhalts-Verzeichniss (contents), [1] part one half title, [2] blank, [3] + 4–144 text, 145–192 Tables, [193] + 194–426 text, 427–[428–429] tables, [43o] + 431–493 text, [494] colophon pp. Lithograph frontispiece plate “Ansicht des Feuerberges von Maipa in der Cordillere von Chile,” and at end, folding “Karte zu Meyen’s Reisen in Chile und Perú,” 48.5 x 22.5 cm. Vol. ii (1835): [i] title, [ii] blank, [iii] + iv–vi Inhalts-Verzeichniss (contents), [1] part two half title, [2] blank, [3] + 4oo text, [4o1] + 4o2–411 [412] tables and text, [413] errata, [414] colophon pp. With 2 engraved leaves of Chinese game pieces inserted at pp. 399 and 4oo. With folding “Plan von Canton,” 22.5 x 44.5 cm.

This, the third voyage around the world of a Prussian ship, but the first account to be published, was undertaken by the Royal Company for Maritime Commerce. The author, Dr. Meyen, was a medical doctor interested in natural history who accompanied the expedition in a private capacity. The Prinzess Louise (Capt. Wendt) left Hamburg on September 9, 183o, bound for Rio de Janeiro, and thence to Valparaiso. After taking 25 days to double Cape Horn, the ship anchored at Valparaiso on January 21, 1831. From there Meyen journeyed across the Cordilleras as far as Mendoza, and made two visits to Santiago, before rejoining the ship. They departed Valparaiso on March 6th, and continued along that coast while Meyen again made an inland excursion. The ship later made a stop at to Callao, Peru. On May 21st the Prinzess Louise set sail from Callao for Hawaii. A passenger on this leg of the voyage was General William Miller, who was coming to the Islands to assume the post of British Consul. They arrived at Honolulu on June 24, 1831. Captain Wendt had previously been to Hawaii on the same ship, and was well known on shore. Dr. Meyen, Captain Wendt, and the other officers were introduced to the young King Kauikeaouli (Kamehameha III) and to Queen Kaahumanu, and Meyen recorded in some detail his impressions of these chiefs, their retainers, and manner of living. Captain Wendt was carrying presents from the King of Prussia to the King of Hawaii that included cast iron statutes of Frederick II, Alexander I, Napoleon, and Marshall Blucher, along with portraits of the King of Prussia and Blucher, and an elaborate bonnet that was immediately appropriated by Kinau. As might be expected, the text includes an account of the American missionaries.

Hawaiian National Bibliography 1834

85

Captain Wendt and Meyen were introduced to Rev. Hiram Bingham by letters, but maintained their distance, and took the position (in print) that the missionaries had undermined the local economy instead of promoting it. During the short time the ship was in port, Meyen busied himself botanizing. Accompanied by Dr. T. C. B. Rooke and a large party of retainers, he made a tour of Nuuanu valley and the surrounding ridges, staying one evening in a mountain house owned by “Madame Boki” (Liliha). A similar excursion was made up Makiki, returning through Manoa valley, collecting the botanical specimens that he described in later publications. In company with General Miller and Dr. Rooke, Meyen rode to Waikiki, ascended Diamond Head, and described a large heiau on its slopes. A subsequent excursion was made to the “Pearl River” and Moanalua. The narrative of this trip includes comments about the Spaniard Don Marin and his “estates.” Just prior to their departure, an elaborate banquet was held on the ship in honor of the king and was attended by many of the chiefs. The ship departed Hawaii, June 31, 1831, bound for China and Manila. This text was available for purchase in two forms: on thin glazed paper, which approximately 2.3 cm in thickness; and on heavier laid paper, which measures approximately 2.8 cm. A copy of each of these is in the Bishop Museum Collection. An article in the Foreign Quarterly Review (No. xxix, March 1835, pp. 1–24) contains an important review of and interesting comments on this voyage. (A copy of this is in the HMCS Library.) The Hawaiian portion of this text was published as A Botanist’s Visit to Hawaii in 1831 . . . translated by Astrid Jackson, and edited by Mary Anne Pultz (Honolulu, Press Pacifica, 1981). Several scientific publications by Meyen resulted from this voyage. For the botanical text (1843), see No. 143o. For the zoological texts (1834), see Nos. 9o8–91o. References: Judd and Lind, 126. Not in Hill or Kroepelien. Copies: AH (Kahn)*. BPBM (2)*. BPL. HarU. HMCS*, fine copy on original boards, untrimmed. LC. NYP. SMC*, fine copy in original boards. The NUC records 11 copies.

Morineau, August de Notice Historique | sur les | Iles Sandwich. | par August de Morineau, | avocat. | 1778 a 1833. | [rule] | Poitiers, | Sauvin Frères, Imprimeurs - Libraires, | rue de la Marie, no. 1o. | [rule] | 1834. 8vo. 22 x 14 cm (BPBM). [1] title, [2] blank, [3] “Aux Poitevins,” dated at end “Montendre, Octobre 1834,” [5] + 6–31 text, [32] blank pp.

A very rare work. One of two contemporary texts by Morineau detailing the history of a failed French speculative trading voyage and colonization scheme of 1826, underwritten by the French banking houses Laval and Lafitte of Havre and Jacques Lafitte of Paris, and the mercantile firm Monneron of Bordeaux. It had its beginnings in the exaggerated statements of the Frenchman Jean Rives, a long-time island resident, who had returned to England with Kamehameha II in 1824. Rives promoted a scheme to form a colony in the vicinity of Waialua, Oahu, and to establish a Catholic mission in the Islands. Two ships, the Heros and the Comète were outfitted and sailed for the Pacific from Bordeaux in 1826. The colonization scheme failed. On the Comète, which arrived at Honolulu July 7, 1827, were the first Roman Catholic priests, Fathers Alexis Bachelot, Abraham Armand, and Patrick Short, and several lay brothers. This account was written by one of the principals in the business, who had accompanied the priests to Hawaii. He writes in the preface:

912

86

1834

Hawaiian National Bibliography

Two reasons have caused me to publish some pages on the Sandwich Islands, their commercial importance, and the need to make known in all their exactitude the facts that relate to our expedition of 1826, an expedition that has been so much blamed [?] and which has been only judged by its troublesome results. At the time that my co-citizens are still preoccupied with the congress . . . I would have been happy to dedicate to them a more considerable work . . . But I then concluded to extract this account from the journal of my voyage. I will announce the facts in a clean and succinct manner at the risk of seeming dry and abrupt, because in a work of this type, style is little—truth is all. The text provides a brief chronology of events, and as promised, excerpts from the author’s journal. Morineau wrote another account of his voyage, published the same year, in Annales des Voyages (see No. 913). References: Streit and Dindinger, 434. Not in Bibliographie de la France, or the Bibliothèque National catalogues. Kuykendall, p. 139. Blue, G. V., “The Project for a French Settlement in the Hawaiian Islands, 1824–1842,” Pacific Historical Review II (March 1933), pp. 85–99 (has excerpts from unpublished documents in French archives). Copies: BPBM (Carter 3-C-78)*. 913

Morineau, Auguste de Précis Historique de l’Expédition des Iles Sandwich et Des Causes de sa Mauvaise Réussite, par M. P. de Morineau. In: Annales des Voyages. 3rd series. Vol. i, pp. 313–334. Paris, 1834. 8vo.

A summary history of the attempt to form a French colony at the Hawaiian Islands, written by a participant on the voyage of the Comète in 1826–1827. The author gives a long explanation for the failure of the enterprise, and provides abbreviated but interesting “sketches” of Hawaiian chiefs: Tahumanu (Kaahumanu), Bocki (Boki), Kakienakea (Nahienaena), Kuakini, Klimaku (Kalaimoku), Manuia, and Kahieva (Kaikioewa). Similar “sketches” are provided of foreign residents Don Marin, John Coffin Jones, and Richard Charlton. This is an entirely different text from the author’s Notice Historique published in Poitiers in 1834 (see No. 912). References: None found. Copies: BPL*. The Union List of Serials gives many holdings of this periodical. 914

Na Lunakanawai Na | Lunakanawai. | [second title, at p. 42:] Ka Mooolelo no Ruta. | [Oahu, Mission Press, 1834] 18.3 x 11 cm (HMCS). Caption title, 1–49 text, [5o] blank pp.

Title: The [Book of ] Judges [and] the Story of Ruth. These two books of the Old Testament were translated by William Richards (Dibble). The Book of Judges ends on page 42, and the Book of Ruth commences on the same page. The printed minutes of the General Meeting of June and July 1835 record an edition of 1o,ooo copies. References: Dibble, p. 416. Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 1835), p. 5. Judd and Bell, 1o7. Copies: AAS*. ATL (3)*. HHS (3). HMCS (22, 2 seen)*. LC*. ML. NLC. PS.

Hawaiian National Bibliography 1834

Nautical Almanac [The Nautical Almanac, for 1835? Honolulu, 1834]

87 915

Not seen. This almanac was printed to the order of Honolulu merchant Stephen Reynolds. His journal (P-EMS) contains the following entries: Thursday 28 [August] Wrote to Mr. Rogers, Mission Printer, to see if he would print some N. Almanacs for 1835. [He] wrote me it could be done for 12o dollars, to contain 24 pages. Called afterwards & said he would do it and have them done in about three weeks. Tuesday 2 [September] Mr. Rogers came to see about printing Nautical Almanac for 1835. Agreed to print 1oo copies for ninety dollars, which I agreed to pay. Saturday 27 [September] Received Nautical Almanacs from Mr. Rogers for 1835 & paid ninety dollars for printing. The printed minutes of the June and July 1835 General Meeting listing printing during the 1834–1835 year record this as “Nautical Almanac, for 1835. 4to. 24 pp. 2oo copies.” References: Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 1835), p. 5. Copies: None located.

Notes Grammaticales Notes Grammaticales | sur | la langue Sandwichoise, | suives | d’une collection de mots | de la même langue. | [rule] | Paris, | Imprimerie Decourchant, | rue d’Erfoth No. 1. près de L’Abbaye | [rule] | 1834.

916

18 x 12.5 cm. [1] title, [2] blank, [3–4] preface, 5–39 text, [4o] blank, 41 + 42–78 vocabulary, [79] “mots irreguliers,” [8o] blank pp.

A grammar of the Hawaiian language, followed by a collection of Hawaiian words. Yzendoorn says this was compiled by Fr. Alexis Bachelot. References: Judd and Bell, 1o8. Streit and Dindinger, 427 (3). Yzendoorn, 3. Copies: ATL*. ML.

O ke Kumu Leomele O ke | Kumu Leomele, | no na | Himeni a me na Halelu | e hoolea aku ai | i ke Akua. | [rule] | Oahu: | Na Na Misionari. | [dotted rule] | 1834. 12mo. 14 x 1o cm (BPBM). [1] title, [2] five-line quotation from Paul, and imprint, [3]–4 “No ka leomele,” [5] + 6–56 explanatory text, [57] second title Na | Himeni Hawaii, | me | Na Leomele; | oia ka lua o ka hapa | o ke | Kumu Leomele, [1834], [58] + 59–355 hymns, 356–36o Papa lalani mua &c. (index of first lines) pp.

Title: The rules of music, for hymns and psalms [with which] to praise God. The first work printed in Hawaii that contains musical scoring. The first part is a music instructional manual. It begins with names for various notes (sharps, flats, clef, etc.) and ways of reading music; then scales and octaves (here La, Mi, Pa, Ko, Li, Ha, No, La); music notes with scores; and finally music and words. The second part (which is an integral part of the whole) is a hymnal with 194 hymns, many of which include musical scoring. Copies of this work were distributed prior to the completion of the whole, thus some copies contain the first 56 pages only. The full number of pages is 36o. There was only one printing, although printing records show that the work took some time to complete. The printed minutes of the June 1834 General Meeting record “Music Book, (first part) 54 pp. 16mo. 1o,ooo copies.” The min-

917

88

1834

Hawaiian National Bibliography

utes for the 1835 meeting record the printing of “Hymn book, 16mo. 128 pp.” (1o,ooo copies). The 1836 minutes list 36 pp. of “Hymns with music” (1o,ooo copies), then three additional listings for the same (i.e., 48 pp.—3,ooo copies; 32 pp.—1,5oo copies; 16 pp.—1,ooo copies). I cannot resolve the discrepancies between pages listed as printed, the number of pages in the completed work, and the varying size of the edition. Perhaps reprints of separate sections were ordered. The Bishop Museum has a copy bound in full dark green morocco with the name Kinimaka [a Hawaiian chief] in gilt letters on the upper cover. A careful inspection of this cover shows that “Kinimaka” is superimposed over “Kamakakaokauhiwa” (an earlier owner), which has been carefully erased. References: Butler, 216. Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 1834), p. 6; (Oahu, 1835), p. 5; and (Oahu, 1836), p. 4. Judd and Bell, 1o9, 11o. Copies with 56 pp. only: FLP. HHS*, copy in contemporary marble paper wrappers has an inscription by A. O. Forbes: “Instructions in Musical Notation.” HMCS. Copies with 36o pp.: AAS*, in contemporary black morocco. AH (Kahn)*, original calf spine, dark blue cloth covered boards, contemporary signature “Cushman” on front blank. AP-NZ. ATL*. BPBM (4)*. DL. GF (4). HarU (3). HHS (4). HMCS (7). LC (3)*. ML. NLC. NYP. PS (3). UC-B*. UH. UM. 918

An Officer (pseud. of William Samuel Waithman Ruschenberger) Three Years | in | The Pacific; | including | notices of | Brazil, Chile, Bolivia, and Peru. | [rule] | By | An Officer of the United States Navy. | [rule] | [quotation from Corneille] | [rule] | Philadelphia: | Carey, Lea & Blanchard. | 1834. 8vo. 23.5 x 13.7 cm. [i] half title, [ii] blank, [iii] title, [iv] copyright notice and printer’s name and address, [v] Dedication to Francis H. Gregory, [vi] blank, [vii] + viii–xi Contents, xii Advertisement, [9] + 1o–14 Introduction, [15] Brazil half title, [16] blank, [17] + 18–78 Brazil and Cape Horn text, [79] Chile half title, [8o] blank, [81] + 82–159 Chile text, [16o ] blank, [161] Bolivia half title, [162] blank, [163] + 164–178 Bolivia text, [179] Peru half title, [18o ] blank, [181] + 182–441 Peru text and conclusion, [442] blank pp.

This work contains Ruschenberger’s observations made during two voyages to the Pacific: the first from August 1826 to October 1829 on the U.S.S. Brandywine, and the second on the U.S.S. Falmouth, from June 1831 to February 1834. The author did not visit Hawaii on these two voyages. He made two additional voyages to the Pacific during the years 1831 and 1837, and published two books on those experiences (Three Years in the Pacific 1831 . . . 1834; and A Voyage Round the World, 1835 . . . 1837 [Philadelphia, 1838]). While on the latter voyage, he stopped at Hawaii in 1836 (see No. 1123). This narrative forms a useful complement to those two voyages. The British Library also has an 1835 edition. References: Hill, p. 262. Copies: AH (Kahn)*. BL. 919

Richards, William, and Ephraim Spaulding The Whale Fishery at the Sandwich Islands. In: The Sailors Magazine, and Naval Journal. Vol. vi, No. 72, pp. 357–364. August 1834. 8vo. 2o.5 x 13 cm.

An important article on Pacific whaling specifically as it impacted the Hawaiian Islands, and more particularly the port of Lahaina, Maui. The article, written by two American

Hawaiian National Bibliography 1834

89

Board missionaries at that port, commences with a résumé of whale ship arrivals from 1819, and has a general table of statistics from 1823 to 1833. Two more detailed tables show 3o ship arrivals during the spring and 53 ship arrivals during the autumn 1833 seasons. There is a discussion of the needs of seamen, particularly requests for and efforts to distribute Bibles and other tracts. Reprinted here is a resolution to erect a reading room for seamen at Lahaina at an estimated cost of $75o. This is followed by a subscription for the same, signed by 36 captains of vessels, showing that an amount of $215 had been raised toward the project. References: None found. Copies: P-EMS*. The Union List of Serials records many copies.

Sandwich Islands Mission Extracts | from | The Minutes | of the | General Meeting | of the | Sandwich Islands Mission, | held at Honolulu, | June and July, 1834. | [rule] | Oahu: Mission Press. | [dotted rule] | 1834.

920

12mo. 18 x 11.7 cm. [1] title, [2] blank, [3] + 4–35 text, [36] Contents pp.

Abbreviated reports of mission stations and schools and printing statistics. A long report (pp. 7–12) on the Lahainaluna Seminary comments on the establishment of a printing department at the school, and includes a brief list of items printed there. A report on the establishment of a newspaper Ke Kumu Hawaii [to be] “advantageously employed . . . to exhibit truth in an attractive form before the eyes of several thousand readers” is on pages 15–16. Remarks on a “Public Library” are on pages 19–2o. The printed minutes of the 1835 General Meeting record an edition of 5o copies. References: Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 1835), p. 5. Copies: BPBM*. BPBM (Carter 3-B-7)*. HHS*. HMCS (3)*. NYP.

Stewart, Charles Samuel Reis naar de Zuidzee | met het Schip Vincennes | in de jaren 1829 en 183o. | Met aanteckeningen wegens | Brazilien, Peru, Manilla, | de Kaap de Goede Hoop en St. Helena. | door | C. S. Stewart, | Kapellaan in de Zeedienst der Amerikaansche Staten, | Schrijver ven Een verbliyf in de Sandwich- Eilanden in 1823 en 1825. | Uitgegeven en verkort | door | William Ellis. | Ie Deel. | [vignette of tattooed man titled “te ipu”] | Te Rotterdam, bij | Mensing en Van Westreenen. | 1834. 2 vols. 8vo. 21.5 x 13 cm (HMCS). Vol. i: [Added lithograph title, verso blank], [i] + ii–vi Inleiding, [vii] + viii–xiv Inleiding voor de Amerikaasche uitgave, [xv] + xvi–xvii inhoud, [xviii] blank, [1] + 2–313 text, [314] blank pp. With frontispiece portrait of Stewart. Vol. ii: [Added lithograph title, verso blank], [i] + ii–iv Inhoud, [1] + 2–373 text, [374] blank pp.

First Dutch edition of Stewart’s voyage in the Vincennes. For the first edition (New York, 1831), see No. 798. References: None found. Copies: HMCS*. LC. The NUC lists a copy in the Library of Congress.

921

90

1834

Hawaiian National Bibliography

922

Struthers, Gavin Memoirs | of | American Missionaries. | With an introductory essay. | By the Rev. Gavin Struthers. | And a | dissertation on the consolations of a missionary. | By the Rev. Levi Parsons. | MDCCCXXXIV. | Glasgow - John Reid & Co.; | Edinburgh: - Oliver and Boyd. | London: - Whittaker, Arnot & Co. 12mo. 14.5 x 9 cm. [i] Title, [ii] imprint, [iii] Preface dated Glasgow, 1st July 1834, [iv] blank, [v]–vi Contents, [vii] + viii–xxx Introductory Essay signed G. S. Glasgow, June 1834, [xxxi] + xxxii–xlvii “A Dissertation on the peculiar consolations of a Missionary” by Parsons, [xlviii] blank, [1] + 2–219 Biographies text, [22o] blank pp.

The brief but interesting memoirs which comprise the present volume, were compiled and published under the superintendence of the Missionary Society in connexion [sic] with the Theological Seminary at Andover. The publishers now present them to the British public, enriched by an Introductory Essay, written by one, who is well known as a warm friend of missionary societies. (Preface) This volume contains biographies of several Hawaiian missionaries, including Hiram Bingham (pp. 117–12o), Jonathan Smith Green (pp. 17o–171), William Richards (pp. 141–143), and Asa Thurston (pp. 126–129). References: None found. Copies: BL*. HMCS*. Not in the NUC.

1835 923

American Board of Commissioners for Foreign Missions Constitution, | Laws, and Regulations | of the | American Board of Commissioners | for Foreign Missions. | [rule] | Boston: | Printed for the Board by Crocker & Brewster, | [rule] | 1835. 12mo. 17 x 1o.5 cm (HMCS). [1] title, [2] blank, [3] + 4–12 text pp.

Following the Constitution are specific requirements for candidates, with rules and regulations to be observed by appointed missionaries. The Hawaiian Mission Children’s’ Society Library also has a revised 1839 edition (see No. 1131). References: Carter, p. 8 (lists the 1839 edition). Copies: HMCS*, incomplete copy. 924

American Board of Commissioners for Foreign Missions Mission at the Sandwich Islands. [Running title for article titled:] Report of the American Board of Commissioners for Foreign Missions, read at the Twenty-fifth Annual Meeting, held in the City of Utica, October 8th, 9th, and 1oth, 1834 &c. In: The Christian Examiner. Vol. xix; New Series, Vol. i, pp. 215–244. Boston, November 1835. 8vo. 22.5 x 14 cm.

This article contains a general review of mission work beginning in 182o, with remarks on the feudal system of government, notes on the foreign residents, a note on the abolition of the kapu system prior to the arrival of the missionaries in 182o, the work of translating the Bible and other works into Hawaiian, and the progress made by Hawai-

Hawaiian National Bibliography 1835

91

ians in learning to read. The writer comments on the expulsion of Catholic priests in 1831, quoting and referring to statements made by J. N. Reynolds in his Voyage of the . . . Potomac (see No. 971). These charges are answered by quotes from and references to letters and documents previously published in the Missionary Herald. Chief Boki’s South Pacific expedition in search of sandalwood, from which he did not return, is discussed on page 241. References: None found. Copies: AH (Kahn)*.

[Bible. Old and New Testament. Selections] During the 1834–1835 year (probably 1835), the Mission Press printed and distributed a series of single-leaf tracts composed of biblical selections, with woodcuts above each title. Each sheet measures approximately 3o x 23.5 cm. They are listed here in alphabetical order:

1. [Woodcut 4.5 x 6 cm] | HE KUMU PAIPAI I NA MAKUA. | [ornamental rule] | [17 lines of text from Kanawailua (Deuteronomy) 6:4–9 and 11:21 and Epeso (Ephesians) 6:4.] | [no colophon] “An Encouraging Source for Parents” or Exhortations of God. The woodcut shows a mother with two children holding books. 2. [Woodcut 3 x 3 cm] | [ornamental rule] | NO KA AHAINA NUI. | [rule] | [36 lines of text from Luka 14:7–24.] | [rule] | Oahu: - Mission Press. Ed. 2,ooo. “Concerning the Great Feast,” or the Parable of the Great Supper. The woodcut depicts people around a table. 3. [Woodcut 4 x 6 cm] | [ornamental rule] | NO KA HUIWAINA O ESEKOLA. | [ornament] | [16 lines of text from Na Helu (Numbers) 13:21–25.] | [double rule] | Oahu: - Mission Press. Ed. 2,ooo. “Concerning the cluster of grapes of Eshcol.” The woodcut depicts two men carrying the Grapes of Canaan on a pole. 4. [Woodcut 5 x 7.5 cm] | [ornamental rule] | [ornament] | NO KA LAAU FIKU HUA OLE. | [12 lines of text from Luka 16:6–9.] | [double rule] | Oahu: - Mission Press. Ed. 2,ooo. “Concerning the Fig Tree without Fruit.” The woodcut depicts an Indian banyan rather than a proper fig tree. 5. [Woodcut 5.5 x 7.5 cm] | [ornamental rule] | NO KA LUNAKANAWAI PONO OLE. | [rule] | [2o lines of text from Luka 18:1–8.] | [rule] | Oahu: - Mission Press. Ed. 2,ooo. “Concerning the Unjust Judge.” The woodcut depicts the city of Jerusalem. 6. [Woodcut 3.5 x 7.5 cm] | No Ka | PALAOA A ME KA ZIZANIA. | [26 lines of text from Mataio 13:36–43.] | [no colophon] “Concerning Grain and Tares,” or the Parable of the Tares in the Field. The woodcut depicts a man sowing grain. 7. [Woodcut 3 x 3 cm] | [ornamental rule] | NO KA PARISAIO | A Me Ka Lunaauhau. | [ornament] | [19 lines of text from Luka 18:9–14.] | [rule] | Oahu: Mission Press. Ed. 2,ooo. “Concerning the Pharisee and the Tax Collector,” or the Pharisee and the Publican. The woodcut depicts 2 men in a temple. 8. [Woodcut 3.5 x 7.5 cm] | NO KA POE I HOOLIMALIMA. | [28 lines of text from Mataio 2o:1–16.] | [no colophon] “Concerning the hired workers,” or the Parable of the Laborers in the Field. The woodcut depicts field hands cutting corn.

925

92

1835 Hawaiian National Bibliography

9. [Woodcut 4 x 5.5 cm] | [ornamental rule] | NO KE KAUA HEWA. | [rule] | [26 lines of text from Mataio 18:21–35.] | [rule] | Oahu: - Mission Press. Ed. 2,ooo. “Concerning the guilty servant,” or the Story of the Unjust Servant. The woodcut depicts two children reading. 1o. [Woodcut 3 x 2.8 cm] | NO KE KEIKI UHAUHA. | [38 lines of text from Luka 15:11–32.] [no colophon] “Concerning the Wasteful child,” or the Story of the Prodigal Son. The woodcut depicts the father embracing the prodigal son. 11. [2 woodcuts, 2 x 7.5 cm] | NO NA MEA NALOWALE I LOAA. | [16 lines of text from Luka 15:3–1o.] [no colophon] “Concerning the lost ones who were found,” or the Parable of the Lost Sheep. The two small woodcuts are of sheep. 12. [Woodcut 5.5 cm diameter] | [ornamental rule] | NO NA TALENA. | [ornament] | [31 lines of text from Mataio 25:14–3o.] | [rule] | Oahu: - Mission Press. Ed. 2,ooo. “Concerning the Talents,” or the Parable of the Talents. The woodcut depicts the Holy Dove above an open Bible. 13. [Woodcut 5 x 7 cm] | [ornamental rule] | NO NA WAHINE PUUPAA E UMI. | [ornamental ] | [18 lines of text from Mataio 25:1–13.] | [rule] | Oahu: - Mission Press. Ed. 2,ooo. “Concerning the Ten Virgins.” The woodcut is of an unspecified landscape. The printed minutes of the General Meeting of June and July 1835 record for the year just completed: “24 Tracts. reprinted. 4to. 24 pp. 2,ooo copies.” Only the items listed above are now known. The mission at several other times also printed single-page handbills or tracts. The printed minutes of the June and July 1834 General Meeting record “Handbill Tracts, 7 pp.,” but no press run is listed. The 1832 minutes list a set of 8 handbills and give the size as 18mo. References: Butler, 4o –52. Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 1832), p. 6; (Oahu, 1834), p. 6; (Oahu, 1835), p. 5. Copies: ATL*, has 12 of these tracts, lacking No. 4 above. HMCS*, complete set as above and another set of Nos. 1–4, 6–8, 1o–13. NLC, complete set as above. 926

Boelen, J[acobus] Reize | naar de | Oost-en Westkust van Zuid-Amerika | en, van daar, naar de | Sandwichs-en Philippijnsche Eilanden, China enz. | gedaan, in de jaren 1826, 1827, 1828 en 1829. | Met het koopvaardischip | Wilhelmina en Maria, | noor | J. Boelen, Joh. zoon, | destijds Luitenant ter zee, 1e klasse en Ridder der Militaire | Willemsorde, 4e. klasse, thans Kapitein Luitenant. | Eerste Deel. | Met platen en eene kaart. | [engraved vignette view] | Te Amsterdam, bij | Ten Brink & De Vries. | MDCCCXXXV. [1835–1836] 3 vols. 8vo. 22.5 x 13.5 cm (BPBM). Vol. i (1835): [i] half title, [ii] blank [+ inserted engraved title, verso blank], [iii–iv] and [I–II] Dedication, [III] + IV–VI Voorbreicht (Preface) dated Utrecht Maart, 1835, [VII] + VIII–X Inhoud (Contents), [1] + 2–379 text [38o] “Drukfouten” (Errata) pp. With folding chart of Columbia, Peru, and Guaiaquil at end; lithograph of ships off Rio de Janeiro; and 2 handcolored costume plates. Vol. ii (1835): [I] half title, [II] blank [+ inserted engraved title with vignette view of Callao, verso blank], [III] + IV–VIII Inhoud (contents), [1] + 2–421 text, [422] blank, 423–445 lists of

Hawaiian National Bibliography 1835 trade goods, etc., [446] blank, [447] Drukfouten (errata), [448] List of plates pp. With large folding chart showing the tracks of the ship at p. 423; lithograph view of Monte Gordo; and 3 hand-colored engravings of costumes. Vol. iii (1836): [I] half title, [II] blank, [+ inserted engraved title with vignette of Macao, verso blank], [III–IV] Voorede, [V] + I–VIII, Inhoud (contents), [1] + 2–377 text, [378] blank, 379–396 Lists of prices current and trade goods in China and the Philippines, [397] errata, [398] blank pp. With two folding lithograph views of Kealakekua and Whampoa, China; handcolored engraving of an interior scene in Canton; and two folding engraved maps of Canton and Macao harbors.

An account of a circumnavigation by a Dutch naval ship, the Wilhelmina en Maria, under the command of Jacobus Boelen. The first two volumes contain a narrative of the voyage as it sailed around South America and made stops in Brazil, Argentina, Chile, Peru, and Equador. The third volume has an extensive section on Boelen’s 1828 stop at the Hawaiian Islands and his subsequent visits to China and the Philippines. This voyage is interesting in that although the ship was a part of the Dutch Navy, its primary reason for visiting the Hawaiian Islands was to engage in the sandalwood trade. The Wilhelmina en Maria sighted the island of Hawaii on January 29, 1828, and anchored at Kealakekua. There they met John Young, and Kuakini, and the American trader William French with whom they traded in the valuable timber. Their onshore visit was brief but included a meeting with the chiefs Kapiolani and Naihe. With Kuakini on board, the ship proceeded to Kailua where she stayed several days, again trading primarily for sandalwood. Captain Boelen tells of his meetings with Kuakini and provides a good description of the area including mention of Hikiau heiau. Continuing on to Honolulu, he describes the local method of bringing ships into port. Boelen met the king and other chiefs, visited the American and British consuls and Don Marin, and provides a general description of the village. The captain dined onshore almost daily at the “Blonde Hotel” in company with resident foreigners and sometimes with the king, and has interesting remarks on the king and on Kaahumanu. He made a trip to Puuloa and Pearl Harbor, and on his return (at Moanalua?) encountered a group of women making kapa. A chapter on the produce of the islands includes interesting notes on sandalwood. The ship departed Honolulu on March 7th for Waimea, Kauai, where she took on more sandalwood, and departed from that port on the 1oth of the month for China. The large folding lithograph of Hawaii in the third volume (at p. 33) is titled: “Het opperhoofd van het eiland OWHYHEE brengt een bezoek aan boord van de WILHELMINA en MARIA geankerd in de baai van KARAKOOA” (16.7 x 27.3 cm). This view shows Kaawaloa across the bay from Kealakekua in the foreground. The Wilhelmina en Maria is at anchor in the center, and the beach is at the right. In this view, the artist (who has obviously made free use of the earlier John Webber view of the same scene) has curiously omitted the Kealakekua cliffs, which should appear just beyond the beach at the right. A modern translation of the portion of the Boelen text relating to Hawaii by Frank J. A. Broeze, A Merchant’s Perspective: Captain Jacobus Boelen’s Narrative of his Visit to Hawaii in 1828, was published by the Hawaiian Historical Society in 1988. References: Hill, p. 357. Sabin, 6116. Copies: AH (Kahn)*, fine copy, original tan cloth spine, marble paper covered boards, uncut. BL. BPBM*. HSL (Tice Phillips). HMCS?. LC. YU. The NUC lists 4 copies.

93

94

1835 Hawaiian National Bibliography

927

Dumont d’Urville, Jules Sébastien César. Leipzig Edition Malerische Reise um die Welt. | [rule] | Eine geordnete Zusammenstellung | des Wiffenswerthesten von den Entdeckungsreisen | eines | Magellan, Tasman, Dampier, Anson, Byron, Wallis, Carteret, Bougainville, Cook, Laperuse, Bligh, | Vancouver, d’Entrecasteaux, Wilson, Baudin, Freycinet, Flinders, Porter, Duperry, Krusenstern, | Kotzebue, Bellinghausen, Basil Hall, Paulding, Beechey, Dumont d’Urville, Laplace, Lutke, Dillon, | Morrell &c. &c., | verfaszt von einer Gesellschaft Reisender und Gelehrter | unter der Leitung des Herrn Dumont d’Urville. | In’s Deutsch übertragen und mit einigen Anmerkunge und Zusätzen verfehen | von | Dr. A. Diezmann. | Mit Karten und 5oo Abbildunge. | erster Band. [double rule] | Leipzig, | im Industrie=Comptoir (Baumgärtner). | 1835. 2 vols. 4to. 26 x 21.5 cm (HMCS). Vol. i. (1835): [i] title, [ii] blank, [iii] – iv Berzeichniss der Kapitel, [i] + ii–viii Einleitung, signed Dumont d’Urville and Diezmann, [1] + 2–338 text pp. With 72 folding engraved plates and maps. Vol. ii. (1837): [i] title, [ii] blank, [iii] – iv Berzeichniss der Kapitel, [1] + 2–3oo text, [3o1] + 3o2–32o Alphabetisches Verzeichniss pp. With folding “General Carte von Stillen Meere. 1836” (Chart of the Pacific Ocean) and 7o engraved maps and plates (most folding).

The first German edition of this popular travel compendium. The Hawaiian portion of the text is on pages 238–28o of the first volume. There is a folding map of the Hawaiian Islands (plate 51) after the missionary William Ellis. Plates 52–6o have Hawaiian views and portraits, generally four to a folding plate. These are adaptations of plates after John Webber, Louis Choris, Robert Dampier, and the missionary William Ellis. The famous “red vest” portrait of Kamehameha, after Choris, is on plate 56. The text of Volume ii is about New Zealand, Australia, Melanesia, Micronesia, and other parts of Polynesia. For comments on the text, see under the French 1834 edition (No. 883). Reference: Ferguson, 195o (but not described). O’Reilly and Reitman, 113. Copies: HarU. HMCS*. HSL (Tice Phillips). LC. NYP. The NUC lists 4 copies. 928

Dumont d’Urville, Jules Sébastien César. Moscow Edition Vseoobshchee puteshestvie vokrug svieta, soderzh. izvlechenie iz putesh. izviestnieish. do nynie moreplavatelei, kak-to: Magelana, Tasmama, Dampiera, Ansona, Bairona, Vallisa, Kartereta, Bugenvilia, Kuka, Laperuza, Bleiga, Vankuvera, Antrkasto, Vil’sona, Bodena, Flindersa, Kruzenshterna, Portera, Kotsebu, Freisine, Bellingsgauzena, Gallia, Diuperre, Paul’dinga, Bicheia, Litke, Dillona, Laplasa, Morellia i mnogikh drugikh. Sostavlennoe Diumon-Diurvilem, Kapitana Frantsuzskago Korolevskago Flota, s prisovokupl. kart, planov, portretov i izobrazhenni zamiechat. predmetov prirody i obshchezhitiia vo vsiekh chastiakh svieta, po risunkam Sensona, soprovozhd. Diumon-Diurvilia v ego puteshestvii vokrug svieta. 9 pts. Moskva: Tip. Semena, 1835–1837. Not seen. Reference: Entry taken from the National Union Catalog, transcribed by Pat Polansky, Hamilton Library, University of Hawaii. Copies: The NUC lists a copy in the Library of Congress.

Hawaiian National Bibliography 1835

Ellis, William [Memoir of Mary Mercy Moore Ellis. By William Ellis. London, 1835.]

95 929

Not seen. This memoir must have been printed in a very small number for private distribution by Mr. Ellis. It is recorded by Ferguson (who did not locate a copy) and I have not been able to find any copies, or to find a citation of it in any library catalogue. It does not appear in either the National Union or the British Library catalogues. A second, revised edition (so stated on the title page) was published in 1836 (see No. 993). References: Ferguson, 195oa. Copies: None located.

Gairdner, Meredith Physico-Geognostic Sketch of the Island of Oahu, one of the Sandwich Group. By Meredith Gairdner, M.D. Medical Assistant on the Columbia River. Communicated by the Author. In: The New Edinburgh Philosophical Journal, Vol. xix, pp. [1]–14. Edinburgh, April 1835.

930

8vo.

Notes of a geological tour of Oahu made in 1833. The author, who left England in 1832 on a merchant vessel, arrived at the Columbia River on May 1, 1833. An account of his voyage “Observations during a voyage from England to Fort Vancouver, on the North West Coast of America” was published in the New Edinburgh Philosophical Journal (Vol. xix, pp. 29o–3o1, April 1834); see No. 885. During his 1833 stop at Honolulu en route to the Columbia River, he toured the island of Oahu, making the notes that form this article. Dr. Gairdner returned to Hawaii in the fall of 1835, and died in Honolulu March 26, 1837. Gairdner’s “Physico-Geognostic Sketch,” was reprinted in the Hawaiian Spectator, Volume 1, pages 1–18, April 1838 (see No. 1o99). Copies: YU*. The Union List of Serials lists more that 7o holdings of this periodical.

Hawaii. Kingdom. Laws and Regulations He | Olelo No Na | Kanawai, | o ko Hawaii Nei Pae Aina. | Na Kauikeaouli | ke Alii. | [rule] | Oahu: | mea pai palapala a na misionari. | [dotted rule] | 1835. 12mo. 2o x 12.5 cm untrimmed (HHS). [1] title, [2] blank, [3] + 4–11 text, [12] blank pp.

Title: A word concerning the laws of the Hawaiian Islands. By King Kamehameha III. This contains five numbered laws signed “Kauikeaouli” (Kamehameha III): 1. Ke papa aku nei makou i ka pepehi kanaka; mai pepehi ko kela aina maanei, mai pepehi ko keia aina maanei; . . . [We forbid murder, foreigners and natives, do not assault to death . . .] 2. Eia ka lua; ke papa aku nei makou i ka aihue . . . [Here is the second; we forbid theft . . .] 3. Eia ke kolu, ke papa aku nei makou i ka moe kolohe; . . . [Here is the third; we forbid adultery . . .] 4. Eia ka ha, ke papa aku nei makou i ka hoopunipuni; [Here is the fourth; we forbid deceit . . .] 5. Eia la lima, ke papa aku nei makou i ka ona rama; . . .[Here is the fifth; we forbid drunkenness . . .] This is the second edition of laws first printed in 1834 (see No. 887). For notes on the contents, see the English language edition, No. 932.

931

96

1835 Hawaiian National Bibliography

The printed minutes of the General Meeting of June and July 1835 record “Laws of the King (repr.) 12mo. 12 pp. 1o,ooo copies.” References: Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 1835), p. 5. Copies: AH (Kahn)*. HHS (2)*. HMCS (2)*. 932

Hawaii. Kingdom. Laws and Regulations Laws | of the | Sandwich Islands, | by | Kauikeaouli, | the King. | [rule] | Oahu: | Mission Press. | [dotted rule] | 1835. 8vo. 19.5 x 14 cm. [1] title, [2] blank, [3] Caption title “Laws” etc., 4–8 text pp.

This consists of five numbered laws, with amendments to the laws enacted in 1834 (see No. 887). They are signed “Kauikaouli” (Kamehameha III). The caption title on page 3 begins: “We make a proclamation. All ye people of every land, hear and obey. Let him who hears these Laws obey them: but if he transgresses he will be guilty.” The king proclaims laws prohibiting (1) murder, (2) theft, (3) illicit connections, (4) deception, and (5) drunkenness. Degrees of the offense are detailed, and the punishment for each crime specified. The most severe punishment was for murder, resulting in a death sentence. Involuntary manslaughter carried a sentence of four years; for intent to kill (but not resulting in the death of the victim) the punishment was also four years. Sentences might be commuted by the payment of fifty dollars for each year of sentence, but for repeat offenders the charge was raised to one hundred dollars for each year. The fine for public drunkenness was six dollars or “for want thereof he shall be whipped twenty four lashes, or be condemned to labor one month.” These fines increased in amount for inflicting injury on persons or property while intoxicated. For the Hawaiian-language edition, see No. 931. The printed minutes of the General Meeting of June and July 1835 record: “Translation of the King’s Laws. English. 12mo. 8 pp. 5oo copies.” References: Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 1835), p. 5. Copies: AH*, photocopy of a copy formerly owned by the late Meiric Dutton, with ink inscription: “J. O. Carter from O. H Gulick.” I have not located the original of this or of any other copies. 933

[Hawaiian Imprint] [Certificates. Lahainaluna, 1835–1836] 1 p. 5o copies printed.

Not seen. This item is recorded in the manuscript minutes of the General Meeting for the year 1835–1836. Through an oversight, it was not recorded in the printed minutes until 1838. References: The Revised Minutes of the Delegate Meeting, 1838 (Honolulu, 1839), p. 21. Copies: None located. 934

[Hawaiian Imprint] [Native Alphabet. Honolulu, 1835?] Not seen. In the printed minutes of the General Meeting for June and July 1835 this item is recorded: “Native Alphabet. (repr.) 12mo. 4 pp. 5oo copies.” References: Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 1835), p. 5. Copies: None located.

Hawaiian National Bibliography 1835

[Hawaiian Imprint] [Scripture tracts. Honolulu, 1835–1836]

97 935

A collection of single-leaf tracts, each with a small “Cut” above the title.

[1] [Cut of Noah’s Ark] | KE KAIAKAHINALII. | [Text of 3o lines begins:] Nana mai la ke Akua maluna o ka honua . . . Kinohi vi, vii. [Colophon below text:] Oahu: - Mission Press. Ed. 2,ooo. [2] [Cut of Sacred Dove] | NO KA KE AKUA HANA ANA I NA MEA A PAU. | [Text of 29 lines begins:] I kinohe hana ke Akua ia ka lani a me ka honua . . . Kinohi i. [Colophon below text:] Oahu: - Mission Press. Ed. 2,ooo. [3] [Cut of Adam and Eve] | KE KIHAPAI O EDENA. | [Text of 25 lines begins:] Kanu iho la Iehova ke Akua i ka mahinaai ma Edena ma ka hikina . . . Kinohi ii. [Colophon below text:] Oahu: - Mission Press. Ed. 2,ooo. [4] [Cut representing David and Goliath] | KO DAVIDA PEPEHI ANA IA GOLIA. | [Text of 31 lines begins:] A puka mai la kekahi kanaka koa no ka poe o ko Piliselia, o Golia kona inoa no Gata . . . I Samuela xvii. [Colophon below text:] Oahu: - Mission Press. Ed. 2,ooo. [5] [Cut of Samson between two pillars] | KA MAKE ANA O SAMESONA. | [Text of 33 lines begins:] Alaila hoa koakoa mai la na’lii o ko Pilisetia e Kaumaha aku i mohai nui no Dagona . . . Lunakanawai xvi. [Colophon below text:] Oahu: Mission Press. Ed. 2,ooo. The printed minutes of the 1836 General Meeting record this series as: “Bible Tracts (reprint) 12mo. 8 pp. 2,ooo copies printed.” References: Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 1836), p. 4. Copies: HMCS*, bound with other early tracts, with titles on upper cover, in hand of A. O. Forbes.

He Haiao. No. 1 He | HAIAO | oia kekahi olelo a ka poe misionari | i hai aku ai | i ka la sabati: | Ua paiia i mea e pono ai | na kanaka. | [rule] | Ka Haiao 1. | [rule] | Lahainaluna Maui | 1835.

936

8vo. 18 x 12 cm (AAS). Cover title, [1] + 2–8 text pp.

Title: A sermon, that is certain words of the missionaries spoken on the Sabbath Day. Printed for the good of the people. Sermon No. 1 (of a series) by Jonathan S. Green. This has paper covers with additional printed text. On the back cover is “No ka Haiao” (Concerning the sermon) with 22 lines of text, dated at end “Kulanui Maraki, 1835” (High School, March, 1835). In all other respects this is identical to the first sermon (without printed wrappers) in the collected Na Haiao (see No. 956). There were 5oo copies of the various sermons printed, but the exact number issued thus with printed wrappers is unknown. References: Judd and Bell, 12o. Copies: AAS*. HHS*. HMCS*.

He Haiao. No. 2 He | HAIAO. | oia | kekahi olelo a na misionari | i hai aku ai | i ka la sabati. | Ua paiia i mea e pono ai | na kanaka. | [rule] | Haiao 2. | [rule] | Lahainaluna Maui. | 1835.

937

98

1835 Hawaiian National Bibliography 8vo. 18 x 12 cm (BPBM). Cover title, [1] + 2–8 text pp.

Title: A sermon, these are some words of the missionaries, spoken on the Sabbath day. Printed for the good of the people. Sermon No. 2 by Lorrin Andrews. This has green paper wrappers with added text. On the back cover is a caption title, “E noonoo oe ma nela [sic] mau mea” (Consider these things), followed by 23 lines of text. The text of the sermon is identical to the second sermon in Na Haiao (see No. 956). Five hundred copies of this sermon were printed; the exact number issued thus with separately printed wrappers is unknown. For the series of which this (without wrappers) forms a part, see No. 956. References: Judd and Bell, 119 (no copies located). Copies: BPBM*. 938

He Hoikeholoholona. First Edition He | Hoikeholoholona | na na | Kamalii | [rule] | Lahainaluna: | Mea Pai Palapala no ke Kula Nui | [dotted rule] | 1835. 12mo. 17.5 x 1o.5 cm. [1] title, [2] blank, [3] “He papa kuhikuhi” (i.e., index), [4] blank, [5] + 6–84 text pp. With 41 text woodcuts.

Title: [Stories about] animals for children. The first edition, compiled by Sheldon Dibble. In a letter to the Printing Committee, April 22, 1835 (HMCS), Dibble writes: “Will you send me by the first opportunity all

He Hoikeholoholona na na Kamalii, Oahu, 1835 [see no. 939]. This book of stories about animals is illustrated with particularly attractive woodcuts. Courtesy Hawaiian Mission Children’s Society Library, Mission Houses Museum.

Hawaiian National Bibliography 1835

99

the cuts of Natural History in the office—cuts of beasts—birds—fishes &c. At least send the cuts of beasts . . . My reason for requesting them is, that I wish to print without delay a children’s book of Natural History. My [school] children have gone through the Ikemua several times & I have now no reading book.” As issued, this is bound in printed wrappers, with the title within a printed border. The back wrapper (known in two states) contains 16 lines of verse below either (A) a woodcut of a man plowing a field, or (B) a farmyard with a plow in the foreground. Most of the illustrations are standard “cuts” from New England and include on page 8o a woodcut of two kangaroos. The following woodcuts, however, appear to have been made at the school: p. 1o He Kouga (A cougar), and He Iagua (A jaguar); p. 26 He Hiena (A hyena); p. 32 He Bufalo (A buffalo); p. 34 He Zebu (A zebra); p. 56 He Eleka (An elk); p. 7o. He Hippotamu (A hippopotamus); p. 72 He Bea Keokeo (A white bear); p. 78 He Pakelaai (literally, “A glutton,” possibly a fox). The edition was 1,5oo copies. Another edition of 1o,ooo copies was printed in Honolulu the same year (see No. 939). References: Judd and Bell, 121. The Revised Minutes of the Delegate Meeting, 1838 (Honolulu, 1839), p. 21 (includes printing done at Lahainaluna in 1835–1836.) Copies: HarU (2)*. HHS (2)*, one with state B of the printed wrappers. HMCS (2)*, one with state A of the wrappers, and another with inscription “for the company” and in ink on cover “Zoology for Children” in hand of A. O. Forbes. LC*, with state A of the printed wrappers. NYP*, with signature of Alonzo Chapin on cover and later signature of Henry Kahaloa. PS*, with state B of the printed wrappers, and signature of Levi Chamberlain on front wrapper.

He Hoikeholoholona. Second Edition He | Hoikeholoholona | na na | Kamalii. | [woodcut of a tiger] | [rule] | Elua pai ana. | [rule] | Oahu | Mea Pai Palapala a na Misionari. | 1835.

939

12mo. 17.5 x 11 cm (HMCS). [1] title, [2] blank, [3] “He papa kuhikuhi” (Index), [4] blank, [5] + 6–76 text pp.

Title: Stories about animals for children. By Sheldon Dibble. This is the second edition, the first having been printed at Lahainaluna the same year (see No. 938). Many of the woodcuts in this work are of local manufacture, as in the first edition, and some may have first appeared in Ka Lama Hawaii. The wrappers vary; some copies have a tiger on the front cover, others have a lion. Two kangaroos appear on page 73 of the text. The printed minutes of the 1836 General Meeting state that 1o,ooo copies were printed. References: Butler, 113. Dibble, p. 416. Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 1836), p. 4. Judd and Bell, 122. Copies: AH (Kahn)*, original green plain wrappers. ATL (2)*, one has the signature of Richard Henry Dana, Jr. HHS. HMCS (2)*. LC (2)*. ML*. NLC. PS. WaU. YU.

He Olelo Kike He | Olelo Kike | No Ka Olelo a Hawaii Nei. | [double rule] | Haawina i. | [text begins] | [Lahainaluna, 1835] 8vo. 25.5 x 15.3 cm untrimmed (HMCS). Caption title, [1] + 2–32 text pp.

Title: A dialogue concerning the language of Hawaii. Lorrin Andrews’ first Hawaiian grammar, comprised of ten chapters of text in the form of questions and answers between teacher and students. The text ends in mid-sentence at the bottom of page 32. The work was not printed beyond this fragment that

940

100

1835 Hawaiian National Bibliography

consists of signatures 2–5, each signature containing eight pages. The first signature (not printed) would have included a proper title page and a prefatory statement. Andrews, writing to the American Board, November 24, 1835 (HarU [ABCFM papers]) states: “Since General Meeting [ June 1835] I have done little in my appropriate department. . . . The writing of about 32 or 3 pages of Hawaiian Grammar is all that I have done, but I hope to do more.” Andrews also includes this as a printed item in his list of works printed at the school since the General Meeting. The minutes of the 1838 Delegate Meeting, which includes work done during 1835–1836, list this as “Hawaiian Grammar (in Part)” with an edition of 4oo copies. No more were published. References: Judd and Bell, 645. The Revised Minutes of the Delegate Meeting, 1838 (Honolulu, 1839), p. 21. Copies: HMCS*, and another fragment of the first 8 pages. 941

He Palapala Mua He Palapala Mua | na | na Kamalii, | e naauao ai i ko lakou wa opiopio. | [cut of an open book] | [three-line quote from Na Solomona] | [double rule] | Eono pai ana. | [double rule] | Oahu. | Na na Misionari i Pai. | [dotted line] | 1835. 12mo. 13 x 8 cm (HHS). [1] title, 2–36 pp. Colophon at bottom of p. 36: Mission Press, 1835, 6th ed. 1o,ooo: total 55,ooo.

Title: A first book for children, to educate them in their youth. The fourth edition of a text by Hiram Bingham. For the first edition, printed in 1829, see No. 725. There are 22 cuts in the text, including animals, ships, a chair, a beehive, a snarling cat (he popoki huhu) beside a wild dog (he ilio hae) (p. 16), a monkey drinking from a wine glass (p. 17), and a cut of the American eagle (here spelled “he aito”) and shield (page 15). The printed minutes of the June 1836 General Meeting record this as: “Pi-a-pa, Children’s first Book. 12mo. 36 pp. 1o,ooo copies.” References: Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 1836), p. 4. Judd and Bell, 134. Copies: HHS*. LC*. NLC. 942

Hooker, William Jackson Companion | to the | Botanical Magazine; | being a | Journal, | containing much interesting botanical information as does not come | within the prescribed limits of the Magazine; with | occasional figures. | [rule] | By W. J. Hooker, L.D., F.R.A. and L.S., | and Regus Professor of Botany in the University of Glasgow. | [rule] | Vol. i. | [rule] | London: | Printed by Edward Couchman, 1o, Throgmorton Street; | For the Proprietor, Samuel Curtis, | at the | Botanical Magazine Warehouse, Glazewood, near Coggleshall, Essex: | Also by Sherwood, Gilbert and Piper, 23. Paternoster Row; J. & A. Arch, Cornhill; Blackwood, Edinburgh; | and in Holland, of Mr. Gt. Eldering, Florist, at Haarlem; | and to be had of all booksellers in town and country. [rule] | 1835[–1836]. 2 vols. 8vo. 25.5 x 15.5 cm (BPBM). Vol. i. (1835): [1] title, [2] blank, [3] + 4–384 text pp. With lithograph frontispiece “Temple of Sree Pada, summit of Adam’s Peak” and 18 hand-colored engravings (including 4 folding) numbered ii–xix. Vol. ii. (1836): [1] title, [2] blank, [3] + 4–381 text, [382] blank, [383–384] index pp. With frontispiece lithograph portrait “Mr. David Douglass” [sic], lithograph portraits of Richard

Hawaiian National Bibliography 1835

101

Cunningham (at p. 21o) and John Fraser (at p. 3oo), 1 uncolored and 11 hand-colored engravings (including 4 folding), numbered xxi–xxx, and 2 lithograph plates (tab. xxxi and xxxii).

The second volume contains “A Brief Memoir of Mr. David Douglas, with Extracts from his Letters” (pp. 79–182). After a brief introduction, the “Memoir” is arranged in sections with titles as follows: “A sketch of a Journey to the North-Western parts of the continent of North America, during the years 1824, 5, 6, and 7” (pp. 82–1o3); “Summer excursions on the Columbia River” (pp. 1o3–124); “Excursion to North California and the Umptqua or Arguilar river &c. to procure cones of the gigantic pine” (pp. 124–34); “Douglas’ journey to Hudson’s Bay” (pp. 134–14o); “List of Plants introduced by Mr. Douglas in 1826–27” (pp. 14o–142); and “Account of Mr. Douglas’ Second visit to the Columbia, his excursions in California and his visit to Mauna Roa in the Sandwich Islands with particulars respecting his death” (pp. 142–182). The Hawaiian section of the text begins with Douglas’ departure from the Columbia River on October 18, 1833. Oahu was sighted on December 22nd, and he states he left Honolulu on the 27th (not saying a word about the town) for the island of Hawaii. Douglas’ intent in visiting the Islands had been to explore Mauna Kea. On January 7, 1834, accompanied by “three islanders and two Americans,” he set off from Hilo. His journal contains a very good account of the physical features of the terrain and his botanizing. The manner of traveling with native attendants is also described in some detail. Subsequently, Douglas conducted an exploration of the volcano and of Mauna Loa, and he was an early visitor to Kapapala, in Kau. The journal ends abruptly on page 178. Then follows “Copy of a letter from the missionaries of Hawaii to Richard Charlton, Esq. His Britannic Majesty’s Consul at the Sandwich Islands” (pp. 178–181). This letter, by Joseph Goodrich and John Diell, gives an account of Douglas’ subsequent travels, and his tragic death in a bullock pen on the slopes of Mauna Kea. The circumstances surrounding the event implicated Edward Gurney, a Botany Bay man, as the perpetrator, but this was not proved at the time. The text concludes with a letter from Charlton to James Bandinel (enclosing the above letter), commenting on Douglas’ funeral, and forwarding his effects including his botanical specimens and his dog. This “Companion” also contains several important articles on the flora of Van Diemen’s Land (Tasmania) and New Zealand. Between the issue of the first and second volumes, Hooker received a knighthood, consequently in Vol. ii “Sir” is added to his name, and “K. H.” to the list of his honorary titles. A reprint of this text, Journal kept by David Douglas during his travels in North America . . . with an account of his death in 1834, was published in London in 1914. See also Hooker’s 1836 Brief Memoir of the Life of Mr. David Douglas (No. 1oo1). References: Ferguson, 1971. Strathern and Edwards, 257. Copies: BL. BPBM*. HarU. LC. PA-VBC. YU. The NUC records 2o copies.

Ka Ai o Ka La Ka Ai o Ka La, | a me na ui hookakai kela pauku, i keia pauku. | No. 4. 1836. | [rule] | [text begins] | [Honolulu 1835] 12mo. 15.5 x 9 cm (HMCS). Caption title, [1] + 2–123 text, [124] blank pp.

Title: Daily food. This contains daily Bible quotations, and questions on the same, from the Books of

943

102

1835 Hawaiian National Bibliography

Romans and I Corinthians. The text is in double-column form. The printed minutes of the 1836 General Meeting record an edition of 1o,ooo copies. References: Butler, 132. Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 1836), p. 4. Copies: AAS. ATL*. HMCS (5)*. 944

Ka Hope no ka Helunaau Ka | Hope no | Ka Helunaau: | oia na ui | e hanaia’i ma | ka | papohaku. | [rule] | Na Warren Colburn. | [rule] | Oahu: | Na na Misionari i Pai. | [dotted rule] | 1835. 12mo. 18 x 11 cm (BPBM). [1] title, [2] blank, [3]–4 Ka papa, [5] + 6–116 text pp.

Title: The sequel to the Intellectual Arithmetic; problems to be worked out on the slate. By Warren Colburn. The first edition of a second level text on arithmetic, translated by Artemas Bishop (Dibble). The printed minutes of the 1835 General Meeting show that 2,ooo copies were printed. References: Dibble, p. 416. Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 1835), p. 5. Judd and Bell, 123. Copies: AH (Kahn)*. BPBM*. HMCS (2)*. NYP. 945

Ka Mooolelo no Esetera Ka | MOOOLELO NO ESETERA. | [text begins:] Mokuna i. | No ka ahaaina a Ahasuero. | [Lahainaluna, 1835?] 12mo. 18 x 11 cm (HMCS). Caption title, 1–16 text pp.

Title: The story of Esther. This book of the Old Testament was translated by William Richards and Sheldon Dibble. The text is printed in double-column form. This work is listed in the printed minutes of the 1838 General Meeting. The list however includes printing done during the 1835–1836 year, which had been omitted from the printed report for that year. This is recorded in the manuscript minutes of the 1836 General Meeting. Dibble gives the date of issue as above. Lorrin Andrews lists it in his Annual Report to the ABCFM, dated November 16, 1836, which includes printing accomplished during the year ending May 2o. For a letter from Dibble to Chamberlain, March 27, 1835, referring to the translation and production of this work and the Book of Nehemiah, see No. 966. The Books of Esther and Nehemiah were also printed (in an edition of 1o,ooo copies) at Honolulu in 1836; see No. 966. References: Dibble, p. 419. Judd and Bell, 178. The Revised Minutes of the Delegate Meeting, 1838 (Honolulu, 1839), p. 21. Copies: ATL*, bound with 5 other Old Testament tracts. HMCS (2)*, both bound with other Old Testament tracts. PS. UC-B. 946

Ka Mooolelo no ka Ekalesia Ka | Mooolelo | no | Ka Ekalesia o Iesu Kristo. | Ko kakou Haku e ola’i; mai ka wa o ko Iesu | hanau ana mai a hiki loa mai i keia wa e noho | nei kakou, i ka makahiki o ka Haku 1835. | [rule] | “Ua kukuluia oukou maluna o ke kahua o na luna- | olelo, a me na kaula, o Iesu Kristo iho no ka po- | haku kumu o ke kihi.” Na Paulo. | [rule] | Lahainaluna. | [dotted rule] | 1835. 12mo. 15 x 1o cm (HMCS). [1] title, [2] blank, [3] + 4–95 text, [96] blank pp. Pages 47, 78, 8o, and 86 misnumbered 74, 72, 69, and 87 respectively.

Hawaiian National Bibliography 1835

103

Title: The History of the Church of Jesus Christ, Our Lord and Saviour, from the time of the birth of Jesus to the present time, in the year of the Lord 1835 [followed by a three-line quotation from Ephesians 2:2o]. A church history in eight chapters. The Protestant Reformation is discussed in chapter seven, and chapter eight (pp. 51–73) continues the narrative from 1555 to 1835. This chapter contains articles on various Protestant denominations: the Church of England (6 pp.); Presbyterians (2 pp.); Quakers (1-1/2 pp.). Congregationalists [here Na poe Akoakoa], Baptists, and Methodists each have one page of text; the Moravians, Unitarians, and Universalists each have half a page. The chapter continues with the mention of several missionary movements, i.e., those of the Catholics, Americans, Danes, Moravians, Methodists, and Baptists. At the end of the text (pp. 73–95), there are questions on each chapter. The printed minutes of the 1835 General Meeting record: “Mooolelo Ekalesia, 95 pp. 12mo. 5oo copies.” References: Butler, 165. Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 1835), p. 12. Judd and Bell, 126. Copies: AH (Kahn)*. ATL (2)*, one is W. D. Alexander’s copy with “Spaulding” on back cover. HarU (2234.71)*. HHS (3)*, one in green wrappers with “Chamberlain” signature, a second copy with “Dibble” on cover. HMCS (3)*, one in grey wrappers with “[Lorrin] Andrews” in ink on upper cover. LC*. ML*. NLC. P-EMS*. PS*. UM.

Ka Olelo Ae Like Ka | Olelo Ae Like | a na makuawahine huiia | ma | [blank] | [rule] | [text begins] [Honolulu, 1835]

947

12mo. 15.5 x 12.5 cm. [1] + 2–4 text pp.

Title: Words of agreement of the mothers’ meeting. The constitution of a maternal association for Hawaiian women, modeled after a similar organization for missionary wives. The printed minutes of the 1835 General Meeting record this as: “Constitution of Maternal Assn., 12mo. 4 pp. 1o,ooo copies.” There is also an 1865 Honolulu edition. References: Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 1835), p. 5. Judd and Bell, 644. Copies: BPBM (3)*. HHS*. HMCS.

Ke Kakaulima Ke | Kakaulima; | he mea ia pono ai na kula. | [swelled rule] | Lahainaluna, | 1835. 8vo. oblong. 11 x 19.2 cm (HMCS). Engraved title leaf, + 4 printed text pp. With 12 engraved text leaves.

Title: Penmanship; something for the good of the school. Lessons in penmanship prepared by Levi Chamberlain, who states in the preface that “Knowledge of penmanship is extremely valuable. If one tries and makes an effort, it does not really take long to master. Elderly people can do it, small children can do it, even women and anyone with hands can do it.” The 12 engraved leaves show examples of penmanship and contain simple but edifying phrases such as “Lapuwale ka naaupo” (Ignorance is foolish) and “Wahahee, he hewa ia” (Lying is a sin). Mr. Chamberlain, secular agent of the American Board at the Hawaiian Islands (1823–1849), was noted for his fine hand. About 1842, he also prepared a sheet of penmanship exercises that was engraved at the seminary.

948

104

1835 Hawaiian National Bibliography

The minutes of the 1838 Delegate Meeting (which includes printing done during the 1835–1836 year) record: “Direction [sic] for writing. 12mo. 4 pp. 5oo copies.” References: Judd and Bell, 124. The Revised Minutes of the Delegate Meeting, 1838 (Honolulu, 1839), p. 21. Copies: HHS*, engraved title, one leaf of text, and 4 (of 12) plates, with 1867 date in ink on title and numerous scribblings on the versos of plates. HMCS*, good copy with signature of Levi Chamberlain, and on brown wrapper, inscription: “Lessons in Penmanship, prepared by Mr. Levi Chamberlain, Engraved by Hawaiians and Printed at Lahainaluna in 1835” in hand of A. O. Forbes. LC*, fine copy in plain brown wrappers, with 1858 receipt date. 949

Ke Kauoha Hou Ke | Kauoha Hou | a ko kakou Haku e Ola’i, | A Iesu Kristo: | oia ka | olelo hemolele no ke ola, | a na lunaolelo i kakau ai. | [rule] | Ua unuhiia, mai ka olelo Helene. | [rule] | Oahu: | Na na Misionari i Pai. | [dotted rule] | 1835. 12mo. 17.5 x 1o.5 cm (BPBM). [1] title, [2] Na Buke o ke Kauoha Hou (List Books of the New Testament), 3–34o + [341–52o unnumbered] text pp. The collation by signature is: 1 6 –27 6 , A6 –E 2, 286 –426 .

Title: The New Testament of our Lord and Saviour, Jesus Christ: this is the sacred word of life, written by the apostles. Translated from the Greek. The first complete edition of the New Testament. Printing of the New Testament began after the General Meeting in June 1835. At that meeting in the list of “assignments” of translations, it was reiterated that “the New Testament is to take the precedence, and those engaged in revising it to attend to that before any other works assigned by the mission.” In Levi Chamberlain’s journal (HMCS) there appears the following: Thursday Feb. 25 [1836]. This day the First uniform edition of the New Testament was completed. All the Epistles except Romans were printed before Matthew was commenced and Matt[hew] was completed on the 14th of March, 1835. It will be 5 years in June since the parts were assigned for revision. The edition is 1o,ooo copies. The copy of the New Testament which we had previous to this just finished, consists of the portions which have been printed at different times previously to 1831 collected together—Mat.[thew] Mark & John having been printed in America. A letter from Hiram Bingham to the ABCFM, March 27, 1836 (HarU [ABCFM papers]), states: I am very happy to say now the revised edition of 1o,ooo copies is printed & Mr. Shepard is with his native helpers binding from 5o to 1oo copies a day & I and Mrs. B[ingham] have had the pleasure of distributing about 5o copies. . . . Had we paper on hand, we should soon procure another edition. The printed minutes of the June and July 1836 General Meeting record that the New Testament “from Mark to 1st. Cor[inthians] 12mo. 268 pp.” had been completed. Curiously, these minutes do not show a completion date for the remainder of the work. The binder’s report for 1836 shows that 8,ooo copies of the New Testament had been bound. This New Testament is generally found bound for separate issue. Occasionally it forms a part of the 1837–1838 Hawaiian Bible (see No. 11o8), although that work usually incorporates the 1837 edition of the New Testament (see No. 1o58). According to the printed minutes of the 184o General Meeting, there was a reprint

Hawaiian National Bibliography 1835

105

of seven signatures of the text (15o copies), probably to complete otherwise defective copies, for binding, but I have not been able to identify any copies with this reprinted text. For a list of the translators of each book of the New Testament and a note on where and when each was first printed, see No. 11o8. References: Butler, 64. Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 1836), pp. 4 and 6; and (Honolulu, 184o), p. 4. Judd and Bell, 125. Copies: AAS*. AH (Kahn)*, original full tan morocco, Mount Holyoke bookplate. ATL. BPBM*, Gorham D. Gilman’s copy. HarU (2). HHS. HMCS (3)*, one in contemporary tan morocco with presentation from Dwight Baldwin, Lahaina, Maui, Nov. 1836, to Mr. Charles Fowler. ML (2)*, one is the Rev. Daniel Wheeler’s copy. NLC. NYP. UC-B. UH.

[Lahaina Ship Masters’ Letter] LAHAINA, ISLAND OF MAUI, NOV. 17, 1835. | On sunday, the 15th. inst. the Flibberty Gibbet, a small schooner, ar- | rived from Oahu, with ardent spirits for sale among seamen. On monday eve- | ning, a number of sailors were found to be intoxicated, and to day, the number | rapidly increased; whereupon, the following letter, drawn up by the Masters | and signed by all then in Port, was presented to the Governor. | [letter of 13 lines of text, including date and salutation, and signed below by 18 persons] | [ornamental rule] | [pointing hand:] Lahaina Nov. 18. This morning, the Governor has sent forth a crier prohibiting all | the natives, henceforth, from trading with the Flibberty Gibbet, until the Captain has paid damages. | The schooner was ordered away last night, by Government, and has left the place, leaving a prospect of usual quiet to the ships which remain. | [ornamental rule] | Lahainaluna. High School press. [1835]

950

Broadside. 33 lines of text including heading. Printed on the first page of a single-fold sheet, 32 x 2o cm (HMCS).

The letter, signed by 18 masters of ships, commends Governor Hoapili of Maui for laws preventing the sale of rum and urges him to levy sanctions against abusers by their being “sent immediately from the Island, after having all the rum thrown into the ocean.” The minutes of the 1838 Delegate Meeting (including printing done during 1835–1836) record: “Circular of Ship Masters. 1 p. 4to, 1oo copies.” References: The Revised Minutes of the Delegate Meeting, 1838 (Honolulu, 1839), p. 21. Copies: HarU (ABCFM papers, Series 26, Vol. 5)*. HHS*. HMCS (2)*, one with letter from Ephraim Spaulding dated Lahaina, December 9, 1835, to Robert Ralston, Treasurer of the Philadelphia Bible Society; the second copy is on a sheet 3o x 25.5 cm. UH*.

Lahainaluna Seminary. School Laws He Mau Kanawai | no ke | Kulanui o Hawaii Nei, | ikauia e ka poe | Misionari, | Iune, 1835. | [rule] | Lahainaluna: | mea pai palapala no ke kulanui. | [dotted rule] | 1835. 12mo. 17.5 x 1o.5 cm (HHS). [1] title, [2] “Na Kahu” etc., [3] + 4–8, [9] + 1o–12 text pp.

Title: Laws of the High School of the Hawaiian Islands, as amended by the missionaries, June, 1835. Five chapters of laws and regulations are followed by a four-page list of enrolled students by classes (the first having 44, the second 24, and the third 42) and giving a place of residence and island for each student. This is an entirely different work from the English-Hawaiian edition printed the same year (see No. 952). The edition is unknown.

951

106

1835 Hawaiian National Bibliography References: None found. Copies: HarU (2234.72.2)*. HHS*, in blue wrappers. HSL (Tice Phillips)*.

952

Lahainaluna Seminary. School Laws Laws | of the | High School, | as amended and adopted by the | Mission, | June, 1835. | [rule] | Lahainaluna: | [dotted rule] | 1835. [With second title, p. 3:] He Mau kanawai | no ke Kulanui o Hawaii Nei, | i kauia e ka poe | Misionari, | June, 1835. | [rule] | Lahainaluna: | Mea pai palapala no ke kulanui | [dotted rule] | 1835. [with third title, p. 23:] He | Papainoa | no na | Kahu, a me na Kumu, | a me na haumana, | o ke | Kulanui o Hawaii Nei, | ma Lahainaluna i Maui. | 1835. | [rule] | Lahainaluna: | Mea pai palapala no ke kula nui, | [dotted rule] | 1835. 12 mo. 18.5 x 11.5 cm (AH [Kahn]). [1] blank, [2] English title, [3] Hawaiian title, [4–5] + 6–21 text, [22] blank, [23] Hawaiian title, [24–25] + 26–28 text pp. The text is in English and Hawaiian on opposite pages. Issued without wrappers.

The laws and regulations of the Lahainaluna Seminary, to become effective on the first Monday in September 1835. The Preamble states: “Whereas in the good providence of God, the experiment of the High School established by the mission in 1831, having proved successful, and having accomplished all that could reasonably have been expected . . . the Directors now lay before the mission a more definite and enlarged plan of operations, such as they suppose from actual experiment to be practicable.” The English text contains the following chapters: i. Design of the School. ii. Of the Board of Directors. iii. Of the Instructors. vi. Of the Scholars. vii. Of the Studies of the School. There are no chapters numbered four or five. In the Hawaiian text, chapters i–iii are identical to the English; chapter iv concerns the students, and chapter v parallels chapter vii in the English version. The title at page 23 translates: “A list of the names of the Trustees, the Teachers, and the Students of the High School of the Hawaiian Islands at Lahainaluna”; the name and residence of each of the students is listed, in triple-column form. Chapter vi of the laws states that scholars between the ages of 12 and 25 might be admitted proportionally from the various islands as follows: Hawaii, 18; Maui, 14; Oahu, 1o; Kauai, 8. Students were to find their own clothes; tuition was set at $1o per year “but may be paid in labor for the benefit of the school.” It is further stated that “Every scholar before he enters the school shall sustain an examination before the instructors in Reading, Writing, Mental Arithmetic and Topographical Geography. . . . Every scholar also on entering shall receive a printed copy of the laws of the school.” The list of students (pp. 25–28) shows 11o enrolled (i.e., 44 in the first, 24 in the second, and 42 in the third class). This catalogue was printed and distributed early in October 1835. On October 3rd, Lorrin Andrews sent three sets of the “Laws” to Levi Chamberlain, and on the 5th he sent additional copies to Honolulu for distribution. The printed minutes of the General Meeting of 1838, which include printing done in 1835–1836, record an edition of 4oo copies. References: The Revised Minutes of the Delegate Meeting, 1838 (Oahu, 1839), p. 21. Copies: AH (Kahn)*, good copy, stitched as issued. HarU (2234.71.45 and 2234.71.2)*, the second is the ABCFM copy. HHS (2)*. HMCS*. NYH. NYP*, original wrappers, with MS title “Rules for Lahainaluna Sem. 1835”. PS. YU*, fine copy in green wrappers.

Hawaiian National Bibliography 1835

[List of Ships] [List of Ships at Lahaina, from July 25th. to Nov. 1835. Lahainaluna, 1835]

107 953

Broadside. Not seen.

A letter from Rev. Ephraim Spaulding, dated Lahaina, November 24, 1835, addressed to the Seamen’s Friend Society and published in the Sailors Magazine, Vol. viii, No. 94, June 1836, contains a list with the above title. The list first tabulates the ten arrivals from January 26 (ship Stonington, of New London) to June 13 (ship Winslow, of New Bedford). Following that is a “List of Ships at Lahaina from July 25th to Nov. 1835,” which begins with the Canton Packet of Bristol arriving July 25th, and ends with the Canton of New Bedford, arriving at Lahaina on November 19th. No separate copies of this broadside have been found. Its printing is recorded in the manuscript minutes of the General Meeting of 1835–1836. The printed minutes of the General Meeting of 1838 (including printing done during 1835–1836) record: “Shipping List., 1 p. 4to. 4oo copies.” References: The Revised Minutes of the Delegate Meeting, 1838 (Honolulu, 1839), p. 21.

[List of Vessels] LIST OF VESSELS, | Touching at the port of Honolulu, from January, to October 12, 1835. | [rule] | [text begins] [Honolulu, 1835]

954

4to. 28 x 23 cm.

This records in tabular form 58 ship arrivals, beginning with the January 4th arrival of the brig Bolivar (Dominis, Master) from New York, last from St. Lucas, with a cargo of skins and lumber, and ending with the October 12th arrival of the ship Audley Clark (Paddock, Master) from Newport with 8oo barrels of oil. No separate copies have been located. This list appeared in a supplement to Ke Kumu Hawaii, dated October 19, 1835, and there were doubtless offprints of the same. For Ke Kumu Hawaii, see No. 9o3. The page size given above is that of Ke Kumu Hawaii.

[List of Vessels] LIST OF VESSELS AT OAHU, | From July 6, to Nov. 22, 1835. | [rule] | [text begins] | [Honolulu, 1835]

955

Broadside. Text printed in 11 columns, each separated by a vertical rule. 29 x 24.5 cm.

Records the arrival at Honolulu of 63 vessels beginning with the July 6th arrival of the ship Caroline (Meek, Commander) of London, and ending with the November 22nd arrival of the Oregon (Harding, Master) of Fairhaven. The statistical information includes class of vessel, tonnage, where owned, where last from, time, cargo, and date of departure. This list is evidently an offprint of the same text that appeared in Ke Kumu Hawaii, Buke 1, Pepa 25, Detemaba 9, 1835, page 197. Copies: PMK*. NYP*.

[Na Haiao] [The Sermons] During 1835–1836, a series of 16 sermons, by several authors, were printed and distributed from the press at Lahainaluna. They were also bound together and issued as a collection; consequently they are grouped here as a unit, as follows:

956

108

1835 Hawaiian National Bibliography

[1] He Haiao | Mataio 22:12. | “Mumule loa iho iaia.” | [text begins] | [1835] Caption title, [1] + 2–8 text pp. Sermon 1, with quotation from Matthew 22:12. By Jonathan S. Green. Reprinted in Na Haiao, Honolulu, 1841, No. 16. Also issued separately with green printed wrappers (title varies); see No. 936.

[2] Haiao 2. | Mat. 6:33 | “E imi e aku oukou mamua i ke aupuni o ke Akua, a me ka— | na pono, a e pau ua mau mea la i ka ika haawina mai ia oukou.” | [text begins] | [1835] Caption title, [1] + 2–8 text pp. Sermon 2, with quotation from Matthew 6:33. By Lorrin Andrews. Reprinted in Na Haiao, Honolulu, 1841, No. 8. Also issued separately with green printed wrappers (title varies); see No. 937.

[3] Haiao 3. | Mat. 12:3o. | O ka mea aole me au nei, o ko’u enemi no ia; a o ka mea e | hoiliili pu ole mai me au, ua hooleilei wale aku ia. | [text begins] | [1835] Caption title, [1] + 2–8 text pp. Sermon 3, with quotation from Matthew 12:3o. Authorship unknown.

[4] Haiao 4. | [rule] | “Aia hoi ke hele mai la ia me na ao, a e like aku na | maka a pau ia ia, a o ka poe hoi nana ia i o aku, a ia ia | no e uwe ai na ohana a pau o ka honua: Oia, Amene.” | Hoikeana 1:7. | [text begins] | [1835] Caption title, [1] + 2–8 text pp. Sermon 4, with quotation from Revelations 1:7. Authorship unknown.

[5] Haiao 5. | [rule] | “No ka mea, o ka manao ana ma ke kino, he make ia; | aka, o ka manao ana ma ka uhane, he ola ia a me ka | malu.”—Roma 8:6. | [text begins] | [1835] Caption title, [1] + 2–8 text pp. Sermon 5, with three-line quotation from Romans 8:6. Authorship unknown.

[6] Haiao 6. | [rule] | “Mai hoohalikeia oukou me ko ke ao nei.” Roma 12:2. | [text begins] | [1835] Caption title, [1] + 2–8 text pp. Sermon 6, with quotation from Romans 12:2. Authorship unknown.

[7] Haiao 7. | Kanawailua 32:29. | Aohe mea nana e hoopakele ae mai kuu lima aku. | [text begins] | [1835] Caption title, [1] + 2–8 text pp. Sermon 7, with quotation from Deuteronomy 32:29. By Jonathan S. Green. Reprinted in Na Haiao, Honolulu, 1841, No. 3o.

[8] Haiao 8. | Hoikeana 16:7. Oia no, e ka Haku, ke Akua mana loa, | he oiaio, a he pololei kou hoopai ana. | [text begins] | [1835] Caption title, [1] + 2–8 text pp. Sermon 8, with two-line quotation from Revelations 16:7. Authorship unknown.

[9] Haiao 9. | [rule] | Isaia 3:11 | “Auwe hoi ka mea i hewa! e poino no ia; | E haawiia’ku nana ka uku o kona mau lima.” | [text begins] | [1835–1836] Caption title, [1] + 2–11 text, [12] blank pp. Sermon 9, with quotation from Isaiah 3:11. Authorship unknown.

[1o] Haiao 1o. | [rule] | “Aole loa oukou makemake e hele mai i o’u nei, i loaa | ia oukou ke ola.” Ioane 5:4o. | [text begins] | [1835–1836] Caption title, [1] + 2–8 text pp. Sermon 1o, with quotation from John 5:4o. Authorship unknown.

Hawaiian National Bibliography 1835

109

[11] Haiao 6 [i.e., 11]. | [rule] | “O ka poe i hanauia e ke Akua, aole na ke koko, aole | na ka makemake o ke kino, aole hoi na ka makemake | o ke kanaka.” Ioane 1:13. | [text begins] | [1835–1836] Caption title, [1] + 2–11 text, [12] blank pp. Sermon 6 [i.e., 11], with quotation from John 1:13. Authorship unknown.

[12] Haiao 12. | Ioane 6.37. | A o ka mea e hele mai io’u nei, aole loa au e kipaku aku ia ia. | [text begins] | [1835–1836] Caption title, [1] + 2–8 text pp. Sermon 12, with quotation from John 6:37. Authorship unknown.

[13] Haiao 13. | [rule] | “O ko’u manao hoi ia, e pule na kanaka ma ia wahi | aku, a ia wahi aku, e hapai ana i na lima hala ole, me ka | huhu ole a me ke kanalua ole.” I Timoteo 2:8 [sic]. | [text begins]; [with second title, p. 1o:] Haiao 14. | [rule] | [with quotation as in No. 13 but here credited to I Timoteo 1:8]. [text begins]; [with third title at p. 2o:] Haiao 15. | [rule] | “I iho la ka aia iloko o kona naau, Aohe Akua.” | Halelu 14:1. [text begins] | [1835–1836] Caption title, [1] + 2–19, [2o] + 21–29, [3o] blank, [31] –32 “Himeni” pp. Sermon 13 has a quotation from I Timothy 2:8; Sermon 14 has a quotation from I Timothy 1:8; Sermon 15 has a quotation from Psalms 14:1. The authorship of Sermons 13 and 14 is unknown. Sermon 15 is by David Malo and was reprinted in Na Haiao, Honolulu, 1841, No. 1 (see No. 13o3).

[14] Haiao 16. | [rule] | “No ka mea, aole au i hilahila i ka olelomaikai no | Kristo, no ka mea, o ko ke Akua mana ia e ola’i, no | keia mea no kela manaoio, no ka Iudaio mua, a | no ka Helene hoi.” Roma 1:16. | [text begins] | [1836] Caption title, [1] + 2–7 text, [8] blank pp. Sermon 16, with quotation from Romans 1:16. By Jonathan S. Green. Reprinted in Na Haiao, Honolulu, 1841, No. 7.

This collection of sermons was produced over a period of more than a year. Lorrin Andrews to J. S. Green, January 15, 1835 (Andrews’ letter book, HMCS) refers to what is probably the first of these: “I send you two or three copies of your sermon; we shall strike off the whole tomorrow—5oo copies. Please send us more.” The printed minutes of the 1835 General Meeting record: “Haiao. 64 pp. 12mo. 5oo copies.” The minutes of the 1838 Delegate Meeting (which include printing statistics for the 1835–1836 year) record: “Sermons Nos. 4, 5, 6, 9, 1o, 13, 14, 15. 8o pp. 5oo copies.” The printed minutes of the 1837 General Meeting record: “Sermons [sic] No. 1o, 8 pp. 5oo copies.” References: Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 1835), p. 12; and (Honolulu, 1837), p. 7. Judd and Bell, 111–118, 143, 167–17o. The Revised Minutes of the Delegate Meeting, 1838 (Honolulu, 1839), p. 21. Copies: BPBM*. HHS*. HMCS*.

Na Mooolelo Hui Na Mooolelo Hui | [ornamental rule] | mokuna i. | [text begins] | [Lahainaluna, 1835?] 12mo. 21 x 13.5 cm untrimmed. Caption title, [1] + 2–6o text pp.

Title: Compendium of history. An unfinished work. This is probably Jonathan S. Green’s History of Adam, adapted and translated from an unidentified source. The text begins in 4oo4 b.c., progresses to 1oo b.c., and ends with the birth of Jesus and the commencement of the Christian era. The work has 24 chapters, ending on page 55, followed by “Ke Aupuni o Roma mahope

957

110

1835 Hawaiian National Bibliography

o Iesu” (The Roman government after Jesus) (pp. 55–6o). Running captions within rules are at the top of each page. A manuscript title on a copy in the HMCS Library reads: “Ancient History to the Christian Era.” This work is similar to Ka Palapala Hoohalike, Lahainaluna, 1842 (see No. 1354) which also contains 24 chapters (followed by seven pages of questions not present in this edition). The text of the 1842 edition is altered and considerably enlarged, but both works clearly originate from the same English text. Letters from Lorrin Andrews to Jonathan S. Green October 2o, 1834 and January 23, 1835 (Andrews’ letter book, HMCS) refer to the printing of this item. The size of the edition is unknown. References: Judd and Bell, 637. Copies: HHS*. HMCS (3)*. LC*, with inscription: “Ancient History Adam to Christ” in hand of A. O. Forbes. 958

Nautical Almanac [The Nautical Almanac, for 1836. Honolulu, 1835] Not seen. The journal of Stephen Reynolds (P-EMS) contains the following entry: “Tuesday Sept. 15, 1835. Went up to see Mr. Hall the printer and got Naut. Almanacs printed.” The printed minutes of the June–July 1836 General Meeting record the following: “Nautical Almanac (Eng.) 4to. 26 pages, 15o copies.” References: Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 1836), p. 5. Copies: None located.

959

No ka La Sabati No | KA LA SABATI. | [double rule] | Ua hanaia ka Sabati no ke kanaka. | Na Iesu Kristo | [rule] | Lahainaluna. | Maraki, 1835. 12mo. 18 x 11.7 cm (LC). [1] title, [2] blank, [3] + 4–12 text pp.

Title: Concerning the Sabbath Day. The Sabbath was made for man. By Jesus Christ. A tract by Jonathan S. Green. Issued in printed wrappers, with the title repeated on upper cover, the back cover having a caption title: “Na ka malama i ka la Sabati,” (Concerning the observation of the Sabbath Day) followed by 39 lines of text. Lorrin Andrews to Green, February 2o, 1835 (Andrews’ letter book, HMCS): “I have your tract on the Sabbath. It will go to press soon.” The printed minutes of the 1835 General Meeting record an edition of 5oo copies. References: Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 1835), p. 12. Judd and Bell, 127. Copies: HMCS (2)*. LC*, with blue printed wrappers, described above. 960

O ka Hoikehonua O ka | Hoikehonua | no ka | Palapala Hemolele. | [rule] | Lahainaluna: | Mea Pai Palapala no ke Kula Nui. | [dotted rule] | 1835. 12mo. 17.5 x 11 cm. [i] title, [ii] blank, [iii] “He Papa kuhikuhi” (Index). [iv] blank, [1] + 2–84 text pp.

Title: About the geography of the Holy Scriptures. A translation by Sheldon Dibble of an unidentified text. This work introduces biblical geographical areas by means of scriptural quotations, and then, by a series of questions located at the foot of each page, asks the student to locate those areas (presum-

Hawaiian National Bibliography 1835

111

ably on maps). Copies of this text are frequently found bound with O ka Hoikemanawa a me ke Kuhikuhi no ka Mooolelo Hemolele (Lahainaluna, 1837; see No. 1o68). Lorrin Andrews’ report to the American Board, November 24, 1835, includes this text in an account of work done since the last General Meeting. The minutes of the 1838 Delegate Meeting (which include printing done in 1835–1836), records: “Sacred Geography, 88 pp. 12mo. 15oo copies.” References: Judd and Bell, 128. The Revised Minutes of the Delegate Meeting, 1838 (Honolulu, 1839), p. 21. Copies: AAS*. AH (Kahn)*. BPBM (2)*, one is G. B. Rowell’s copy in contemporary blue morocco spine and brown linen boards; a second has a red morocco spine and brown cloth boards. GF*. HarU (2234.73.25 and 2234.73.26)*. HHS*, brown morocco spine, yellow glazed paper boards. HMCS (8)*, one is J. S. Emerson’s copy, dark green morocco spine, brown glazed boards; a second has a red morocco spine, and brown linen boards. LC*. ML. NLC. PS (2)*, one in boards with “Philomathian Society” label.

O ka Hoikemanawa O ka | Hoikemanawa | no ka | Palapala Hemolele. | [double rule] | [text begins] | [Lahainaluna, 1835?]

961

8vo. 2o.5 x 12.5 cm untrimmed (HMCS). Caption title, [5] + 6–24 text pp.

Title: Chronology of the Holy Scriptures. The first edition of this text, known only by an incomplete fragment (HMCS). The first signature (including the title) is lacking, and, like the remainder of the text, may never have been printed. The only known copy is stitched together with a copy of O ka Hoikehonua no ka Palapala Hemolele, which also lacks a first signature. (See No. 1117 for the second edition, which has the complete, revised text.) The text through page 16 is identical to the second edition of 1837. Beginning with page 17, however, there are considerable differences in the setting of type and content, the most obvious being: This edition: p. 17. [caption title:] Mai ka hanau ana o Iesu Kristo . . . p. 18. [caption title:] KA HOONOHONOHO ANA . . . p. 19. Ka wa mua. | [text begins:] pa i na inoa . . . p. 2o. [caption title:] Ka WV Mua. | [text begins:] na, kona kaikuaana . . .

Second edition (1837): p. 17. [caption title:] Mai ka hanau ana o Iesu . . . p. 18. [blank page] p. 19. [caption title:] O ke | Kuhikuhi | no ka | Moolelo Hemolele. | p. 2o. [caption title:] Ka wa mua | [text begins:] Akua ia Adamu . . .

Lorrin Andrews’ letter to the American Board, November 24, 1835 (HarU [ABCFM papers]), has a list of works printed since the June General Meeting including: “Chronology of Scripture (two forms) 24 pp. 12mo.” The size of the edition is not recorded. References: Butler, 115. Judd and Bell, 15oa. Copies: HMCS*.

O ka Huliano O ka | Huliano, | he | olelo niele no ia e moakaka ai ke ano | o ka | Palapala Hemolele. | [rule] | He mea ia e pono ai na kula Sabati. | [rule] | Buke i. | No ka mooolelo no Iesu a me | kana mau hana mana, | [rule] | Lahainaluna Maui. | 1835.

962

112

1835 Hawaiian National Bibliography 16mo. 13.5 x 9.5 cm (HHS). [i] title, [ii] blank, [iii] “He olelo hoakaka” (Preface) dated Kulanui Ian. 1, 1835, [iv] blank, [1] + 2–156 text pp.

Title: The inquiry. Questions which clarify the meaning of the Holy Scriptures. A good thing for Sunday schools. Book I. Concerning the story of Jesus and his divine work. “Union Questions” translated by Sheldon Dibble. The 42 chapters contain numbered sentences and questions. Sheldon Dibble to Levi Chamberlain on December 24, 1834 (HMCS): “I send herewith a copy of the third form of the Scripture Questions. If you think of printing these questions [in Honolulu] give me an opportunity of revising them.” On January 15, 1835, Dibble wrote to Chamberlain again: I have only time to say that at the time the first proof sheet of the Huliano as struck off, I consulted Mr. Richards—respecting the number to print . . . he thought it would not come under the description of books to be printed for station schools, & gave his opinion that it was best to print 1,2oo & supply the schools so far as they would go & send a copy to the printing committee for the Islands if they thought best. I have done accordingly & the edition will not meet even the requests that have been sent from Lahainalalo—Wailuku—Waihee & Hilo. The printed minutes of the 1835 General Meeting record: “Huliano. 112 pp. 16mo. 1,2oo copies.” The minutes of the 1838 Delegate Meeting (which include printing statistics for 1835–1836) record: “Scripture Questions (in part) 16mo. 64 pp. 1,2oo copies.” The discrepancy between pages printed and pages recorded is not explained. In 1836, a second edition of 3,ooo copies was printed in Honolulu (see No. 1o19). References: Butler, 119. Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 1835), p. 12. Judd and Bell, 129. The Revised Minutes of the Delegate Meeting, 1838 (Honolulu, 1839), p. 21. Copies: HarU*. HHS*. HMCS*, lacking pp. 17–32, and all after p. 76. LC*. NLC. 963

O ka Ikemua O ka | Ikemua, | he palapala ia e ao aku ai | i na | Kamalii, | i ka | Heluhelu Ana a me Ke Ano | no hoi | o na olelo a lakou e heluhelu ai. | [double rule] | Lahainaluna, Maui | [dotted rule] | 1835. 12mo. 21 x 12 cm untrimmed (HMCS). [1] title, [2] blank, [3] “He olelo hooponopono” dated Kulanui, Ian. 1835, 4–48 text pp. Page 9 is omitted in numbering, p. 46 is misnumbered 64. With 34 text woodcuts.

Title: The primer, a book of instruction for children, in reading and in defining the words they read. One of the most appealing works published at Lahainaluna. The 34 text woodcuts are all of local manufacture, and most are copied from an unknown New England text book. Some of the small cuts were designed specifically for local audiences: the “Hale” (house) is one of thatch, the “Huewai” (water-gourd) of local growth, and “He Ipu” is a Hawaiian covered gourd calabash. A copy of this work in the HHS library has a manuscript inscription: “The First Book for Children. The cuts were engraved by Dr. Chapin on Sandal Wood.” Beside each woodcut is a descriptive text, and on the facing page are a series of questions about it. The text progresses in complexity. On page 25, below a cut of a schooner, is a paragraph of text and questions. Pages 34–35 have an illustrated article about the horse; on pages 36–37 is found a similar article on the whale, “He Kohola,” illustrated with a cut of a sperm whale, the earliest known picture of a whale in a Hawaiian context.

Hawaiian National Bibliography 1835

113

Sheldon Dibble to Levi Chamberlain, February 9, 1835 (HMCS): “I enclose a copy of what is printed of the Ikemua—three forms. The fourth form which is in press will complete the book . . . the remaining form consists principally of scripture cuts.” Lorrin Andrews to Jonathan S. Green February 2o, 1835 (Andrews’ letter book, HMCS): “Mr. Dibble’s little childrens book is through the press but not done up.” On March 27, 1835, Dibble forwarded a package of the Ikemua to Honolulu to distribute. The printed minutes of the 1835 General Meeting record an edition of 1,ooo copies. In the second edition (Honolulu, 1835; see No. 964), a few of the Lahainaluna-made cuts used in this first edition were retained, but most of the illustrations were from American stereotype cuts newly received by the mission. References: Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 1835), p. 12. Judd and Bell, 13o. Copies: HarU*. HHS*, with MS inscription quoted above. HMCS*. PS*, in blue paper wrappers; this is Alonzo Chapin’s copy with later signature of Gorham D. Gilman.

O ka Ikemua O ka | Ikemua, | He Palapala ia e ao aku ai | i na Kamalii, | i ka Heluhelu ana a me ke ano | no hoi | o na olelo a lakou e heluhelu ai. | [rule] Ka lua o ka pai ana. | [rule] | Oahu: | Mea Pai Palapala a na Misionari. | [dotted rule] | 1835.

964

12mo. 19 x 11 cm (HMCS). [i] title, [ii] blank, [3] + 4–8 He olelo oa no na kumu, [9] no ke ao ana’ku i na kamalii ma keia palapala, 1o –48 text pp.

The second edition. This work is found either bound in plain or printed wrappers, the latter having a caption title “o ka | IKEMUA” between rule lines and within rule border. The back wrapper of this cover has cuts of two children reading, and a caption “No ko ke Akua wahi e noho ai,” followed by 21 lines of text, all within an ornamental border. The printed minutes of the 1835 General Meeting record an edition of 1o,ooo copies. References: Butler, (no number, follows No. 12o). Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 1835), p. 5. Judd and Bell, 13o. Copies: HMCS (2)*, one in plain and one in printed wrappers.

O ka Manao a e Like O KA | MANAO A E LIKE | E Hooponopono [hole in sheet] i ka noho ana. | [text begins] [Colophon below rule, lower center of sheet] Lahainaluna Maraki, 1835. Broadside. 51 lines of text printed in double-column form, divided by a vertical double rule, dated at the lower right column: “Wailuku Maui. Maraki 19, 1835.” Printed area 36 x 17 cm on a sheet 48.8 x 27.3 cm.

Title: The consensus of thoughts which regulate one’s life. A statement of the formation and the aims of “A Parents Association to Seek Ways to Benefit the Children of This Land,” probably instigated by the Rev. Jonathan S. Green, of Wailuku. The text begins: “We parents, upon consideration of the condition of the people of these islands, and solutions beneficial to the nation and people, we have joined our hands and hearts with the determination to ever seek solutions of real value. We have mutually agreed to these solutions below.” The document contains ten numbered articles, setting forth desired moral and social standards as they relate to the raising of children. Articles three and four state: 3. It is customary for children to follow in the footsteps of their parents, right or wrong; for that reason we must abandon “all evil things.” We must not smoke

965

114

1835 Hawaiian National Bibliography

tobacco, nor be indolent, nor commit any act where they [the children] would injure themselves in doing. 4. People living in small . . . partition-less houses; and men, women, and children, whether familial or strangers, sleeping in one room, this is Hawaii’s greatest flaw: it is a cause for many improprieties. Further articles regard the observation of care when discussing “improper matters” before children, discipline, and need for educating the young. Article seven implores parents: “It is customary in these islands to scare children with [accounts of] animals [hoike holoholona], lizards [moo], rats [iole], and ghosts [akua lapu]. This is inappropriate and we should abandon doing this.” This is followed by ten numbered statements of agreement, of which the first five are: 1. We will not allow our children to run about naked. 2. We will not allow them to play with delinquents. 3. We will not allow boys and girls to bathe together. 4. We will instruct our children in learning and industry. 5. We will enroll them in daily school. The size of the edition is unknown, but probably fewer than 1oo copies. References: None found. Copies: HMCS*. 966

O ka Palapala a Nehemia O ka Palapala | A NEHEMIA. | [text begins:] Mokuna i. | No ko Nehemia ana a me kana pul e [sic] | [Lahainaluna, 1835] 12mo. 18 x 11 cm (HMCS). Caption title, [1] + 2–3o, 61 [i.e., 31] text, [32] blank pp.

Title: The Book of Nehemiah. The first printing of this book of the Old Testament, translated by Sheldon Dibble. Dibble to Chamberlain, March 27, 1835 (HMCS): “I enclose the first form of Nehemia. The remaining two forms if Providence favors, may perhaps go the next opportunity. I exchanged with Mr. Richards and took Nehemia instead of Esther as he had partially translated the latter. We print a few copies here because we want it immediately in the school for a class in Biblical History.” The printed minutes of the 1835 General Meeting record an edition of 1,ooo copies. References: Butler, 62. Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 1835), p. 12. Judd and Bell, 132. Copies: HHS*. HMCS (2)*. NLC. PS. 967

O ke Kumumua na na Kamalii O ke | KUMUMUA | na | na Kamalii; | he palapala e ao aku ai i na kamalii ike | ole i ka | Heluhelu Palapala. | Oahu: | i mea Pai Palapala na na Misionari, | 1835. 16mo. 16 x 1o cm (HMCS). [1] title, [2] blank, 3–16 text pp. With 44 small woodcuts in the text.

Title: First lessons for children; a book teaching the children who do not know how to read books. By John S. Emerson (Dibble). This is an attractively illustrated primer; each small woodcut illustrates the subject of brief sentences below it. Some of the woodcuts are homemade, but most are stock cuts from a New England source. The printed minutes of the 1836 General Meeting record an edition of 1o,ooo copies. References: Dibble, p. 417 (stating 3 editions printed, and erroneously giving the date of first printing as 1837). Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 1836), p. 4. Judd and Bell, 133. Copies: HarU. HMCS (2)*. ML. NLC. PS. WaU.

Hawaiian National Bibliography 1835

115

O Ko ke Akua [Woodcut] | O KO KE AKUA MAU KANAWAI A MOSE I HOIKE AI. | [rule] | [text begins] | [Honolulu 1835]

968

Broadside. Text of 1o numbered articles, in double-column form, divided by a vertical rule, below woodcut (12.5 x 16 cm), the whole enclosed within a double rule border, 29.5 x 18.3 cm. The sheet measures 33.5 x 2o.8 cm.

The Ten Commandments. The large woodcut above the text depicts Moses holding the two tablets before an assembled audience. Commonly called the Decalogue, this text was more than once issued by the Mission Press. According to the printed minutes of the 1832 General Meeting, 42o copies of a “Decalogue handbill with plate” were issued that year (no copies found); and a Decalogue handbill was again issued in 1833 (in an edition of 1,ooo copies—again with no copies found). This 1835 printing had an edition of 1o,ooo copies. The illustration used in printing this sheet re-appeared with yet another printing of the Decalogue, in Ke Kumu Hawaii (Buke 1, Pepa 19), September 16, 1835, page 148. The HMCS Library has another edition of the Decalogue, printed on a linen handkerchief, utilizing the same cut. The text of this is from a different setting of type, and both text and cut are enclosed by an elaborate border; the colophon in the lower border is dated 1835 and the edition is given as 1o,ooo copies. References: Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 1832), p. 6; (Oahu, 1833), p. 18; (Oahu, 1835), p. 5. Copies: AH (Kahn)*. HMCS*, on fine Dutch laid paper.

Pi-A-Pa

969

PI-A-PA. | A E I O U a e i o u [then consonants H K L M N P W, then loan letters B D G R S T V Z both in upper and lower case, then Arabic and Roman letters 1-2o, punctuation marks, and simple lessons]. [Honolulu, Mission Press, 1835?] 12mo. 13 x 7.5 cm. Caption title, [1] + 2–12 text pp.

A primer beginning with letters and progressing to 27 numbered lessons, the last lesson having four numbered verses of a chant, which begins: Mai malama hou i na makua laau; | E huli kakou i ka Alii ola mau; Maikai e hoonani i ka Akua maikai: | Pela mai Iolani ko Hawaii alii. [Translation:] Don’t return to idolatry, | let us seek life everlasting in God; It is good to glorify the good God, | In that way is Iolani, Hawaii’s chief. The printed minutes of the 1836 General Meeting record: “Pi-a-pa maoli [the Pi-a-pa only] 12 pp. 12mo. 1o,ooo copies.” References: Butler, 268. Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 1836), p. 4. Judd and Bell, 135. Copies: BPBM. FLP. HHS. HMCS (3)*. LC*. NLC.

[Reynolds, Jeremiah N.] U.S. 23rd Congress. 2nd session. House of Representatives. Navy Department Document No. 1o5. Pacific and South Seas. | [rule] | Letter | from | The Secretary of the Navy, | transmitting | A report of J. N. Reynolds in relation to Islands, Reefs, and Shoals in the Pacific Ocean, &c. | [Washington, D. C. January 27, 1835] 8vo. 24 x 15.5 cm (AH [Kahn]). [1] + 2–28 text pp. At bottom left of the first leaf, in brackets, appears: “Gales & Seaton, print.”

970

116

1835 Hawaiian National Bibliography

An important document on islands, reefs, rocks, etc., in the Pacific Ocean, many of which were imperfectly located, or not present at all on published maps and charts. The report by Reynolds, dated September 1828, addressed to Samuel L. Southard, Secretary of the Navy, is a compilation derived from a personal examination of unpublished ship logs and interviews with captains in “New London, Stonington, Newport, New Bedford, Edgartown, Nantucket and other places where information might be found of the Pacific Ocean and South Seas.” An extensive tabulation (pp. 5–16) locates each of these features and frequently includes the observation “not on the charts.” Reynolds stresses the need for accurate maps, stating: “The English charts, and those of other countries, as yet very imperfect. . . . But perhaps it does not become us to be hypercritical upon other nations, as we have yet no maps or charts of our own to compare with them” (p. 3). There are occasional references to the Hawaiian Islands. References: Haskell, 2o7. Copies: AH (Kahn)*. 971

Reynolds, Jeremiah N. Voyage | of the | United States Frigate Potomac, | under the command of | Commodore John Downes, | during the | Circumnavigation of the Globe, | in the | years 1831, 1832, 1833, and 1834; | Including a particular account of the engagement at Quallah-battoo, | on the coast of Sumatra; with all the official docu- | ments relating to the same. | By J. N. Reynolds. | [rule] | “Naval power is national glory” | [rule] Illustrated by several engravings. | [double rule] | New York: | Harper & Brothers, | No. 82 Cliff-Street, | and sold by the principal booksellers throughout the United States. | [rule] | 1835. 8vo. 23 x 14.5 cm (BPBM). [i] title, [ii] copyright notice, [iii–v] Dedication by the author dated April 1835, [vi] blank, [v] + vi –x Contents, [v] + vi–x Introduction, [11] + 12–521 text, [522] blank, [523] + 524–56o appendix pp. With [1–2] + [1] + 2–3o “Catalogue of valuable works” pp. With 1o plates (5 folding), including folding frontispiece “View of the Harbour and Town of Valparaiso” (19.5 x 38 cm) and folding “View of Lima . . . before its destruction by the great earthquake of 1746” (37.5 x 52.5 cm).

In 1831, the Potomac, under the command of Commodore John Downes, replaced the U.S. frigate Guerriere on the west coast of South America and the Pacific. The particular voyage in this text was a combination of “gunboat diplomacy” and a firm indication of emerging American naval presence in Southeast Asia and in the Pacific. When news was received of threats to American commerce, ships, and citizens on the Malay coast, the Potomac was ordered to that area to take suitable action. The result was an attack on Malay fortifications at Quallah-Battoo on the coast of Sumatra. Reynolds, who had joined the ship in Valparaiso and held the position of private secretary to Commander Downes, “was directed to prepare an official report delineating all the facts and circumstances” (Hill, p. 252). The Potomac arrived at Honolulu from Canton, on July 23, 1832. It was then the largest American ship to arrive at this port. The author provides a lively account of the visit. They were received by Kinau the following day, and later by the young king in his Windsor uniform, followed by other chiefs and missionaries. At one point the ship was visited by “about twenty Northwest Indians” from another vessel, “dressed in their native costume,” who performed a “war dance.” Reynolds describes Honolulu and its inhabitants, and comments on its markets and dwellings. He attended a luau in Nuuanu valley, and gives an account of the Battle of Nuuanu. There was an elaborate dinner on board in honor of the king, and, in return, the ship’s officers attended a supper at the palace.

Hawaiian National Bibliography 1835

117

Catholic priests had arrived at Honolulu from California just prior to the arrival of the Potomac. The author notes their presence and expresses disapproval of subsequent actions attributed to the American missionaries regarding their expulsion. The illustrations include a large “View of Canton” (2o x 39 cm). There are no views or plates of Hawaii. References: Hill, p. 252. Copies: AH (Kahn)*. BPBM (Carter 2-F-11)*. BPBM (3)*, one in contemporary green blindstamped cloth, title and globe in gilt on spine. HMCS*, in green blind-stamped cloth. HSL (Tice Phillips). LC. SMC*, fine copy in original tan embossed cloth. UC-B. UH. The NUC lists 11 copies.

Richards, William, and Ephraim Spaulding Seamen’s cause at the Port of Lahaina, on the Island of Maui, one of the Sandwich Islands. In: The Sailors Magazine, and Naval Journal. Vol. vii, pp. 362–365. August 1835.

972

8vo.

This report, dated Lahaina, December 12, 1834, reprints the letter from Richards and Spaulding “To Masters and Officers of Ships visiting Lahaina” requesting funds to erect a reading room for seamen. A summary of work among seamen, preaching, and temperance work is given, and the Constitution of The Marine Association for the Suppression of Intemperance is also published. (See its separate publication, No. 9o7.) References: None found. Copies: P-EMS*. The Union List of Serials records many holdings of this periodical.

Sandwich Islands Mission Catalogue | of | Books | belonging to the | Circulating Library, | of the | Children of the missionaries | of the | Sandwich Islands’ Mission. | [double rule] | Oahu: Mission Press. | [rule] | 1835.

973

12mo. 18 x 11.5 cm. [i–ii] blank, [1] title, [2] blank, [3] + 4–1o text pp.

One of the first two library catalogues printed in Hawaii, this has short titles of four hundred works in the library thought appropriate for a juvenile audience. As might be expected, these are largely tracts and religious works. For another library catalogue printed in 1836, see No. 981. References: None found. Copies: BPBM (Carter 3-B-1o)*. HHS (2)*. HMCS*. LC. NYP*. The NUC records a copy in the Library of Congress.

Sandwich Islands Mission Extracts | from | the Minutes | of the | General Meeting | of the | Sandwich Islands’ Mission, | Held at Honolulu, | June and July, | 1835. [rule] | Oahu: Mission Press. | [dotted rule] | 1835. 12mo. 17.5 x 11 cm. [1] title, [2] blank, [3] + 4–27 text, [28] contents pp.

This edition of the General Meeting minutes is particularly important for its attention to the High School at Lahainaluna (pp. 7–16). There are several lengthy reports pertaining to the students and the buildings, printing statistics, a discussion of “the school for scholars’ wives,” and “Security of the land at Lahainaluna and vicinity for the use

974

118

1835 Hawaiian National Bibliography

of the school.” Abbreviated reports of general mission matters follow. The report regarding a library for the mission is on page 21. The printed minutes of the 1836 General Meeting record an edition of 5o copies. References: Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 1836), p. 4. Copies: BPBM*. HHS*. HMCS (2)*. NYP. 975

[Sandwich Islands Mission] Letter to Dr. Chapin. | Honolulu, June 15, 1835.| Dear Brother Chapin. | Your letter of May 2oth, was received on the 13th. inst. and considered by the Mission. | . . . | [Honolulu, 1835] 17.5 x 1o.5 cm. [1–4] text pp.

In 1835, Dr. Alonzo Chapin addressed a letter to the mission, seeking permission to return to America. It was read at the General Meeting. This “letter” is a sympathetic reply from the mission as a body, and is signed at the end: “E. W. Clark, Moderator. [and] Levi Chamberlain, Scribe.” The press run is not recorded, but was probably 5o copies or less. References: None found. Copies: HMCS*, bound with general letters. 976

Sandwich Islands Mission. Maternal Association Constitution | of the | Maternal Association | Of the Sandwich Islands Mission. [Lahainaluna, 1835–1836] 12mo. 17 x 1o.5 cm. Caption title, [1] + 2–3 text, [4] blank pp.

Impressed with a sense of our entire dependence upon the Holy Spirit to aid us in training up our children in the way they should go; and hoping to obtain the blessing of such as fear the Lord, and speak often to one another, We, the subscribers, do unitedly pledge ourselves to meet, at stated seasons, for prayer and counsel, in reference to our Mutual duties and responsibilities. This item is recorded in the manuscript minutes of the 1835–1836 General Meeting. The minutes of the 1838 Delegate Meeting, which list printing accomplished at Lahainaluna during the 1835–1836 year, state: “Constitution of Maternal Assoc’n. 12mo. 4 pp. 5o copies.” References: The Revised Minutes of the Delegate Meeting, 1838 (Honolulu, 1839), p. 21. Copies: HHS*. HMCS*. 977

Sandwich Islands Mission. Maternal Association The Names | of the | Mothers, Members and Children, | belonging to the | Maternal Association of the Sandwich Islands’ | Mission. | [rule] | [text begins] [Honolulu, 1835] 19.5 x 2 cm. [1] + 2–4 text pp.

Under the name of each mother are names and birth dates of each of her children. This list was frequently revised and reprinted in 1839, 1841, 1845, 1847, and 1854. References: This edition is not recorded in the Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 1835).

Hawaiian National Bibliography 1835

119

Copies: BPBM*. HMCS, photocopy of an original in the ABCFM papers (ABC. 19.1 v.4), Houghton Library, Harvard.

Stewart, Charles Samuel Dagboek | van een verblijf | in de | Sandwich-Eilanden. | Door | C. S. Stewart, | laatst Amerikaansch Zendeling op de | Sandwich-Eilanded. | Naar den Vierden Druk | uit het Engelsch vertaaid. | in 2 deelen compleet. | I Deel. | [rule] | Te Rotterdam, bij | Mensing en Van Westreenen. | 1835.

978

2 vols. 8vo. 22.5 x 14 cm (HMCS). Vol. i: [i] half title, [ii] [three-line quotation], [iii] title, [iv] blank, [v] + vi–vii Aan den Lezer, viii–x Voorberight van den Schrijver dated New York, 1 Jan. 1828, [xi] + xii–xxviii Inleiding voor de Engelche Uitgave, signed William Ellis, Hoxton College, 2 April, 1828, [xxix] + xxx–xxxii Inhoud, [1] + 2–23o text, [+ leaf containing printed spine titles] pp. Vol. ii: [i] half title, [ii] blank, [iii] title, [iv] blank, [i] + ii–v Inhoud, [vi] blank, [1] + 2–242 text, [+ last leaf containing printed spine titles] pp.

First Dutch edition of Stewart’s Journal of a Residence. This is a translation of the second London edition, 1828 (see No. 711). References: None found. Copies: HMCS*, fine untrimmed copy in mottled paper covered boards.

Warriner, Francis Cruise | of the | United States Frigate Potomac | round the world, | during the years 1831–34. | Embracing | the Attack on Quallah Battoo, with notices of scenes, | manners, etc., in different parts of Asia, | South America, and the Islands | of the Pacific. | Embellished with Engravings. | By Francis Warriner, A.M. | [rule] New York: | Published by Leavitt, Lord & Co. | 182 Broadway. | Boston: Crocker & Brewster, | 47 Washington-street. | 1835. 12mo. 19 x 12 cm (BPBM). [1] title, [2] copyright notice and printer’s name, [3]–4 Preface dated New York, January 1835, [5] + 6–8 Contents, [9] + 1o–366 text, [367–368] blank pp. Pages 18, 34, 52, 64, 86, 1oo, and 118 are blank and unnumbered. With frontispiece “Burning of Quallah Battoo.” Plan of Quallah Battoo at p. 82, and 4 woodcut illustrations on inserted leaves.

An account of the voyage of the frigate Potomac under Commodore Downes. The object of this cruise was one of “gunboat diplomacy” in the Indian Ocean, following news received in Washington D.C. (via a “memorial” from Americans) of Malay attacks on Americans along the coast of Sumatra. Acting on this document, “President Jackson changed the destination of the ship, and ordered her to proceed immediately to Sumatra, to punish those who had dared to imbrue their hands in the blood of our countrymen” (p. 12). Much of the text concerns the attack made on Malay forts at Quallah Battoo, which is well covered in the account by Jeremiah Reynolds (New York, 1835; see No. 971). Subsequent to this engagement, the ship made stops at Batavia, Canton, and Macao. On July 23, 1832, the ship anchored at Oahu. The author describes the town, visited the queen regent at the palace, met Kekuanaoa and describes the court, and took a ride to Manoa valley. With other officers he took tea at the mission house with Rev. Bingham. In company with Dr. Judd, he visited several chiefs (describing the house of one), and later attended a service at Kawaiahao Church. When the king returned from Maui, an official reception took place, and the king later entertained them with a luau at “Mount Nuuanu, or as it is sometimes called the Pari.”

979

120

1835 Hawaiian National Bibliography

At an official council meeting between the king and Commander Downes, complaints brought forward by American residents, particularly concerning the expulsion of Catholic priests (pp. 233–236) and on missionaries not encouraging agriculture, were discussed. The ship left Honolulu on the 16th of August, bound for Valparaiso. References: Hill, ii, p. 61o. Copies: AH (Kahn)*. BPBM*. HHS. HMCS*. LC. The NUC lists 11 copies. 980

Wheeler, Daniel Extracts | from the | Letters and Journals of | Daniel Wheeler, | now engaged in a religious visit | to the inhabitants | of some of the islands of the Pacific Ocean, | Van Dieman’s Land, and New South Wales. | accompanied by his son | Charles Wheeler. | [rule] | Lindfield: | Printed by W. Eade, at the Schools of Industry. | [rule] | MDCCCCXXXV. 8vo. 21 x 13.5 cm (HMCS). [1] title, [2] blank, [3] + 4–54 text, [55–56] blank pp.

This is the very rarely seen first edition of the Daniel Wheeler narrative, issued in parts as letters and journals were received in England. Part i was published in 1835. Subsequently, the following parts were published: Part ii: [i] title [ii] blank, [1] + 2–59 text, [6o] blank pp. London, Harvey & Darton, MDCCCXXXVI (1836). Part iii: [i] title, [ii] blank, [1] + 2–84 text pp. London, Harvey & Darton, MDCCCXXXVIII (1838). Part iv: [i] title, [ii] blank, [1] + 2–11o text pp. London, 1839. A note in Part ii states: “Since the issuing of the printed Extracts from the Journal of our friend, Daniel Wheeler, in the 12th month last, three further portions of Extracts have been received, commencing the 14th of the 5th month, and ending the 13th of the 9th month, 1835. The letters accompanying the last of these communications are dated from Oahu one of the Sandwich Islands, from the 16th to the 19th of the 1st Month, and received the 25th of the 6th month, 1836.” Part iii of this work has an account of the Wheeler’s visit to the Hawaiian Islands. I have not located a copy of Part iv, and the collation above is conjectural. For the first uniform edition (1839), and comments on the voyage, see No. 1184. References: Ferguson (lists Parts i and ii separately; see Part i [2nd ed.], 2679, and Part ii, 2213). Copies: HMCS*, Parts i–iii with signature of Elizabeth Wheeler on title page of Part i.

1836 981

American Board of Commissioners for Foreign Missions A | Catalogue | of | BOOKS | in the | Library | of the | American Board of Commissioners | for | Foreign Missions, | at the | Sandwich Islands, | 1836 [Honolulu, 1836] 12mo. 19 x 12 cm (HHS). [1] title, [2] note from Reuben Tinker dated January 1, 1836, [3] + 4–7 text, [8] blank pp.

A short title list of approximately 3oo books. Its compiler, Reuben Tinker, states in his prefatory note:

Hawaiian National Bibliography 1836

121

Dear Brother—Will you be so good as to look over this Catalogue and set a mark against the books in your possession, and if you have any not in this list, add them also, and return it to me, that a more perfect Catalogue may be made. It is desirable that any numbers you may have of the N. A. Review, or other periodical works, belonging to the Library, should be returned for the purpose of being bound. The Hawaiian Historical Society has Dwight Baldwin’s copy, with his pencil annotations. An improved catalogue was printed in 1837 (see No. 1o3o). References: None found. Copies: HHS (2)*. NYP. The NUC lists the copy in the New York Public Library.

Andrews, Lorrin Remarks on the Hawaiian dialect of the Polynesian language, prepared for the Repository, by the Rev. Lorrin Andrews, of the High School, Lahainaluna, February, 1836. In: The Chinese Repository. Vol. v, No. 1, pp. 12–21. Canton, May 1836.

982

8vo.

An early and interesting essay on the Hawaiian language, by one of the best of the missionary linguists. It is distinguished by its inclusion of examples of Hawaiian poetry in both English and Hawaiian. There is a kanikau (or lament) recorded by William Ellis (13 lines), a couple of “distiches” of an elegy on love (5 lines), and “a scrap of a mele or song written on the creation of Hawaii” consisting of 11 lines. This essay was later reprinted in the Hawaiian Spectator. Vol. i. No. iv, October 1838. The folding table “Paradigm of a Hawaiian Verb,” added to the Spectator was not published in the Chinese Repository account. The Chinese Repository was published at Canton between 1833 and 1851. The periodical has occasional references to Hawaii (largely missionary oriented) in other issues. References: None found. Copies: HHS*. The Union List of Serials records more than 5o holdings of this periodical.

Andrews, Lorrin A | Vocabulary | of words | in the | Hawaiian Language. | [rule] | Lahainaluna: | Press of the High School. | [rule] | 1836. 8vo. 23 x 14 cm. [i] title, [ii–iii]–iv preface, [1] + 2–132 text pp.

One of the most important works issued by the Lahainaluna Press, Lorrin Andrews’ “Vocabulary” is perhaps more accurately the pioneer attempt to provide a dictionary of the Hawaiian language. It contains approximately 5,7oo Hawaiian words with brief definitions and occasional examples of usage in sentences. Additionally, Andrews has included (on page 132) 42 “loan” words not originally in the Hawaiian language but which had already become common in usage. These include dala (dollar), fiku (fig), sopa (soap), baka (tobacco), and Zion (Zion or Jerusalem). Records show that the first 4o pages of the text portion were printed in Honolulu and completed by the June 1835 General Meeting. Following this, all text from page 4o, the title page, and prefatory matter, were printed at Lahainaluna. The preface is dated “High School Lahainaluna, February 23, 1836.” Copies of the completed work were distributed among the mission and were offered for public sale at $1 each. Interleaved copies were also bound and distributed to those in the mission who wished them, with

983

122

1836

Hawaiian National Bibliography

the idea that the annotations collected in the field would be useful for future revisions of the work, or for the preparation of a full-scale dictionary. This did not occur until 1865. Rev. Artemas Bishop’s heavily annotated copy is in the Bishop Museum library, and other copies containing occasional annotations are known. The printed minutes of the 1835 General Meeting record the Honolulu printing of the first 4o pages. The minutes of the 1838 Delegate Meeting (with printing statistics for 1835–1836) record the printing of the remainder of the work, “from page 4o.” The edition was 1,ooo copies. References: Butler, 19. Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 1835), p. 5. Judd and Bell, 142. The Revised Minutes of the Delegate Meeting, 1838 (Honolulu, 1839), p. 21. Copies: AAS*, Rev. Henry Cheever’s copy with annotations. AH (Kahn) (2)*, one in pink paper boards, a second with calf spine and boards. AI-NZ*. ATL*. BPBM (4)*, including Rev. Artemas Bishop’s interleaved copy with extensive annotations and revisions. BPBM (Carter 6-E-1o)*. FLP*. GF (2)*. HarU (2234.8o and 42-5595)*, the latter is the ABCFM copy. HHS (2)*. HMCS (4)*, including 2 interleaved, annotated copies. HSL (Tice Phillips). ML (3)*, one with signature of Artemas Bishop and occasional annotations and corrections; another copy is inscribed in pencil: “C. Wheeler / Lahaina Maui 3o 4 mo. [i.e., April 3o] 1836.” NLC. PS (2)*. UH. YU (2)*.

Lorrin Andrews’ A Vocabulary of Words in the Hawaiian Language, Lahainaluna, 1836 [see No. 983], is the first book-length work issued in Hawaii that contains Hawaiian words and definitions. Courtesy Hawaiian Mission Children’s Society Library, Mission Houses Museum.

Hawaiian National Bibliography 1836

[Atlas]

123 984

[Atlas of Maps. Lahainaluna, 1836] Not seen. Sheldon Dibble’s History of the Sandwich Islands (Lahainaluna, 1843) contains a list of mission publications, including the above listing, no copies of which have survived. References to the production of the atlas are found in letters from Lorrin Andrews to Levi Chamberlain (all HMCS): October 7, 1835: “I send you a specimen or two of our first sheets of engraving copper plates. The second form is now cutting. There will be four forms like the one I send. We propose to print a thousand copies. They are not perfect you will understand but will they not be useful to schools?” November 15, 1835: “Permit me to mention that the Copper you proposed sending has not yet arrived. I hope with the blessing of God on our efforts to get out an Atlas in Hawaiian—before Gen. Meeting if you will furnish me with means.” January 5, 1836: “Can you procure water color paints—we shall soon need a quantity for fitting out our maps. The plates for [the] Hawaiian Islands are nearly finished as also the globes for a school atlas.” December 15, 1836: “I will put up some specimens [of maps] though I hope by & by to publish an Atlas for schools with questions &c.” No copies of this atlas (if in fact it was ever issued) have been found. A small atlas having seven double leaves, on which are printed 16 vignettes and nine maps (on five leaves) is in the Bishop Museum collection. This was formerly assumed to be a copy of this first atlas. Recent research, however, has shown that in fact it is an adaptation of Sarah S. Cornell’s First Steps in Geography, first published in 1858.

Chamisso, Adelbert von Adelbert von Chamisso | s | Werke. | [double rule] | Erster Band. | Reise um de Welt, erster theil | [double rule] | Leipzig, | Weidmann’sche Buchhandlung | 1836. | [second title:] Reise um die Welt | mit der Romanzoffischen | Endeckungs— Expedition | in den Jahren 1815–18 | auf der Brigg Rurik | Kapitain Otto v. Kotzebue | von | Adelbert v. Chamisso. | [double rule] | Erster Theil | Tagebuch. | [rule] | [quotation in Greek] | [rule ] [Leipzig, 1836] 2 vols. 12mo. 16.5 x 1o.5 cm (AH [Kahn]). Vol. i: [i] title of Chamisso’s collected works (as above), [ii] blank, [iii] title of Reise um die Welt, [iv] blank, [v] Inhalt (Contents), [vi] author’s remarks, [1] + 2–4 preface, [5] + 6–1o Einleitend (Introduction), [11] + 12–436 Chamisso’s account of his voyage pp. Page 335 is misnumbered 235. With engraved frontispiece portrait of Chamisso. Vol. ii: [i] title of Chamisso’s collected works (as above), [ii] blank, [iii] title of Reise um die Welt, [iv] blank, [v]–vi Inhalt (Contents), [vii] + viii–viii Vorwort (Preface), [1] + 2–396 Chamisso’s account of his voyage pp. With folding table, census of the Marianas Islands (1816) at p. 15o, 2 leaves of maps of the Caroline Islands inserted between pp. 152 and 153, frontispiece portrait of Kadu.

Adelbert von Chamisso was the naturalist on the Rurick during the Russian expedition around the world under the command of Captain Otto von Kotzebue, 1815–1818. The Rurick made stops in Hawaii in 1816 and 1817. (For the official narrative and notes on the voyage, see Nos. 525 and 526.) In the first volume of this, his collected works, Chamisso provides his own narrative of the Kotzebue voyage, which had not previously been published. As expected Chamisso’s account of the voyage is from the viewpoint of a scientist. His remarks on Hawaii in Volume i are on pages 2o1–232 and 332–353.

985

124

1836

Hawaiian National Bibliography

The second volume contains a revised edition of his “Remarks and Opinions,” which had appeared in volume iii of the official Kotzebue account (see No. 521). Chamisso’s Werke comprised four volumes, the last two volumes containing material unrelated to the voyage. The Werke was reprinted in a six-volume edition (Berlin, 1856), and there were numerous subsequent editions. A translation of this account, by Victor S. K. Houston, is found in the 48th Annual Report of the Hawaiian Historical Society for the year 1939. References: Lada-Mocarski, 1o3. Copies: AH (Kahn)*. The NUC lists 3 copies, one each at the New York Botanical Garden, the German Society of Pennsylvania, and the Union Library Catalogue of Pennsylvania. 986

Chapin, Alonzo Recollections of the Sandwich Islands. [1836–1837] A series of 24 numbered articles under this title was printed in Volume ix of The Youth’s Companion, a Sunday School magazine published weekly by N. Willis, of No. 9, Cornhill, Boston. These begin in issue No. 2 (May 26, 1836) and conclude in issue No. 47 (April 7, 1837).

Dr. Alonzo Chapin, a medical missionary stationed in the Hawaiian Islands from 1832 to 1835, wrote this series of articles specifically for a Sunday School audience. As might be expected, the habits and behavior of young Sabbath school children of New England are contrasted with more indolent and even “heathenish” students, teachers, and parents in Hawaii. He supplies a few contrasts of more attentive Hawaiians, and occasionally includes quotations from his journal. The general tone of the letters (and also the content) assumes a more positive stance about halfway through the series. A trip made from Waimea to Kaawaloa, Hawaii, and a trek to Mauna Kea made with fellow missionaries Lorenzo Lyons and Ephraim Spaulding, are reported in article No. 13 (Nov. 25, pp. 111–112). In No. 14 (Dec. 9, p. 118), he describes the good dietary habits of the natives and their particular fondness for sugar cane. No. 15 (Dec. 16, p. 122), concerns a group of Hawaiians encountered by Samuel Ruggles in New Bedford, whose near starvation and abandonment in New England Chapin contrasts with the kindness and hospitality Hawaiians show to strangers in their own land. Hawaiian thatch houses and their construction for both commoners and chiefs are described in No. 16 (Dec. 3o, p. 13o) and No. 17 (Jan. 13, 1837, p. 138). Clothing and Hawaiian taste for colors is discussed in No. 18 (Jan. 2o, p. 143) and No. 19 (Jan. 27, p. 146). In No. 2o (March 3, p. 166) Chapin mentions personal adornments of shells and tortoise shell, feather leis and lei niho palaoa, and the operation “termed kakau by the natives; foreigners usually call it tattoo.” Surfing, Hawaiian expertise in handling canoes, and their possession of larger craft are discussed in No. 21 (March 1o, p. 171) and No. 22 (March 24, p. 178). Chapin refers to less attractive aspects of island life, diseases, and introduction of mosquitoes and rats, in No. 23 (March 31, p. 182). Article No. 24 (April 7, pp. 186–187) concerns Captain Vancouver’s introduction of cattle, their rapid increase, and how they are caught by Spanish and native “beef catchers.” References: None found. Copies: HMCS*, a bound volume of this periodical for 1836–1837.

Hawaiian National Bibliography 1836

125

Dibble, Sheldon Christians Guilty | of the | Blood of the Heathen. | [rule] | “Thou shalt not kill.” | [rule] | [text begins:] The heathen world, as a mass has been left | to perish. By whom? Not by the Father of Mercies. He gave his Son to redeem it. | [text continues] | [Colophon below rule at foot of p. 12:] Lahainaluna, Maui;—Press of the High School. 1836. | Edmund H. Rogers, Printer.

987

12mo. 16.5 x 11.2 cm. Caption title, [1] + 2–12 text pp.

An appeal by Sheldon Dibble to Christians to save the heathen of the world, ending: “The conclusion is irresistible: Christians are accountable for their eternal agonies. An ocean of blood! The endless agonies of 6oo,ooo,ooo of souls in face of the command, Thou Shall not Kill! It is out of place to add remarks to this overwhelming charge of guilt.” A copy owned by Mrs. Lorenzo Lyons (HMCS) has her manuscript annotation: “This tract was printed as the voice of the Protestant Mission in Hawaii.” The printed minutes of the 1837 General Meeting record an edition of 4oo copies. References: Extracts from the Minutes (Honolulu, 1837), p. 8. Copies: AH (Kahn)*, with signature of Rev. Rufus Anderson on first page. HHS (2)*. HMCS (2)*, the copy noted above and a second copy bound with other tracts. NYP*.

[Dibble, Sheldon] The Duty | of the | Present Generation of Ministers | to Preach | The Gospel to the Heathen. | [rule] | [text begins] | [Colophon below rule at top of p. 12:] Lahainaluna, Maui:—Press of the High School, 1836. | Edmund H. Rogers, Printer.

988

12mo. 17 x 11 cm. Caption title, [1] + 2–12 text pp.

An appeal to world evangelism, written by Rev. Sheldon Dibble to Hiram Bingham and Reuben Tinker, September 8, 1836 (HMCS): “I enclose the proof sheet of a tract, which Br. Rogers has had the kindness to put in type, to save me the trouble of copying it. . . . Please read it, make criticisms upon it, give your opinion & return. . . . It will stand as it is till your order [is] received.” A proof copy of this tract in the HMCS Library shows slight variations in the text as finally printed. The edition of this tract was 4oo copies. A Buffalo, New York, reprint (1847) adds the following note on the verso of the title: “The following appeal contains the sentiments of the largest mission of the American Board. It was adopted unanimously [in June 1836] after a long discussion. . . . It had its origin just before the great revival at the Sandwich Islands, when the brethren evidently felt deeply the importance of the thoughts which they presented to Christians in America. Taking a survey of the state of the world from the favorable position they occupied, it is a matter of no surprise that they expressed themselves in strong language.” This text was also reprinted in the Oberlin Evangelist and in the American Missionary (Vol. ii, No. 3) New York, January 1848. References: Extracts from the Minutes (Honolulu, 1837), p. 8. Copies: HarU (42.5436)*. HHS*. HMCS*, good copy and a proof copy bound with other tracts (Old Carter No. Sec 11-b-11). NYP*.

[Dibble, Sheldon?] For the | Monthly Concert. | [scrolling rule] | [text begins:] Dear Christian Friends,—Were I or any other missionary to meet with you at the monthly concert, you would | probably invite me to take a part in the exercises, perhaps you would expect me to tell you of the progress | that Christ’s kingdom is making

989

126

1836

Hawaiian National Bibliography

among the heathen. | [Colophon below rule at top of p. 16:] Lahainaluna, Maui:—Press of the High School, 1836. | Edmund H. Rogers, Printer. 8vo. 19.5 x 13.5 cm. Caption title, [1] + 2–16, text pp.

A guide for unified prayers among members of the mission. The printed minutes of the 1837 General Meeting record an edition of 4oo copies. References: Extracts from the Minutes (Honolulu, 1837), p. 8. Copies: HHS*. HMCS (2)*. NYP*. 990

[Dibble, Sheldon?] “I HAVE A MESSAGE FROM GOD | UNTO THEE” | [scrolling rule] | [text begins:] My Dear Friend, | From a far distant benighted land I come to your door with a message from God. | [Colophon below rule at foot of p. 12:] Lahainaluna, Maui:—Press of the High School. 1836. 12mo. 17.5 x 11 cm. Caption title, [1] + 2–12 text pp.

“I beseech you,” the author says, “Allow me to speak freely to you of the conditions and prospects of the heathen and of your individual duty to them.” Dated Sandwich Islands, October 3o, 1836, the tract was intended for distribution in America, rather than to a specific Hawaiian audience. Its aim was the rescue of millions of “wretched heathen” of all nations of the world. The printed minutes of the 1837 General Meeting record an edition of 4oo copies. References: Extracts from the Minutes (Honolulu, 1837), p. 8. Copies: HHS*, J. S. Green’s copy bound with other Lahainaluna tracts. HMCS*, also has a proof copy of this, printed on one side of a sheet only, and now folded and bound with other tracts. NYP*. 991

Diell, John Report of Rev. J. Diell, Seaman’s Chaplain at the Sandwich Islands, for [the] year ending 31st Dec. 1835. In: The Sailors Magazine, and Naval Journal. Vol. viii, No. ii, whole No. 95, pp. 334–345. New York, July 1836. 8vo.

Reverend Diell reports on his work among seamen, comments on the chiefly oppression under which common Hawaiians labored, and writes about the Oahu Charity School. He also has an interesting “recapitulation” of shipping activity at Honolulu. His letter is dated Honolulu, Oahu, January 1, 1836. An important inclusion is a table “Showing a List of Vessels Touching at the Port of Honolulu, from January to October 12, 1839.” This lists 114 vessels by date of arrival, master, where from, last from, time, cargo, date of departure, and where bound. References: None found. Copies: AH (Kahn)*. The Union List of Serials records many holdings of this periodical. 992

Dumont d’Urville, Jules Sébastien César Puteshestvie vokrug svieta, sostavl. iz puteshestvii i otkrytii Magelana, Tasmana, Dampiera, Ansona, Bairona, Vallisa, Kartere, Bugenvilia, Kuka, Laperuza, Bleiga, Vankuvera, Dantrkasto, Vil’sona, Bodena, Flindersa, Kruzenshterna, Golovina, Portera, Kotsebu, Freisine, Bellingsgauzena, Gallia, Diuperre, Pol’dinga, Bichi, Diumon-Diurvilia, Litke, Dillona, Laplasa, Morelia i proch. Izdano pod rukovod-

Hawaiian National Bibliography 1836

127

stvom Diumon-Diurvilem, Kapitana Frantsuzskago Korolevskago Flota, s kartami i mnogochisl. sobraniem izobrazhenii, gravirov. na miedi, so risunkov izviestn. Sensona, risoval’shchika, sovershivshago puteshestvie s Diumon-Diurvilem na Astroliabii. 4 pts. Spb. Tip. A. Pliushara, 1836–1837. 4 vols. 4to. Vol. i: vi, 347. Vol. ii: iv, 344. Vol. iii: iv, 3o5. Vol. iv: iv, 3o4 pp.

Not seen. A Russian translation of the author’s Voyage Pittoresque Autour du Monde (Paris, 1834); see No. 883. A St. Petersburg 1843 edition is at Yale. References: Ferguson, 2119. Copies: LC. ML. The NUC records the Library of Congress copy.

Ellis, William. London Edition Memoir | of | Mary M. Ellis, | wife of the | Rev. William Ellis, | Missionary to the South Seas, and Foreign Secretary of the | London Missionary Society; | Including | Notices of Heathen Society, of the details of | Missionary Life, and the remarkable mani- | festations of divine goodness in severe | and protracted affliction. | By William Ellis. | Second edition. | revised and enlarged. | London: | Published by Fisher, Son, & Co. [1836] Small 8vo. 17 x 1o.5 cm (AH [Kahn]). [i] title, [ii] blank, [iii] + iv–v Preface dated London Sept. 1835, [vi] + vii –viii Contents, [9] + 1o–287 text, [288] blank + i – iv Advertisements (works published by Fisher, Son, and Co.) pp. With engraved frontispiece portrait of Mrs. Ellis dated 1835.

An enlarged memoir of the life of Mrs. Ellis. For the first (1835) edition, see No. 929. Much of the text is devoted to Mrs. Ellis’ life in the Society Islands, and there is an account of her residence at the Hawaiian Islands (pp. 113–149). Mr. and Mrs. Ellis and family arrived Honolulu February 5, 1823. The text here includes several letters from Mrs. Ellis. One (dated February 17, 1823) to a friend in the Society Islands tells of her arrival and contrasts conditions in Hawaii with her former residence. A letter to her family (June 16, 1823) tells of missionary prospects and the last illness and death of Keopuolani (the “sacred” wife of Kamehameha) at Lahaina. Finding that Mrs. Ellis’ health was not improved by her residence in Hawaii, the Ellis family departed Hawaii in September 1824, bound to New England via the South Seas. In the section “proposed removal to the Sandwich Islands” (pp. 1o3–11o) there are three letters dated Honolulu, August 1822, addressed to Mrs. Ellis from three Hawaiian missionary wives: Sybil M. Bingham, Lucy Thurston, and Maria T. S. Loomis. The Loomis letter is found in the Boston edition, 1836, but does not appear in the 1838 London edition. The title page is not dated, but the advertisements fix the date as 1836. Further editions appeared in 1838 and circa 184o. The HMCS Library has a “Third Edition” (undated), published in London by the Religious Tract Society. References: Ferguson, 2121a. Copies: AH (Kahn)*, original blind-stamped cloth. ML. NLA. YU. The NUC records 3 copies, 2 at Yale and 1 in the New Brunswick Theological Seminary library.

993

128

1836

Hawaiian National Bibliography

994

Ellis, William. Boston Edition Memoir | of | Mrs. Mary Mercy Ellis, | wife of | Rev. William Ellis, | missionary in the South Seas, and Foreign Secretary of | The London Missionary Society. | Including | notices of heathen society, of the details of mis- | sionary life, and the remarkable display of | divine goodness in severe and pro- | tracted afflictions. | [rule] | By Rev. William Ellis. | [rule] | With an | Introductory Essay | on the marriage of missionaries, | by Rev. R[ufus] Anderson, | one of the Secretaries of the American Board of Commis- | sioners for Foreign Missions. | [rule] | Boston: | Published by Crocker & Brewster. | 47, Washington Street: | New York:—Leavitt, Lord & Co. | 18o, Broadway. | 1836. 12mo. 19 x 11.8 cm (HMCS). [i] title, [ii] copyright notice, [iii] + iv–vi Contents, [vii] + viii–xxii introductory essay to the American edition, [xxiii] Memoir half title, [xxiv] blank, [25] + 26–286 Memoir text, [287–288] blank pp. With engraved frontispiece portrait of Mrs. Ellis.

The first American edition, with the addition of an important essay on the subject of marriage of female missionaries by the Rev. Rufus Anderson, the corresponding secretary of the American Board of Commissioners for Foreign Missions in Boston. The essay, dated Boston, June 1836, begins: “A more convenient opportunity than the present may not occur, for stating some of the grounds on which pious females are justified in going on foreign missions as the wives of missionaries.” There are references in Anderson’s essay to the Hawaiian mission. For the first London edition (1835), see No. 929. References: Carter, p. 5o. Copies: BPBM*, in brown cloth, with inscription on front blank: “Lucia G. Smith from sister Marcia” (Lucia shortly thereafter married Hawaiian missionary Rev. Lorenzo Lyons). HMCS*, in contemporary green cloth. LC. PA-VBC. The NUC lists 9 copies. 995

[Eveleth, Ephraim] Histoire | des | Iles Sandwich | et de la | Mission Americaine | depuis 182o. | Traduite de l’Anglais. | [rule] | Paris | Chez Risler, Libraire, | rue de l’Oratoirè, 6. | 1836. 12mo. 15 x 9.5. cm (HMCS). [i] half title, [ii] printer’s name and address, [iii] title, [iv] blank, [1] + 2–281 text, [282] blank pp.

First French edition. For the first American edition (1831), see No. 778. References: None found. Copies: HMCS*. LC. PMK*. The NUC lists only the Library of Congress copy. 996

Hawaii. Kingdom. Laws and Regulations. Quarantine To the Pilot at Honolulu. | YOU are hereby directed, previous to boarding any vessel from the | North West Coast of America, and other vessels generally, to ascertain | whether there has been any case of SMALL POX, or other pestilent | disease on board . . . | [text continues] | [signed at end:] Kinau, | Auhea. Paki. [dated at left:] Waikiki, August 1, 1836 [Honolulu, 1836] Broadside. 16 lines of text, 15 x 19.5 cm.

An early quarantine regulation. If evidence of smallpox was found aboard ship a quarantine was required, a yellow flag was to be hoisted, and authorities were to be notified. This was probably issued with the text also in Hawaiian on the same or on a facing page, but no copies of such a Hawaiian text have survived. References: None found. Copies: AH (Laws—series 418)*.

Hawaiian National Bibliography 1836

Hawaii. Kingdom. Treaty. Articles of Agreement KUIKAHI. | [double rule] | [text at left begins:] Articles made and agreed on at Hono- | lulu, Island of Oahu, this 16th. day of | Nov. 1836. [and at right:] He mau olelo keia i hooponoponoia’i a i hoo- | paaia’i ma Honolulu ma ka Moku Oahu i ka | la umikumamanaono o Novemaba, 1836. | [signed at lower left:] Kamehameha III. | Ed. Russell Captain of | H.B. Majesty’s Ship Actaeon. [and signed at lower left:] Kamehameha III. [and] Ed. Russell. [Honolulu, 1836]

129 997

Broadside. Caption title, and 47 lines of text in double-column form, printed area 27 x 17 cm on a sheet measuring 3o x 25 cm.

This treaty contains three articles of agreement between Lord Edward Russell, Captain of HMS Actaeon, and Kamehameha III, regarding the rights of British residents in the Hawaiian Islands: the first permitting English citizens and merchants to reside and build houses, “as long as they conform to the laws of these Islands”; the second establishing freedom of movement of English subjects and the protection of their property; the third affirming that effects of deceased citizens be under the control of executors, and not subject to seizure by “any of the Governors or Chiefs,” and that government assistance be provided where necessary for the settlement of debts. The sheet on which this document was printed (measuring 29.5 x 48.3 cm) was put through the press twice, resulting in two impressions of the document (i.e., on the first two and on the third and fourth pages of a single-fold sheet). These were then separated for individual distribution. The Hawaiian Historical Society has a copy of the sheet in its original unseparated form. The text of this treaty was also published (in English and Hawaiian) in Ke Kumu Hawaii, Buke 2, Pepa 16 (Honolulu, Jan. 4, 1837). References: Kuykendall, pp. 145–148. Copies: AH (F.O. & Ex.) (3)*. AH (Kahn)*. HHS*. HMCS (2)*. NYP*.

He Helunaau He Helunaau, | he mea | e maa’i ke kanaka, | i ka | helu i na mea a pau | ma ka | noonoo wale no. | [rule] | Na olelo ao mua keia a Warren Colburn | [double rule] | Alua pai ana. | [double rule] | Oahu: | Mea Pai Palapala a na Misionari. | 1836.

998

8vo. 15.5 x 1o cm (HMCS). [1] title, [2] blank, [3] + 4–132 text pp.

Title: An intellectual arithmetic, teaching men to calculate everything by thinking only. These are the first lessons by Warren Colburn. The second edition of Colburn’s Intellectual Arithmetic, translated by Artemas Bishop. The printed minutes of the June 1836 General Meeting record 7,ooo copies printed of this edition. For the first (1833) edition, see No. 847. References: Butler, 1o9. Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 1836), p. 4. Judd and Bell, 137. Copies: AAS*, James Hunnewell’s copy. GF (2). HHS. HMCS (2)*. LC*. NLC. NYP. P-EMS. YU.

He Hoikehonua He | Hoikehonua, | he mea ia e hoakaka’i i | ke ano o ka honua nei, | a me na mea | maluna iho. | [cut of two hemispheres] | [rule] | Ua unuhi ia noloko mai o ka hoikehonua a W. C. Woodbridge. | Ua haumia ka honua i ka poe e noho ana maluna iho. Isaia. | [double rule] | Oahu: | Mea Pai Palapala a na Misionari. | [rule] | 1836.

999

130

1836

Hawaiian National Bibliography 12mo. 18 x 11 cm. [i] title, [ii] blank, [v] + vi–vii Papa Kuhikuhi (Index), [viii] blank, [1] + 2–2o3 text, [2o4] blank pp. With 16 text illustrations and diagrams.

Title: A geography, something describing the form of the earth, and things on it. Translated from the geography of W. C. Woodbridge. The second, revised edition of Woodbridge’s geography; the first (translated by Samuel Whitney) had appeared in 1832 (see No. 813). The Hawaiian portion of the text is on pages 36–46, followed by notices of other parts of the Pacific. A woodcut of a hypothetical island (p.5) illustrates terms for district boundaries, large and small villages, mountains, streams, and lakes; otherwise almost all the illustrations are stock cuts from New England sources. Page 14 features a view of Niagara Falls; the city of London is shown on page 16; two kangaroos are on page 54; page 71 has a whaling scene; the United States Capitol building in Washington appears on page 8o, and a Greek temple is illustrated on page 14o. An important feature of this work is a résumé of the 1835–1836 missionary census of Hawaii, titled “Na Kanaka o Hawaii Nei,” which appears on the back cover of copies in the original boards. This seems to have been its only contemporary publication. Population statistics for Kauai, Oahu, Maui, and Hawaii are given by island and by district. Figures for Molokai, Lanai, and Kahoolawe are by island only. The printed minutes of the June 1836 General Meeting record: “12mo. 192 pp. 1o,ooo copies.” Following this notation, a second entry reads: “Covers for the same 8,ooo copies.” References: Butler, 3oo. Dibble, p. 417. Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 1836), p. 4. Judd and Bell, 138. Copies: AAS*, fine copy. AH (Kahn)*, original marble boards, spine renewed. ATL*, fine copy with inscription on front cover: “C. W. Oahu 9 /6mo. 1836” [i.e., Charles Wheeler, Oahu, 9th day of 6th month, 1836]. HarU (4). HHS*. HMCS (2)*, one copy has the 1835–36 census tables on the back cover. LC*. ML (2). NLC. NYP. P-EMS*. PS. 1000

He Olelo Ninau He | Olelo Ninau | no ka | Palapala Honua. | [triple rule] | [text begins:] Ehia Ainapuniole ma ka honua nei? | . . . | [Lahainaluna, 1836–1837] 12mo. 18.5 x 11.5 cm. Caption title, [1] + 2–4o text pp.

Title: Questions on maps of the world. A text of geographical questions, intended for use in conjunction with wall maps, probably those manufactured at Lahainaluna during the 1836–1837 school year. The first question in each section directs the student to the appropriate map and is followed by detailed questions. The maps discussed are as follows: The Hemispheres (pp. 1–4), Hawaiian Islands (pp. 5–7), North America (pp. 7–14), South America (pp. 15–18), Europe (pp. 18–24), Asia (pp. 24–3o), Africa (pp. 3o–32), and a chart of Mountain Peaks (pp. 37–4o) with questions on name, country location, and height of each peak. The Hawaiian mountains include Mauna Kea, Haleakala, Waialeale, and Kaala; the foreign peaks include the Himalayas and Mount Holyoke, Massachusetts. This text was not accompanied by an atlas. The printed minutes of the 1837 General Meeting record an edition of 1oo copies. A second, revised edition, He Wahi Mau Niele no ka Palapala Honua, was printed at Lahainaluna in 1837 (see No. 1o49). References: Extracts from the Minutes (Honolulu, 1837), p. 7. Judd and Bell, 646. Copies: HHS*, fine copy in original wrappers, with signature of Dwight Baldwin. LC*. PS*.

Hawaiian National Bibliography 1836

[Hooker, Sir William Jackson] A Brief | Memoir of the Life | of | Mr. David Douglas, | with | Extracts from His Letters. | [rule] | [text begins] | [London, 1836]

131 1001

8vo. 24.5 x 15 cm (YU). Caption title, [1] + 2–1o4 text pp. Text in double-column form, signed at end “W. J. H.” With a woodcut diagram on p. 1o2.

This is a very rare offprint of the text that had appeared in Hooker’s Companion to the Botanical Magazine in 1836 (see No. 942) and was probably one of a very small edition assembled for private distribution to Douglas’ intimate friends. No author’s name appears on the title page, but the text, as in the Companion, is signed “W. J. H.” The first page of text has been repositioned to allow space for a caption title; both pagination and signature letters have been altered for this separate issue. This issue of the text omits the last paragraph in the Companion text (following the Richard Charlton letter on p. 182), which concerns the delayed publication of other articles in the periodical due to the length of the memoir. It is not relevant to the text just concluded. Curiously the lithograph portrait of Douglas, which appears in Hooker’s Companion, is not present in the two copies examined and is nowhere referred to. References: None found. Copies: HHS*, copy in plain brown wrappers with inscription on cover: “Rev. Joseph Goodrich, with Sir J. D. Hooker’s respectful Compliments.” YU*. The NUC records copies at Yale and the University of British Columbia (Vancouver).

Huish, Robert A | Narrative | of the Voyages and travels | of | Captain Beechey, R.N. F.R.S. &c., | to the | Pacific and Behring’s Straits; | performed in the years 1825, 26, 27 and 28. | For the purpose of Co-operating with the Expeditions under Captains | Parry and Franklin. | And of | Captain Back, R.N., | to the | Thlew-ee-choh River & the Arctic Sea. | In Search of the Expedition under Capt. J. Ross, R.N. | being the conclusion of the series of voyages instituted for the | discovery of the | North West Passage. | [rule] | Compiled from Original and Authenticated Documents, | by Robert Huish, F.L.A. & Z. Soc. | . . . | [rule] | London: | Published by W. Wright, 13, St. George’s Road, | Southwark. [1836] 8vo. 21.5 x 14 cm untrimmed (YU). [Added engraved title, verso blank], [1] title, [2] blank, [i–ii] Introduction, [iii] + iv–vi Contents, [1] + 2–5o8 Beechey voyage text, [5o9] + 51o–7o1 Back voyage text pp. With engraved frontispiece portrait of Captain Beechey (facing engraved title page), portrait of Captain Back, and 7 text illustrations.

An unofficial narrative of a participant on the voyage of HMS Blossom, with details not found in the official account published in 1831 (see No. 772). Chapters vii–viii (pp. 29o–314) concern Hawaii. The author also includes an account of the visit to London made by Kamehameha II, Kamamalu, and their entourage; their deaths in 1824; and a summary of the voyage of HMS Blonde to Hawaii in order to return their bodies to the Islands. An account (obtained from Captain Lord Byron) tells of the subsequent funeral ceremonies held in Honolulu. For the second (1839) edition, see No. 1158. The second text, a voyage to the arctic in search of Captain John Ross, contains no Hawaiian material. References: Ferguson (Addenda), 2138a. Copies: BL. HMCS. PA-VBC. UH. WaU. YU*, with all plates and portraits colored. The NUC records 11 copies.

1002

132

1836

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1003

Irving, Washington. First Philadelphia Edition Astoria, | or | Anecdotes of an Enterprise | beyond the | Rocky Mountains. | By Washington Irving. | In two volumes. | Vol. i. | Philadelphia: | Carey, Lea & Blanchard. | 1836. 2 vols. 8vo. 21.5 x 14 cm (HMCS). Vol. i: [1] title, [2] copyright notice and printer’s name and address, [3] + 4–6 introduction, [vii] + viii–xii, contents of Vol. i, [13] + 14–285 text, [286] blank pp. With folding engraved map “Sketch of the Routes of Hunt & Stewart” (24 x 45.5 cm) at first text page. Vol. ii: [i] title, [ii] copyright notice and printer’s name and address, [iii] + iv–viii contents of Vol. ii, [9] + 1o–262 text, [263] Appendix half title, [264] blank, [265] + 266–279 Appendix text, [28o] blank + 1–8 advertisements pp.

A history of John Jacob Astor’s American Fur Company on the Northwest Coast of America, and an important text on trade in the Pacific from 181o to 1814. Astor’s ship, the Tonquin (Capt. Thorn), sailed for the Northwest Coast in 181o, making a stop en route at the Hawaiian Islands. The Tonquin anchored at Kealakekua on February 12, 1811. The author describes trading at the bay, and a “dance” held in honor of the ship’s visit. The crew made the obligatory visit to the site where Cook was killed, and met the Englishman John Young. This narrative has a summary account, “as furnished by himself” of Young’s history and involvement with the American ship Eleanora in 179o. Irving also remarks on Kamehameha’s advance to power and on his “navy,” which then comprised “about forty schooners . . . and one old American ship.” On February 21 the Tonquin anchored off Waikiki, where it was visited by Kamehameha “in royal style.” The author makes perceptive comments about that chief and his sharp trading policies. The Tonquin departed the Islands on February 28, 1811. The work includes an account of the 1813 voyage of the Albatross from the Northwest Coast to the Marquesas, where the ship met Captain David Porter. From there the Albatross sailed to Hawaii in November 1813. Also included are notes on the 1813 voyage of the Beaver. In addition Irving writes about the Lark, which sailed from New York in 1813, giving a dramatic account of the ship’s wreck in a gale and its subsequent drift to Hawaii. The survivors landed on the island of Kahoolawe and were then put under the protection of Kamehameha in return for his claiming the salvage rights to the Lark. For another account of Astor’s activities, see Ross Cox’s Adventures on the Columbia River (London, 1831), No. 775. According to Jacob Blanck ( Vol. v, pp. 43–45), there are two settings of type in the first edition. In the first setting, on the verso of the title to the first volume, there is a copyright notice and an imprint reading: “Henry W. Rees, Stereotyper,” and on page 239 of the second volume, there is a garbled footnote. In the second setting, the verso of the title in the first volume is blank, and there is no footnote on page 239 of the second volume. The HMCS copy has “Henry W. Rees” as the stereotyper, but does not have a footnote on page 239, meaning that it is a “mixed issue” copy. Blanck further states (quoting another source) that 4,ooo copies were printed as of October 18, 1836. This was a popular and frequently reprinted work. American and English editions to 186o include the following: Philadelphia, Lea & Blanchard: 1841. New York: 1849, 1851, 1852, 1853, 1855, 1856, 1859, 186o. London: 1836 (see No. 1oo4), 1839, 185o, and 1851. New York & London: 1857.

Hawaiian National Bibliography 1836

133

References: Blanck, 1o148. Sabin, 35129. Strathern and Edwards, 276. Streeter, 3347. WagnerCamp, 61:1 (the Philadelphia Lea & Blanchard edition). Copies: AAS. AH (Kahn)*, original blue cloth rebacked. BPL. HarU. HMCS. LC. PA-VBC. UCB. YU. The NUC lists more than 5o copies of this edition.

Irving, Washington. First London Edition Astoria: | or, | Enterprise beyond | the Rocky Mountains. | By Washington Irving. | Author of “The Sketch Book,” “The Alhambra,” &c. | In three volumes. | Vol. i. London: | Richard Bentley, | New Burlington Street. | [rule] | 1836.

1004

3 vols. 8vo. 19 x 12 cm (HMCS). Vol. i: [i] half title, [ii] blank, [i] title, [ii] printer’s name and address, [iii] + iv–viii Introduction dated September 1836, [xi] + xii–xvi Contents of Vol. i, [1] + 2–317 text, [318] blank, [319–32o] Advertisements pp. Vol. ii: [i] title, [ii] printer’s name and address, [iii] + iv–ix Contents of Vol. ii, [x] blank, [1] + 2–32o text pp. Vol. iii: [i] title, [ii] printer’s name, [iii] + iv–vii Contents of Vol. iii, [viii] blank, [1] + 2–294 text pp.

First English edition. References: Sabin, 3513o. Wagner-Camp, 61:2 (also listing an 1839 edition with the same imprint). Copies: BL. BPBM (Carter 11-A-24-26)*. NYP. PA-VBC. UC-B. WaU. YU. The NUC lists 18 copies of this edition.

Irving, Washington. Paris, Baudry Edition Astoria; | or, | Enterprise Beyond | The Rocky Mountains. | By Washington Irving, | Author of “The Sketch Book,” “The Alhambra,” &c. | [monogram initials B. L.] | Paris, | Baudry’s European Library, | Rue du Coq, near the Louvre. | Sold also by Aymot, Rue de la Paix; Truchy, Boulevard des Italiens; | Theophile Barrois, Jun., Rue Richelieu; Heideloff and Campe, | Rue Vivienne; and by All the Principal Booksellers on | the Continent. | [rule] | 1836.

1005

8vo. 21 x 12.5 cm (BPBM). [i] half title, [ii] imprint, [iii] title, [iv] blank, [v] + vi–vii Introduction dated Sept. 1836, [viii] blank, [ix] + x–xvi Contents, [1] + 2–325 text, [326] blank, [327] + 328–336 Appendix pp.

One of two Paris 1836 editions. The half title reads: “Collection of Ancient and Modern British Authors. Vol. cxlvi,” but this work was issued and available for separate purchase. References: Wagner-Camp, 61:3. Copies: BPBM (Carter 12-B-4)*, contemporary morocco spine and marble boards. LC. NLC. PA-VBC. UC-B. WaU. The NUC lists 1o copies of this edition.

Irving, Washington. Paris, Galignani Edition Astoria; | or, | Enterprise beyond | The Rocky Mountains. | By Washington Irving, | Author of “The Sketch Book,” “The Alhambra,” &c. | [rule] | Paris, | Published by A. and W. Galignani and Co., | rue Vivienne, No. 18. | [rule] | 1836. 8vo. 21 x 13 cm. [i] half title, [ii] printer’s name and address, [iii] title, [iv] blank, [v] + vi–vii Introduction, [viii] blank, [ix] + x–xvi Contents, [1] + 2–325 text, [326] blank, [327] + 328–336 Appendix pp.

1006

134

1836

Hawaiian National Bibliography

The text of this edition is composed of the same sheets as those found in the Baudry edition (No. 1oo5). The first leaf (the half title) is blank here, and the title page has been altered. The colophon (p. ii) states: Printed by “J. Smith, 16, rue Montmorency.” References: Wagner-Camp, 61:4. Copies: WaU. YU*. The NUC lists one copy of this edition. 1007

Jardine, Sir William, and Prideaux John Selby Illustrations of Ornithology | by | Sir William Jardine Bart. F.R.S.E. F.L.S. M.W.S. &c. | and | Prideaux John Selby Esq.: F.R.S.E. F.L.S. M.W.S. &c. | Edinburgh; | Published by W. H. Lizars, 3, St. James Square; S. Highley 32, Fleet Street London, | And W. Curry Junr. & Co. 9, Upper Sackville Street Dublin. [1836–1843] 4to. 29.5 x 23.5 cm (YU). Engraved title, verso blank, [1–4] Contents pp. With 53 engraved hand-colored plates numbered i–liii, dated 1836–1843, and unpaged letterpress text for each plate.

This is a supplement volume to the authors’ Illustrations of Ornithology (3 vols. Edinburgh, 1816–1835). A very attractive colored Plate viii by Edward Lear, which illustrates Berniclua sandvicensis (the Hawaiian goose or nene), is probably the first published illustration of this Hawaiian bird. It was drawn from a live specimen in the collection of the Earl of Derby at Knowlsley. Lord Derby had received a pair of birds in 1834, and the accompanying letterpress text of three pages describes the birds and the attempts to hatch and raise goslings. The date of publication of this supplemental part is given in Ibis, Series vi (1894), page 326, and information on the parts issue of all three volumes of this work will also be found in Zimmer (pp. 322–324). This supplemental volume appears to be quite rate. It is not in Ferguson although the text describes several birds of Australia. References: Anker, 222 (calls it “a famous work”). British Museum (Natural History Catalogue, Vol. ii, p. 927). The Ibis, Sixth Series, Vol. vi, p. 326 (London, 1894). Copies: YU*. 1008

Ka Mooolelo Kinohi Ka Mooolelo Kinohi, i kakauia’i e Mose. | [Oahu, Mission Press, 1836] 12mo. 18 x 1o.5 cm. Caption title, 84 text pp.

Title: The story of creation [i.e., Genesis], as written by Moses. Not seen. The first complete edition of Genesis, translated by Asa Thurston and revised by Artemas Bishop. Selections from this had been printed in 1829 (in two editions) as Tract No. 9. with variations to the title (see Nos. 735 and 736). The list of “assignments of public Labors” [1833 General Meeting] states: “2. That the omitted passages of Genesis be translated, correcting at the same time the errors in the former impression, that the work may be printed entire.” The assignments at the 1834 General Meeting include: “4. That Genesis be assigned to Mr. Bishop to be revised.” The printed minutes of the 1836 General Meeting record an edition of 1o,ooo copies. References: Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 1833), p. 22; (Oahu, 1834), p. 26; and (Oahu, 1836), p. 4. Judd and Bell, 139. Copies: PS.

Hawaiian National Bibliography 1836

Ka Wanana a Isaia [and] Ieremia Ka | WANANA A ISAIA. | [With second title, p. 159:] Ka Wanana a Ieremia | [Lahainaluna, 1836?]

135 1009

12mo. 18 x 11 cm. Caption titles, 1–158 Isaia text, and 159–228 Ieremia text pp.

Titles: The Prophecy of Isaiah [and] The Prophecy of Jeremiah. The first printings of both biblical texts in Hawaiian. These were translated by Rev. William Richards (Dibble). Isaiah is in single-numbered verse form after the first verse, which is divided. The Book of Jeremiah is incomplete: mokuna (chapter) xxxii ends mid-sentence in verse 32, and the remainder of the text was not printed at the seminary. This tract appears in the list of printing in the printed minutes of the 1838 Delegate Meeting, which includes printing done during the 1835–1836 year, but omitted from that year’s report. This item is recorded in the manuscript minutes of the 1836 General Meeting (originals HMCS). Dibble also dates it as above, and Lorrin Andrews lists it in his Annual Report to the ABCFM, dated November 16, 1836 (HarU [ABCFM Papers]). This report states that the edition was 1,ooo copies. References: Dibble, p. 419. Judd and Bell, 188. The Revised Minutes of the Delegate Meeting, 1838 (Honolulu, 1839), p. 21. Copies: ATL*, bound with 5 other Old Testament tracts. HMCS (2)*. PS*. UC-B*.

Kekahuna [and] Ke Mele a Solomona Kekahuna, | [text begins:] Mokuna i. | O ka lapuwale o na mea a pau. | [With second title, p. 17:] | Ke mele a Solomona. | [Lahainaluna, 1836]

1010

12mo. 18 x 11 cm. Caption title, 1–24, 26 [i.e., 25], [26–28] text pp.

Titles: Ecclesiastes [and] The Song of Solomon. Two books of the Old Testament, translated by Jonathan S. Green (Dibble). Kekahuna (Ecclesiastes) is printed in double-column form, and Solomona is in numbered verse form. The translation of these books was assigned to Green at the 1835 General Meeting. The printing record of this is found in the manuscript minutes of the 1836 General Meeting, and it is included (as completed) in Lorrin Andrews’ annual report to the ABCFM, dated Lahainaluna, November 16, 1836 (HarU [ABCFM papers]). It is also found in the minutes of the 1838 Delegate Meeting, which includes printing for the 1835–1836 year. The minutes, as well as Andrews’ 1836 report, state that the edition was 1,ooo copies. References: Dibble, p. 419. Judd and Bell, 174. The Revised Minutes of the Delegate Meeting, 1838 (Honolulu, 1839), p. 21. Copies: ATL*, bound with 5 other tracts. HMCS*. PS. UC-B*.

Krohn, Friedrich De Eilanden | in die | Zuidzee, | het werk der | Christelijke Zendelingen | op Dezelve | en | de uitwerking van dezer bemoeijingen. | Naar het Hoogduitsch | van | Fr. Krohn. | [rule] | te Groningen, bij | W. Zuidema. | 1836. 8vo. 23 x 14 cm (HMCS). [i] title, [ii] blank, [iii] Voorede (Introduction), [iv] Inhouds opgave, [1] + 2–128 text pp.

A Dutch translation of the author’s Das Missionswesen in der Südsee (Hamburg, 1833); see No. 86o. The Hawaiian text, beginning on page 78, discusses the voyage of HMS Blonde, the visits of Kotzebue and Beechey, and particularly their published comments

1011

136

1836

Hawaiian National Bibliography

on the American missionaries at the Islands. The famous “Boki” letter published in the Quarterly Review (London) is included in this publication. Much of the text concerns the visit of Captain Finch to Hawaii in October 1829, extracted from Rev. C. S. Stewart’s account of the voyage (see No. 798). A letter from William Ellis, dated London, January 2, 1833, is on pages 1o3–1o9, and a letter from John Coffin Jones, United States Consul at Hawaii, dated October 3o, 1829, is on pages 11o–112. Captain Finch’s report to the Department of State in Washington, D.C., is on pages 112–12o. The text preceding the Hawaiian text contains a review of missionary work in the Society Islands. References: O’Reilly and Reitman, 7717 (recording the Hamburg 1833 edition). Copies: BPBM*, fine copy in original wrappers. HMCS*, fine copy in original wrappers. 1012

Lahainaluna Seminary. Catalogue He | PAPAINOA | no na | KAHU, a me na KUMU, a me na HAUMANA | o ke | Kulanui o Hawaii nei, | ma Lahainaluna i Maui. | 1836. | [triple rule] | [text begins] | [Colophon below rule at foot of p. 4:] Lahainaluna:—Mea Paipalapala no ke Kulanui [1836] 21.5 x 14.5 cm. Caption title, [1] title etc., [2] + 3–4 text pp.

Title: List of names of the directors, the teachers, and the students of the high school of Hawaii at Lahainaluna, Maui. This catalogue of the school has a list of students on pages 2–4, arranged in three classes: Papa i, with 16 students; Papa ii, with 28 students; Papa iii, with 35 students. Printed in triple columns, it gives the name, residence, and home island of each student. The catalogue is reprinted in Ke Kumu Hawaii, Buke 2, Pepa 19 (Honolulu, Feb. 15, 1837, p. 76). The size of the edition is unknown but was probably about 2oo copies. References: None found. Copies: AAS*. HarU (ABCFM papers)*. HHS*. HMCS*, with signature of Levi Chamberlain. 1013

Lahainaluna Seminary. Circular High School, Lahainaluna, Dec. 26, 1836. | To the Brethren of the | Hawaiian Mission. | Dear Brethren, | The Instructors of the High School, in devising plans for securing the greater | progress of the scholars, have agreed to make known to you their wishes respecting the qualifications | of the youth who may here after be proposed as suitable candidates for the benefits of the school | . . . | Yours truly, | Lorrin Andrews. | Ephraim W. Clark. | Sheldon Dibble. | [Lahainaluna, 1836] Circular. Text printed on the first page of a single-fold sheet; the body of the text has 42 lines. 22.7 x 19 cm.

The Lahainaluna faculty solicit members of the mission for prospective students, with four specific requirements for admission: 1. Reading. By this is not meant merely an ability to utter a sentence or a paragraph without any blunders or mistakes, but an ability to read so as to comprehend the sense . . . 2. Writing. It will be expected that every scholar will be able to write on paper a legible copy or large hand; and if over twelve years of age . . . a neat and small hand.

Hawaiian National Bibliography 1836

137

3. Mental Arithmetic. It is expected that all the scholars will be fully acquainted with the first six chapters of the Helunaau. 4. Topographical Geography. By this is understood as much of Geography as can be learned from maps and the accompanying set of questions prepared for the purpose. The instructors would also add that in selecting scholars, attention should be given to the ability of the scholar, or an aptitude for receiving instruction generally. The printed minutes of the 1837 General Meeting record an edition of 5o copies. References: Extracts from the Minutes (Honolulu, 1837), p. 8. Copies: HHS*. NYP*.

[List of Ships] [List of Ships at Lahaina, Maui, from August 19 to December 16, 1836.] [Lahainaluna, 1836?]

1014

Broadside. Original not seen.

A list having the above title was enclosed with an annual report (a joint letter from Ephraim Spaulding, William Richards, and Dwight Baldwin of Lahaina to the Seamen’s Friend Society). It was published in the Sailors Magazine (Vol. ix, No. 12, August 1837, pp. 366–367). The list, in tabular form, records the “Date of arrival, Names of Ships, Names of Masters, Home Ports, Tonnage, Months Out, Barrels of Oil and Barrels the season.” A total of 44 arrivals are shown, commencing with the August 19th arrival of the Meridian (Hiram Fisher of Edgartown, Master), and ending with the December 16th arrival of the Adeline (William Buckley of Newburyport, Master). The printed minutes of the 1837 General Meeting record the printing of a “Shipping List. 2oo copies.” References: Extracts from the Minutes (Honolulu, 1837), p. 8. Copies: None located.

[List of Ships] Arrivals at Oahu, Sandwich Islands, from January 1, to August 1, 1836. [Honolulu, 1836]

1015

Broadside. No separate copies located. This is reproduced (in English) in Ke Kumu Hawaii, Buke 2, Pepa 15 (Honolulu, July 2o, 1836, p. 6o).

This lists 37 arrivals, in tabular form, beginning with the January 4th arrival of the schooner Honduras (Dudoit, Master) from Boston via Ascension, with a cargo of tortoise shell, and bound for Canton. It ends with the July 29th arrival of the brig Joseph Peabody (More, Master) from Salem via the Northwest Coast, with a cargo of furs. References: None found. Copies: No separate copies known.

Na Olelo Akamai a Solomona Na Olelo akamai a Solomona. | [text begins:] Mokuna i. | O na olelo akamai a Solomona ke keiki a Davida ke | alii o ka Iseraela. | [Lahainaluna, 1836] 12mo. 18 x 11 cm. Caption title, [1] + 2–61 + [–62] text pp.

1016

138

1836

Hawaiian National Bibliography

Title: The wise sayings of Solomon. The Book of Proverbs. Dibble says this was translated by Lorrin Andrews. The list of assignments made at the 1834 General Meeting states: “7. That the translation of the book of Proverbs be assigned to Messrs. Andrews and Clark, and revised by Mr. Richards.” The text is in numbered verse form. A record of this publication is found in the manuscript minutes of the 1835–1836 General Meeting. It also appears in the printed minutes of the 1838 General Meeting on the list of printing done at Lahainaluna, which includes items produced during the 1835–1836 year that had been omitted in the earlier report. It is dated by Dibble as above and is included in Lorrin Andrews’ annual report to the ABCFM, dated Lahainaluna, November 16, 1836 (HarU [ABCFM Papers]). Andrews’ report shows that the edition was 1,ooo copies. References: Dibble, p. 419. Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 1834), p. 26. Judd and Bell, 18o. The Revised Minutes of the Delegate Meeting, 1838 (Honolulu, 1839), p. 21. Copies: ATL*, bound with 5 other works. HMCS (2)*, both bound with other Old Testament tracts. UC-B*, bound with 5 other Old Testament tracts. 1017

No Ka Mihi No | KA MIHI. | [text begins:] Heaha ka Mihi? Eia no ka mihi; ka ehaeha o ka naau, no ka lawehala me ka hoopailua, a haalele aku i ka hewa. | [Honolulu, 1836–1837?] 8vo. 19.5 x 12 cm (BPBM). Caption title, [1] + 2–8 text pp.

Title: Concerning repentance. The text begins: “What is repentance? This is repentance: the internal hurt, concerning wrongdoing and disgusting things, and forsaking doing things that are wrong.” No record of the printing of this is found in any of the General Meeting minutes. However, a list of assignments in the 1835 minutes includes No. 6: “Mr. Whitney to translate Gallaudet’s Child’s book on the Soul, and the same author’s work on Repentance.” This assignment is repeated the following year with the note that the manuscript was to be “reviewed by Mr. Bishop.” Hoike Akua, the translation of Child’s Book on the Soul, appeared in 1839 (see No. 1157). References: Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 1835), pp. 17–18; and (Oahu, 1836), pp. 14–15. Judd and Bell, 639. Copies: ATL*. BPBM (3)*. HHS*. HMCS (4)*. PS. 1018

No Ke Kahakaha No Ke | KAHAKAHA: | he mea ia e hoike ai i ke ano o kela | mea keia mea ma ke kaha ana. | [triple rule] | Papa 1: | [text begins] | [Lahainaluna, 1836–1837] 8vo. 18.3 x 11.5 cm. Caption title, [1] + 2–7 text, [8] blank pp.

Title: Concerning drawing. A work to show [how] that and this thing are drawn. A first work of drawing instruction divided into five chapters, each containing numbered exercises, amounting to 143 problems to be solved. The exercises begin with simple lines, dissections, and divisions, and continue on to angles, triangles, hexagons, pentagons, pyramids, and cubes. Chapter three contains exercises on circles, arcs, and octagons within circles; further problems include the drawing of cones and cylinders. In the final exercises, the student is asked to draw objects, including a flower vase, a pitcher, a sugar bowl, and a soup tureen. The printed minutes of the 1837 General Meeting record this as “Linear Drawing 8 pp. 12mo. 1oo copies.”

Hawaiian National Bibliography 1836

139

Another drawing instruction book, with a much expanded text and with engraved illustrations, was issued in 1838; see No. 1119. References: Extracts from the Minutes (Honolulu, 1837), p. 7. Judd and Bell, 64o. Copies: HHS*, bound with He Olelo Ninau no ka Palapala Honua and O ke Aohoku in plain paper wrappers, with signature of Dwight Baldwin on upper cover. HMCS*. PS*, bound with He Olelo Ninau no ka Palapala Honua.

O ka Huliano O ka Huliano, he | olelo niele ia e moakaka ai ke ano | o ka | Palapala Hemolele. | [rule] | He mea ia e pono ai na Kula Sabati. | [rule] | Buke i. | No ka mooolelo no Iesu a me kana mau hana mana. | [rule] | Elua pai ana. | [rule] | Oahu: Mea Pai Palapala a na Misionari. | 1836.

1019

18mo. 14 x 9 cm (HMCS). [1] title, [2] blank, [3] He olelo hoakaka (Preface), [4] blank, [5] + 6–152 text pp.

Title: The inquiry, questions illustrating the meaning of the Holy Scriptures. A good thing for Sunday Schools. Book i. About the story of Jesus and his miracles. The second edition of a text translated by Sheldon Dibble (Anderson). For the first (1835), see No. 962. The printed minutes of the 1837 General Meeting record an edition of 3,ooo copies. References: Extracts from the Minutes (Honolulu, 1837), p. 5. Judd and Bell, 14o. Copies: AAS*. ATL*. HHS. HMCS (3)*. LC. NLC.

O ka Palapala O ka Palapala | a Nehemia. | [second title, p. 31:] Ka Mooolelo no Esetera. | [Oahu, Mission Press, 1836]

1020

12mo. 18 x 11 cm (HMCS). Caption title, 1–47 text, [48] blank pp.

Title: On the book of Nehemiah [and] The story of Esther. Nehemiah was translated by Sheldon Dibble, and Esther by William Richards (Dibble). Nehemiah was first printed at Lahainaluna (1835), and Esther was first printed at Lahainaluna (1835?); see No. 966. At the 1834 General Meeting, Esther had been assigned to Dibble to translate, and Nehemiah to Mr. Richards. Following the meeting, the two men traded assignments (see letter from Sheldon Dibble to Levi Chamberlain, March 27, 1835, in entry No. 966). The printed minutes of the General Meeting of 1836 record an edition of 1o,ooo copies. References: Dibble, p. 419. Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 1834), p. 26; and (Oahu, 1836), p. 4. Judd and Bell, 141. Copies: HMCS (5, 3 seen)*. UM.

Oihanaalii II Oihanaalii ii. | [text begins:] Mokuna i. | Na mohai nui a Solomona | i mohai aku ai ke Akua | ma Gibeona. | [Lahainaluna, 1836] 12mo. 18 x 1o.7 cm. Caption title, [1] + 2–71[–72] text pp.

Title: II Chronicles. The first printing of this Old Testament book, translated by Jonathan S. Green, who had been assigned the task at the 1834 General Meeting. The text is printed in doublecolumn form and numbered at the bottom of each page.

1021

140

1836

Hawaiian National Bibliography

In a letter to the American Board, November 7, 1835 (HarU [ABCFM Papers]), J. S. Green states: “I am reviewing for the press, 2 Chronicles. Br. Dibble helps me . . . he is one of the very best translators in the mission . . .” This is recorded in the minutes of the 1838 Delegate Meeting (which includes printing done during 1835–1836, but omitted in the earlier report). It is also found in the manuscript minutes for the earlier year and is included in Lorrin Andrews’ annual report to the ABCFM, dated Lahainaluna, November 16, 1836 (HarU [ABCFM Papers]). Andrew’s report, which lists printing for the year ending May 2o, shows that this text had an edition of 1,ooo copies. References: Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 1834), p. 26. Judd and Bell, 158. The Revised Minutes of the Delegate Meeting, 1838 (Honolulu, 1839), p. 21. Copies: ATL*, bound with 5 other tracts. HMCS (2)*, both bound with other Old Testament tracts. PS*. UC-B*. 1022

Parley, Peter (pseud. of Samuel Griswold Goodrich) Peter Parley’s Tales | of the | Sea. | [woodcut of man in canoe in a storm] | With many engravings. | [rule] | Philadelphia: | Desilver Thomas & Co. | 253 Market Street. | 1836. 12mo. 14.5 cm. [1] title, [2] Copyright notice dated 1831, [3–4] Contents, [5] + 6–144 text pp.

The story of La Pérouse appears on pages 132–142. A notice on the verso of the title states: “This is the last of Peter Parley’s Series of Tales, designed to instruct children in Geography and History. The other volumes are, America, Europe, Africa, Asia, and Islands in the Pacific.” This was a popular and often reprinted text. The National Union Catalog records Boston editions of 1831, 1833, and 1838; and Philadelphia editions of 1845, 1848, and 1849. References: Bagnall, 2169. See Ferguson, 2269 (listing the 1837 edition). Copies: AAS*. ATL. 1023

Reynolds, Jeremiah N. Address, | on | the subject | of a | Surveying and Exploring Expedition | to the | Pacific Ocean and South Seas. | Delivered | in the Hall of Representatives, on the evening of April 3, 1836. | By J. N. Reynolds. | With | Correspondence and Documents. | [three-line quotation from Washington’s Message to Congress, Dec. 7th, 1796] | [rule] | New York. | Published by Harper & Brothers. | [rule] | 1836. 8vo. 23 x 14 cm. [1] title, [2] House of Representatives Resolution, April 2d, 1836, [3]–4 Preface by Reynolds dated New York, Oct. 1o, 1836, [5] + 6–1oo Address, [1o1] Correspondence half title, [1o2] blank, [1o3] + 1o4–157 Correspondence, [158] blank, [159] Documents half title, [16o] blank, [161] + 162–3oo Documents pp.

Reynolds’ lengthy address includes a summary of Pacific exploration with comments on the voyages of James Cook, Ivan Kruzenshtern, and Iurii Lisianskii. A letter from Thomas Jefferson to Meriweather Lewis on the subject of western exploration is also reprinted. The letters addressed to Reynolds are from various members of the scientific community. Haskell says pages 5–298 of this are reprinted in Reynolds’ Pacific and Indian Oceans (New York, 1841; see No. 1316), and that this was reviewed by Edgar Allen Poe in the Southern Literary Messenger, Volume 3, pages 68–72. References: Haskell, 2o3.

Hawaiian National Bibliography 1836

141

Copies: AH (Kahn)*, original wrappers, with presentation inscription in the hand of William Darlington. BPL. JCB. LC. NYP. PA-VBC. WaU. The NUC lists 1o copies.

Rienzi, Domeny de Océanie | ou | Cinquième Partie du Monde. | Revue Géographique et Ethnographique | de la Malaisie, de la Micronésie, de la Polynésie et de la | Mélanésie; | offrant les résultats des voyages et des découvertes de l’auteur | et de ses devanciers, ainsi que ses nouvelles classifications et divisions | de ces contrées, | par | M. G. L. Domeny de Rienzi, | Voyageur en océanie, en orient, etc., etc., membre de | plusieurs académies de France et d’Italie, de la Société de Géographie, | des Sociétés Asiatiques de Paris et de Bombay (Inde), etc. etc. | [two-line quotation from Mohammed ] | Tome Premier. | [rule] | Paris, | Firmin Didot Frères Éditeurs, | Imprimeurs-libraires de L’Institut de France, | Rue jacob, no. 24. | [rule] | M DCCC XXXVI. [1836–1837] 3 vols. 8vo. 21 x 13 cm (BPBM). Vol. i (1836): [i] half title, [ii] printer’s name, [iii] title, [iv] blank, [1] + 2–399 text, [4oo] errata, [i] list of plates, [ii] blank pp. With 2 folding maps and plates numbered 1–94 (and) 285–292. Vol. ii (1836): [i] half title, [ii] printer’s name, [iii] title, [iv] blank, [1] + 2–397 text, [398] blank, [399] list of plates, [4oo] blank pp. With 2 folding maps and plates numbered 95–172 (and) 293–296. Vol. iii (1837): [i] half title, [ii] printer’s name, [iii] title, [iv] blank, [1] + 2–58o text, [581] + 582–59o Table des chapitres, [59o] + 591–632 Table des matières, [633] + 634–635 errata, [636] blank, [637–64o] List of plates in Vols. i–iii pp. With 1 folding map and plates numbered 173–284 (and) 297–3o4.

An early and useful compilation of texts from early voyages and travels. Volume ii contains a lengthy section on Hawaii: “Archipel des Iles Haouai ou Sandwich” (pp. 1o–81) touching on all aspects of the people, customs, government, and geographical features up through 1829. It is illustrated with 23 engraved plates adapted from the originals of John Webber, Louis Choris, Jacques Arago, William Ellis (the missionary), and Robert Dampier. Plate 124, “Etablissement des Missionnaires,” although headed “Iles Haouai,” does not depict a Hawaiian scene. Sections on other parts of Polynesia are found throughout the second and third volumes. Extensive comments on New Zealand (pp. 124–252) and Australia (pp. 433–559) are in Volume iii. The plates (which occasionally contain more than one view) are each numbered at the top right, but not placed in the volumes in strict numerical order. There also seem to be discrepancies as to the actual number of plates that are called for in each volume. For example, in the Bishop Museum (Carter) copy, the list of plates in Volume i calls for plates 1–94, while the master list at the end of Volume iii gives the number as 84. The list in Volume ii calls for plates 95–172, whereas the master list calls for plates numbered 85–167. In this Volume ii, however, the last plate is numbered 168. Additionally, the master list shows supplemental plates, which I have included in the volume collations above. Ferguson states that the work was originally issued in 9o livraisons (1836–37), each part containing 16 pages. Editions appeared in German (1837–1838 and 184o); Italian (1838–1843); and Spanish (1845–1846). The HMCS Library has a copy of the Stuttgart (1837) edition. The numerous plates present in this work have made all editions attractive to book break-

1024

142

1836

Hawaiian National Bibliography

ers, and individual views from the various editions are commonly seen in print dealers and antique shops. They are frequently found colored although they were not originally so published. References: Ferguson, 2173a. See also Ferguson, 2333 (Stuttgart 1837–1838 ed.); Ferguson, 2582 ( Venice 1838 ed.); Ferguson, 3o69 (Stuttgart 184o ed.). Copies: AH (Kahn)*, marble paper covered boards, untrimmed, with original parts wrappers in front and at end of each volume. BPBM (Carter 11-C-14)*. HMCS*. 1025

Sandwich Islands Mission Extracts | from | The Minutes | of the | General Meeting | of the | Sandwich Islands’ Mission, | held at Honolulu, | June and July, 1836. | [rule] | Oahu: | Mission Press, | [dotted rule] | 1836. 12mo. 17.5 x 1o.5 cm (BPBM). [1] title, [2] blank, [3] + 4–18 text, [19] contents, [2o] blank pp.

Contains a report on printing (with list of works completed); on the bindery, station, and common school reports; on the Lahainaluna Seminary; on the newspaper Ke Kumu Hawaii; and on “How far and in what ways should we endeavour to secure the co-operation of the Chiefs in our work.” The printed minutes record an edition of 8o copies. References: Extracts from the Minutes (Honolulu, 1837), p. 5. Copies: AH (Kahn)*. BPBM*. BPBM (Carter 3-B-12)*. HHS*. HMCS (2)*. NYP. 1026

Sandwich Island Gazette Sandwich Island Gazette | and | Journal of Commerce. | [double rule] | Vol. i. Honolulu, Oahu. Saturday July 2o, 1836. No. 1. | [double rule] | [Honolulu, 1836–1839] 4to. 37.5 x 26 cm (UC-B). A weekly newspaper “Published every Saturday,” each issue generally having four pages with four columns to a page. In Volume iii, following the March 7th number, there is a break in publication; the next issue (March 3oth) is numbered 33-34-35, due to “indisposition of the printer.” Bound sets may have a separate title leaf added at the conclusion of publication of the paper. The published volumes are as follows: Vol. i, July 3o, 1836–July 22, 1837; Vol. ii, August 5, 1837–July 28, 1838; Vol. iii, July 8, 1838–July 27, 1839.

The first English-language newspaper printed in Hawaii. The Gazette began publishing as a joint venture of Stephen D. Mackintosh (editor) and Nelson Hall (printer), who announced in their prospectus of July 3o, 1836: “We are strangers to the duties of an editor . . . and we are aware that, to establish the first English newspaper at the Sandwich Islands, is a labour of no ordinary occurrence . . . [but promise] our most strenuous exertions to make the Gazette a useful and interesting journal.” Hall’s interest ceased by the October 11, 1837, issue, and the paper was thereafter continued by Mackintosh and Samuel A. Cushing (as Mackintosh & Co.) until March 31, 1838, when it appeared as “Published by Stephen D. Mackintosh, Editor and Publisher.” The December 22, 1838, issue contains a notice of the pending disposition of the paper by Mackintosh, who was about to depart the Islands. The same number has his valedictory editorial, and a resolution that the paper be continued “on the same principles as heretofore: i.e., Pledged to the extermination of fanatics, injustice, and oppression in the Sandwich Islands, and the advocacy of free, religious, and political discussion.” The paper was sold to a number of subscribers, who paid the sum of $45o, and arranged for shares. The resident patrons listed include John C. Jones, Richard Charlton, T. Chas. Byde

Hawaiian National Bibliography 1836

Rooke, F. J. Greenway, Robert A. Walsh, Pierce & Brewer, J. O. Carter, Stephen Reynolds, William French, and George Pelly. R. J. Howard began printing the paper starting with the January 5, 1839, issue. In Volume iii the masthead again changes, and the editor solicits “Communications on subjects of interest, say Commerce, Agriculture, Religion, Temperance, [and] Amusement.” “Gentleman from sea” were also urged to “communicate shipping intelligence.” Advertisements and extracts from American and other newspapers fill much of the space amid local news and notices. A particular interest of the editor was the Oahu Charity School, and notes and articles on the school appear with frequency. Its editorial policy was decidedly “anti-missionary,” and a favorite method of attack was to reprint (with editorial comments) excerpts of station reports and missionary letters from annual reports of the ABCFM or from the Missionary Herald. Foreign news articles were adapted from a variety of sources, and among the most interesting of these is “Particulars of the Texan War” (Oct. 8, 1836), which gives an account of the battle of the Alamo. New laws, regulations, and particularly treaties appear after the fact: the “Articles of Mutual Understanding” signed by Lord Russell and Kamehameha III, November 16, 1836, are published in the November 19th, issue; harbor regulations and laws are in issues of February 18 and March 25, 1837; and port regulations for Lahaina are in the October 2o, 1838, issue. A letter from Jules Dudoit on the treatment of the priests Alexis Bachelot and Patrick Short was published May 6, 1837, and the Gazette subsequently took great interest in Catholic affairs in Hawaii. On June 24 the April 29th proclamation of Kamehameha III banishing the Catholics is reprinted. The proclamation stops in mid-sentence at the end of the sheet, but is continued in a one-page supplement dated June 24th. The January 6, 1838, issue reprints “Ke Kanawai no ka hoole ana i ka Pope” (An ordinance rejecting the Catholic religion), signed by Kamehameha at Lahaina, December 18, 1837. The July 21, 1838, issue contains a letter signed R. A. W. [Robert A. Walsh] answering Rev. Artemas Bishop’s statements regarding Catholics, which had appeared in Volume i, No. 3, of the Hawaiian Spectator. Father Bachelot’s letter to the editor from “on board the Clementine” on July 1, 1837, appears in the July 8th issue. His obituary is published in the October 6, 1838, number, and an account of his last days in exile on the island of Ascension appears in the October 27th issue. The February 16, 1839, issue informs the public that two French ships of war at Valparaiso were about to sail for Hawaii “to demand the most ample satisfaction from the King of Hawaii for the insults . . . extended to the subjects of France.” Issues during June and July 1839 are almost wholly concerned with addressing Catholic grievances. Travel articles on Hawaii begin in the first issue (July 3o, 1836). Here under “letters from Hawaii” there appears an extract of a letter from the late David Douglas dated Hawaii, January 1o, 1834, which gives an account of his trek to Mauna Kea and notes on earthquakes. There are two important series of accounts of travel about the island of Hawaii. Articles by “Perambulator” about a trip to Kawaihae and Waimea, Hawaii, are in Volume i, Nos. 7–9 (Sept. 1o, 17, and 24, 1836). In Volume iii, No. 5 (Sept. 1, 1838), under the heading “Linear Notices,” there begins an account of an August visit to the island of Hawaii. These continue in Nos. 7 (Sept. 15), 8 (Sept. 22), 14 (Nov. 3), and 19 (Dec. 8). The May 13, 1837, issue contains extracts from the journal of John K. Townsend regarding his stay at Fort Vancouver, which would, two years later, be included in his travel narrative (see No. 1183).

143

144

1836

Hawaiian National Bibliography

Important obituary notices include those of Princess Harieta Nahienaena (in the Jan. 7, 1837 issue) and Kinau, Governess of Oahu (in the April 7, 1839 issue). References: Hunnewell, pp. 61 and 66. Copies: AH, Vols. i–iii. AH (Kahn)*, Vols. ii–iii. BPBM*, Vols. i–iii; Vol. i has original title and title label on upper cover. HHS, Vols. i–iii. HMCS*, Vols. i–iii. UC-B*, very fine copy of Vols. i–iii, with a separate printed title page, in a contemporary binding. 1027

Spaulding, Ephraim Interesting Intelligence from the Sandwich Islands. Letter from the Rev. Mr. Spaulding. In: The Sailors Magazine, and Naval Journal. Vol. viii, No. 94, pp. 311–316. New York, June 1836. 8vo. 21.5 x 14 cm.

This report, dated Lahaina, island of Maui, November 24, 1835, contains the shipping lists showing arrivals at Lahaina from January to July, and from July 25th to November 1835. Vessels are listed by date of arrival, name of ship, home port, tonnage, months out, and barrels of oil. Spaulding provides important statistics on the oil obtained and shipped, prices realized, and so forth. A lengthy portion of the report is devoted to the “rapid advancement in moral improvement” among seamen. Temperance is discussed at length, and the letter of November 17, 1835, from masters of ships at Lahaina addressed to Governor Hoapili on the subject is included. For a separate issue of this letter, see No. 95o. References: None found. Copies: P-EMS*. The Union List of Serials shows many holdings of this periodical. 1028

United States. 24th Congress. 1st Session. Senate [Doc. No.] 262. | In Senate of the United States. | . . . | Report | with S. Bill No. 175. | The Committee on Naval Affairs to whom was referred a memorial from | sundry citizens of Connecticut, interested in the whale fishery, pray- | ing that an exploring expedition be fitted out to the Pacific ocean and | South seas, report: | . . . [Washington D.C., March 21, 1836] 8vo. 22.5 x 14.5 cm. Caption title, [1] + 2–87 text, [88] blank pp.

Matters preparatory to the formation of the United States Exploring Expedition are presented in various documents. Many of these are from Jeremiah N. Reynolds. The whale fishery interests of New England in the Pacific are examined, and a “memorial” from the East India Marine Society of Salem, Massachusetts, is included. There are tables on the costs of altering the U.S. sloop of war Peacock for the expedition, and a long report (pp. 59–81) on “Islands and Reefs” in the Pacific, compiled by Jeremiah N. Reynolds, with the aid of whaling captains from “New London, Stonington, Newport, New Bedford, Edgartown, Nantucket and other places.” This report gives longitude and latitude of islands not previously found on charts, and includes the date of first (and subsequent) sightings, and by which captain. It is dated Washington City, March, 1836. References: Haskell, 226. Copies: AH (Kahn)*.

Hawaiian National Bibliography 1837

United States. 24th Congress. 1st Session. Senate Senate Bill 175. | [rule] | In Senate of the United States. | March 21, 1836. | Mr. Southard, from the Committee on Naval Affairs, reported the following bill; | which was read, and passed to a second reading. | [rule] | A BILL | To Provide for an Exploring Expedition. [Washington D.C., March 21, 1836]

145 1029

Folio, 1 page, text of 16 numbered lines. 31 x 19.5 cm.

This is the bill that established funding for the United States Exploring Expedition. References: Not in Haskell. Copies: AH (Kahn)*.

1837 American Board of Commissioners for Foreign Missions Catalogue | of | Books | in the | Libraries | of the | A.B.C.F.M. | and the | Maternal Association, | at the | Sandwich Islands. | [double rule] | Honolulu: | [rule] | 1837.

1030

12mo. 18.5 x 11.5 cm. [1] title, [2] blank, [3] + 4–12 text pp.

This library catalogue is revised from the 1836 edition. The first part (pp. 3–8) lists books in the general collection by short title, number of volumes to a set, and the total number of copies in the library. The second part (pp. 1–12) lists books belonging to the Maternal Association. The latter collection features a good number of children’s books. A set of rules for use of the main collection on page 9 is signed by Reuben Tinker (librarian) and G. P. Judd and Henry Dimond, of the committee. Regulations for the Maternal Society library (of which Mrs. Tinker was the librarian) are on page 1o. For the first edition (1836), see No. 981. References: None found. Copies: HHS (2)*, E. W. Clark and Dwight Baldwin copies. HSL (Tice Phillips). NYP*.

American Board of Commissioners for Foreign Missions Missionary Paper, No. 22. | [rule] | Results of Missionary Labor at the | Sandwich Islands. | [rule] | [text begins] | Boston, Crocker & Brewster, Printers. | [rule] | 1837. 12mo. 19 x11.5 cm. Caption title, [1] + 2–24 text pp. Issued with printed wrappers. Imprint above supplied from wrapper.

An important, considered review of mission labor at the Hawaiian Islands. It is unsigned but bears evidence of having been written by members of the mission at Honolulu, and possibly derived from the lengthy answers to a circular of questions sent to them in 1834. The subjects addressed are: “Original state and character of the people” (pp. 1–3); “Means employed to Improve the Nation” (pp. 3–7); “Mental Acquirements of our Learners” (pp. 7–9); “Operation and Influence of the Press—Introduction of useful Arts and Customs” (pp. 9–12); “Number of Converts—Influence of Christianity on the Nation and on Individuals” (pp. 12–18); “Reformation of morals effected—Public sentiment on the side of Christianity” (pp. 18–19); “Protection of Property and Personal rights” (pp. 2o–22); “Reception of Missionaries—Encouragement to renewed Effort” (pp. 22–24). The text on the number of converts includes a sobering discussion of the high mor-

1031

146

1837

Hawaiian National Bibliography

tality figures recorded during the same period. The section on “Property and Personal rights” gives attention to the “means of securing the rights of children, [and] of women.” References: None found. Copies: HMCS*. 1032

American Board of Commissioners for Foreign Missions Missionary Rooms of the A.B.C.F.M., Boston, October 2o, 1837. | To [the Brethren of the Sandwich Islands Mission (in MS)] | Dear Brethren,—At the late annual meeting of the Board, four general rules were adopted, to which we | would invite your attention. | . . . | [Signed in MS at end: R. Anderson, Sec. of A.B.C.F.M.] [Boston, 1837] Circular. Text printed on three unnumbered pages of a single-fold sheet, 32.5 x 2o.5 cm.

The four rules adopted by the Board were: 1. It shall be the duty of the Prudential Committee to affix a limit to the annual expense of each mission. 2. It shall be the duty of the several missions to furnish the Prudential Committee, annually, and as far as possible in detail, with a schedule of their probable necessary expenditures, in season to permit the schedule to be acted upon by the Committee . . . 3. In general, the sole object of the printing establishments connected with the missions of the Board shall be to exert a direct influence upon the surrounding native population; and no mission, or member of a mission, may print any letter, tract, or appeal at these establishments, at the expense of the Board, with a view to its being sent to individuals or communities in the United States. 4. It shall not be deemed proper for any missionary, or assistant missionary, to visit the United States, except by invitation or permission first received from the Prudential Committee. A discussion of the fourth rule occupies almost half the text of this circular. It details under what conditions individuals are allowed to leave their posts to return home. All are admonished that “God in his holy providence gives but few of the pastors of the churches at home the power of making long and expensive voyages, or journies [sic], when health fails and life is endangered in the discharge of pastoral duty.” Furthermore the Board requests that returning missionaries not bring back natives with them: The greater part of the missionaries who have come home for several years past, have been attended by one or more natives. Their arrival is announced in the paper in some manner as this: “Arrived as passengers in ship ____, Mr. and Mrs. _____, missionaries from _____, with their children, and servant, or servants.” Such a notice is unpleasant, and gives rise to injurious remark. To make proper provision for these people while in this country, is sometimes very perplexing. And then it is often difficult to procure them a return passage. . . . The passage money demanded for two natives of the Sandwich Islands, whom the Board is under obligation to return home, is the same in amount with that required for a missionary. References: None found. Copies: HMCS*, Levi Chamberlain’s copy.

Hawaiian National Bibliography 1837

Annales de la Propagation de la Foi Annales de la Propagation de la Foi. Recueil périodique des lettres des évêques et des missionnaires des missions des deux mondes, et tous les documents relatifs aux missions et a l’Association de la Propagation de la Foi. . . . Lyons, [1826–1862?] 8vo.

This periodical is a major source for information on Roman Catholic missionary work in the Hawaiian Islands as well as in many parts of the Pacific. Several letters concerning the first period of their work in Hawaii (prior to their expulsion in 1831) can be found in the first volume of this bibliography (see No. 689). With the re-establishment of the Hawaiian mission in 1837, the first of a continuing series of letters and reports appear in the Annales. Note: (*) after the date of the following documents and letters indicates that a contemporary translation will be found in the English-language edition (1839); see No. 1132 for notes on the contents of these letters. This periodical includes the following: Vol. x (1837–1838): “Mission des Iles Sandwich” (in No. 58, 1838, pp. 361–4oo). A long article on the history of the mission, beginning in 1831, includes letters from Fr. Bachelot while in exile in California (Mission San Gabriel). Fr. Robert Walsh (in No. 59, pp. 513–515) undated letter tells of his voyage from Valparaiso to Honolulu, arriving September 3o, 1837, local conditions, persecutions by Protestants and chiefs, mentions Chiefess Kinau, Lord Russell, and the Actaeon. Vol. xii (184o): “Suite des persecutions de Sandwich”* (pp. 238–266). A continuation of the text “Mission des Iles Sandwich” in Vol. x. Mentions visit of the Sulphur (Capt. Belcher), the Venus (Capt. Du Petit-Thouars), the Artémise (Capt. Laplace) in 1839, and subsequent actions. The Laplace “Manifesto” appears here, along with a treaty signed by the king. Vol. xiii (1841): Fr. Arsène Walsh, Oahu, îles Sandwich, 3o October 1839* (pp. 241–242). Msgr. Rouchouze, Oahu, 14 June 184o* (pp. 243–246). Msgr. Rouchouze, Honolulu, 17 June 184o* (pp. 247–248). Vol. xiv (1842): Fr. Heurtel, Honolulu, îles Sandwich, 2o June 184o* (pp. 369–371). Fr. Dosithée Desvault, Oahu, îles Sandwich, 19 December 184o (pp. 372–379). Fr. Désiré Maigret, Oahu, 15 January 1841* (pp. 38o–381). Vol. xv (1843): Fr. Martial Jean, Iles Sandwich, 1 November 1841* (pp. 377–38o). Fr. Barnabé Castan, Honolulu, 11 November 1841* (pp. 381–383). Fr. Martial Jean, Iles Sandwich 2 November 1841 (pp. 384–386). Vol. xvii (1845): Fr. Désiré Maigret, Honolulu, 3o October 1843* (pp. 143–145). Fr. Desvault, Iles Sandwich, Oahu, 29 December 1843* (pp. 146–151).

147 1033

148

1837

Hawaiian National Bibliography

Vol. xix (1847): Extrait de deux lettres du P. Joachim Maréchal, Ile Havai (archipel Sandwich), 16 August 1844 and 15 April 1846* (pp. 7–16). Fr. Désiré Maigret, Honolulu, 12 May 1845 (pp. 17–21). Vol. xxvii (1855): Fr. Modeste Favens, Honolulu, 14 November 1853* (pp. 68–72). Msgr. Maigret, Honolulu, 1 January 1855* (pp. 372–378). Fr. Joachim Maréchal, Kailua, 28 June 1854* (pp. 379–385). Vol. xxix (1857): Msgr. Maigret, Honolulu, 24 May 1856* (pp. 131–137). Fr. Léonor (Fouesnel), Vailuku [sic], Iles Sandwich, 27 April 1857* (pp. 465–469). Lettre des Chretians de Molokai, (Iles Sandwich), 27 May 1857* (pp. 47o–471). Vol. xxx (1858): Msgr. Maigret, Honolulu, 12 June 1857* (pp. 25–29). Vol. xxxii (186o): Msgr. Maigret, Honolulu, 27 July 1859 (pp. 81–85). Mentions the convent, the nuns having arrived on the previous May 4th. Three new churches finished and dedicated: the first at Kohala “under the protection of St. Louis”; the other two on Maui—Notre Dame des Victoires at Lahaina, and St. Peter’s on East Maui. Has published several “controversial tracts” during the year, Protestants upset. Tells of death of Fr. Joachim Maréchal on Hawaii. Vol. xxxv (1863): Msgr. Maigret, Honolulu, 25 September 1862 (pp. 354–358). General news, comments on the attractiveness of churches in Honolulu and Lahaina. On June 29th he was at Kaupo, Maui, dedicating a new church surmounted by a bell, and in July he was at Hilo consecrating “a pretty little cathedral.” References: The Union List of Serials lists 48 holdings of this serial. Copies: BPBM*. HHS*, Vols. 1–23. 1034

Bennet, George Stanzas | for the | Anniversary of American Independence, | [double rule] | Written at Oahu, the Capital of the Sandwich Islands, | presented on the Fourth of July, M.DCCC.XXII. | and read to the Assembly of Missionaries, Merchants, Captains, &c. Convened | there on that day. | (Slightly altered for July 4, 1837.) | [double rule] | [text begins] | [at lower left] Hackney | July 4, 1837. [at lower right] George Bennet. [and below] P. White and Son, Printers, Devonshire Square, Bishopsgate. [London, 1837] 4to. Text of 12 four-line verses, divided by a rule, all text within ruled lines, on the first page of a single-fold sheet.

The verses begin: “Columbia still prospers! our Spirits rejoice, . . .” Bennet was one of the deputation from the London Missionary Society that visited Hawaii in 1822. The Journal of the Sandwich Islands Mission (HarU [ABCFM papers]) tells of the occasion on which this poem was first read: July 4, 1822. Some of the American citizens in this port desirous to commemorate the birth of American Independence, respectfully applied for permission to use the

Hawaiian National Bibliography 1837

149

chapel, with a view particularly to [the] consul’s delivering an oration.—Though we had desired to have the house considered as exclusively devoted to the worship of God, yet being assured by the committee that there would be nothing in the oration inconsistent with the doctrines of religion usually taught there, we could not object. At their request Br. B[ingham] gave out a psalm, & offered a prayer, & after the oration read a poem composed for the occasion by Mr. B[ennet] of the Deputation.— The family and friends, and a considerable number of gent. in port attended. . . . After this service . . . the first of the kind witnessed here—a splendid table was spread in a spacious tent constructed for the purpose, and decorated with Naval & Martial ensignia [sic] of different nations, where a promiscuous group of gentlemen, from the U.S.A., from England, Holland, France, Spain & Spanish America, with the king & queen of the Islands, partook of a sumptuous dinner, accompanied with a customary round of toasts & cannon. References: None found. Copies: HarU (ABCFM papers)* in Misc. Foreign Letters, with annotation: “rec’d Boston April 12, 1838.” Not in the British Museum Library catalogue or in the NUC.

Chamisso, Adelbert von Über die | Hawaiische Sprache. | von | Adelbert v. Chamisso. | [rule] | No Germania | — Ina i ike ole kekahi i ka Hebera | a me ke Gereka, a me kekahi olelo e ae, aole | manao lakou, ua naauao. Hoikehonua. Oahu 1832. Aoao 73. | [rule] | Vorgelegt der Königlichen Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin | am 12. Januar [sic] 1837. | Leipzig, | in der Weidmannischen Buchhandlung, | [double rule] | 1837. [i.e., 1839] 4to. 28.5 x 23.5 cm. [i] title, [ii] blank, [1] + 2–79 text, [8o] blank pp.

An early Hawaiian grammar written by a participant on the Kotzebue voyage, which visited Hawaii in 1816 and 1817. This is catalogued as published in 1837, but it was actually not published until 1839, in Abhandlungen der Königlichen Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin. Aus dem Jahre 1837 [Part Philosophische, philogische historische] (Berlin: Königlichen Akademie der Wissenschaften, 1839). Chamisso was made a member of the Berlin Academy of Science in 1837, and this paper was presented to the Academy on that occasion. The periodical issue has only a caption title (p. 1) that reads: “Ueber die | Hawaiische Sprache. | Von Hrn. v. Chamisso.” It is dated 1837 below the caption title, and the short title indicator “Philos. histor. Abhandl. 1837” appears at the lower left of each signature (i.e., on pp. 1, 9, 17, 25, 33, 41, 49, 57, 65, 73). Chamisso had a number of offprints prepared for separate issue. These comprise the text of the periodical issue (with “Philos. histor” etc., deleted from pages that have signature numbers, as above), to which a new full title leaf (as transcribed above) has been added. The title of this “Chamisso-issue” retains the date of 1837. There are no alterations to the text. Copies of the Chamisso offprint are in the Hawaiian Historical Society and in the Kahn collection at the Hawaii State Archives. Copies of this in the original periodical have been located at the British Library and at the Boston Public Library. A modern facsimile edition reproducing a copy of the author’s offprint issue, with an introduction by Samuel H. Elbert, was published in Amsterdam (Halcyon Antiquariaat & Philo Press) in 1969. References: Judd and Bell, 162.

1035

150

1837

Hawaiian National Bibliography Copies: AH (Kahn)*, a very fine copy in contemporary dark blue-green cloth, blind-stamped, title in gilt on spine, and old library stamp of a German naval library in the title. ATL*. BL*. BPBM*, facsimile edition only. BPL*. HHS*, the offprint issue, with the added title page, pencil signature of W. D. Alexander on title and annotation: “First Hawn. Grammar.” HMCS*, an extract from the periodical issue with caption title only. LC. ML. NLC. UH. The NUC lists only the Library of Congress copy.

1036

Chapin, Alonzo Remarks on the Sandwich Islands; their Situation, Climate, Diseases, and their Suitableness as a resort for individuals affected with or predisposed to Pulmonary Diseases. In: The American Journal of the Medical Sciences. Vol. xx, pp. 45–59. Philadelphia, Carey, Lea & Blanchard, 1837. 8vo. 23.5 x 14.5 cm (HMCS).

The following remarks, founded on cursory observations, while at the Sandwich Islands, where I resided three and a half years, have been written since my return to this country. I did not, while on the spot, note facts and events as they occurred, not having had in view at the time, to present them to the public . . . I consequently can offer my remarks as mere reminiscences only. The text concentrates on diseases common among the native Hawaiian population. Dr. Chapin discusses commonly found respiratory and pulmonary diseases, rheumatism, venereal disease, diarrhea and dysentery (and native use of strong purgatives), as well as diseases common to women and children. He also speculates on the reason for a great decrease in the population. The doctor finally recommends to invalids the advantages of both the sea voyage and a residence at the islands as a health resort. Much of this text was reprinted in The Hawaiian Spectator, Volume i, pages 248–267, July 1838. References: See Halford, F. J., Nine Doctors and God (Honolulu, 1954), pp. 135–158, for a biography of Chapin and remarks on this essay. Copies: AH (Kahn)*. HMCS*. 1037

Coates, Dandeson, John Beecham, and William Ellis Christianity | the | Means of Civilization: | shown in | the Evidence given before a Committee | of the House of Commons, | On Aborigines, | by D. Coates, Esq., Rev. John Beecham, and | Rev. William Ellis. | Secretaries of the Church Missionary Society, | the Wesleyan Missionary Society, and | London Missionary Society. | To which is added | Selections from the evidence of other witnesses | bearing on the same subject. | London: | Published by R. B. Seeley and W. Burnside, | L. and G. Seeley, and T. Mason. | MDCCCXXXVII. 12mo. 2o x 12.5 cm (BPBM). [1] title, [2] printer’s name, [i] + ii–iv Advertisement, [vii]–viii Contents, [1] + 2–3 Report, dated August 1836, [4] blank, [5] + 6–36o text pp.

In 1833 and again in 1835, a Committee of the House of Commons in London was appointed “to consider what measures ought to be adopted with regard to the native inhabitants of countries where British settlements are made, and to the neighbouring Tribes, in order to secure to them the due observance of justice, and the protection of their rights” (advertisement). The resulting testimony, made by the secretaries of three missionary societies before the committee, was printed by order of the House of Com-

Hawaiian National Bibliography 1837

151

mons, and also published in this form for general circulation. While much of the investigation focused on the Australian aborigines, various Pacific Islanders, and New Zealand Maori, part of the text concerns Hawaii. The testimony of the Rev. William Ellis forms an important part of the examination. In response to the question, “Have any acts of cruelty and oppression committed by Europeans on the native inhabitants been reported to you by persons on whom you place reliance . . .?” Ellis (pp. 41–46) gives an account of the ship Daniel of London, which in 1825 visited Hawaii and committed, at Lahaina, an “outrage . . . such as to jeopardize the lives of the missionaries and a number of the natives.” Ellis’ testimony is reinforced by excerpts from narratives of Revs. Charles S. Stewart and Hiram Bingham. References: Bagnall, 1292. Ferguson, 2245. Copies: BPBM (Carter 5-B-2)*. ML. NLA.

[Dibble, Sheldon?] Disobedience | to the | Saviour’s Last Command. | [rule] | A Dream. | [rule] | [text begins:] I had a dream, and in my dream I perceived that | there was some controversy among Christians in regard | to the Saviour’s last command. [Colophon at foot of p. 36, below rule:] Lahainaluna:—Press of the High School. 1837.

1038

12mo. 19 x 11.5 cm. Caption title, [1] + 2–36 text pp.

A tract thought to be by Sheldon Dibble, exhorting the Christian nations of the world to evangelize among “the inhabitants of Africa, Asia, the isles of the Pacific, and the wilds of America.” Presented in the form of a dream, representatives of each of these vast areas answer and charge inactivity. The author concludes, “Time is yet left to us to repent of our unfaithfulness to heathen nations, and to evince the sincerity of repentance by a thorough reformation.” Above the colophon, within rule lines, appears “Revised by the Publishing Committee of the Hawaiian Mission.” The printed minutes of the 1837 General Meeting record an edition of 5oo copies. References: Extracts from the Minutes (Honolulu, 1837), p. 8. Copies: BPBM (Carter 3-B-16)*. HarU (842-5431-39)*. HHS*. HMCS (2)*. HSL* (Tice Phillips). LC*, plain wrappers with signature “Wm. S. Van Duzee, 1837” on cover. NYP*.

Goodell, William Constantinople, Dec. 9, 1835. | To Mrs. Lucy G. Thurston, Sandwich Islands. [Honolulu, 1837–1838] 12mo. 17.5 x 11 cm (HMCS). [1] + 2–8 text pp.

Goodell addresses his “dear and beloved sister in Christ, your two most interesting letters of the 23rd and 24th of October 1834 were received the 28th of last Sept. . . . We and all our associates here were quite overwhelmed by your communications; and we have . . . been stirred up to pray more fervently for our dear brethren and sisters at the Sandwich Islands . . .” Most of the letter relates to missionary work in Constantinople. The minutes of the June 1838 Delegate Meeting list this as a publication of the 1837–1838 year. The edition was 5o copies. References: The Revised Minutes of the Delegate Meeting, 1838 (Honolulu, 1839), p. 19. Copies: HHS*. HMCS*.

1039

152

1837

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1040

Hawaii. Kingdom. Laws and Regulations Maui. Lahaina, Aprila 29, 1837. | [text begins at left:] E na malihini a pau mai na aina e mai, e noho ana ma ko’u pae aina nei, o ka | poe i kamaaina a me ka poe hou mai nei; | Ke hoike aku nei au i kuu olelo ia oukou a pau loa, i ike oukou i ka’u olelo. | . . . | [signed at bottom of text:] Na KAMEHAMEHA III. [Text on facing page begins:] | (translation) Ye strangers all from foreign lands who are in my dominions, both residents | and those recently arrived, I make known my word to you all, so that you may | understand my orders. | . . . | [signed at bottom of text:] KAMEHAMEHA III. [Lahainaluna? 1837] Circular. Text printed on the second and third, or facing, pages of a single-fold sheet, unnumbered. The Hawaiian version has 15 lines of text, the English translation has 17 lines of text, folding to 25.5 x 2o.7 cm.

Catholic missionary work commenced in Hawaii with the arrival of Frs. Alexis Bachelot and Patrick Short in 1827. The first Holy Mass was celebrated on July 14th that year, the day after their arrival. A thorn in the side of the Protestant mission, the priests were banished in April 1831 and ordered to depart, by proclamation of the chiefs. In 1837, however, the two priests returned without permission from California on the ship Clementine on April 17th. Governor Kekuanaoa ordered them to re-embark, citing the earlier proclamation, and he issued a broadside edict to this effect, dated Honolulu, April 19, 1837 (see No. 1o61). As Father Bachelot had insisted that the “refusal” to allow them to stay be put in writing from the king, the matter was held in abeyance pending an answer from the king, then at Lahaina. This document contains Kamehameha III’s answer. Its publishing history is unclear. Father Yzendoorn, in his History of the Catholic Mission (Honolulu, 1927), says that the king received news of Kekuanaoa’s action on the 26th of April, and then entrusted a proclamation to Kinau, “in order to promulgate it in Honolulu.” Yzendoorn says Kinau arrived in Honolulu on Sunday, April 3oth, and had the king’s message printed in Hawaiian and English, sent to the missionaries, and ten days later extensively circulated among the foreign residents. The English text of this document reads in part: The men of France, whom Kaahumanu banished, are under the same unaltered order up to this period. The rejection of those men is perpetual, confirmed by me at the present time. I will not assent to their remaining in my dominions. These are my orders to them that they go back immediately on board the vessel on which they have come, that they may stay on board till that vessel . . . sails. Despite Yzendoorn’s account, the actual place of printing of this document remains unclear. There is no explanation for the delay in getting Kekuanaoa’s letter or broadside to the king at Lahaina. The statement that Kinau had it printed in Honolulu and then sent to the missionaries is odd, in that the document could only have been printed at the mission press either in Honolulu or at Lahainaluna. It is equally odd that there should have been a ten-day delay in the proclamation of the same, unless the original was at Lahainaluna and then sent to Honolulu. Yzendoorn further states that the English translation was not dated, whereas the Hawaiian version was dated Lahaina, April 29, 1837. Both texts however were originally printed on facing pages of the same sheet. The Hawaiian text was the official document, and the translation merely an accommodation to foreigners. The edition is unknown. References: Yzendoorn, History, pp. 1oo –1o1. Copies: AH (2)*. AH (Kahn)*. HHS*. HMCS*.

Hawaiian National Bibliography 1837

Hawaii. Kingdom. Laws and Regulations KE KANAWAI, | No ka hoole ana i ka Pope. [and on facing page:] AN ORDINANCE, | Rejecting the Catholic Religion. [Lahainaluna, 1837]

153 1041

12mo. 17.5 x 11 cm (HMCS). [1] cover blank, [2] Hawaiian title and text begins, [3] English title and text begins, + 4–7 text, [8] blank pp. The text follows each title in Hawaiian and English and continues on facing pages.

An ordinance banishing Catholics, particularly priests or those “teaching the doctrine of the Pope,” or the landing of the same from ships, and providing significant fines for transgressors. It is signed at the end by Kamehameha III, and dated Lahaina, Maui, December 18, 1837. The English text begins: As we have seen the peculiarities of the Catholic religion and the proceedings of the priests . . . to be calculated to set man against man in our kingdom, and as we formerly saw that disturbance was made in the time of Kaahumanu I, and . . . it was on this account that the priests of the Romish faith were at that time banished and sent away from this kingdom, and . . . have been under sentence of banishment until within this year when we have been brought into new and increased trouble on account of those who follow the Pope . . . There are two issues of this text. Issue A is given above. In issue B the work is made up as follows: [i] blank cover, [1] title in Hawaiian and text begins, [2] title in English and text begins, + 3–6 text, [7, i.e., 8] blank forming the back cover pp. Variations of spelling in the English texts of the two issues are as follows: Issue A: p. 3. l (line) 26: “two religions” p. 3. l. 27: “Therefore” p. 3. l. 28: “one to teach” p. 3. l. 29: “whatso-” p. 7. l. 26: “If an yone . . .”

Issue B: p. 3. l (line) 26: “two reli-” p. 3. l. 27: “There-” p. 3. l. 28: “one to” p. 3. l. 29: “what-” p. 6. l. 27: “If any one . . .”

There is no priority of issue known for these two issues. Issue B may have been printed in Honolulu. The Sandwich Island Gazette (Vol. ii, No. 23, Jan. 6, 1838) reprints the Hawaiian and English text with editorial comments commencing, “A small pamphlet has been handed us containing the new law.” In the May 3, 1839, issue, the editor refers to this work, commenting “on the 18th. December [1837] an ordinance was issued at Lahaina. Maui, by His Majesty Kamehameha III, ‘No ka hoole ana i ka pope’.” References: Yzendoorn, History, pp. 1oo –1o1. Copies: AH, both variants as above. HHS*, State B, Dwight Baldwin’s copy. HMCS*, State A.

[Hawaiian Imprint] [Church Covenant for Mr. Hitchcock. Lahainaluna, 1837–1838] 32mo. 16 pp. 2oo copies.

Not seen. Recorded as above in the Annual Report of the Lahainaluna Seminary for the year ending March 31, 1838, and in the minutes of the 1838 Delegate Meeting. There was a later (Honolulu, 1848) edition of a similar work titled O na Mea o ka Manaoia o ko Kaluaaha Ekalesia (see No. 17o7), and the Lahainaluna edition may have had the same title. The Rev. Harvey Rexford Hitchcock (18oo–1855), stationed at Molokai from 1832, was pastor of the Kaluaaha Church.

1042

154

1837

Hawaiian National Bibliography References: The Revised Minutes of the Delegate Meeting, 1838 (Honolulu, 1839), p. 21. Copies: None located.

1043

He Helu Kamalii He Helu Kamalii, | oia ka mea | e ao aku ai i na keiki | ma na ui | Ao mua o ke Aritemetika. | [rule] | I unuhiia mailoko ae o ke aritemetika a | Wiliama Fowle. | [double rule] | Ke kolu o ke pai ana. | [double rule] | Honolulu: | Mea Pai Palapala na na Misionari. | 1837. 24mo. 14 x 8 cm. [1] title, [2] He olelo hoakaka (Preface), [3] + 4–48 text pp.

Title: A child’s arithmetic. This teaches the children the first problems of the arithmetic. Translated from the arithmetic of William Fowle. The third edition. Addition and multiplication tables are found on the back wrapper. The printed minutes of the 1837 General Meeting record an edition of 12,ooo copies. For the first edition (1832), see No. 812. References: Butler, 158. Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 1838), p. 5. Judd and Bell, 144. Copies: AAS*, fine copy in original printed wrappers. HarU (2). HHS. HMCS (2)*, fine copies in original printed wrappers. HSL. NLC. UH (2). WaU. YU. 1044

He Hoikeholoholona He | Hoikeholoholona | na na | Kamalii. | [woodcut of a lion] | [rule] | Ekolu pai ana. | [rule] | Oahu: | Mea Pai Palapala a na Misionari. | [rule] | 1837. 12mo. 18 x 11 cm (BPBM). [1] title, [2] blank, [3] He papa kuhikuhi i na aoao (Index), [4] blank, [5] + 6–76 text, [77–78] blank pp. With woodcut text illustrations.

Title: Stories about animals for children. Third edition. By Sheldon Dibble. The text is illustrated with a combination of stereotype cuts and homemade woodcuts of which 37 are of animals. There are three variants of the woodcut that appears on the title: some copies have a lion on the title; in other copies the cut used is of a leopard, or of a tiger. The printed minutes of the 1837 General Meeting record an edition of 1o,ooo copies. For the first edition (1835), see No. 938. References: Butler, 114. Dibble, p. 416. Extracts from the Minutes (Honolulu, 1837), p. 5. Judd and Bell, 145. Copies: AAS*. AH (Kahn)*, bound with O ka Ikemua (1837). ATL*. BPBM (2)*, both bound with O ka Ikemua (1837). GF. HHS. HMCS (7)*, including 1 copy with a lion, 2 copies with a leopard, 3 copies with a tiger. HSL (2). LC*, bound with O ka Ikemua (1837). ML*. NLC. NYP. PS. UH. 1045

He Olelo Hoomoakaka He | Olelo Hoomoakaka i ka Wahahee, | a me | ka pono o ka haalele i ka Wahahee. | [double rule] | [text begins] | [Honolulu, Oahu, 1837] 12mo. 17.5 x 1o.5 cm. Caption title, [1] + 2–7 text, [8] [caption title:] O ka papa i ka hoopunipuni [+ text] pp.

Title: Explaining falsehood, and the good of forsaking falsehood. Translation by Rev. David B. Lyman (Dibble) of an unidentified tract. The list of assignments at the 1836 General Meeting includes: “On the nature, influence and consequences of lying, [to] Mr. Lyman; revised by Mr. Lyons.” The text on page 8 is a hymn of four verses on the subject (which may well be by Lorenzo Lyons). The minutes of the 1838 Delegate Meeting record: “Essay on Lying. 8 pp. 12mo. 1o,ooo copies.”

Hawaiian National Bibliography 1837

155

References: Dibble, p. 417. Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 1836), p. 15. Judd and Bell, 159. The Revised Minutes of the Delegate Meeting, 1838 (Honolulu, 1839), p. 19. Copies: ATL*. HHS (2)*. HMCS (5)*. PS.

He Palapala Hoakaka He | Palapala Hoakaka | i ke ano ino | o | NA MEA ONA. | [rule] | Honolulu: | Mea Paipalapala a na Misionari. | [rule] | 1837.

1046

12mo. 18 x 11.5 cm. Cover title, [1] Caption title, 2–27 text, [28] blank pp. Title on cover enclosed by ornamental rule border with “Edwin O. Hall, Printer” within the lower border. The back cover has a caption title: “Poino ka nui o ka poe kuai rama” (Those who make rum cause ruin), followed by 3o lines of text.

Title: An explanatory text on the evils of intoxicating drinks. By Dwight Baldwin. The text of eight chapters details the dangers of drinking “Rama,” that is, rum, or alcoholic beverages. Chapter vii, “He olelo ao i ka Hawaii nei,” begins: “Auhea oukou, e na ‘lii a me na kanaka o Hawaii ei? E poino ia oukou e makaala i keia mea e make ai, i laweia mai nei, a i hanaia no hoi iwaena konu o okou.” (A word of instructions to Hawaii. Greetings to you all, chiefs and people of Hawaii. You have been laid to waste, be watchful of this which kills, that is being bought and also made amongst you.) The revised minutes of the Delegate Meeting of 1838 record: “Essay on Intemperance. 28 pp. 12mo. 1o,ooo copies.” References: Judd and Bell, 16o. The Revised Minutes of the Delegate Meeting, 1838 (Honolulu, 1839), p. 19. Copies: AH (Kahn)*, in original blue printed wrappers. AP-NZ. BPBM (3). HarU (2). HHS (3). HMCS (9). HSL. LC (3)*. ML (2). NLC. NYH. PS (2). UH (2).

He Piliolelo He | Piliolelo | no ka | Olelo Beritania. | [rule] | [text begins] | [Lahainaluna, 1837] 8vo. 2o x 12 cm (HMCS). Caption title, [1] + 2–4o text pp.

Title: A grammar of the English language. By Lorrin Andrews. The first portion of the text explains basic information needed by the student. Pages 15–18 have tables of verbs in English in three tenses, followed by conjugations. Tables of the verb to love are on pages 18–22; to be on pages 22–25; and to be and to love appear on pages 25–29.To write is on pages 29–32, followed by to be written, on pages 33–36. The printed minutes of the 1837 General Meeting record: “Hawaiian English Grammar, 4o pp. 8vo. 3oo copies.” The printed minutes of the 1844 General Meeting list this work as being “reprinted in part” in an edition of 4oo copies (no copies of which have been identified). The later issue may have been seen through the press by John S. Emerson. A copy in the Bishop Museum library has an added folding table, which was printed for Andrews’ Grammar (Honolulu, 1854) and inserted by an early owner. It does not properly belong with this text. References: Extracts from the Minutes (Honolulu, 1837), p. 7. Judd and Bell, 161. Copies: BPBM (2)*. GF*. HarU (2234.75.2o)*. HHS*, blue wrappers with signature of Lorenzo Lyons. HMCS (3)*, one bound with other works having a MS cover title: “Works in Hawaiian by J. S. Green & J. S. Emerson.” HSL (Tice Phillips)*. LC*. PS*. UH*. UM.

1047

156

1837

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1048

He Wahi Manao Kumu He | Wahi Manao Kumu | no na mea nui | maloko o ka ke | Akua olelo. | [rule] | Na Davida Malo. | [rule] | Lahainaluna: | Mea Pai Palapala no ke Kula Nui. | 1837. | 2,ooo ka pai ana. 32mo. 11.2 x 7 cm. [1] title, [2] blank, [3] + 4–32 text pp.

Title: Some instructions about the great things in the word of God. 2,ooo copies printed. A tract or sermon by the noted Hawaiian scholar and Lahainaluna graduate David Malo, based on Psalm 14:1—“I hola ka aia iloko o honua hanau, aohe Akua” (The fool says in his heart, there is no God). A copy in the HMCS Library has a manuscript annotation: “David Malo’s answer to skeptics.” It was written prior to the 1836 General Meeting. In the list of “New works to be undertaken” at that meeting, it was recommended “that David Maro be requested to revise his essay on Atheism, and furnish a copy for the press.” This work was very highly regarded at the time, and was reprinted by the Hawaiian Bible and Tract Society in Honolulu in 1861 and in 1863. The minutes of the 1838 Delegate Meeting record an edition of 2,ooo copies. References: Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 1836), p. 15. Judd and Bell, 163. The Revised Minutes of the Delegate Meeting, 1838 (Honolulu, 1839), p. 21. Copies: AAS*. BPBM*. FLP. GF*. HarU. HHS*. HMCS (3)*. HSL (Tice Phillips). LC*, in original blue wrappers. PS*. UH*. YU*. 1049

He Wahi Mau He | Wahi Mau | Niele | no ka | Palapala Honua. | [rule] | Elua Pai ana. | [rule] | Lahainaluna: | Mea Pai Palapala no ke Kula Nui. | 1837. 12mo. 18 x 1o.5 cm. [1] title, [2] blank, [3]–4 “He Mau niele” (Some questions), [1] + 2–44 text pp.

Title: Some questions on geography. Second printing. A revised edition of He Olelo Ninau no ka Palapala Honua (Lahainaluna, 1836–1837); see No. 1ooo. Following a series of preliminary questions, the text begins on page 6 with “No na moku o Hawaii nei” (concerning the Islands of Hawaii). Questions are arranged by island, from Hawaii to Niihau, followed by four questions “No na moku kanaka ole” (Concerning the islands without people), that is, Kaula and Nihoa. The questions direct the student specifically to a series of engraved maps and a table of the comparative heights of mountains. Produced separately at Lahainaluna during 1836–1837, these maps are recorded (along with their edition) in the printed minutes of the General Meeting for May–June 1837 as follows: South America (35o copies), Hawaiian Islands (225 copies), Asia (275 copies), Pacific Ocean (3oo copies), Europe (3oo copies), Africa (275 copies), United States (3oo copies), North America (3oo copies), Globes (3oo copies), Mountains (3oo copies). The printed minutes of the 1837 General Meeting record “Geographical Questions. 12mo. 1oo copies.” The next entry in this list repeats the title then records: “(reprint) 12mo. 1,ooo copies.” I have not been able to identify the differences between the two editions, if that is in fact what they were. References: Butler, 2o. Extracts from the Minutes (Honolulu, 1837), p. 7. Judd and Bell, 165. Copies: ATL*. GF*. HHS*. HMCS (2)*, one with signature of S. N. Castle, lacking 4 pages but with pencil inscription: “4 pp. wanting, not yet printed.” LC*. NLC. PS*.

Hawaiian National Bibliography 1837

Holt, Edwin Anecdotes | of | Christian Missions: | compiled, at the request of the executive | committee of the Southern Board of | Foreign Missions, | [rule] | By Rev. Edwin Holt, | late secretary of the board. | [rule] | Boston: | Published by Crocker & Brewster, | 47, Washington Street. | New York:—Leavitt, Lord, and Co., | [rule] | 1837.

157 1050

12 mo. 15.5 x 9.5 cm. [i] title, [ii] copyright notice, [iii] Dedication “to the Southern Churches,” [iv] blank, [v] + vi–viii Preface dated Portsmouth, Jan. 1837, [ix] + x–xviii table of contents, [13] +14–282 text pp.

A compilation of excerpts from letters, journals, and various publications, arranged by topics. There are several articles on Hawaii. A text describing a destitute Hawaiian family from the journal of William Richards is on pages 31–33. An article on the renunciation of idolatry in Hawaii in 1819 is on pages 57–59. The article “On Missionary successes” has quotes from a letter by William Richards and Artemas Bishop on pages 59–61. An article on the chiefess Kapiolani is on pages 134–136. Puaa’s (i.e., Puaaiki’s) conversation with Mr. Richards is on pages 136–138. The section “Privations and Perils of Missionaries” includes an article entitled “The Mission House at Lahaina, one of the Sandwich Islands, assailed by English seamen” (excerpted from William Richards’ journal) on pages 166–168, followed by a similar article, “Assault upon the missionaries at Oahu, by American Seamen” (pp. 168–169). The latter relates to an 1826 incident by the crew of the Dolphin. References: Carter, p. 89. Copies: HMCS*. YU. The NUC records 4 copies.

[Home, George] Memoirs | of | An Aristocrat, | and | Reminiscences of the Emperor Napoleon. | [rule] | By | A midshipman of the Bellerophon. | [rule] | Edinburgh: | Bell and Bradfute, Bank street; | and | Henry Colburn, Great Marlborough Street, London. | [rule] | MDCCCXXXVII.

1051

8vo. 2o x 12 cm (AH [Kahn]). [i] title, [ii] blank, [iii]–iv Preface, [1] + 2–341 text, [342] blank pp.

This memoir contains reminiscences of Alexander Home (on pp. 19o and 27o–274) regarding several incidents during the course of Captain Cook’s Third Voyage. On pages 3oo–3o9 there is a little-known account of Cook’s death at Kealakekua. Holmes says: “The author of this work, which was suppressed soon after publication owing to the inclusion of libelous matter, was the son of Alexander Home, master’s mate on the Discovery, and an eye witness of Cook’s death, with which he deals at pp. 3oo–3o9.” References: Holmes, 117. Not in Beddie. Copies: AH (Kahn)*, fine copy in modern red morocco. UCLA (Holmes Collection).

Irving, Washington. Frankfurt Edition Astoria. | [rule] | Von | Washington Irving. | [rule] | Aus dem Englischen. | [rule] | Erster Theil. | [double rule] | Frankfurt am Main, 1837. | Druck und Verlag von J. D. Sauerländer. 3 vols. 12mo. 13.5 x 1o cm (YU). Vol. i: [i] blank, [ii] series title, [iii] title, [iv] blank, [v] + vi–x Einleitung (Introduction) , [11] + 12–28o text, [281] + 282–288 Inhalt des ersten Theils (Index or Contents of Vol. i) pp.

1052

158

1837

Hawaiian National Bibliography Vol. ii: [i] blank, [ii] series title, [iii] title, [iv] blank, [5] + 6–264 text, [265] + 266–274 Inhalt des zweiten Theils (Index of Vol. ii) pp. Vol. iii: [i] blank, [ii] series title, [iii] title, [iv] blank, [5] + 6–264 text, [265] + 266–272 Inhalt des dritten Theils (Index of Vol. iii) pp.

Issued as part of an edition of Irving’s Famtlichte Werke, but available separately. References: Wagner-Camp, 61:7. Copies: NYP. YU*. 1053

Irving, Washington. Haarlem Edition Astoria | of | Avontuurlyke Reise | naar enover het | Klipgebergte van NoordAmerika, | ondernomen in het belang der doorden heer | J. J. Astor | opgerigte peltery compagnie, | en beschreven | door | Washington Irving | I Deel | [rule] | Naarhet Engelsch | [rule] | [rule] | Te Haarlem bij | De Wed, A. Loosjes Pz. MDCCCXXXVII. 2 vols. 8vo. 22.5 x 12.5 cm. Vol. i: [i] half title, [ii] blank, [iii] half title?, [iv] imprint, [added title, verso blank], [v] + vi –xii foreword, [1] + 2–388 text [389] advertisement, [39o] blank pp. Vol. ii: [i] advertisement, [ii] blank, [iii] half title, [iv] imprint, [added title leaf, verso blank], [v] + vi–x foreword?, [1] + 2–339 text [34o] blank pp.

Not seen. A Dutch edition of Irving’s Astoria. References: Sabin, 35134. Wagner-Camp, 61:5. Copies: LC. NLC. PA-VBC. WaU. 1054

Irving, Washington. Quedlinburg and Leipzig Edition Astoria, | oder | die unternehmung jenseit | des felsengebirges. | [rule] | Von | Washington Irving, | verfasser des skezzenbuchs, Alhambra’s &c. | Aus dem englischen | von A. Von Treskow. | Erster Band. | [rule] | Quedlinburg und Leipzig. | Druck und Verlag vonGottfr. Basse. | 1837. 2 vols. 12mo. 13.5 x 1o cm. Vol. i: [i] title, [ii] blank, [iii] + iv–viii preliminary matter, [1] + 2–28o text pp. Vol. ii: [1] title, [2] blank, [3] + 4–275 text, [276–278] advertisements pp.

Not seen. Wagner-Camp additionally records the following German editions: Frankfurt am Main, Druck und Verlag von J. Sauerlander, 1837. Braunschweig, G. C. D. Meyer, Sen. 1837. Stuttgart und Tubingen, Verlagder J. G. Cotta’schen Buchhandlung, 1838. References: Sabin, 35132. Wagner-Camp, 61:6. Copies: NLC. WaU. 1055

Irving, Washington. Stockholm Edition Astoria; | Eller | Kolonien Bortom Klippbergen. | af | Washington Irving, | Författare till “Alhambra,” M. Fl. | [rule] | Öfversättning. | [rule] | Förra Delen | [rule] | Stockholm, Hos L. J. Hjerta, 1837. 2 vols. 12mo. 14.5 x 9.5 cm.

Hawaiian National Bibliography 1837

159

Vol. i: [1] title, [2] blank, [3] + 4–9 Förod (Foreword), [1o] blank, [11] + 12–19 Innehall (Introduction), [2o] blank, [21] + 22–34o text pp. Vol. ii: [1] title, [2] blank, [3] + 4–11 Innehall, [12] blank, 13–3o2 text pp.

A Swedish edition of Irving’s Astoria. References: Wagner-Camp, 61:9. Copies: LC. YU*, fine copy bound in original tan embossed cloth. The NUC lists 3 copies: LC, YU, and University of Texas at Austin.

Ka Ai o Ka La Ka | Ai o Ka La. | a me na ui hoakaka | i keia pauku i keia pauku. No 4 [sic], 1837. | [double rule] | “E huli oukou i ka Palapala Hemolele.” | [rule] | Honolulu: | mea Paipalapala a na Misionari. | [rule] | 1837.

1056

15.5 x 9.5 cm (BPBM). Cover title. [1] caption title, [2] + 3–124 text, [125–126] blank pp.

Title: The food for the day. With questions to explain each verse. Turn all of you to the Bible. Bible selections from I and II Corinthians. This issue of the annual, by J. S. Emerson, is sometimes found in printed wrappers. The No. 4 on the cover is a misprint and the caption title on the first text page correctly identifies this as being No. 5. On the back wrapper is “Na kanawai o Iehova,” or the Ten Commandments. The printed minutes of the 1837 General Meeting record an edition of 1o,ooo copies. References: Butler, 133. Extracts from the Minutes (Honolulu, 1837), p. 5. Copies: ATL*. BPBM*, in wrappers. HMCS (2)*, one in wrappers. LC (2)*, in wrappers. YU.

Ka Ai o Ka La Ka Ai o Ka La, | A me na ui hoakaka i kela pauku i keia | pauku. | Buke 6.— 1838. | [rule] | [text begins] | [Honolulu, 1837]

1057

24mo. 13.5 x 7.5 cm (HMCS). Caption title, [1] + 2–143 text, [144] blank pp.

Title: The food for the day. With questions to explain each verse. This number of the series was prepared by J. S. Emerson and contains quotations from the Book of Galatians. The minutes of the 1838 Delegate Meeting record an edition of 1o,ooo copies. References: Butler, 134. The Revised Minutes of the Delegate Meeting, 1838 (Honolulu, 1839), p. 19. Copies: AAS. HMCS (4)*, one bound in pink paper covered boards with inscription: “Rev. G. Newell from his daughter Ursula [Emerson],” and below: “Prepared for the press by J. S. Emerson” [her husband].

Ke Kauoha Hou Ke | Kauoha Hou | a | ko Haku e Ola’i, | A Iesu Kristo; | oia ka | olelo hemolele no ke ola, | a na lunaolelo i kakau ai. | [rule] | Ua unuhiia, mai ka olelo Helene. | [rule] | Ua paiia na ko Amerika poe i huiia e hoolaha i ka Baibala. | Honolulu: | Ka na Misionari Mea Pai. | [rule] | 1837. 12mo. 18 x 1o.5 cm (BPBM). [1] title, [2] Books of the New Testament, 3–352 + [353–364] + 365–52o text pp. (The collation by signature is 1–286, 29 4, 3o6, 296 [i.e., pp. 353–364], 32–446.)

1058

160

1837

Hawaiian National Bibliography

Title: The New Testament of our Lord and Saviour, Jesus Christ: This is the sacred word of life, written by the Apostles. Translated from the Greek. Printed for the American people who distribute the Bible [i.e., the American Bible Society]. The second edition of the New Testament. Although many copies of this edition were bound with the two volumes of the 1838–1839 Old Testament to form the first complete Hawaiian Bible (see No. 11o8), copies of this edition were also bound and distributed individually. Edwin O. Hall (the printer) to the ABCFM, October 18, 1837 (HarU [ABCFM Papers]): The New Testaments I send are the second edition, which we completed about the first of September; being engaged a little more than three months in printing it. It is by far the best book ever printed by this mission; being on new type, and on good and uniform paper. I send 8 besides 2 each to the Societies of Inq[uiry]. to you supposing that the Bible Society would like to have a copy or two. The edition is 1o,ooo . . . the copies are a fair specimen of the whole edition, as these were taken promiscuously from a hundred done up by a native. References: Butler, 65. Judd and Bell, 146. The Revised Minutes of the Delegate Meeting, 1838 (Honolulu, 1839), p. 19. Copies: AAS*. AH (2). AI-NZ. ATL*, fine copy. BPBM*, and a second, incomplete copy, whose untrimmed pages measure 2o.5 x 13 cm. DL. GF. HarU. HHS. HMCS (4)*, one in contemporary calf, “Luther Halsey Gulick from his father”; and a copy stitched and untrimmed 21 x 13 cm. HSL. LC (2)*. NLC. NYP. 1059

Ke Kumu Kahiki Ke | Kumu Kahiki: | oia ka mea | e ao ai i na hua | a me | Ka Hookui, | a me ka heluhelu ana | i ka | olelo Beretania. | [rule] | Lahainaluna: | Mea Pai Palapala no ke Kula Nui. | 1837. 12mo. 19.5 x 12.5 cm untrimmed (HMCS). [1] title, [2] Manaomua (First thoughts), [3] + 4–34, 55, [i.e., 35] + 36 text pp.

Title: The foreign teacher. This is a work to teach the letters, and the spelling, and the reading of the English language. A manual of English instruction, written by Lorrin Andrews. This book was designed specifically to assist Hawaiians in acquiring a knowledge of the language, particularly a knowledge of sounds used in pronouncing English. The chapters contain lists of similar sounding words divided up by sound; for example, from chapter 23: “j ar jar, h as has, d ip dip.” Sentences in later chapters also contain repeats of difficult sounds, to limber up student tongues, particularly with respect to words ending in B and D, or with the T sound, not generally used in Hawaiian. Examples: “A rude girl will romp in the street. [then:] ru. rude. gir. girl” (p. 24). “A duck is a plump fowl. [then:] d uck duk” (p. 26). “Let him get the tax. [then:] et get, ax tax, taks” (p. 3o). The printed minutes of the 1837 General Meeting record an edition of 5oo copies. References: Butler, 17. Extracts from the Minutes (Honolulu, 1837), p. 7. Judd and Bell, 147. Copies: BPBM*. GF*. HarU (2234.71)*, gift of W. T. Brigham, a fine copy bound in sheets of I Samuel (1834). HMCS (2)*, one is bound with other tracts with MS title on cover: “works in Hawaiian by Rev. J. S. Emerson [sic].” In this bound collection, the front wrapper is a waste sheet of an engraved map of the island of Hawaii. LC*. NLC.

Hawaiian National Bibliography 1837

161

Ke Kumu Kamalii Ke Kumu Kamalii. | [double rule] | Buke 1. Ianuari, 1837. | Pepa 1. | [double rule] | [text begins] | [Honolulu, 1837]

1060

12mo. 18.5 x 11.5 cm (BPBM).

Title: The children’s teacher. A periodical for young children. Twelve issues were printed from January to December, 1837, totaling 144 pages, continuous pagination. Each issue contains 12 pages, is illustrated with cuts from New England sources, and has printed colored-paper wrappers with a woodcut on the upper cover and varying text on the back cover. Every issue begins with a calendar of named days, and has simple lessons, biblical quotations, and stories, some illustrated. While most of the articles are by male members of the mission, there are a few articles by their wives including several signed by initials L. F. J. (Mrs. Laura Fish Judd). Occasionally there are articles on local schools; “Hale Kula ma Wailuku” (the school at Wailuku), by Richard Armstrong in the June issue, tells of a new school at that place. In September (pp. 1o3–1o7), a series of three articles by Armstrong, dated Wailuku, July 15, 1837, tells of a journey made with Rev. Conde and family from Wailuku to Haiku and finally to Hana. In the October issue, in “Wali ka lima,” dated Wailuku, July 17th, Armstrong comments on matters regarding Waikapu. In the same issue (pp. 112–113), Rev. Harvey Hitchcock gives statistics for Molokai students present at meetings (and those proficient in reading) village by village, in both April and September. The April issue, “O ke kiaha Rama” (pp. 38–4o) describes the disastrous consequences of rum drinking, with woodcuts progressing from a decanter and glasses, to a drunkard in the gutter. “O ka make weliweli o kekahi keiki hookuli” (The horrific death of a deaf child [of Waialua]) in the August issue (pp. 92–94) is by J. S. Emerson. Where possible, woodcuts were inserted. In January (p. 5) a large woodcut shows a turbaned man on an ostrich, with questions by A[rtemas] B[ishop] following. The April issue features a lion woodcut with questions, and in the August issue (p. 94) a dog appears with an article naming him “Dike” (or Dick). On page 68 (June), above the article “He Kula Kamalii” (The children’s school), is a cut of a proper New England woman instructing small children; this is repeated the next month. A cut of a young boy reading is on page 73 of the July issue; a graphic of Cain slaying Abel is in the September issue (p. 96), and in the December issue (p. 141) a woodcut of a boy reading at a desk precedes the article “E heluhelu a e ike auanei oe”(Read, and by-and-by you will understand) by Asa Thurston. The last page of each issue contains one or more hymns, some including musical notation written by A[rtemas] B[ishop], H[iram] B[ingham], L[imaikaika, or Armstrong], L[orenzo L[yons] and J[ohn] S[mith] E[merson]. A few of the hymns are indicative of local events such as “Hoike ma Kohala” (Meeting at Kohala) in August (pp. 91–92) by Lorenzo Lyons. The edition of this juvenile paper was 4,ooo copies. References: Butler, 215. Extracts from the Minutes (Honolulu, 1837), p. 5. The Revised Minutes of the Delegate Meeting, 1838 (Honolulu, 1839), p. 19. Copies: AH (Kahn)*, has Pepa 3–12 (March–December 1837). ATL*. BPBM*, complete. NYP*, has complete set and copies of Pepa 4 and 5 in original wrappers.

162

1837

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1061

Kekuanaoa, Mataio. Governor of Oahu. Proclamation Honolulu, Oahu, | April 19th, 1837. | This is what I have to say to the French Gentlemen. | This is my opinion to both of you who were sent away before, from these Islands, that you are forever forbidden by our chiefs to come here. | [body of text in Hawaiian on facing page begins:] He olelo na’u nona haole palani. | Eia ko’u manao ia olua e na kanaka i kipaku ia aku mai keia auba aku, . . . | [text continues, and is signed at end of each text:] Na Kekuanaoa. [and with, below English text:] Printed at the Oahu Printing Establishment for Kekuanaoa. [Honolulu, 1837] Circular. Text of 12 lines in English and 1o lines in Hawaiian on facing pages of a single-fold sheet, folded to 24 x 2o cm.

This is Governor Kekuanaoa’s letter to the two Catholic priests, Alexis Bachelot and Patrick Short, who had recently arrived from California. He here recalls the statement of their intent “to stop for a few days, until we can obtain a vessel to carry us from here” and his reply is, “when you get a vessel go quickly.” A full transcription of this document is in Yzendoorn. For a further discussion of the role this letter had in the introduction of the Catholic religion to Hawaii, see No. 1o4o. References: Yzendoorn, History, p. 1oo. Copies: AH (2)*. HMCS*, Hawaiian and English texts separated. P-EMS*. 1062

Lahainaluna Seminary. Catalogue He | PAPAINOA | no na KAHU, a me na KUMU, | a me na HAUMANA | o ke | Kulanui o Hawaii nei, | ma Lahainaluna i Maui. | [double rule] | Lahainaluna: | Mea pai Palapala no ke Kulanui. | 1837. 8vo. 21 x 12.5 cm. [1] title, [2] + 3–4 text pp.

Title: List of the directors, the teachers, and the students of the high school of the Hawaiian Islands, at Lahainaluna, Maui. This catalogue contains a list of students arranged by class: Papa i with 2o students; Papa ii with 29 students; Papa iii with 35 students. Printed in triple columns, giving the name, place of residence, and home island of each student. The minutes of the 1838 Delegate Meeting record an edition of 2oo copies. References: The Revised Minutes of the Delegate Meeting, 1838 (Honolulu, 1839), p. 21. Copies: HHS (2)*. HMCS (3)*, including one with signature of Levi Chamberlain. 1063

[List of Ships] [List of Ships at Lahaina. Lahainaluna, 1837?] Broadside.

Not seen. The printed minutes of the Delegate Meeting of the Sandwich Islands Mission, held in Honolulu, June 1838, record that 2oo copies of such a list had been printed during the year ending March 31, 1838. References: The Revised Minutes of the Delegate Meeting, 1838 (Honolulu, 1839), p. 21. Copies: None located.

Hawaiian National Bibliography 1837

[List of Ships] Arrivals at Oahu, Sandwich Islands, From August 1, to December 15, 1836. [Honolulu, 1837]

163 1064

Broadside.

Not seen. A copy of this is reproduced in Ke Kumu Hawaii, Buke 2, Pepa 17 (Jan. 4, 1837, p. 42). This lists 67 arrivals, in tabular form with class, name of ship, tonnage, master, place of ownership, “Last from,” Time, Cargo, and “Oil [by] season.” It begins with the August 1st arrival of the brig Loriot (Blinn, Master), last from Ceres, 17 days, with a cargo of furs. It concludes with the December 15th arrival of the barque Grange (Snow, Master) from Boston. References: None found. Copies: No separate copies known; see Ke Kumu Hawaii as noted.

Moerenhout, Jacob Antoine Voyages | aux îles | Du Grand Océan, | contenant | des documens nouveaux | sur la géographie physique et politique, | la langue, la littérature, la religion, les moeurs, les usages | et les coutumes de leurs habitans; | et | des considérations générales | sur leur commerce, | leur histoire et leur gouvernement, depuis les temps les plus | reculés jusqu’a nos jours. | Par J. A. Moerenhout, | Consul général des États-Unis aux îles Océaniennes. | Ouvage orné d’une carte et de planches lithographées. | Tome premier. | [rule] | Paris, | Arthus Bertrand, Libraire-Éditeur, | Libraire de la Société de Géographique, | rue Hautefeuille, 23. | [rule] | M. DCCC. XXXVI. 2 vols. 8vo. 22 x 13.5 cm untrimmed (AH [Kahn]). Vol. i: [i] half title, [ii] imprint, [iii] title, [iv] blank, [v] + vi–xv Preface dated Paris, Juin 1835, [xvi] blank, [1] + 2–574 text, 575–576 Table du premier volume pp. With 2 lithograph plates. Vol. ii: [i] half title, [ii] imprint, [iii] title, [iv] blank, [i] + ii–vii Table des matières (for Vols. i and ii), [viii] blank, [1] + 2–52o text pp. With 2 lithograph plates, and folding “Carte pour l’intelligence des voyages de J. A. Moerenhout . . . 1828 a 1834” (37 x 5o.5 cm).

A very scarce and important work on Tahiti, by a long-time resident who subsequently became a United States Consular official. Moerenhout gives a résumé of the discovery and exploration of Tahiti from the time of Captain Cook to the present, examines all aspects of the native culture, and includes an essay on the origins of the Polynesians. There are occasional references to the Hawaiian Islands. In the first volume (p. 287) reference is made to an 1832 visit from Sandwich Islands missionaries on their way to the Marquesas. Two plates of portraits have three images of Tahitians ( Vol. i, pp. 258 and 261), and two views (Vol. i, p. 261, and Vol. ii, p. 284) are of Tahiti. The author made a visit to Pitcairn in 1829, and the text on pages 283–322 concerns that island. A plate in Volume ii (p. 284) depicts John Adams, one of the Bounty mutineers. References: O’Reilly and Reitman, 876. Copies: AH (Kahn)*, fine copy in original green wrappers. BPBM (Fuller)*, fine copy in contemporary tan quarter calf.

1065

164

1837

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1066

Na Himeni Hoolea Na | Himeni Hoolea. | He mau mele ma ka uhane, | e hoolea ai na kanaka, na keiki, na ohana, | na kula, na ekalesia, | ia | Iehova, ke Akua e ola’i. | [double rule] | Honolulu: | Ka na Misionari Mea Pai. | [rule] | 1837. 24mo. 13 x 7.5 cm. [i] title, [ii] blank, [iii] + iv–viii Ka hoakaka ana (Explanation), signed “Binamu” (Bingham), dated Honolulu, Aperila 1837, 1–177 text, 178–18o papa lalani mua (index of first lines), 181–184 He Papa ano hoolea (list) pp.

Title: Hymns of praise. Spiritual songs for men, children, families, schools, churches, to praise Jehovah, the eternal God. Translated by Hiram Bingham. The printed minutes of the 1837 General Meeting record an edition of 1o,ooo copies. References: Butler, 77. Extracts from the Minutes (Honolulu, 1837), p. 5. Judd and Bell, 148. Copies: AH (Kahn)*, calf spine, marble paper boards. BPBM (4)*. HMCS*. NYP. YU. 1067

Na Himeni Kamalii Na | Himeni Kamalii: | na mea | e ao ai, a e hoolea aku ai | Na Kamalii | i ke Akua. | [rule] | [two-line quote from David] | [double rule] | Honolulu: | Mea Pai palapala a na Misionari, | [rule] | 1837. 24 mo. 13.5 x 8 cm (BPBM). [1] title, [2] blank, [3] + 4–7o Hymns, 71 Na Lalani Mua (Index of first lines), 72 Papa kuhikuhi (Index) pp.

Title: Hymns for children, something for children to learn about, and praise God. The second edition; the first was published in 1832. The printed minutes of the 1837 General Meeting record an edition of 1o,ooo copies. References: Butler, 26o. Extracts from the Minutes (Honolulu, 1837), p. 5. Judd and Bell, 149. Copies: AAS*, the Hunnewell copy. AH (Kahn)*, original tan calf, rebacked. BPBM (2)*. FLP. HarU (3). HHS (3). HMCS (3). LC (1)*. NLC. 1068

O ka Hoikemanawa O ka | Hoikemanawa | a me | Ke Kuhikuhi | no ka | Mooolelo Hemolele. | [rule] | Lahainaluna: | mea Pai Palapala no ke Kula Nui. | 1837. 12mo. 17.5 x 1o.5 cm (HMCS). [1] title, [2] blank, [3] He manao Hoakaka (Preface), [4] blank, [5] + 6–17 Chronology text, [18] blank, [19] + 2o–216 O ke kuhikuhi (Index) text pp.

Title: A chronology with the index to the Holy Scriptures. The Chronology, divided into 17 chapters, is on pages 5–17. The second part begins on page 19 with caption title: “O ke | kuhikuhi | no ka | Mooolelo Hemolele” (The index to the Holy Scriptures). This contains a general Bible index in paragraphs, with glosses to the right and questions after each chapter. Page 152 has a heading “Ke Aupuni o ka Iuda” (the government of Judea), and at page 169 is the heading “Ke aupuni o ka Iseraela” (the government of Israel). Both pages are otherwise blank and may have been designed to receive engraved maps. Maps with the same titles and of a suitable size are found in the Bishop Museum collection, but no known copies of this book include these plates. This text was published again in 1838 (see No. 1117). It is often found bound with O ka Hoikehonua (Lahainaluna, 1835); see No. 96o. The minutes of the 1838 Delegate Meeting (which includes printing done in 1835–1836) record: “Scripture Chronology & Hist. (in part) 84 pp.” The printed minutes of the 1837 General Meeting record: “Scripture History, finished, 144 pp. 1,5oo copies.”

Hawaiian National Bibliography 1837

165

References: Butler, 117. Extracts from the Minutes (Honolulu, 1837), p. 7. Judd and Bell, 15o. The Revised Minutes of the Delegate Meeting, 1838 (Honolulu, 1839), p. 21. Copies: AAS*. AH (Kahn)*. HarU*. HHS (2)*. HMCS (5)*. LC*. ML*. NLC.

O ka Ikemua O ka | Ikemua, he Palapala ia e ao aku ai | i na kamalii, | i ka | heluhelu ana a me ke ano | no hoi | o na olelo e a lakou e heluhelu ai. | [rule] | Ke kolu o ka pai ana. | [rule] | Honolulu: | Mea Pai Palapala a na Misionari. | [rule] | 1837.

1069

12mo. 18 x 11 cm. [1] title, [2] blank, [3] + 4–8 He olelo ao no na kumu (Instructions for teachers), [9] no ke ao ana’ku i na kamalii ma keia palapala (About teaching children with this text), 1o–48 text pp.

Title: The primer, a book instructing children in reading and in the meaning of the words they read. The third edition. This text is illustrated with a combination of stock and homemade woodcuts. A large cut of a schooner on page 25 is a stock cut; the locally made cuts include a Hawaiian canoe on page 28, a snake on page 3o, a horse on page 34, and a whale on page 36. The printed minutes of the 1837 General Meeting record an edition of 1o,ooo copies. References: Butler, 121. Extracts from the Minutes (Honolulu, 1837), p. 5. Judd and Bell, 151. Copies: AAS. AH (Kahn)*, bound with He Hoike Holoholona na na Kamalii (1837), within the front blank: “Luther Halsey Gulick’s presented by his father, Sandwich Islands.” ATL*, bound with He Hoikeholoholona na na Kamalii (1837). BPBM (2)*, both bound with He Hoike Holoholona (1837). FLP. GF (2). HHS. HMCS (7)*, all bound with He Hoike Holoholona (1837). HSL (2). LC (6)*, one is bound with He Hoike Holoholona na na Kamalii (1837). ML. NLC. NYP. PS.

O ke Akeakamai O ke | Akeakamai | no | na Kamalii. | Oia ka mea i hoike mai i ke ano o na mea i | ike makaia. | [rule] | Ua unuhiia noloko mai o ke akeakamai o | Jacob Abbott. | [rule] | Lahainaluna: | Mea Pai Palapala no ke Kulanui. | 1837. 12mo. 18 x 1o cm. [1] title, [2] blank, [3] + 4–39 text, [4o] blank pp.

Title: Philosophy for children. A work showing the meaning of common knowledge. Translated from the philosophy of Jacob Abbott. A translation by Ephraim W. Clark of Jacob Abbott’s The Little Philosopher, for schools and families: Designed to teach children to think and to reason about common things (Boston, 1833 +). The work is divided into two parts, the first having chapters 1–9 (pp. 1–24), the second with chapters 1o–14 (pp. 25–39). The chapter headings provide a concise guide to the contents. These are: [1] No ke ano o na kino o kela mea keia mea (The appearance of the body, with this and that thing); [2] No ka waihoolulu (Concerning color); [3] No ke Pakiki a me na Palupalu (Concerning hardness and softness); [4] No ke Kaumaha (Concerning heaviness of weight); [5] No ka Malamalama (Concerning light); [6] No ka Ahi (Concerning fire); [7] No ka Wai (Concerning water); [8] No ka Honua (Concerning the earth); [9] No ka Ea (Concerning clouds); [1o] No ka Wela a me ke Anu (Concerning hot and cold); [11] No ka Anoea (Concerning the heavens); [12] No ka La (Concerning the Sun); [13] No ka Mahina (Concerning the Moon); [14] No ka Hoku (Concerning the stars). This book was issued variously for classroom use before the completion of the whole. Book One, containing nine chapters ending on page 24, was issued when printed; a later issue (also incomplete) has chapters 1o–12 added and ends on page 32. The complete work contains 14 chapters.

1070

166

1837

Hawaiian National Bibliography

The printed minutes for 1837 record: “Little Philosopher. 12mo. 24 pp. 2,ooo copies.” The minutes of the 1838 Delegate Meeting record the printing of an additional 16 pages. References: Butler, 1. Extracts from the Minutes (Honolulu, 1837), p. 7. Judd and Bell, 152–154. The Revised Minutes of the Delegate Meeting, 1838 (Honolulu, 1839), p. 21. Copies with 24 pages: AH*. AI-NZ* with “Lyons” in pencil on last page. ATL*. BPBM*. FLP*. HarU (42-5585)*, ABCFM copy. HHS*, D. Baldwin’s copy. HMCS (3)*, one has inscription: “Translation of Abbotts Youths Philosophy—by Rev. E. W. Clark” in hand of A. O. Forbes; another copy bound with 7 other works has pencil signatures of E. W. Clark and S. M. Kamakau on front blank. PS (2)*. Copies with 32 pages: ATL*, copy inscribed: “Rev. D. B. Lyman, Lahainaluna, Maui, Hawaii.” BPBM*. HarU (42-5585)*, ABCFM copy. HMCS*, in original yellow stiff wrappers. Copies with 39 pages: BPBM*, with MS annotations to title page indicating preparation for a second edition “Honolulu, 185o,” but no copy of such an edition has been found. GF (2)* HHS*, C. M. Hyde copy in blue wrappers. HMCS (6)*. NLC. 1071

O ke Aohoku O Ke | AOHOKU: | oia ka mea | e akaka’i ke ano o ka la | a me ka | Honua, a me na Hoku. | [rule] | [text begins] | [Colophon below text p. 12:] Lahainaluna—Mea Paipalapala no ke Kulanui. [1837?] 12mo. 2o.5 x 13 cm. Caption title, [1] + 2–12 text pp.

Title: Astronomy; this is an explanation of the nature of the sun, and the earth, and the stars. The first work on astronomy in Hawaiian. Written, or adapted from, an untraced source, possibly an encyclopedia article, by Rev. Ephraim W. Clark. The most interesting aspect of this book is the table of planetary data found at the bottom of the last page. Here are found statistics on the diameter, miles from the sun, period of rotation, and period of revolution of each of several celestial bodies. The table lists all the planets (including the moon) then known to be in our solar system, as follows: Ka La (the sun); Ukali (Mercury); Hokuloa (Venus); Ka Honua (the Earth); Ka Mahina (the Moon); Holopinaau (Mars); Kaawela (Jupiter); Kaholoholo (Saturn); and Herekela (Uranus). Modern Hawaiian-language names for these celestial bodies are spelled somewhat differently. The printed minutes of the 1837 General Meeting for the 1836–1837 year record an edition of 2,ooo copies. References: Butler, 1o5. Dibble, p. 417 (gives the date as 1837). Extracts from the Minutes (Honolulu, 1837), p. 7. Judd and Bell, 155. Copies: AH (Kahn)*, in original wrappers with signature of S. N. Castle. ATL (2)*, one has inscription: “Elisabeth W. Lyons—Astronomy.” BPBM (2)*. HHS (2)*, one is Dwight Baldwin’s copy bound with other works; a second copy has numerous annotations and the addition of Clark’s name as translator on the title—possibly with the intent to issue a later edition? HMCS (7)*, one bound with other works has signatures of E. W. Clark and S. M. Kamakau. LC (4)*. NLC. PS*.

Hawaiian National Bibliography 1837

167

O ke Kumumua O ke | KUMUMUA | na | Na Kamalii; | he palapala e ao aku ai i na kamalii ike | ole i ka | Heluhelu Palapala. | [double rule] | Elua pai ana. | [double rule] | Oahu: | Mea Pai Palapala na na Misionari. | 1837.

1072

16mo. 14.5 x 11 cm (BPBM). [1] title, [2] blank, 3–32 text pp. Woodcuts in the text.

Title: First lessons for children; a book teaching the children who do not know how to read books. Second edition. Translated by John S. Emerson (Dibble). For the first edition (1835), see No. 967. The woodcuts are mostly standard stock cuts, but a few are of home manufacture, such as the canoe on page 1o and the Hawaiian pipe on page 23. The printed minutes of the 1837 General Meeting record an edition of 12,ooo copies. References: Dibble, p. 417. Extracts from the Minutes (Honolulu, 1837), p. 5. Judd and Bell, 156. Copies: AAS*, fine copy bound in yellow pictorial Chinese paper wrappers. BPBM*. FLP. HarU. HMCS. LC*. NLC. PS. WaU. YU.

O ke Kumumua O ke | KUMUMUA | na | Na Kamalii; | he palapala e ao aku i na kamalii ike | ole i ka | Heluhelu Palapala. | [double rule] | Ekolu pai ana. | [double rule] | Oahu: | Mea Pai Palapala a na Misionari. | 1837. 16mo. 14.5 x 11 cm (HHS). [1] title, [2] blank, 3–32 text pp.

O Ke Kumumua na na Kamalii, Oahu, 1837 [see No. 1o72]. This primer is enlivened by attractive woodcut illustrations, in part, of Honolulu manufacture. Courtesy Hawaiian Historical Society.

1073

168

1837

Hawaiian National Bibliography

Title: First lessons for children; a book teaching the children who do not know how to read books. Third edition. This is an unaltered reprint of the second edition. The minutes of the 1838 Delegate Meeting record an edition of 1o,ooo copies. References: Judd and Bell, 157. The Revised Minutes of the Delegate Meeting, 1838 (Honolulu, 1839), p. 19. Copies: BPBM. HHS*. HMCS. LC*. 1074

Parley, Peter (pseud. of Samuel Griswold Goodrich) Tales about the Sea, | and | The Islands in the Pacific Ocean. | By Peter Parley, | Author of tales about Natural History, etc. | [rule] | Embellished with engravings. | [vignette of rock and ship in distance] | London: | Printed for Thomas Tegg and Son, Cheapside; | T. T. and H. Tegg, Dublin; R. Griffin and Co. Glasgow; | and J. and S. A. Tegg, Sydney, and Hobart Town. | [rule] | 1837. 16mo. 13 x 1o cm (BPBM). [i] blank, [ii] woodcut frontispiece, [iii] title, [iv] imprint else blank, [v] + vi –viii contents, [1] + 2–384 text pp. With frontispiece woodcut of a ship (included in the collation), and numerous vignettes in the text.

A juvenile text of an imaginary Pacific voyage made by young “Peter Parley” on the Beaver. Chapters 18 and 19 (pp. 143–157) are about his visit to the Hawaiian Islands. The woodcuts are of a highly imaginative and amusing nature and include a Hawaiian canoe with fantastic images (p. 148), a scene of the death of Cook (p. 151), and another of a missionary preaching (p. 156). Subsequently, Parley visits Nootka, the Society Islands, the Philippines, New Holland (Australia), and New Zealand. Following the account of the voyage are articles on whales, sharks, and the dangers of the sea. The author, Samuel Griswold Goodrich (1793–186o), was an American author of children’s books, who, under the pseudonym Peter Parley, published more than 2oo titles, mostly for children, many dealing with geography, travel, and natural history. This work was frequently reprinted. References: Ferguson, 2269. Copies: BPBM (Fuller)*. NLA. 1075

Sandwich Islands Mission Extracts | from | The Minutes | of the | General Meeting | of the | Sandwich Islands Mission, | held at Honolulu, | May and June, 1837. | [rule] | Honolulu: | Mission Press. | [dotted rule] | 1837. 12mo. 18.5 x 11 cm (BPBM). [1] title, [2] blank, [3] + 4–4o text pp.

This contains short comments on stations, schools, and churches, on printing both in Honolulu and at Lahainaluna, and on the manufacture of cloth. More detailed reports concern the High School at Lahainaluna, the Central Female Seminary (at Wailuku), and the Hilo Boarding School. The minutes of the 1838 Delegate Meeting record an edition of 1oo copies. References: The Revised Minutes of the Delegate Meeting, 1838 (Honolulu, 1839), p. 19. Copies: BPBM*. BPBM (Carter 3-B-15)*. HMCS (3)*. NYP.

Hawaiian National Bibliography 1837

Sandwich Islands Mission Extracts | from the | Records | of the | Hawaiian Association, | from 1823 to 1836. | [double rule] | Honolulu: | Mission Press. | [rule] | 1837.

169 1076

12mo. 18.5 x 11.2 cm (BPBM). [1] title, [2] blank, [3] + 4–18 text, 19–24 appendix pp.

This association (of the ordained members of the Sandwich Islands Mission), the parent organization of what eventually became the Hawaiian Evangelical Association, was first convened at Oahu, February 28, 1823. This publication consists of excerpts from their minutes, on matters pertaining to church laws and regulations. The appendix contains a list of essays on sacred and secular themes assigned to various missionaries at the 1834 and 1836 meetings. The edition is unknown, but was probably about 6o copies. References: None found. Copies: BPBM*. BPBM (Carter 3-B-17)*. HHS*. HMCS (2)*.

[Sandwich Islands Mission] Minutes | Of a meeting of members of the Sandwich Islands Mis- | sion, convened in the Seamen’s Reading Room, at Lahai- | na, Aug. 3o, 1837 . . . [Lahainaluna, 1837]

1077

12mo. 17 x 1o.5 cm (HMCS). Caption title, [1] blank, [2] title and text, 3–7 text, [8] blank pp.

Following a period of financial depression in America, the American Board requested its brethren in Hawaii to limit total annual expenditures to $35,ooo. Upon receipt of the letter with this request, a special meeting was convened at Lahaina on August 3o and 31, 1837 (with Richard Armstrong as moderator and E. W. Clark as scribe), to address the “Pecuniary embarrassments of our schools” and “Embarrassments of the printing departments,” for which a total of $3,2oo had been appropriated. As a result of this meeting, $1,2oo was designated for the printing department, $7oo for the boarding department, $2oo to the “boarding school at Wailuku,” and $1oo “to the boarding school at Hilo.” It was also resolved that “the sum of $1oo be appropriated to finishing the printing office at Lahainaluna so far as to be occupied.” The edition is unknown, but was probably about 5o copies. References: None found. Copies: BPBM*. HHS*, Dwight Baldwin’s copy. HMCS (2)*.

Sandwich Islands Mission Minutes | Of a meeting of members of the Sandwich Islands Mis- | sion, convened at the study of Rev. H. Bingham, Hono- | lulu, on the 22d of August at 2 o’clock, p.m. [text continues] [Honolulu, 1837] 12mo. 16.5 x 1o.5 cm (HMCS). Caption title, [1] + 2–5 text, [6] blank pp.

Upon receipt of a letter from the American Board, requiring retrenchments because of the financial depression of 1836–1837, a meeting was called to address the matter. Appropriations considered at the General Meeting of June 1837 are here reconsidered and reduced. Part of the text concerns the trade versus cash value of books printed by the mission. The edition is unknown. References: None found. Copies: BPBM*. HMCS*.

1078

170

1837

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1079

Sandwich Islands Mission Resolutions | relative to Points of Christian Duty, | adopted by the | Sandwich Islands Mission. | May, 1837. | [text begins] | [Honolulu, 1837] Circular. Caption title and text of 27 lines in double-column form divided by a vertical rule, printed on the first of a single-fold sheet, folding to 25.5 x 19.5 cm.

Nine resolutions here urge an increase in efforts to support mission work worldwide. Article three states: “Resolved that on an average, 1oo Christians at home could sustain one of their number abroad, or every hundred Christians, a missionary to the heathen—that most of the churches might afford each a man for the missionary field . . . ” Article five states: “That, not withstanding the present debt of the Board, the great embarrassment in carrying on the work of missions is still in the lack of men rather than of money.” The printed minutes of the 1838 General Meeting record an edition of 1,ooo copies. References: Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 1838), p. 19. Copies: HMCS*, with a letter from Dwight Baldwin, October 11, 1839, to his sister Sophronia. 1080

[School Room Mottoes or Cards] [Four mottoes meant to be displayed on the schoolroom wall] E NOHO | oukou me ke | KUIKAHI. | 2 Korineto xiii. 11. Title: Live in unity. 2 Corinthians 13:11. Text within meander border, measuring overall 17.5 x 27 cm.

E NA KEIKI, | E HOOLOHE I KO | oukou mau makua no | KA HAKU. | Epheso vi. 1. Title: Children, obey your parents in the Lord. Ephesians 6:1. Text within border of cornucopia and fleur-de-lis ornaments, measuring overall 18.5 x 27.3 cm.

Na hana o ke Kino, [and] Na hua o ka Uhane. [With colophon lower center, below ornamental border:] Lahainaluna:—Mea Pai Palapala no ke Kula Nui. 1837. Title: The work of the body [is] the result of the spirit. The text contains two lists, the first with 17 terms followed by 4 lines of text; the second with 9 terms followed by 7 lines of text. The text is divided by a vertical ornamental rule of 18.7 cm and within an ornamental border of square printers’ ornaments, measuring overall 22.5 x 19.5 cm.

MA NA WAHI A PAU | NA MAKA O | IEHOVA. | Solomona xv. 3. [With colophon lower center, below ornamental border:] Lahainaluna:—Mea Pai Palapala no ke Kula Nui. 1837. Title: The eyes of the Lord are everywhere. Proverbs 15:3. Text within ornamental border, measuring overall 17.3 x 26.5 cm.

These school mottoes, printed by the press at Lahainaluna, were made visually attractive by an inventive use of typographical borders. The three containing biblical quotations are composed of large ornamental letters, whose only other use at the Seminary Press was in the production of ornamental covers for the 184o children’s atlas (see No. 122o). The border used in “E na Keiki” appears also on the undated broadside The Stork (see No. 1o82). An uncut sheet containing all of these cards, measuring 58.5 x 48.5 cm (23 1/4 x 19 inches), is in the HMCS collection. No separate copies of any of these have survived. The size of the edition is unknown.

Hawaiian National Bibliography 1837

Spaulding, Ephraim, William Richards, and Dwight Baldwin Annual Report of the Bethel Station at Lahaina. Letter from Mr. Spaulding. [sic] In: The Sailors Magazine, and Naval Journal. Vol. ix, No. 12, pp. 364–367. New York, August 1837.

171 1081

8vo. 21.5 x 13.5 cm.

Dated “Ship Adeline, Atlantic Ocean, off the river La Plata, April 26, 1837,” Spaulding, returning to the United States for reasons of health, encloses a report of work accomplished at Lahaina. A portion of the report discusses the need for a Seamen’s Chapel at Lahaina, and reprints a letter from Spaulding, Richards, and Baldwin “To Masters and Officers of ships visiting Lahaina” soliciting funds for the same. Appended is a subscription list showing that of the projected cost of $14oo, $141.5o had been raised from captains. A “List of ships at Lahaina From Aug. 19, to Dec. 16, 1836” gives names of ships, dates of arrival, names of masters, home ports, and barrels of oil. A further inclusion is a rare shipping list from New Zealand. Titled “List of ships at the bay of Islands, New Zealand, from January 1st, to February 11, 1837,” it gives names of 25 ships with names of masters, home ports, and barrels of oil collected. For a separate issue of the Lahaina shipping list, see No. 1o14. References: None found. Copies: P-EMS*. The Union List of Serials records many holdings of this periodical.

The Stork The Stork: an Emblem of Filial | piety. | [text begins] | Lahainaluna. [circa 1837]

1082

Broadside. Caption title and 6 numbered verses, all within an elaborate typographic border, with below “Lahainaluna” but no date, 3o x 22 cm.

An attractively printed “trifle” meant for the edification of missionary children. The text commences: “See the Stork with labor tending, | Onward through the boundless sky; | Neath those aged pinions bending, | That has taught his own to fly.” Though undated, this broadside’s border matches one of those surrounding the schoolroom cards or mottoes (see No. 1o8o). References: None found. Copies: HMCS*, O. P. Emerson copy. LC (Manuscript division, Titus Coan family papers, Box 16)*.

United States. 24th Congress. 2nd Session. House of Representatives Doc. No. 138. | Exploring Expedition. | [rule] | Message | from the | President of the United States, | transmitting | The information required by a resolution of the House of Representatives | of the 3d instant, in relation to the progress which has been made with | regard to the exploring expedition, authorized at the last session of | Congress. [Washington, D.C., February 8, 1837] 8vo. 22 x 14.5 cm. Caption title, [1] + 2–15 text, [16] blank pp.

President Andrew Jackson forwards to the House of Representatives letters detailing expenditures, number and types of men required, a list of instruments needed, and a long list of books purchased for reference use on the expedition to the Pacific Ocean and the South Seas. References: Haskell, 227. Copies: AH (Kahn)*.

1083

172

1837

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1084

United States. 25th Congress. 1st Session. House of Representatives Navy Department. | Doc. No. 5o. | South Sea Exploring Squadron. | [rule] | Letter | from | The Secretary of the Navy, | transmitting | The Information required by a resolution of the House of Represent- | atives of the 4th instant, in relation to the Detention of the Sailing | of the Exploring Squadron. &c. [Washington, D.C., October 13, 1837] 8vo. 22.5 x 14 cm (AH [Kahn]). Caption title, [1] + 2–28 text pp.

Includes letters (1836–1837) on the fitting up of the vessels, a statement of expenditures, and a “List of officers ordered to the Exploring Expedition.” References: Haskell, 228. Copies: AH (Kahn)*. 1085

[Wailuku Female Seminary. Catalogue] HE PAPA INOA NO NA KAHU, A ME NA | KUMU, A ME NA HAUMANA, O KE | KULA KAIKAMAHINE O HA- | WAII NEI, MA WAI- | LUKU I MAUI, | 1837. | [rule] | [text begins] | [Lahainaluna, 1837] Circular. Text printed on the first page of a single-fold sheet in double-column form, divided by a vertical double rule. 31.8 x 2o cm.

Title: List of names of the directors, the teachers and the students of the girls school of Hawaii, at Wailuku, Maui. The first catalogue of the Wailuku Female Seminary. The left column lists the seven trustees, the three instructors, and the names, places of residence, and islands of the 4o enrolled students. Following this, in the right column, is an appeal in English for funds by the principal, Rev. Jonathan S. Green, dated at the end, Wailuku, Maui, Nov. 22, 1837: To the Patrons and Friends of the Sandwich Islands. The school of which the above is a Catalogue . . . was opened July 6, 1837. It is a boarding school for female children, sustained by the A.B.C.F.M.; and is designed to accommodate 15o or 2oo pupils. We hear, however, that on account of the low state of their funds, that the Board are unable to do all for our schools that they are desirous of doing; and we may be compelled to disband our school or conduct it on a contracted scale. We therefore, as directors and teachers of the school, appeal to the benevolent, especially to the benevolent females of our country, to aid us in sustaining this infant institution. Above are the names of forty little girls whom we have selected and taken under our immediate supervision and instruction. . . . When our mothers and sisters, in the enjoyment of the richest privileges ascertain, as they may be reading this short appeal that for the trifling sum of $2o. a year, a little girl from 6 to 1o years of age may be supported and instructed, they will not be slow to sustain as many as we can instruct . . . As its text shows, this catalogue was intended primarily for distribution in the United States. The minutes of the 1838 Delegate Meeting record: “Catalogue of [the] Female Seminary. 1oo copies.” References: The Revised Minutes of the Delegate Meeting, 1838 (Honolulu, 1839), p. 21. Copies: HMCS*, with a manuscript letter from Mrs. Clarissa Armstrong, Wailuku, Maui, December 4, 1837, to Miss Ludentia A. Whitmore of Killingly, Connecticut. Below the text Mrs. Armstrong has added in manuscript, “By Rev. Mr. Green”. NYP*.

Hawaiian National Bibliography 1838

173

1838 American Board of Commissioners for Foreign Missions Instructions | of the | Prudential Committee | of the | American Board of Commissioners | for Foreign Missions | to the | Sandwich Islands Mission. | [rule] | Lahainaluna: | Press of the Mission Seminary. | [rule] | 1838.

1086

12mo. 17.5 x 11 cm. [1] title, [2–4] blank, [5] + 6–122 text, [123–124] blank pp. Pages 5, 19, 34–35, 49, 98–99, 1o5, and 119 are omitted in the numbering.

This work contains the Act of Incorporation of the ABCFM State of Massachusetts, signed by Caleb Strong, Governor, and Alden Bradford, Secretary of the Commonwealth, 2o June 1812, together with the laws and regulations of the same body. Following this are the parting instructions given to each of the first eight companies of missionaries to the Hawaiian Islands (1819–1836) by Samuel Worcester, Jeremiah Evarts, David Greene, B. B. Wisner, and Rufus Anderson. A complete list of each company, including Hawaiians, is found on pages 119–122. Samuel Worcester’s prophetic and often quoted instructions to the First Company of missionaries, dated Boston, October 15, 1819, are on page 27: Your views are not to be limited to a low or narrow scale; but you are to open your hearts wide, and set your mark high. You are to aim at nothing short of covering these islands with fruitful fields and pleasant dwellings, and schools and churches; of raising up the whole people to an elevated state of Christian civilization. Ephraim W. Clark, in a letter to Levi Chamberlain, dated Lahainaluna, November 15, 1838 (HMCS), tells of the edition: The instructions are ready to distribute. Mr. Rogers has furnished some or all of the brethren herewith them. The remainder he will send to you. . . . About 25o were printed. We think it best to sell them at 25 cts. a copy, expecting the brethren generally will take 2 or 3 copies. I have taken 4 copies. This will cover the expense, if 12o copies, or thereabouts shall be taken. But in the expense we do not include Mr. Rogers’ labor. He set nearly all the type himself. I suppose the principal object is to sell the work, so that nothing shall be drawn from the sum assigned to the Printing department. You will of course charge the copies to individuals. . . . Some copies should be reserved for future missionaries. . . . The Instructions written by Mr. Evarts to say nothing of the others, are worth more than a dollar or two. They ought to be read often by us all. Rev. Clark’s account of printing for the year ending February 28, 1839, includes this work and shows a production cost of $3o. The printed minutes of the 1839 General Meeting record 38o copies printed. References: Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 1839), p. 11. Copies: AH (Kahn)*. BPBM (2)*. BPBM (Carter 3-B-2o)*. HarU (42-5589)*, ABCFM copy. HMCS (4)*. HSL (Tice Phillips)*. LC. UH.

American Board of Commissioners for Foreign Missions To the Missionaries of the American Board of Commissioners for Foreign | Missions. | [double rule] | Dear Brethren— | You are aware that there is, in connection with the Missionary Rooms, a Cabinet of Curiosities, | collected principally by the missionaries of the Board. It is open for public inspection, has excited con- | siderable interest, and is daily visited. . . . The Missionary House, now

1087

174

1838

Hawaiian National Bibliography

building for the use | of the Board, as an investment of the permanent fund, will enable us to arrange and exhibit the collec- | tion to greater advantage than we now can. [Signed at end:] “Missionary Rooms of the A.B.C.F.M. Boston June 27th, 1838.” Circular. Text printed on the first 2 pages of a single-fold sheet, 25 x 2o.5 cm.

A solicitation for the donation of relics and “curiosities” to the American Board collection for display at the Missionary Rooms “now building” at Pemberton Square, Boston. The Board’s specific list of desiderata consisted of: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.

Maps of the country, drawings of the stations, of buildings, etc. Mission publications in the native languages. Idols, paintings, and prints of every variety, illustrating the native mythology. Warlike weapons, of all descriptions. Domestic utensils, personal apparel, and decorations. Native manufactures, indicating improvement, taste, or skill. Coins, relics, and ruins, interesting for their antiquity, history, or appearance.

Potential donors were further requested to see that each article was “distinctly labeled with its name, and accompanied with a complete description,” and that all articles were carefully packed. This circular was received in Honolulu on April 6, 1839, and resulted in the formation of a collection of considerable size, long exhibited at the offices of the American Board in Boston. In the latter part of the nineteenth century, many of the finest Hawaiian specimens were acquired from the Board by the Bernice P. Bishop Museum in Honolulu. References: None found. Copies: HMCS (3)*. 1088

Anatomia Anatomia. | He palapala ia e hoike ai | i ke ano. | O Ko Ke Kanaka Kino. | [rule] | Ua kaukauia ma ka olelo Hawaii, i mea e ao ai na haumana o ke Kula | Nui, ma Lahainaluna. | [rule] | Oahu: | Mea Paipalapala a na Misionari. | [rule] | 1838. 12mo. 17 x 11 cm. [1] title, [2] blank, [3] + 3–6o text pp. With 19 engraved plates.

Title: Anatomy. A book showing the nature of the human body. Written in the Hawaiian language to teach the pupils of the High School at Lahainaluna. This is a translation by Dr. G. P. Judd of the Class Book of Anatomy, by Jerome van Crowninshield Smith, first published in Boston, 1834. Smith’s Anatomy was popular in America, and went through several editions. In the preface to the second edition (Boston, 1836) Smith notes that the work had been “introduced into many academies and some of the higher class of seminaries.” The publishers’ advertisement for this same edition is more specific, remarking that “a translation of it has recently been made into the Italian language at Palermo [and] it is also in process of translation into the Hawaiian language, by the American Missionaries at the Sandwich Islands, to be used in the Higher schools, among the natives.” Dr. Judd prepared the text in Honolulu, and an order was placed for the appropriate stereotype plates from Boston. For some reason these did not arrive, and Dr. Judd arranged to have them manufactured at Lahainaluna. In March 1838, Judd’s neighbor Amos Cook noted in his journal (HMCS): “Yesterday . . . called at bro. Dimond’s, also on Dr. Judd. . . . Dr. showed us some engravings of a Lahainaluna engraver—very well done for a native. The Dr. is preparing a book on anatomy in native.”

Hawaiian National Bibliography 1838

The 19 engraved plates (which follow the Boston edition with great care) contain 57 figures keyed to the text. The best known of the plates is one that depicts a skeleton seemingly in an act of prayer. This illustration, as Jerome Smith assures us below the cut in the Boston edition, was not intended to display religious devotion: “The peculiar attitude of the figure was given it by the artist, merely because a larger sized could thus be given in a little space.” Although the printing records show that 5oo copies of the text were printed, letters from Andrews to Judd (private collection) indicate that only about 2oo copies had the engraved plates inserted. A list of “unfinished works to be brought forward” noted in the printed minutes of the 1836 General Meeting includes “Anatomy, Dr. Judd.” The minutes of the 1838 Delegate Meeting record an edition of 5oo copies. References: Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 1836), p. 14. Judd and Bell, 166. The Revised Minutes of the Delegate Meeting, 1838 (Honolulu, 1839), p. 19. Copies: AH (Kahn)*, fine copy, contemporary morocco-backed mottled paper boards. BPBM*, and a second, incomplete copy. GF. HarU (2)*. HHS (2)*. HMCS (3)*. HSL (Tice Phillips)*, J. S. Emerson’s copy. LC*. ML*. NYP. Additional copies will be found at Straub Clinic (Hospital), Honolulu; the U.S. National Library of Medicine, Washington, D.C.; and the Henry E. Huntington Library, Pasadena.

Anatomia, Oahu, 1838 [see No. 1o88]. The text on anatomy translated by Dr. Gerrit P. Judd is one of the most famous publications of the Mission Press. It features anatomical engravings made by Hawaiian pupils at the Lahainaluna Seminary. Courtesy Kahn Collection, Hawaii State Archives.

175

176

1838

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1089

Berghaus, Heinrich Almanach | für | das Jahr 1839. | [rule] | Den | Freunden der Erdkunde gewidmet | von | Heinrich Berghaus. | [rule] | Stuttgart. | Hoffmann’sche Verlags-Buchhandlung. [1838?] 15 x 11.5 cm (AH [Kahn]). [1] title, [2] blank, [3] + 4–1o Inhalt (Contents), [11–12] list of maps, [13] + 14–73 Part i text, [74] blank, [1] + 2–118 Part ii text, [1] + 2–242 Part iii text, [243–244] advertisement pp. With frontispiece portrait of Adolph Erman, 2 plates of portraits at beginning of text, 5 folding maps at end.

This almanac has several articles of Hawaiian interest. An article on James Cook (Part i, pp. 38–58) gives transcriptions of the several commemorative inscriptions left on a coconut tree at Kealakekua by later explorers up to and including that erected by HMS Imogene in 1837. The memorial tablets to Cook and members of his family erected in a church in Cambridge, England, are also transcribed here. An engraved portrait of Cook is inserted preceding page 13 of the text. Part ii contains “Untersuchungen uber die Geographie der Sandwich-Inseln” (pp. 7o–98). This is an important article concerning a new chart of the Sandwich Islands published at Potsdam in 1838. The chart had been prepared by Captain Harmssen (who on the Mentor had stopped at Hawaii in 1828) and by Captain Wendt of the Royal Prussian Marine (who on the Princess Louisa had stopped at Hawaii in 1831 and 1833). The text compares this chart with previous ones of Cook, Vancouver, and others, and includes a table of longitudinal and latitudinal readings for points on all the islands. In Part iii (pp. 173–174), there are comments on F. D. Bennett’s voyage (see No. 1192) and a mention of his stop at the Hawaiian Islands. References: Not in Kropelien. Copies: AH (Kahn)*. 1090

Dobell, Peter Sept Années | en | Chine | Nouvelles observations sur cet empire | l’archipel IndoChinois, les Philippines et les îles Sandwich, | Par Pierre Dobel, | Conseiller de Collège au service de Russie, ancien Consul de cette Puissance | aux Iles Philippines, | traduit du Russe | par | Le Prince Emmanuel Galitzin. | [rule] | Paris | Gide, Éditeur des Annales des Voyages, | rue de Seine, No 6 bis. | 1838. 8vo. 21.2 x 13.5 cm. [i] title, [ii] blank, [iii] Errata, [iv] blank, [v] + vi–x Avant-Propos, [1] + 2–294 text, [295]–349 notes text, [35o] blank, [351] + 352–358 Table des matières pp. With lithograph frontispiece “Insulaire de Manille” and lithograph “Femme de Manille” at p. 179 (16 x 11 cm each).

Third (first French) edition, and the first to contain Dobell’s remarks (on pp. 232–241) regarding his voyage to Hawaii. In the supplement (Note 42, pp. 334–335) there is a letter of March 25, 182o, from Riho-Riho (Kamehameha II) to the Tsar of Russia. This work was originally published in English under the title Travels in Kamtchatka and Siberia, with a narrative of a residence in China (London, 183o). The London edition, however, does not contain any text on Hawaii. In 1833 a Russian translation was published in St. Petersburg (see No. 836). That edition has the letter from Kamehameha II to the Tsar of Russia, but does not include the author’s account of his stop in Hawaii. There is also a Paris 1842 edition (see No. 1334). References: Judd and Lind, 53a (the Paris 1843 edition). Copies: AH (Kahn)*, fine copy, contemporary brown morocco spine, marble paper boards. BL. HSL (Tice Phillips)*. LC. NYP. YU. The NUC lists 6 copies.

Hawaiian National Bibliography 1838

177

Ellis, William Memoir | of | Mary Mercy Ellis, | wife of | Rev. William Ellis, | Missionary to the South Seas, and Foreign Secretary | of the London Missionary Society: | including | Notices of heathen Society, of the details of Mis- | sionary life, and the remarkable manifestations | of divine goodness in severe and protracted | affliction. | By William Ellis. | London: | The Religious Tract Society; | Instituted 1799 | sold at the Depository, 56, Paternoster Row; | and 65, St. Paul’s Churchyard. | 1838.

1091

12mo. 17.5 x 1o.5 cm (BPBM). [i] title, [ii] imprint, [iii] + iv–vii contents, [viii] blank, [1] + 2–176 text pp. With engraved frontispiece portrait of Mrs. Ellis.

The third edition. An account of Mr. Ellis’ visit in 1823 and his later residence in Hawaii with his wife and family is found in chapters five and six. Particularly interesting is the account of the last illness and death of Queen Keopuolani, at Lahaina, Maui, in 1823. The 1822 letters from Mrs. Bingham and Mrs. Thurston at Hawaii, addressed to Mrs. Ellis at Huahine, are also found in this edition (pp. 64–69). For the first edition (1835), see No. 929. References: Ferguson, 2484. Copies: BPBM (Fuller)*. HSL (Tice Phillips)*. ML. NLA.

Fanning, Edmund Voyages | to the | South Seas, Indian and Pacific Oceans, | China Sea, North-West Coast, | with an account of the | new discoveries made in the southern hemisphere, | Between the Years 183o–1837. | Also, | the origin, authorization, and progress of the first | American National South Sea Exploring Expedition | With Explanatory Notes relative to the Enterprise. | By Edmund Fanning, | author of “Fanning’s Voyages.” | New York: | William Vermilye. | [rule] | 1838. 12mo. 19 x 11.5 cm (HHS). [i] title, [ii] copyright notice and printer’s name and address, [iii] Dedication “to the American People”, [iv] blank, [v]–vi Preface, [vii] + viii–xii Contents, [13] + 14–257 text, [258] blank, [259] + 26o–324 Appendix pp. With lithograph frontispiece “Attack and Massacre of Crew of Ship Tonquin by the Savages.”

This work is entirely different from the author’s Voyages Round the World (New York, 1833); see No. 839. Fanning here presents “selections of the most interesting and improving narratives of the voyages in which he has been concerned; and he flatters himself that the matter in these pages will not only be found entertaining, but that much information may be gathered relative to commercial trade, the whale and seal fishery, navigation, &c., and also the different seas, climates, habits and customs of the natives, lands and isles of the ocean” (from the Preface). Part One contains (pp. 13–7o) a “Narrative of the voyage of the ship Hope, from New York, to the Feejee Islands in the South Pacific, and to China, under the command of Captain Reuben Brumley, with the Directive Agency of the Author, in the years 18o6–18o8.” This includes stops in the Fijis (with a short vocabulary); Botany Bay, near Sydney; and Tasmania. Part Two has a “Sketch descriptive of the whale chase, showing the danger and daring bravery of the officers and seamen.” Part Three contains (pp. 84–113) “A Narrative sketch of a voyage of the ship Tonquin, under the command of the Author, to the China Sea, in the years 18o7–18o8.” Part Four (pp. 114–15o) is a “Narrative sketch of the voyage of the Ship Tonquin to the South Pacific Ocean, and on a new route to China . . . under the command of that able voyager, Captain R. Brumley, in the years, 18o8–18o9.”

1092

178

1838

Hawaiian National Bibliography

Beginning on page 154, the author reprints his 1833 “Memorial” addressed to members of the U.S. Congress, “praying that a National Discovery and Exploring Expedition be sent out to the South Seas.” He includes transcripts of letters and other documents. The appendix contains further documents and accounts of the preparation of the expedition, the resignation of Captain Thomas Ap Catesby Jones as commander, and the ultimate appointment of Lt. Charles Wilkes to the vacated position. References: Strathern and Edwards, 174. Not in Haskell or Hill. Copies: HHS*. LC. UC-B. WaU. The NUC records 5 copies. 1093

Hawaii. Kingdom. Laws and Regulations [Translation] | Lahaina, Maui, Mach [sic] 13, 1838. | I give notice beforehand, to you for- | eigners who keep grog-shops on Oahu, | that at the end of the licensing for the last | six months, you will not again receive li- | cense for selling liquors; [text continues] | [signed:] By me, KAMEHAMEHA III. | [and following a text of 8 lines affirming the above signed:] KAAHUMANU II | Waikiki, March 15, 1838. [text repeats on second page, in Hawaiian.] [Honolulu? 1838] Circular. Text in English and Hawaiian on facing pages of a single-fold sheet, measuring overall 19.5 x 29.5 cm.

By this document the king announces his intent to close grog and beer shops in Honolulu: “But two houses only will be left where liquors may be sold, the two houses where billiard-tables are now kept; but most of the grog-shops are taboo, and must sell no more.” The proclamation by Kekauluohi as “Kaahumanu II” affirms the king’s statement, and adds, “we are devising a law for regulating the two houses, and for imposing a penalty on retailing and secret selling; when fully decided upon, then it will be printed and circulated.” References: None found. Copies: AH (Laws—series 418)*. 1094

Hawaii. Kingdom. Laws and Regulations [Translation] | A LAW REGULATING THE SALE | OF ARDENT SPIRITS. | [text begins:] Whereas we have seen that drinking | of ardent spirits and other intoxicating li- | quors is of great injury to our country; | therefore I with my chiefs have sought | for the means of suppressing it. | . . . | [signed at bottom right:] KAMEHAMEHA III, | Lahaina March 2o, 1838. [Lahainaluna, 1838] Broadside. 27.5 x 12.5 cm.

On March 13, 1838, at Lahaina, Kamehameha II gave notice to grog shop proprietors on Oahu that after six months new licenses would not be issued; the two exceptions being establishments that also maintained billiard rooms. This edict was countersigned by Kekauluohi (as “Kaahumanu II”) at Waikiki, March 15, 1838, with the note, “we are devising a law for regulating the said two houses, and for imposing a penalty on retailing and secret selling: when fully decided upon, then it will be printed and circulated.” These statements appeared as a circular (see No. 1o93) and were reprinted in the Sandwich Island Gazette of March 17, 1838. Subsequently, on March 2oth, the king issued this new law from Lahaina to regulate retail establishments and the sale of liquor without a license. Establishments were

Hawaiian National Bibliography 1838

179

allowed to sell by the glass “but not by any larger measure”; had to be closed by ten p.m. and “from ten o’clock on Saturday night until Monday morning”; and drunkenness in such establishments was subject to a ten-dollar fine levied on the proprietor. Those caught selling without a license were subject to a fifty-dollar fine. The single surviving copy of this broadside is the right-hand portion of what must have been a Hawaiian-English circular. No copy of the Hawaiian-language text (which would have formed the left text portion of the sheet) has survived. It also appeared in the Sandwich Island Gazette, Volume ii, No. 35, March 31, 1838, with the editorial comment: “We give a copy of the new law, regulating the sale of ‘blue ruin’.” References: For a full transcript of this law, see Westervelt, W. D., “Hawaiian Printed Laws Before the Constitution,” Hawaiian Historical Society Annual Report No. 16 (Honolulu, 19o9), p. 5o. Copies: AH (Laws—series 418)*.

Hawaii. Kingdom. Laws and Regulations Honolulu, Nov. 26, 1838. | HE OLELO NO NA MEA DALA OLE. | [text begins:] Ina i nele ke kanaka i ke dala maoli i keia | makahiki, elua dala a ke kanaka hookahi e | hana’i ma ka hana, eia namea e hana ai ka | poe dala ole. [text continues] | [signed at end:] KAMEHAMEHA III.

1095

Broadside. Text of 2o lines, 2o x 12 cm.

A proclamation regarding the payment of taxes. Those males without the required annual $2 tax were directed to cut stones, make lime, cut wood, or work in the cane field. Women without $1 tax money were directed to braid mats and hats or sew hats and clothes. Young girls seem to have been exempt. As to boys without their fifty cents, “they must work with the men.” References: None found. Copies: AH (Laws—series 418) (2)*.

Hawaii. Kingdom. Laws and Regulations KANAWAI NO KE KUAI ANA I KA RAMA. | [text begins] | [second title on p. 2:] LAW | Respecting Alcoholic Drinks and Du- | ties on Wines. | [text begins] | [signed at end of p. 4:] Done at Lahaina, on this twenty-first day of August, in the year of our Lord, one thousand eight hundred and thirty-eight. KAMEHAMEHA III. [and endorsed below:] KAAHUMANU II. Honolulu August 28th, 1838. [Honolulu, 1838] Text on 4 pages of a single-fold sheet, 18.5 x 11 cm. [1] Caption title and Hawaiian text, [2] second title and English text, 3 Hawaiian text, 4 English text pp.

This law states that after January 1, 1839, “the importation of rum, brandy, gin, alcohol, and all distilled spirits whatsoever, shall be entirely prohibited, and shall not be permitted to be landed at any port, harbor, or any other place in the Sandwich Islands.” After the above date, alcohol was also subject to a duty of a half dollar per gallon. Fines are specified for transgressions. A physician, by application, might import alcohol “in such small quantities as may be necessary for the purposes of his profession.” References: None found. Copies: AH (Laws—series 418) (2)*.

1096

180

1838

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1097

Hawaii. Kingdom. Laws and Regulations [Port Regulations for Lahaina, Island of Maui. Ten articles signed by Kamehameha III and by Governor Hoapili, at Lahaina, 23 August, 1838.] [Lahainaluna, 1838] Not seen. The English text of this was reprinted under the heading “Legislative Proceedings at Maui” in the Sandwich Island Gazette, Volume iii, No. 12, October 1o, 1838. The law commences: Whereas foreign ships and vessels are in the habit of visiting the Port of Lahaina for refreshments, and whereas difficulties sometimes arise in consequence of the laws and regulations of the place not being definitely understood, and whereas those laws have not heretofore been published in a definite form. Therefore be it enacted by the King and Chiefs of the Sandwich Islands in council assembled [ten numbered articles follow]. By these regulations, masters of ships wishing to purchase “refreshments” for their vessels were required to pay ten dollars to the Harbor Master and receive in return “five barrels of potatoes with the privilege of purchasing at pleasure in the market.” Trading was restricted to the common market, and when bartering with foreign goods, such merchandise was to be approved by the Harbor Master. The discharge of foreigners without permission was subject to a sixty-dollar fine. Deserters were to be reported immediately to the Harbor Master or Governor: “who will cause a search to be made, and if said deserter be found in Lahaina, the Harbor Master shall receive for him when delivered to the vessel, six dollars. But if the said deserter shall be found in the mountains back of Lahaina, the Harbor Master shall receive ten dollars. If he be more than twenty miles distant, the Harbor Master shall receive twenty four dollars.” Shore leave was highly restricted, and for each seaman found on shore one hour after sunset the captain was obliged to pay a fine of six dollars. Seamen on shore due to illness were subject to residence with restrictions. With respect to recruiting, article nine states: “No master of any foreign vessel shall receive as a sailor on board his vessel nor shall he carry to sea any native born citizen of the Sandwich Islands” without having received from that person a certificate from the Governor allowing such leave. In return the master was required to fill out a bond guaranteeing his return. These two documents were also printed at Lahainaluna; see Nos. 1128 and 1127. The printed minutes of the 1839 General Meeting record: “[In English] Translation of the Harbor Laws. 4 pp. 12mo. 25o copies.” This accounting also records a Hawaiian-language edition of the regulations: “4 pp. 12mo. 35o copies.” References: Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 1839), p. 9. Copies: None of either edition located.

1098

[Hawaiian Imprint] [Church Covenant for Molokai. Lahainaluna, 1838–1839.] 6 pp. 32mo. 3oo copies.

Not seen. Recorded in a list of works printed at the seminary, in the printed minutes of the General Meeting for the year 1838–1839. E. W. Clark’s account of printing at the seminary for the year ending February 28, 1839, puts the cost of this job at $6. For an earlier edition, see No. 1o42.

Hawaiian National Bibliography 1838

181

References: Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 1839), p. 1o. Copies: None located.

The Hawaiian Spectator The | Hawaiian Spectator. | [rule] | Conducted by | an Association of Gentlemen. | [rule] | Volume i. 1838. | [double rule] | Printed for the Proprietors. | Honolulu, Oahu, Sandwich Islands. | [rule] | 1838[–1839] 2 vols. 8vo. 21.5 x 14 cm (HMCS). Vol. i (1838): [i] title leaf, [ii] blank, [iii] + iv–v Contents of Vol. i, vi additions and corrections, [vii]–viii Index to Vol. i; [then No. 1 - January 1838:] [1] + 2–112 text pp.; [then No. 2 - April 1838:] [i]–ii Contents, [1] + 2–1o4 text, [1o5–1o6] blank, with folding engraved chart “Christmas Island” (33 x 19.5 cm) at p. 64; [then No. 3 - July 1838:] i–ii Contents of No. 3, [217] + 218–336 text pp. with folding engraved “Chart of Ocean Island” (27 x 21 cm) at p. 336, [then No. 4 - October 1838:] [i]–ii Contents of No. 4, [337] + 338–44o text pp. with folding table “Paradigm of an Hawaiian Verb” at p. 416. Vol. ii (1839): [i] Vol. ii title leaf, [ii] blank, [iii]–iv Contents of Vol. ii, [v–vi] blank, [vii]–viii Index to Vol. ii; [then No. 1 - January 1839:] [1] + 2–12o text pp. with engraved plate “Chinese sugar mill” inserted at p. 114; [then No. 2 - April 1839:] [121] + 122–24o text pp.; [then No. 3 - July 1839:] [i] Contents of No. 3, [ii] blank, [241] + 242–364 text pp.; [then No. 4 - October 1839:] [i] Contents of No. 4, [ii] blank, [365] + 366–494 text, [495–496] blank pp. Note: This is the ideal collation of both volumes. Individual parts were originally issued in brown printed wrappers. In binding the parts, the individual index leaves to each part were sometimes canceled and a general index added as front matter to each volume.

The first literary and scientific periodical published in the Hawaiian Islands, issued in printed wrappers quarterly during 1838–1839, with a total of eight issues printed and distributed. It was published under the auspices of the Sandwich Island Institute, which for a period of years maintained a small museum in the basement of the Seamen’s Bethel Church. Its proprietor was Peter A. Brinsmade. This work has long been highly esteemed for its publication (in Vol. ii) of the Northwest Coast and Hawaiian botanical explorations of David Douglas, under the title: “A Brief Memoir of the life of Mr. David Douglas, with extracts from his letters.” These appear in No. 1 (Jan. 1839, pp. 1–49); No. 2 (April, pp. 131–18o); No. 3 (July, pp. 276–333); and No. 4 (Oct., pp. 396–428). Following this (on pp. 429–437), there appears: “Copy of a letter from the missionaries of Hawaii [Joseph Goodrich and John Diell] to Richard Charlton, Hilo July 15, 1834,” and subsequent documents on the death of Douglas in a bull pit on Mauna Kea. It is sometimes stated that this is the first publication of the Douglas journals and letters; but in fact, the first publication of these was in W. J. Hooker’s Companion to the Botanical Magazine (London, 1835–1836; see No. 942). Many articles are on matters relating to the Hawaiian Islands. Reuben Tinker’s English-language translation of Ka Mooolelo Hawaii (the Hawaiian history published at Lahainaluna, 1838), appears in Volume ii as follows: No. 1 (Jan., pp. 58–77); No. 2 (April, pp. 211–231); No. 3 (July, pp. 334–34o); No. 4 (Oct., pp. 438–447). The remainder of Tinker’s translation appeared in the Polynesian (see No. 1241). Articles on Oahu are the following: “Oahu Charity School,” by John Diell (Vol. i, No. 1, pp. 22–35); “Physico-Geognostic Sketch of the island of Oahu,” by Meredith Gairdner (Vol. i, No. 2, pp. 1–18); “Sketches of Honolulu, Oahu,” by John Diell (Vol. i, No. 2, pp. 83–94); “Notes of a Tour around Oahu,” by E. O. Hall (Vol. ii, No. 1, pp. 94–112). Lists of ship arrivals at Honolulu from January 1, 1837, to June 1839, are

1099

182

1838

Hawaiian National Bibliography

found in Volume i, No. 1 (pp. 1o8–112); No. 2 (pp. 1o2–1o3); No. 3 (pp. 334–335); and in Volume ii, No. 1 (pp. 118–119) and No. 3 (pp. 362–363). Two important articles on the visit of the French ship Artémise to Honolulu in 1839 are by James Jackson Jarves (Vol. ii, No. 3, pp. 352–363), and by Samuel N. Castle (Vol. ii, No. 4, pp. 447–494). On medical matters there are: “Remarks on the Climate of the Sandwich Islands and its probable effects on men of bilious habits and on constitutions predisposed to pulmonary affections,” by Gerrit P. Judd (Vol. i, No. 2, pp. 18–27) and “Remarks on the Sandwich Islands; their Climate, Diseases and their suitableness as a resort for individuals with or predisposed to Pulmonary Disease,” by Alonzo Chapin (Vol. i, No. 3, pp. 24o–267). On natural phenomena: “Notice of the remarkable phenomena in the tide at the Sandwich Islands November 7, 1837,” by Dr. Rooke (Vol. i, No. 1, pp. 1o4–1o7). “On the Earthquake at Hilo, November 1838” and “Fall of meteoric Stones at Honolulu (1825)” are in Volume ii, No. 2 (pp. 232–233). An article about the crater atop Mauna Loa is in Volume i, No. 2 (pp. 98–1o3); and a description of Kilauea crater by Count Strzelecki, “a Polish nobleman and scientific traveller,” is in Volume i, No. 4 (pp. 434–437). Tables of meteorological observations made at Honolulu by Dr. Rooke appear throughout. On education: “The Origin Progress and Importance of the Mission Seminary at Lahainaluna,” by E. W. Clark, appears in Volume i, No. 4 (pp. 337–351), with another article on the school (pp. 428–431). Also in Volume i is an article on “Female education at the Sandwich Islands” by J. S. Green (No. 1, pp. 35–48) and another on the Wailuku Female Seminary (No. 4, pp. 42o–423). “Condition of the Common Schools at the Sandwich Islands,” by E. O. Hall, is in Volume i, No. 4 (pp. 352–36o). On linguistics: “Marquesan and Hawaiian dialects Compared,” by P. Alexander (Vol. i, No. 1, pp. 17–22); “Peculiarities of the Hawaiian Language,” by Lorrin Andrews (Vol. i, No. 4, pp. 392–42o), is accompanied by a large folding table, “Paradigm of a Hawaiian Verb, in its conjugations, moods, tenses, numbers and persons.” On mathematics is an article entitled “Hawaiian method of Computation,” by E. W. Clark (Vol. ii, No. 1, pp. 91–94). On Hawaiian traditional literature there is “A Mele on the Creation composed by Kekupuohi” with an introduction by Lorrin Andrews (Vol. ii, No. 1, pp. 77–8o); and “The True Vine,” an article on Hawaiian poetry by Hiram Bingham (Vol. ii, No. 2, pp. 2o9–211). There are articles on the decrease in population by Artemas Bishop (Vol. i, No. 3, pp. 252–266), and by the Hawaiian, David Malo, translated by Lorrin Andrews (Vol. ii, No. 2, pp. 121–13o). An article on Japanese drift voyages to Hawaii, “The Shipwrecked Japanese” by J. S. Emerson, is in Volume i, No. 3 (pp. 296–3oo). There are two articles on Kauai in Volume i, No. 1: “Account of an alleged attempt on the part of the Russians to take possession of the Island of Kauai,” by Samuel Whitney, on pages 48–52; and “Sketches of Kauai,” by James J. Jarves, on pages 66–86). There are also two in Volume ii, No. 1: “Chinese Method of Manufacturing Sugar from the Cane” (with a plate) on pages 113–115; and “Natural curiosity on Kauai” (cave at Hanalei) on page 12o. Articles on the Pacific are: “Have all the Polynesian Tribes a Common Origin,” by Richard Armstrong (Vol. i, No. 3, pp. 286–296); “A Sketch of Marquesan Character,” by Richard Armstrong (Vol. i, No. 1, pp. 6–46); “[A] Sketch of Christmas Island” (Vol.

Hawaiian National Bibliography 1838

183

i, No. 1, pp. 64–68); “Remarks” about Christmas Island by F. H. Tresilian (Vol. i, No. 3, pp. 241–247), accompanied by an engraved chart of that island engraved at Lahainaluna; and “A note on Ocean Island” (Vol. i, No. 3, p. 336), accompanied by a “Chart of Ocean Island” (27 x 21 cm), also engraved at Lahainaluna. The Spectator was printed on the Mission press to the order of its proprietor, Peter A. Brinsmade. The printed minutes of the General Meetings for 1838 and 1839 show that the edition of Volume i was 6oo copies. The edition of Volume ii was larger. The binder’s report in the printed minutes of the 1839 General Meeting show that 2,5oo copies [of parts] were bound. The minutes for 184o show that 1,ooo copies of Volume ii were printed; the binder’s report for that year shows that 2,ooo copies of parts 3 and 4 had been bound. The printed minutes of the 184o General Meeting also record the commencement of a third volume: “Hawaiian Spectator, Vol. iii, 2 signatures. 8vo. 16 pp. 1,ooo.” However, this volume was never published, and no copies are known. References: Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 1839); and (Oahu, 184o). Copies: AH (Kahn)*, Vol. i in parts, Vol. ii in contemporary calf. BPBM*. BPBM (Carter 12-B6-7)*. HHS*. HMCS (2)* and with a partial set in parts. LC. NLC. NYP. UH (2). The NUC lists 12 holdings.

He Helu Kamalii He Helu Kamalii, | oia ka mea | e ao aku ai i na keiki, | ma na ui | ao mua o ke aritemetika. | [rule] | I unuhiia mailoko ae o ke aritemetika a | Wiliama Fowle. | [rule] | Ke kolu o ke pai ana. | [double rule] | Honolulu: | Mea Pai Palapala na na Misionari. | 1838.

1100

24mo. 13.5 x 8 cm. [1] title, [2] blank? [3] + 4–48 text pp.

Title: A child’s arithmetic, this teaches the children, the first problems of the arithmetic. Translated from the arithmetic of William Fowle. The third edition. For the first edition (1832), see No. 812. The printed minutes of the 1839 General Meeting record an edition of 1o,ooo copies. References: Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 1839). Judd and Bell, 171. Copies: AAS*, in yellow printed wrappers with addition and multiplication tables on the back cover.

He Helu Kamalii He | Helu | Kamalii, | oia ka mea | e ao aku ai i na keiki, | ma na ui | ao mua o ke aritemetika. | I unuhiia mai loko ae o ke aritemetika a | Wiliama Fowle. | Ka ha o ke pai ana. | Honolulu: | Mea Pai Palapala na na Misionari, | 1838. 24mo. 13.5 x 8 cm. [1] title, [2] He olelo hoakaka (?), [3] + 4–48 text pp.

Title: A child’s arithmetic, this teaches the children, the first problems of the arithmetic. Translated from the arithmetic of William Fowle. The fourth edition. For the first edition (1832), see No. 812. The printed minutes of the 1839 General Meeting record an edition of 1o,ooo copies. References: Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 1839), p. 9. Judd and Bell, 172. Copies: LC*.

1101

184

1838

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1102

He Hoailona Helu He | Hoailona Helu. | [rule] | Na Warren Colburn. | [rule] | Lahainaluna: | Mea Pai Palapala no ke Kulanui. | 1838. 12mo. 18 x 11 cm (HMCS). [1] title, [2] blank, [3] + 4–44 text pp.

Title: An algebra. By Warren Colburn. Colburn’s Introduction to Algebra upon the Inductive Method of Instruction, translated by the Rev. Artemas Bishop. The introduction (pp. 3–4) has simple equations and defined figures. The text following is divided into eight chapters, each with numbered paragraphs. One of the most popular works of its period, Colburn’s algebra had many American editions between 1826 and 1851. The first Hawaiian edition was published in Honolulu in 1835. This Lahainaluna edition was meant primarily for use in the seminary. The work was completed by April 26, 1838, and is referred to in a letter from E. H. Rogers (the printer) to S. N. Castle (HMCS). The printed minutes of the 1838 General Meeting record an edition of 5oo copies. References: Butler, 111. Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 1838), p. 21. Judd and Bell, 173. Copies: ATL*, S. N. Castle’s copy. HarU*. HHS*. HMCS (3)*. NLC. PS. UH*. UM. 1103

He Mau Ninau HE MAU NINAU | no ka poe e noonoo ia lakou iho. | [Colophon below rule at bottom of p. 11:] Lahainaluna:—Mea Pai Palapala no ke Kulanui. 1838. 12mo. 17.5 x 11 cm. [1] title, [2] “o ka hooakaka ana” (Explanation) [3] + 4–11 text, [12] blank pp.

Title: Questions for people who meditate in themselves. A tract on experimental religion. The text contains 83 numbered questions followed by the appropriate biblical quotations. The original from which this was translated appears to have been a publication of the American Tract Society, the exact title of which has not been traced. Ephraim W. Clark’s account of printing for the year ending February 28, 1839, records this with a production cost of $14.36. The printed minutes of the 1839 General Meeting record an edition of 3,ooo copies. References: Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 1839), p. 1o. Judd and Bell, 176. Copies: ATL*, S. N. Castle’s copy, with MS inscription: “Tract on Experimental Religion.” HHS*. HMCS (2)*, one has the Philomathian Society Label. NYP*. PS*. 1104

Jarman, Robert Journal | of a | Voyage | to the | South Seas, | in | the “Japan,” | employed in the | Sperm Whale Fishery, | Under the command | of | Captain John May, | by | Robert Jarman. | London: | Longman and Co. and Charles Tilt. [1838] 12mo. 17 x 1o.5 cm (HMCS). [i] title, [ii] [five-line quotation from Maria Edgeworth, and colophon:] Printed by R. B. Jarman, Beccles, [iii] Preface dated Beccles, August, 1838, [iv] blank, [v]–vi Contents, [1] + 2–242 text pp. A colophon at the bottom of p. 242 reads: R. B. Jarman, Printer, Beccles.

A very rare and little-known account of an English whaling and trading voyage. The author departed England for the Pacific via the Indian Ocean on June 21, 1831, and returned in August 1834. At one point Jarman made a long stop at Coupang, Malaya. Here his journal digresses to mention the much earlier (1789) arrival at Coupang of Captain Bligh, in an open boat, following the famous mutiny of the Bounty. Then follows a little-known chronicle of the mutiny, its aftermath, and the subsequent lives of Fletcher Christian, his compatriots,

Hawaiian National Bibliography 1838

185

and their Tahitian wives at Pitcairn Island (pp. 35–43). He mentions the 18o8 visit to Pitcairn by Captain Peter Folger of the American whaler Topaz, and more particularly the visit in 1814 by Captain Staines of the Briton. The journal also quotes from Bligh’s published account of the affair. While most of the information is secondhand, it is indicative of the continued fascination with this dramatic sea incident. After cruising about the Japan Sea, the ship made the Hawaiian Islands on October 29, 1832, and anchored at Honolulu. The author noted 18 whalers in port. He describes the harbor and the method by which ships were “towed in,” the Honolulu Fort, and the town and its native people. The Japan left Honolulu harbor on December 3rd for the Kingsmill Islands, then continued on to Port Jackson, Australia, arriving on February 1oth. The ship made a lengthy stay for refitting in Sydney, and Jarman gives an account of the attractive town. He was clearly fascinated with convicts and their management. He was also interested in the condition of the aboriginals, and includes a description of their deft use of the boomerang. Subsequently the ship cruised around Rotuma and the Fiji Islands, returning via the Bay of Islands, New Zealand. There are two issues of this work, both equally rare. The London issue (as above) is undated on the title, though the preface is dated “Beccles, August, 1838.” In other copies, the imprint has been altered to “Beccles: | Printed and published by R. B. Jarman; and sold | by Muskett, Norwich; Sloman, Yarmouth; | Pawsey, Ipswich; | and Lancaster, Bury. | 1838.” In all other respects the work appears to be identical. References: Bagnall, 2685 (listing only the Beccles issue). Ferguson, 2536 (the London issue only). Copies: London issue: HMCS*, original plum colored cloth, paper title label on spine. ML. NLA. YU*. Beccles issue: ATL. HSL (Tice Phillips)*, original olive cloth, paper title label on spine. Not found in the NUC.

Ka Ai o Ka La Ka Ai o Ka La. | Buke 7—1839. | [rule] | [text begins] | [Honolulu, 1838]

1105

24mo. 13.5 x 8 cm (HMCS). Caption title, [1] + 2–48 text pp.

Title: Food for the day. The biblical quotations are taken from Philippians, Colossians (pp. 5–29), and II Thessalonians (pp. 29–48). The printed minutes of the 1839 General Meeting record an edition of 15,ooo copies. References: Butler, 135. Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 1839), p. 1o. Copies: AAS. HMCS (2)*.

Ka Manaoio Ekalesia Ka Manaoio, a me ka Berita a ka Eka- | lesia. | [text begins:] O Iehova ke Akua nana i | hana ka honua . . . | [Honolulu, Mission Press, 1838–1839] 12mo. 18 x 11 cm. Caption title, [1] + 2–4 text pp.

Title: The faith and covenant of the church. A church covenant. The text is in single-column form, with references and notes at left and right. The printed minutes of the 1839 General Meeting record an edition of 1o,ooo copies. References: Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 1839), p. 9. Judd and Bell, 175. Copies: HHS. HMCS (2)*, Artemas Bishop and S. N. Castle copies.

1106

186

1838

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1107

Ka Mooolelo Hawaii Ka | MOOOLELO HAWAII. | I kaukauia e kekahi mau haumana o | ke kulanui, a i hooponoponoia | e kekahi kumu o ia kula. | [double rule] | Lahainaluna: | Mea Pai Palapala no ke Kulanui. | 1838. 12mo. 18 x 11 cm (HHS). [i] title, [ii] blank, [iii] “He olelo hoakaka” (Introduction), [iv] blank, [1] + 2–116 text pp.

Title: The history of Hawaii. Written by some of the scholars of the high school, and corrected by one of the teachers of the school. One of the most important books on Hawaii. This is the first Hawaiian history written and published in Hawaii, and the first from a Hawaiian viewpoint. Sometimes catalogued as the work of David Malo, it was rather the cooperative effort of a select group of Lahainaluna students and their instructor, Sheldon Dibble. In the preface to the 1843 History of the Sandwich Islands (pp. iii–iv), Dibble explains the genesis of this work: In 1836, I made some effort to collect the main facts of Hawaiian history. There were but few records and those recent - most important events were afloat in the memories of the people and fast passing into oblivion. If they were to be preserved it was time that they were collected. The method which I took to collect facts was as follows: I first made out a list of Questions, arranged chronologically according to the best of my knowledge. . . . I then selected ten of the best scholars of the Seminary, and formed them into a class of inquiry. . . . I then requested them to go individually and separately to the oldest and most knowing of the chiefs and people, gain all the information that they could on the question given out, commit each his information to writing and be ready to read it on a day and hour appointed. At the time of meeting each scholar read what he had written - - discrepancies were reconciled and the corrections made by each other, and then all the compositions were handed to me, out of which I endeavoured to make one connected and true account. Thus we proceeded from one question to another till a volume was prepared and printed in the Hawaiian language. Particularly important portions of this text are the biography of Kamehameha (pp. 46–64); a genealogical chant (pp. 32–41); the account of the hiding of Kamehameha’s bones (p. 73); and remarks on Hawaii and the sandalwood trade (pp. 82–83). A contemporary translation of the whole work was made by the Rev. Reuben Tinker. The first four parts (beginning with a preface dated Koloa, Kauai, Sept. 1838) appeared serially in the following issues of Volume ii of the Hawaiian Spectator: No. 1 (Jan. 1839, pp. 58–77); No. 2 (April, pp. 211–231); No. 3 (July, pp. 334–34o); and No. 4 (Oct., pp. 438–447). On the suspension of that periodical, the remainder of the Tinker translation was published in Volume i of the Polynesian (Honolulu), in the following issues: No. 9 (Aug. 8, p. 33, cols. 1–3); No. 1o (Aug. 15, p. 37, cols. 1–3); and No. 11 (Aug. 22, p. 41, cols. 1–4). Ka Mooolelo was also a major source for Dibble’s History of the Sandwich Islands, published at Lahainaluna in 1843 (see No. 1383). The minutes of the 1838 Delegate Meeting, in a list of printing actually completed in 1836, record: “History of Hawaii in part, 6o pp. 1,5oo copies.” The same minutes, in a list of printing done during 1837–1838, record an additional 6o pages completed. Lorrin Andrews’ report to the American Board for work completed as of March 21, 1838 records the same (HMCS). References: Butler, 256. Judd and Bell, 177. The Revised Minutes of the Delegate Meeting, 1838 (Honolulu, 1839), p. 21.

Hawaiian National Bibliography 1838

187

Copies: AAS*, very fine copy in blue wrappers, signature of Rev. C. Kittredge on cover and “History of the Sandwich Islands written principally by members of the Seminary, Lahainaluna.” AH*. AH (Kahn)*, in original wrappers. ATL*, with MS inscription: “Sandwich Islands History. Written by the scholars in the Seminary of Lahainaluna.” GF (2)*. HHS (3). HMCS (2)*, one in original stiff yellow wrappers with “L. H. Gulick No. 54.” HSL (Tice Phillips)*. LC*, in pale pink wrappers. NLC. PS*, with signature of Abner Wilcox and Philomathian Society label. UH*. YU*.

Ka Palapala Hemolele [The Holy Bible] Ka Palapala Hemolele a Iehova ko kakou Akua. Oahu: Na na Misionari i Pai. 1838, 1838[–1839], 1837. 3 vols. 12mo. 2o x 13 cm untrimmed (HMCS). The Old Testament Vol. i (1838): Ka Palapala Hemolele [title continues as in No. 11o9]. [i] title, [ii] blank, [iii] O na palapala maloko o keia Buke Mua (List of Books in Vol. i), [iv] blank, 1–923 text, [924] blank pp. Vol. ii (1838–1839): [i] title repeats Vol. i, with “Buke ii,” 1838, [ii] blank, [iii] O na palapala maloko o keia Buke Lua (List of Books in Vol. ii), [iv] blank, 5–887 text, [888] blank pp. At the end of p. 887 is “May 1o, 1839.” This is the date on which the printing was completed. The New Testament (1837) Ke | Kauoha Hou [title continues as in No. 1o58]. [1] title, [2] Na buke o ke Kauoha Hou (Books of the New Testament), [3] + 4–52o text pp.

The first complete edition of the Bible in Hawaiian. This is composed of the first edition of the Old Testament (two volumes, 1838), and the second (and revised) edition of the New Testament (1837). Much of the cost of printing the Hawaiian Bible was offset by large grants of funds from the American Bible Society in New York. This was the culmination of almost two decades of translating and printing that began in 1836. Edwin O. Hall (the printer) to the ABCFM, February 27, 1839 (HarU [ABCFM Papers]): “I am happy to inform you that the 1st volume of an duodecimo edition of the Old Testament will be completed this week. . . . We shall now go on with the second volume immediately. . . . I have a great hope that the year 1839 will see this nation in possession of the whole Bible in their own language. But one edition of 1o,ooo copies will not begin to go round and give all that want it a copy. We must try and obtain means to print another as soon as this is out, and then it will probably be as it now is with regard to the 2d edition of the New Testament; a great multitude are anxious to obtain it, but it is not ready because we have no stock to bind it with. This is truly lamentable.” Hall to ABCFM, August 3o, 1838 (HarU [ABCFM Papers]): “There is a fair probability of having the whole Bible out in six or eight months from this time. We have now advanced about 2oo pp. into the 2d. vol. [of the Old Testament] and shall have no delay till we come to Ezekiel, and perhaps not there. The Psalms are now almost in type.” Hall to ABCFM, January 26, 1839: “We have, indeed made a rapid advance in printing the 2d. vol. of the Old Testament, and are now about one third through Ezekiel.” For additional information on the printing of the Old Testament, see No. 11o9; for information on the first edition of the New Testament (1835), see No. 949. Translating individual books of the Bible proceeded over many years. A table of translators, showing the work performed by each missionary and the place and date of first printing, was compiled by Sheldon Dibble “with Mr. Thurston & Clark at my right hand.” It was first published in Dibble’s History of the Sandwich Islands (Lahainaluna,

1108

188

1838

Hawaiian National Bibliography

Translation and Printing of Hawaiian Bible Book Old Testament Genesis Exodus Leviticus Numbers Deuteronomy Joshua Judges and Ruth I Samuel II Samuel I Kings II Kings I Chronicles II Chronicles Ezra Nehemiah Esther Job Psalms, 1-75 Psalms, 76-150 Proverbs Ecclesiastes Solomon’s Song Isaiah, Jeremiah, Lamentations Ezechiel Daniel Hosea—Habakkuk Zephaniah—Malachi New Testament Matthew Mark Luke John Acts Romans I Corinthians II Corinthians Galatians—Ephesians Philippians Colossians—Hebrews James I and II Peter I, II, and III John Jude Revelations

Translator

Place Printed

Thurston and Bishop Richards Bingham Bishop Thurston Richards and Green Richards Thurston Bishop Bingham and Clark Thurston Bishop Green Thurston Dibble Richards Thurston Bingham Richards Andrews Green Green Richards

H H H H H H H H H H H H L H L L H H H L L L L

Bingham Green Thurston Bishop

H H H H

1836* 1836* 1836* 1836* 1836* 1836* 1835 1835 1835 1838 1838 1838 1836 1839 1835 1835 1839 (1831–1839) 1839 1836 1836 1836 1836– 1838 1839 1839 1839 1839

Bingham, Thurston, Bishop, and Richards Richards Bingham Thurston Richards Thurston and Bishop Richards Thurston and Bishop Thurston and Bishop Thurston and Bishop Bingham Richards and Andrews Richards Richards and Andrews Richards and Andrews Richards and Andrews

R

1828*

R H R H H H H H H H H H H H H

1828* 1829 1828 1829 1831 1831 1831 1831 1831 1832 1832 1832 1832 1832 1832

**H = Honolulu; L = Lahainaluna; R = Rochester, NY. *Selections were printed earlier in the form of tracts.

Year

Hawaiian National Bibliography 1838

189

1843, pp. 416–417), and as it appears here includes several corrections found in a letter from Dibble to the ABCFM, dated October 11, 1843. This Bible may be found in three volumes, but is more frequently found bound (in contemporary morocco) as one. Its extraordinary thickness (approximately 14 cm) caused it to be commonly called by Hawaiians “Ka Buke Poepoe” (the rotund or fat book). The binder’s report for the year ending February 29, 1839 (in Extracts, 1839, p. 1o), states: “The Bible complete, a ponderous volume, is now ready for the people, and the people are waiting to receive it.” In the printed minutes of the 184o General Meeting, the binder reports: “Bibles in one Volume entire 89o.” Also bound were 6,ooo copies of Volume ii of the Old Testament, and 2,2oo copies of the New Testament. In the 1841 bindery report, an additional 8oo Bibles are listed as having been completed. In the 1842 report of that department, we find that 35o copies had been bound during the year, of which 2oo were distributed, and 15o remained “on hand.” An irregular number of sheets and signatures of text made occasional substitutions necessary. The HMCS library has a copy of this Bible in which a copy of the 1835 New Testament has been substituted for the usually found 1837 edition. This copy of the New Testament has been made textually complete by combining sheets of the 1835 and 1837 editions, resulting in an irregular pagination and collation. Two unbound copies in sheets of the 1837 edition (21 x 13.5 cm untrimmed) are to be found in the same collection. The printed minutes of the 1837 General Meeting record an edition of 1o,ooo copies. References: Extracts from the Minutes (Honolulu, 1837), p. 5; (Oahu, 1839), pp. 9 and 11; (Oahu, 184o), p. 6; (Oahu, 1841), p. 6; (Oahu, 1842), p. 5. Judd and Bell, 186 and 187. The Revised Minutes of the Delegate Meeting, 1838 (Honolulu, 1839), pp. 18–19. Copies: AAS*. AH. AH (Kahn)*, bound in 3 vols. AI-NZ. ATL*. BPBM (3)*. BPBM (Carter 12D-1)*, with presentation inscription from Mr. and Mrs. Amos Cooke. DL (2). GF (2). HarU (4). HHS. HMCS (5)*, 4 have the 1837 New Testament, 1 has the 1835 New Testament. ML. NYP. PS. UH. YU.

Ka Palapala Hemolele [the Old Testament] Ka Palapala Hemolele | a | Iehova ko kakou Akua. | [rule] | o ke Kauoha Kahiko i unuhiia mai ka olelo Hebera. | [rule] | Buke I. | [rule] | paiia no ko Amerika Poe Hoolaha Baibala. | [double rule] | Oahu: | Na na Misionari i Pai. | [rule] | 1838. 2 vols. 12mo. 17.5 x 1o.5 cm (HMCS). Vol. i (1838): [1] title, [2] blank, [3] O na Palapala maloko o keia Buke Mua (List of Books in Vol. i), [4] blank, 1–923[–924] text pp. The collation here by signature is 14, 1–77 6. Vol. ii (1838–1839): [1] title repeats with “Buke ii,” [2] blank, [3] O na palapala maloko o keia buke lua (List of Books in Vol. ii), [4] blank, 5–672, 672–695, 697–829, 93o–952 [i.e., 83o–852], 853–887 text, [888] blank pp. Below text p. 887 is “May 1o, 1839.” Page 873 is printed as 373. The collation here by signature is 1–746.

The first complete edition of the Old Testament. A united effort to produce a uniform edition of the entire Old Testament began in 1836. At the General Meeting in June of that year it was resolved: “1. That the Old Testament take precedence of all other [translating] works; except that works assigned at former meetings take precedence of new assignments from the Bible. 2. That the Old Testament be continued in duodecimo form till it shall be completed; and that it be bound in separate volumes at the Discretion of the Printing Committee.” Edwin O. Hall (Printer) to the ABCFM, January 1o, 1837 (HarU [ABCFM Papers]): “We are now printing the Old Testament by course, to be bound in several volumes as it issues from the Press. We have now finished Genesis and [Exodus?].”

1109

190

1838

Hawaiian National Bibliography

Hall to ABCFM, October 18, 1837: “Our principal work at present, is the Old Testament in a regular duodecimo edition. We are now at work on Ruth, and have advanced to 528 pages. We design to put the Old Testament into two vols., and [with] the edition of the New Testament just completed will make out the Bible entire in three vols. I hope to complete the first vol. by the first of December; but fear we shall not have book binders stock to give it to the people till after the arrival of the usual spring ships from Boston.” Hall to ABCFM, February 27, 1838: “I am happy to inform you that the first volume of a duodecimo edition of the Old Testament will be completed this week. This goes as far as 2d. Chronicles inclusive, which is rather more than half of the O. T. . . . This volume will embrace 928 pp. I hope to send you and the B[ible] S[ociety] a specimen by the next ship home.” (These Hall did send per the Suffolk, in August 1838.) Hall to ABCFM, January 26, 1839: “We have, indeed made a rapid advance in printing the 2d. Vol. of the Old Testament, and are now about one third through Ezekiel; but I am sorry to add that there is a prospect we shall be delayed for the remainder of that book, as its translation is not completed . . . the concluding books are already in the hands of the Printing Committee, and could all be completed in one month.” The journal of Levi Chamberlain, March 26, 1839 (HMCS): “Last evening the last verse of Ezekiel was translated which completed the translation of the Bible. Ezekiel was translated by Mr. Bingham.” Hiram Bingham to the ABCFM, April 19, 1839 (HarU [ABCFM Papers]): “The translation of the Bible into the language of the country is at length complete. This was done on the 25th. ult. [last month, i.e. March 25, 1839]. The last portion was pronounced done a few days short of 19 years since our eyes first beheld the towering & dark mountains of Hawaii. Today is the 19th anniversary of our landing at Honolulu.” On the last text page of the second volume there appears the date “May 1o, 1839.” This is the date on which the actual printing was completed. The printed minutes of the 1838 General Meeting record the printing of 712 pages; the 1839 minutes record: “Old Testament 2nd. vol. Complete—887 pages.” The edition was 1o,ooo copies. Many of these copies are found bound with the New Testament, thus forming Ka Palapala Hemolele (the Bible); see No. 11o8 for copies of that work. They were also bound and distributed separately. The binder’s report for the year ending Feb. 29, 1839, in the General Meeting minutes for 1839, states that 4,5oo copies of the Old Testament (Vol. i) had been bound. In the minutes for 184o, 6,ooo copies of the Old Testament (Vol. ii) are listed as having been bound. For the number bound as complete Bibles, see No. 11o8. References: Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 1839), p. 9–1o; and (Honolulu, 184o), pp. 4 and 6. Judd and Bell, 186. The Revised Minutes of the Delegate Meeting, 1838 (Oahu, 1839), p. 18. Copies (separate): HHS, Vols. i and ii and a second copy of Vol. i. HMCS*, 3 copies of each of Vols. i and ii, and a copy of the complete Old Testament in a contemporary binding. 1110

[List of Ships] List of Ships | at | LAHAINA, Maui, from March 5, to Nov. 6, 1838. | [double rule] | [text begins] | [Lahainaluna, 1838] Broadside. Printed on one side of a sheet, 48.5 x 29 cm.

Fifty-nine ship arrivals are presented in tabular form comprised of eight columns, divided by vertical double rules with titles above, listing: Arrivals, Names of Ships, Names of Masters, Home Ports, Tonnage, Months Out, and Barrels of Oil. The list begins with the ship Ajax (Trellier, Master), from Havre, France, arriving on March 5th. Below the arrivals for the “Spring Season [March 5 to May 27]” are those of the “Japan

Hawaiian National Bibliography 1838

191

Season [August 2 to November 6].” The list ends with the November 6th arrival of the ship Mariner (George W. Gardiner, Jr., of Nantucket, Master). At the end of the list is a six-line listing of average barrels of oil per ship from 1833 to 1838. The printed minutes of the 1839 General Meeting record an edition of 2oo copies. References: Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 1839), p. 11. Copies: LC (Broadside collection)*.

The Mothers Magazine The Mothers Magazine. Edited by Mrs. A. G. Whittlesey. Published monthly. Vols. vi–vii. New York, 1838–1839.

1111

8vo. 2o.5 x 13.5 cm (BPBM).

In this periodical the following articles on Hawaii appeared during 1838–1839: Vol. vi, No. 5, May 1838: “The Sabbath a Delight,” a letter from Hiram Bingham to Mrs. Whittlesey, dated Honolulu, Sandwich [Islands] December 4, 1837 (pp. 117–12o); commenting on young children and Sabbath Schools. Vol. vi, No. 2, February 1839: “Letter from Mrs. [Laura Fish] Judd” to Mrs. Whittlesey, Honolulu, Sandwich Islands (Nd.) (pp. 4o–43); on missionary work with respect to young children, domestic management, etc. Vol. vi, No. 4, April 1839: “Communicated,” a letter from Mrs. Ursula Emerson to the Maternal Association of Clergymen’s Wives, in Cheshire County, New Hampshire, dated Waialua, Oahu, Sandwich Islands, December 2o, 1837 (pp. 87–91); with comments on the Hawaiian Maternal Association, mission work as it affects women, and a discussion of missionary children (“We have many trials, as mothers, in this heathen land” etc.). References: Carter, p. 13o. Copies: BPBM (Carter 1-B-8)*. HMCS, has 6 vols. (1836–1845).

[Mothers Primer] [Mothers Primer. In English. Lahainaluna, 1838] Not seen. Recorded in the printed minutes of the General Meeting of 1839 as “Mothers Primer. English. 49 pp. 16mo. 23o copies,” in a list of works printed at the seminary during 1838–1839. A letter from Ephraim W. Clark to Levi Chamberlain, Lahainaluna, November 12, 1838 (HMCS) states: Mr. Rogers has printed another little work in English, Gallaudet’s Mothers Primer, a first book for children, at the request of Mrs. Clark & [Mrs.] Richards & perhaps others. I think it is the first book for children I ever was acquainted with. Mrs. C.[lark] used it on Ann Eliza & was greatly surprised at her progress in learning to read. An edition of about 25o copies have been printed, & are ready for distribution . . . Mr. Rogers will send the edition, or part of it to you to dispose of at 6 cts. a copy. The work cost about $12. . . . Mrs. Coan has sent 5o cts. to procure a copy. Lorrin Andrews’ inventory of books (in a letter to S. N. Castle, March 18, 1841 [HMCS]) shows there were still on hand “43 copies at 12 1/2 cents.” References: Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 1839), p. 11. Copies: None located.

1112

192

1838

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1113

Na Haawina Kamalii Na | Haawina Kamalii. | Na mea | E Ao Ai Na Kamalii, | ma | ke Kula Sabati. | [rule] | [three-line quotation from II Timothy 3:15] | [rule] | Honolulu: | Pai Palapala a na Misionari. | [rule] | 1838. 12mo. 18 x 11 cm. [1] title, [2] woodcut and quotation, 3–152 text pp. With 42 woodcut illustrations.

Title: Lessons for children. Instructions for children, in Sunday school. One of the most attractively illustrated works of the 183os issued from the Mission Press. The illustrations, with the exception of a coiled snake (p. 4o) are standard stereotype cuts obtained in New England. The full-page cut on page 18 depicts animals in harmony—with birds perched on the back and head of a cat while other birds look on. This was translated by Lorenzo Lyons (Dibble) whose original working manuscript for the text is in the Hawaiian Historical Society collection. The printed minutes of the 1838 General Meeting record an edition of 1o,ooo copies. References: Dibble, p. 417. Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 1839), p. 19. Judd and Bell, 179. Copies: AAS*, James Hunnewell’s copy. AH (Kahn)*, original full tan calf, rebacked. ATL*. BPBM (2)*. FLP. GF (2). HarU. HHS (2). HMCS (6)*. LC*. NLC. NYP. UH. UM. YU. 1114

Nautical Almanac Nautical Almanac, | for | 1839. | It was late in the season before it was found that an abridgement of the | N. A. would be needed. Every attention and care has been given in se- | lecting useful matter for these sheets. All the errors of the press carefully | corrected, by the COMPILER. | Oahu, Sept., 1838. [Honolulu, 1838] 4to. 25 x 19.5 cm (UH). [1] caption title, 2–19, 16 [i.e., 2o], 21–25 tables, [26] blank pp.

The tables of this almanac give lunar distances and the declination of the Sun, and phases of the Moon, for each month in the year. The printed minutes of the May–June 1839 General Meeting record this as “Nautical Almanac. (Eng.) 4to. 28 pp. 75 copies.” References: Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 1839), p. 9. Copies: UH*. 1115

O Ka Hailoaa O ka | HAILOAA | o ka | hope o ka | HELUNAAU. | [rule] | No na kumu wale no keia Palapala. | [rule] | Lahainaluna, | Mea Pai Palapala no ke Kulanui. | 1838. 32mo. 11 x 6.5 cm (HMCS). [1] title, [2] “He olelo hoakaka” (Preface), [3] + 4–87 text, [88] blank pp.

Title: Key to the supplement to the Mental Arithmetic. This book is for teachers only. A “key” to the text of Ka Hope no ka Helunaau (Warren Colburn’s Intellectual Arithmetic, first published at Oahu in 1835; see No. 949). This arithmetic was a standard American classroom text, and numerous editions were published between 182o and 1894. This key was designed to provide the instructor with correct answers to questions and problems found in the sequel portion of the main text. On the verso of the title a preface, “He olelo hoakaka” (A word of explanation), dated Lahainaluna, February 1838, reiterates that this work is meant for the use of the teacher only. Edwin H. Rogers, in a letter to S. N. Castle, Lahainaluna, April 26, 1838 (HMCS), states: “Colburn’s Key cost 18 dollars or 6 cts. a copy [to print]. The Algebra cost 16 dollars or 4 cts. a copy. 3oo of the Key printed, 5oo of the Algebra printed [at Lahainaluna].”

Hawaiian National Bibliography 1838

193

References: Butler, 171. Judd and Bell, 181. Copies: HHS*. HMCS*, with signature: “Lucia G. Smith [Lyons] April 24, [1838]”. NLC.

O ka Hoikehonua O ka | HOIKEHONUA | no ka | PALAPALA HEMOLELE. | [rule] | Elua pai ana—2,ooo pepa. | [rule] | Lahainaluna: | Mea Pai Palapala no ke Kula Nui, | 1838.

1116

12mo. 18 x 11 cm. [1] title, [2] blank, [3] + 4–63 text, [64] blank pp.

Title: The geography of the Holy Scriptures. Second printing. A translation by Sheldon Dibble of an unidentified text. The first edition was printed at Lahainaluna in 1835 (see No. 96o). This work was meant to be, and is usually, found with O ka Hoikemanawa no ka Mooolelo Hemolele (see No. 1117) and with O ke Kuhikuhi no ka Mooolelo Hemolele (see No. 1118). As stated on the title page, the edition was 2,ooo copies. This is not separately listed in the printed minutes of the 1838 General Meeting but included as a combined work and recorded as “Scripture History. 282 pp. 2,ooo copies.” References: Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 1838), p. 21. Judd and Bell 182. Copies: AAS*, with presentation inscription from Sheldon Dibble. GF*. HarU (42-5619 and 2234.73.2)*, the first is the ABCFM copy. HHS*. HMCS (4)*. LC (2)*. ML*, with stamp of the North Pacific Mission Institute, Honolulu. NLC. PS*. YU*.

O ka Hoikemanawa O ka | Hoikemanawa | no ka | MOOOLELO HEMOLELE. | [double rule] | [text begins] | [Lahainaluna, 1838?]

1117

12mo. 18 x 11.5 cm. Caption title, [1] + 2–8, 11 [i.e., 9] + 1o–13 [i.e., 11] text, [12] blank pp.

Title: Chronology of the Holy Scriptures. Translated by Sheldon Dibble. Although printed separately, this work was meant to be, and is usually, found bound with O ka Hoikehonua no ka Palapala Hemolele (see No. 1116) and with O ke Kuhikuhi no ka Mooolelo Hemolele (see No. 1118). An earlier edition of this text appeared in 1835 (see No. 961). This was possibly printed late in 1837 and intended to be bound with the two other works that bear an 1838 date. Edwin H. Rogers, November 22, 1837, to the American Board (HarU [ABCFM Papers]), says: “We need very much leather and paste board for bookbinding . . . also printing paper; we have an edition of 2,ooo Scripture History to bind now on hand.” References: Butler, 118. Judd and Bell, 183. Copies: GF*. HHS*. HMCS (4)*. HarU (2234.73.26)*. ML. NLC. PS*.

O ke Kuhikuhi O ke | KUHIKUHI | no ka | MOOOLELO HEMOLELE. | [double rule] | Lahainaluna: | Mea Pai Palapala no ke Kula Nui. | 1838. 12mo. 18 x 11 cm. [1] title, [2] blank, [3] “He Manao hoakaka” (Preface), [4] blank, 5–2o4 text pp. With 65 text illustrations.

Title: Index to sacred history. A scriptural history, with emphasis on the Old Testament. The translator was Sheldon Dibble. This work is illustrated with dramatic, eye-catching stereotype plates prepared for an unidentified American edition. Among the plates, the “Expulsion of Adam

1118

194

1838

Hawaiian National Bibliography

and Eve from Paradise” appears on page 7; “the Grapes of Canaan” are the subject of a full-page illustration on page 69; and the story of Jonah and the whale is illustrated by a plate at page 15o. This work is usually found bound with O ka Hoikehonua no ka Palapala Hemolele (see No. 1116) and O ka Hoikemanawa no ka Mooolelo Hemolele (see No. 1117). Edwin H. Rogers to S. N. Castle, April 26, 1838 (HMCS), in an accounting of works to charge off to the American Tract Society account, says: “The Scripture History cost 24 cts. a copy, the whole edition of 2,ooo cost 425 dollars 24 cts.” Ephraim E. Clark to Levi Chamberlain, April 3o, 1838 (HMCS), states: “Mr. R[ogers] has a work—Scripture History &c. which would be very saleable if it was bound & sent out, but he has not materials [to bind].” The printed minutes of the 1838 General Meeting record an edition of 2,ooo copies. References: Butler, 123. Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 1838), p. 21. Judd and Bell, 184. Copies: AAS*. ATL*. GF*. HarU (2234.73.26)*. HHS*. HMCS (4)*. LC*. ML.* NLC. PS. YU*. 1119

O ke Kumu Kahakaha O ke | KUMU KAHAKAHA: | oia ka mea e hoike ai | i ke kaha kii ana. | He mea ia e pono ai ke kulanui. | [rule] | Lahainaluna: | Mea Pai Palapala no ke Kulanui. | 1838. 12mo. 19.5 x 12 cm. [1] title, [2] blank, [3] + 4–36 text pp. With 12 unnumbered engraved plates (including one folding).

Title: The drawing teacher: showing how to draw pictures. Useful for the high school. An abbreviated translation by Lorrin Andrews of An Introduction to Linear Drawing. Translated from the French of M. [Louis Benjamin] Francoeur, as adapted to the Use of Publick Schools in the United States, by William Fowle, instructor of the monitorial school, Boston (Boston: Hilliard & Co., 1828). The text contains descriptions of the plates and instruction on the method of constructing geometric drawings, followed by questions (pp. 26–3o). Rules on the use of the compass begin on page 3o, followed by 2o questions under the caption title “he mau nanehai” (some riddles). The engraved plates follow those of the New England original. Ten of these contain numerous geometrical configurations of increasing complexity, each keyed to the text. Plate 8 depicts the base of a column, and an urn; plate 9 has five figures including a pitcher and bowl, a covered sugar bowl, a teapot, and a cruet. This work appears to be an expanded version of No. 1o18. The printed minutes of the General Meeting for the year ending March 31, 1838, record: “Linear Drawing (in Part), 24 pp. 12mo. 3oo copies.” The printed minutes for the 1839 General Meeting record: “Linear Drawing (finished) 12 pp. 12mo. 5oo [sic] copies.” References: Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 1838), p. 21; and (Oahu, 1839), p. 1o. Judd and Bell, 185. Copies: AH*. BPBM*. GF*. HarU (2234.76.2o)*. HHS*. HMCS (3)*. PS*. 1120

Parker, Samuel Journal | of an | Exploring Tour | beyond the Rocky Mountains, | under the direction of the | A.B.C.F.M. | performed in the years | 1835, ‘36, and ‘37; | containing | a description of the geography, geology, climate, and | productions; and the number, manners, and | customs of the natives. | With a | Map of Oregon Territory. | [rule] | By Rev. Samuel Parker, A.M. | [rule] | Ithaca, N.Y. | Published by the Author. | Mack, Andrus, & Woodruff, Printers, | 1838.

Hawaiian National Bibliography 1838

195

12mo. 18.5 x 12 cm (BPBM [Carter]). [i] title, [ii] copyright notice, [iii] + iv–vi preface, [vii] + viii–xii contents, [13] + 14–371 text, [372] blank pp. With folding “Map of Oregon Territory, by Samuel Parker. 1838.” (36 x 57 cm). One engraved plate “Basaltic Formations on the Columbia River.”

The narrative of an overland journey undertaken under the auspices of the American Board of Commissioners for Foreign Missions, in order to determine possible future missionary work in the west. Parker, with Rev. John Dunbar, and Mr. Samuel Alliss, departed Ithaca, New York, May 5, 1834, “on an exploring tour among the Indian tribes near or beyond the Rocky Mountains” (Missionary Herald, Jan. 1835, p. 26). Only Parker eventually came to Hawaii. After arriving at the Columbia River and exploring Oregon and Washington, Parker joined the barque Columbia headed for the Hawaiian Islands in June 1836. The ship anchored at Honolulu on July 14th, and Parker was invited to stay with the Binghams. He describes Honolulu at some length, including methods of building (either thatch or adobe). Parker attended worship in the native church, and visited Waikiki and the “remains of an old heathen temple.” He later went to Ewa, Waialua, and Kaneohe, and has brief remarks on resident missionaries at each station. The journal includes brief paragraphs on the geology of Oahu and on the Salt Lake at Moanalua. Parker departed Honolulu in the Phoenix on August 1, 1836, bound for the United States via the Society Islands. This was a popular and often reprinted work with at least four additional American editions: 184o (see No. 1238); 1842 (see No. 1361); 1844 (see No. 15o5); 1846 (see No. 1617). There was a Dublin edition of 184o (see No. 1237); a Dresden edition of 184o (see No. 1239); and an Edinburgh edition of 1841 (see No. 1314). References: Sabin, 58729. Streeter, 2o93. Wagner-Camp, 7o:1 (with a long and important note on this work and the sources for the frontispiece map). Copies: AAS. AH (Kahn)*, original green cloth. BPBM (Carter 12-B-3)*, original black cloth, with presentation inscription (from the author?) dated New York, 8 June 1838. LC. NYP. UC-B. YU (Divinity)*.

Parley, Peter (pseud. of Samuel Griswold Goodrich) Peter Parley’s | tales | About the Islands | in the | Pacific Ocean. | [rule] | With a map and numerous engravings. | [rule] | Philadelphia: | Thomas Cowperthwait & Co. | 253 Market Street. | [rule] | 1838.

1121

13 x 1o.5 cm. [1] title, [2] copyright notice and prefatory note, [3] blank, [4] woodcut “Emeus of New-Holland,” [5]–6 contents, [7] + 8–1445 text pp. With text illustrations. With engraved frontispiece map “Pacific Ocean its Islands and Coasts” (8.5 x 11 cm).

The text of this is unaltered from the 1833 Boston edition (see No. 869). References: None found. Copies: HMCS*.

Reynolds, Jeremiah N. Exploring Expedition. | [rule] | Correspondence | Between J. N. Reynolds and the Hon. Mahlon Dickerson, under | the respective signatures of “Citizen” and “Friend to the Navy,” | touching the South Sea Surveying and Exploring Expedition; wherein | the objects of the enterprise, and the causes which have delayed its de- | parture, are canvassed. Originally published in the “New York Times” | of July, August, and September, 1837, and in the “New York Courier | and Enquirer” of December and January, 1837–38. [New York, 1838]

1122

196

1838

Hawaiian National Bibliography 8vo. 21 x 12.5 cm (AH [Kahn]). Caption title, [1] title, [2] blank, [3] + 4–151 text, [152] blank pp.

This text consists of 12 letters from Reynolds and four from the Secretary of the Navy on the subject of the United States Exploring Expedition. Haskell says: “Through an error in the printing office the pagination and text between p. 65 and 8o [i.e., signatures I and K] are hopelessly confused.” This has been corrected in the reprint in his Pacific and Indian Oceans (1841; see No. 1316). References: Haskell, 2o5. Copies: AH (Kahn)*. LC. NYP. The NUC lists 4 copies. 1123

Ruschenberger, William Samuel Waithman. Philadelphia Edition A Voyage | Round The World; | including | An Embassy to Muscat and Siam, | in | 1835, 1836, and 1837. | [rule] | By | W. S. W. Ruschenberger, M.D. | Surgeon, U.S. Navy; Hon. Member of the Philadelphia Medical | Society; Member of the Academy of Natural | Sciences of Philadelphia, &c. | Author of “Three Years in the Pacific.” | [rule] | [one-line quotation from Rousseau, two-line quotation from Shakespeare’s The Winters Tale] | [double rule] | Philadelphia, Carey, Lea & Blanchard, 1838. 8vo. 23.5 x 14 cm (BPBM). [i] half title, [ii] blank, [iii] title, [iv] copyright notice and printer’s name, [v] Dedication to Samuel George Morton, Philadelphia, February, 1838, [vi] blank, [vii] Introduction half title, [viii] Advertisement dated February, 1838, [9] + 1o–548 voyage texts, [549] Appendix half title, [55o]–551 Appendix, [552] “Abstract of Passages,” [553] + 554–559 Index, [56o] blank pp. The text is in 1o sections, each preceded by an unnumbered half title, with no breaks in pagination.

Edmund Roberts, a trader from Portsmouth, New Hampshire, convinced of the need for “treaties of amity” for the protection of American voyages to the Indian ocean via the Cape of Good Hope, persuaded the State Department of this need, and sailed for the “East” in 1832 on the Peacock in the capacity of “Special Agent.” He was largely successful and in May 1834 returned with two treaties, one with the Sultan of Muscat and the other with the King of Siam. These were signed by the president in June 1834, and Roberts was then commissioned to proceed on a diplomatic journey, which is described in this account. With Ruschenberger on board as surgeon, the U.S.N. Peacock, accompanied by the Enterprise, departed from New York in April 1835, proceeded to Rio de Janeiro, the Cape of Good Hope, arriving at Zanzibar in September 1835. The ship arrived at Muscat in November. The author devotes much attention to this stay. Later the ship proceeded to Bombay, Madras, Ceylon, Java, Siam, Macao, and Canton, about all of which the author gives a good account. On September 7, 1836, the squadron sighted the island of Oahu, anchoring the same day. The first of several official audiences with the king and chiefs occurred on September 1oth. The author describes the harbor and the town. He tells of Kinau’s attempt to suppress the Sandwich Island Gazette and quotes a letter (on p. 457) that Kamehameha III sent to the editor, Stephen D. Mackintosh. Ruschenberger describes a Hawaiian “restaurant,” and includes remarks on Kamehameha III and his love of billiards and bowling. In the inevitable chapter regarding the American missionaries, Ruschenberger has interesting observations on statistics obtained from Hiram Bingham and has very complimentary remarks on the work of Rev. Lorrin Andrews at Lahainaluna. He then discusses the introduction of the Catholic religion into Hawaii and the recent expulsion of

Hawaiian National Bibliography 1838

197

Catholic priests, charging the American missionaries as responsible, and expressing his disagreement with the action. Reprinted here is a “memorial” of September 16, 1836, from American residents at Honolulu to Commander Edmund P. Kennedy, on the desirability of American naval presence to safeguard their commercial interests in California. Tables of imports and exports for the years 1834–1835 are included in a chapter on commerce. Seeking to adjust matters of dispute among American residents, and with respect to the treaty signed by the Hawaiian government and Captain Thomas Ap Catesby Jones in 1826, an interview was held with the chiefess Kinau, and with the king. The treaty in question, “He Olelo Kuikahi,” is reproduced in English and Hawaiian on pages 492–495. (The Hawaiian text appears in this edition only.) Following it are letters from Edmund P. Kennedy, U.S.S. Peacock, Honolulu, October 7, 1836, to Kamehameha III; and a letter from C. K. Stribing to Kinau, October 1836. Ruschenberger was a sympathetic observer of Hawaiians, their customs, and practices, and much of the account is devoted to nonofficial events. He tells of a child born to Princess Nahienaena that he saw with Dr. Rooke. Kamehameha III was his informant regarding the Hawaiian custom of respecting the sacredness of the king’s head, and told him that although commoners might build a thatched house, once it had been entered by the king it could not be repaired thereafter. This was to prevent anyone from being “above” the king’s head, even if the king was not present. The chapter on the Bonin Islands contains references to Hawaiians living there. For a contemporary criticism and review, Hunnewell says that there were a series of eight letters by Charles S. Stewart published in the Courier and Examiner of New York, and a reply of 12 letters by Ruschenberger published in the Herald and Sentinel. I have not checked this citation. References: Hill, p. 63. Hunnewell, p. 65. Copies: AH (Kahn)*, original brown embossed cloth. BL. BPBM (Carter 2-E-42)*, original tan calf, black title label. HSL (Tice Phillips). LC. PA-VBC. UH. The NUC lists 16 copies.

Ruschenberger, William Samuel Waithman. London Edition Narrative | of | A Voyage Round The | World, | during the years 1835, 36, and 37; | including | A Narrative of | An Embassy to the Sultan of Muscat | and the King of Siam. | By W. S. W. Ruschenberger, M.D., | Surgeon to the expedition. | In two volumes. | Vol. i. | London: | Richard Bentley, New Burlington Street, | (Publisher in Ordinary to Her Majesty.) | [rule] | 1838. 2 vols. 8vo. 23 x 14 cm untrimmed (BPBM). Vol. i: [i] half title, [ii] blank, [i] title, [ii] printer’s name and address, [iii] + iv–vii Contents of Vol. i, [viii] Illustrations, [v] + vi–viii Introduction, [1] + 2–45o text pp. With lithograph frontispiece plate “View of the City of Macao.” Vol. ii: [i] title, [ii] printer’s name, [iii] + iv–viii Contents of Vol. ii, [1] + 2–472 text pp. With lithograph frontispiece plate “View of the City of Canton.”

This edition omits part of a Hawaiian document found in the Philadelphia edition. The treaty “He Olelo Kuikahi” (Articles of Agreement), dated October 1836, is printed in English and Hawaiian in the Philadelphia edition; this edition reproduces only the English translation. References: Hunnewell, p. 65.

1124

198

1838

Hawaiian National Bibliography Copies: BPBM (2)*. BPBM (Carter)*. HHS*. HMCS*. LC. NLC. NYP. SMC*, fine copy in contemporary paneled and gilt calf, red title labels. YU. The NUC lists 8 copies.

1125

Sandwich Islands Mission [Circular to Missionaries.] Honolulu July 1, 1838. [text begins:] With a view to aid the families in making out lists of wants in accordance with the following resolutions, the names of articles usually called for by the mission are subjoined . . . [Honolulu, 1838] 17 x 1o.5 cm. [1] + 2–5 text, [6] blank pp.

A circular to aid members of the mission in ordering goods from the depository in Honolulu. The categories of goods include: provisions, kitchen furniture, iron and hardware, crockery, stationery, men’s clothing, articles for ladies and children’s use, building materials, carpenters’ tools, and articles of trade. The HMCS Library has the Rev. Titus Coan’s copy with an annotation on page 5 by Levi Chamberlain: “It is very important that the subject should receive prompt & thorough attention.” References: None found. Copies: HMCS*, copy bound with “General Letters.” 1126

Sandwich Island Institute Constitution | and | By Laws | of the | Sandwich Island Institute. | 1838. [Honolulu, 1838] 14 x 8.5 cm. [1] title, [2] blank, [3] + 4–8 text pp.

The constitution and bylaws of the first scientific organization in Hawaii. The object of the society, according to this document, “shall be mutual instruction and collection of information on all subjects.” Elected members were to sign the constitution and pay a fee of five dollars (corrected in MS to two dollars). Article five states that “Every member shall annually prepare a Paper or Essay for the perusal and discussion of the Institute” or “to commute the same by a payment of two dollars [corrected in MS. to one dollar].” The constitution provides for an annual meeting in January (corrected in MS to February), the election of officers, and their duties. Paragraph five of the fifth article states: “to the Librarian shall be confided the charge of the Library and Museum; he shall issue the books to the members and levy fines upon them if the books are injured or detained beyond the prescribed time, he shall keep a register of all books loaned and to whom.” In the bylaws, it is further stated that “The library [is] to be attended by the librarian every Tuesday and Friday evenings [sic] from 1/2 past seven to 1/2 past eight.” References: None found. Copies: BPBM*. HHS. YU, in the catalogue, but not found on the shelf. 1127

[Seaman’s Papers. Guarantee of Return] BOND. | I [blank] Master of the Ship [blank] | of [blank] hereby certify that having agreed with [blank] | a citizen of the Sandwich Islands to serve on board the vessel under my command, I do | hereby pledge myself and said vessel in the sum of Two Hundred Dollars to return the | said [blank] to the Sandwich Islands within fourteen months | [text continues] | [Lahainaluna, 1838] Certificate of 12 lines, 13.5 x 2o cm.

Hawaiian National Bibliography 1838

199

By specific articles in the Port of Lahaina Laws (see No. 1o97), in addition to the certificate of permission to depart, which was required for native-born citizens (see No. 1128), all masters or captains of ships were required to post a bond guaranteeing their safe return. Pages 127–128 of the Constitution and Laws (see No. 1337) state that: If any master of a foreign vessel wish a native to sail onboard his vessel, it shall be the duty of that master to go to the harbor master with the man he desires, or if he cannot obtain them, then the harbor master will search for them. But the men shall not sail till they receive the assent of the Governor. When that is obtained then the Captain shall fix out the blank in the following bond and sign it, after which he may receive the man on board. The printed minutes of the 1839 General Meeting record an edition of 8oo copies. References: Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 1839), p. 11. Copies: AH*.

[Seaman’s Papers. Permission to Depart] Certificate. | This is to certify that the bearer [blank] is a native born citizen | of the Sandwich Islands, and has permission to go to sea on board any foreign | vessel . . . | by me [blank] Governor of Maui. [Lahainaluna, 1838]

1128

Certificate. 7 lines of text, 11.5 x 19.5 cm.

The Port Regulations for Lahaina, Island of Maui, signed by the king on August 23, 1838 (see No. 1o97), required that native-born citizens (i.e., Hawaiians) obtain permission of the governor before signing on whaling or merchant vessels. Both the Harbor laws and the certificate, as above, were reprinted in the Sandwich Island Gazette, Volume iii, No. 2, October 2o, 1838. For the “Statute respecting ships, vessels & Harbors,” see the Translation of the Constitution and Laws (Lahainaluna, 1842), No. 1337. The printed minutes of the 1839 General Meeting record an edition of 8oo copies. References: Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 1839), p. 11. Copies: AH*.

United States. 25th Congress. 2nd Session. House of Representatives Doc. No. 255. | Exploring Expedition. | [rule] | Letter | from | The Secretary of the Navy, | In reply to a resolution of the House of Representatives of the 19th | ultimo, respecting the Vessels which have been built or selected for | the Exploring Expedition, &c. [Washington D.C., March 19, 1838]

1129

8vo. 22.5 x 14 cm. Caption title, [1] + 2–16 text pp.

Letters from various parties regarding the fitting up of vessels, with a tabular statement “showing the number of officers and persons appointed to the Exploring Expedition . . . 1838.” References: Haskell, 229. Copies: AH (Kahn)*.

United States. 25th Congress. 2nd Session. House of Representatives Executive Doc. No. 147. | Exploring Expedition. | [To be annexed to Doc. No. 147] | Message | from the | President of the United States, | transmitting | Copies of Letters, Documents, and Communications, in relation to the | Delay of the Sailing of the Exploring Expedition. [Washington, D.C., June 13, 1838]

1130

200

1838

Hawaiian National Bibliography 8vo. 24 x 15 cm AH (Kahn). Caption title, [1] + 2–611 text, [612] blank, [613] + 614–63o index pp.

Correspondence leading up to the departure of the United States Exploring Expedition, 1836–1838. This document includes letters to and from Mahlon Dickerson, Secretary of the Navy; Edmund Fanning; Thos. Ap Catesby Jones, “Commanding the South Sea Expedition”; Charles Wilkes; and virtually every major participant in the voyage, as well as prominent members of the scientific community of America and elsewhere. Lists of appointees (pp. 295–298), supplies, and books needed for the reference library are included. A letter of instructions to Commodore Jones from the Navy Department, November 9, 1837, is on pages 5o7–511. This is followed (on pp. 512–526) by a long essay from members of the American Philosophical Society of Philadelphia, answering a query “As to the Formation of a Scientific Corps for an Exploring and Surveying Expedition,” and giving specific advice on scientific matters to be investigated during the voyage. A “Memorandum for the Commander of the Expedition to Explore the South Seas” from Admiral Kruzenshtern, dated St. Petersburg, January 26, 1837, containing exploratory matters for Captain Wilkes to pursue, is on pages 547–551. References: Haskell, 23o. Copies: AH (Kahn)*, untrimmed, modern green morocco backed boards.

1839 1131

American Board of Commissioners for Foreign Missions Constitution, | Laws and Regulations | of the | American Board of Commissioners | for | Foreign Missions. | [rule] | Boston: | Printed by Crocker & Brewster, | [rule] | 1839. 12mo. 18.5 x 12 cm. [1] title, [2] blank, [3] + 4–23 text, [24] blank pp. Issued in printed wrappers.

Following the Constitution, and the specific regulations to be observed by all missionaries, are two paragraphs (p. 16) on the Library of the Board and its museum of curiosities, followed by information on “the Board and its Operations.” This gives statistics on all the missions of the Board, and (pp. 19–2o) a description of their new building at Pemberton Square, Boston. References: Carter, p. 8. Copies: HMCS*. 1132

Annals of the Propagation of the Faith Annals | of the | Propagation of the Faith, | A | Periodical Collection | of | Letters from the bishops and Missionaries | employed in the missions of the old | and new world | . . . | This collection serves as a continuation of the “Lettres Edifiantes.” | [rule] | July 1839.—No. 1. | [rule] | . . . | London: | Published for the Institution. | . . . 1839. | With the approbation of Superiors. [1839–1863?] 8vo. 2o.5 x 12.5 cm (HMCS).

This is an English-language edition of Annales de la Propagation de la Foi (see No. 1o33). Like the French version, it is a very important, and little utilized, source of information on Hawaii and many parts of the Pacific. While Catholic mission matters predominate, there are continual references to local customs and events, and the alert

Hawaiian National Bibliography 1839

researcher may well find references to Hawaii in letters dated from other parts of the Pacific. The letters and documents specifically on Hawaii are: Volume i (1839–184o?): 1. “Sequel of the Persecutions in the Sandwich Islands” (pp. 353–371). A footnote says “See, for the commencement of this persecution, numbers iii. and v. of Annals - English edition,” but these were not found in the copy examined. 2. An article from “The Protestant Gazette of the Sandwich Island” dated 29 June 1839 (pp. 529–53o). Regards two Hawaiian women catechists who had been arrested. Volume ii (1841): 3. Rev. Fr. Arsène Walsh of the society of Picpus to the Archbishop of Chalcedon, Oahu, 3o October 1839 (pp. 161–162). Freedom of religion has been secured, and a small chapel is almost continually filled. Walsh tells of pastoral work in Koolau. 4. Msgr. Rouchouze, Bishop of Nilopolis, to the Central Council of Lyons, Oahu, 14 June 184o (pp. 162–165). Tells of visit to Mangareva and Nukuhiva, with Frs. Désiré Maigret and Armand Chausson. 5. Msgr. Rouchouze to Rev. Fr. Hilarion, Honolulu, 17 June 184o (pp. 165–166). The mission has prospered, 2oo adults have been baptized. The king and officers of the French ship Pylades came to mass the previous Sunday. The little chapel “regarded as the cradle of Catholicism in Oceania” is too small. There are plans to enlarge it. Rouchouze intends to visit Maui. Vol. iii (1842): 6. Fr. Hurtel to Madame Clonissa, Superioress of the House at Valparaiso, Honolulu, 2o June 184o (pp. 269–271). His journey to Hawaii, arrival May 14th, and first service there. Tells of a visit to Nuuhiva. 7. Rev. Fr. Doistheus [sic] Desvault to Fr. Hilarion, Oahu, 19 December 184o (pp. 272–277). Commencement of work on Hawaii (spelled here as “Harvey”). Tells of recent confrontation with Protestant clergy J. S. Emerson at Waialua, Oahu, and with Artemas Bishop. 8. Rev. Fr. Désiré Maigret to the Archbishop of Chalcedon, Oahu, 15 January 1841 (pp. 278–279). Continuing exertions of the Calvinists; Catholic children required to attend Protestant schools on Maui. Vol. iv (1843): 9. Rev. Fr. Martial Jean to a member of the society of Picpus, Sandwich Islands, 1 November 1841 (pp. 291–294). Writes of first missionary tour (of Hawaii?), Protestants (here “Methodists”) “live in perpetual torment” at increase of Catholics. Has baptized a large group from Maui and Molokai. 1o. Rev. Fr. Barnaby [sic] Castan to Rev. Fr. Scuchon, Honolulu, 11 November 1841 (pp. 295–296). Examination of schools with French and British consuls and several chiefs present: “rare abilities” of students at geography, their singing, the Protestant “Minister of studies” not satisfied. Vol. vi (1845): 11. Fr. Désiré Maigret to a priest, Honolulu, 3o October 1843 (pp. 1o1–1o2). On arrival of the Ajax from Rouen, Seamen’s chaplain distributed Protestant Bibles, doubts any success at conversion, states need for Catholic Bibles and tracts to keep seamen from vice. Protestants have formed a temperance society, “Puali inu wai” (Army that drinks water).

201

202

1839

Hawaiian National Bibliography

12. Rev. Fr. Desvault to a priest, Oahu, 29 December 1843 (pp. 1o3–1o9). Arrival of the French ship Boussole on the 29th—no news of Bishop of Nilopolis (Rouchouze). Visit of Mr. Mallet of the Embuscade in August last year, and negotiations with the king (gives summary of treaty), Catholics still forced to work on school houses of Protestants, trouble with school agents on Hawaii, Maui, and Kauai. Church on Maui burned by incendiary, refers to Dibble’s History (1843), says Catholics now number nearly 12,5oo of population of 11o,ooo. Describes general conditions of islanders. Concludes that ship Mary & Joseph, with Rouchouze as passenger, has perished. Vol. viii (1847): 13. Rev. Fr. Joachim Maréchal to the Archbishop of Chalcedon, “Island of Havaee,” 16 August 1844 and 15 April 1846 (pp. 3–9). 13,ooo “Sandwichers” baptized. Island of Hawaii has “more than forty chapels, built after the fashion of the savages,” many conversions in his district; mentions chapel at Kau (here as “Rone”) but country about is not enchanting. He visits Kailua by canoe; small chapel dedicated “to our Lady of Dolores” in the center of a forest and a school nearby; visits congregation of the Sacred Heart (at Waimea?) and the village of the Most Holy Trinity (Kawaihae?). Refers to the visit of the ship Heroine. 14. Rev. Fr. Maigret to the Archbishop of Chalcedon, Honolulu, 12 May 1845 (pp. 1o–13). Tells of trip around the island of Hawaii. Fr. Lebret has 22 chapels in his district “Honopooay” (i.e., Hamakua?). Maigret visits Fr. Joachim at Hilo, tours Puna and Kau, refers to barrenness of district and native method of planting. Volcano of Kilauea examined, amidst piercing cold; some Catholic sanctuaries (in Kau?) formerly “consecrated to idol-worship.” Vol. xvi (1855): 15. Fr. Modeste Favens to Fr. Rouchouze, Honolulu, 14 November 1853 (pp. 46–49). Tells of smallpox epidemic and its terrible effects; Honolulu and vicinity “became one vast hospital filled with stench from the sick and the dead.” Ministry both painful and fruitful. Refers to political troubles with Dr. Judd and Minister of Public Instruction Armstrong, “the greatest enemy of the Catholic Church.” 16. Msgr. Maigret to Directors of the Propagation of the Faith, Honolulu, 1 January 1855 (pp. 273–277). On the 17th of December, “I consecrated, at Kauai, a charming little church, dedicated to St. Stephen”; upwards of twenty-seven thousand persons now baptized; islands in mourning owing to death of Kamehameha III. Establishment now “consists of seven churches, one college, a hundred schools”; has extensive remarks on present conditions and church affairs. 17. Fr. Joaquim Maréchal to the Abbé Barre, Island of Havai [sic] - Kailua, 28 June 1854 (pp. 278–282). Long letter about “all the curious and edifying incidents that I have observed”: obstacles to conversion, arrival of Mormons, vice, decrease in population, but says “still sixteen thousand pagans” on Hawaii to convert. He describes an ascent of Hualalai with Jules Remy, and also a trip to Mauna Loa. Vol. xviii (1856): 18. Msgr. Maigret to “Central Councils of the Propagation of the Faith,” Honolulu, 24 May 1856 (pp. 9o–94). He summarizes mission efforts from arrival, which resulted in “a general explosion of ill-feeling,” but mission has prospered, fold now numbers 28,ooo. Church in Honolulu dedicated 15 August 1843; the

Hawaiian National Bibliography 1839

203

chapel at Kailua in May 1844; a chapel at Mokapu 19 January 1845; said first mass at “Malava” (i.e., Halawa) near Honolulu 7 June 1849; dedicated church at Kailua, Kona, 18 June 1851; opened St. Anne at Heeia 1o June 1852; consecrated church at Waialua, Oahu, 8 May 1853; St. Stephen’s at Moloaa, Kauai, 17 September 1854; St. Anthony’s at Wailuku, Maui, 25 February 1854; and Our Lady of the Immaculate Conception on 8 December 1854. Anticipates arrival of a dozen “Sisters to take charge of the education of our girls.” 19. Rev. Fr. Léonor to Rev. Euthyme Rouchouze, Superior General, “Vailuku” [i.e., Wailuku, Maui], 27 April 1857 (pp. 338-34o). Summarizes a public meeting between Fr. Aubert and Mormon officials at Lahaina, and says Wailuku “has produced abundant fruits of salvation.” He discusses the enemy (heresy) and earnest Christians in his congregation and the feast of Corpus Christi. 2o. Petition from “the Christians of Molokai . . . to the Very Rev. Father Euthymus Rouchouze,” dated Molokai, 27 May 1857 (p. 341) asking for a priest for their island. Vol. xix (1858): 21. Msgr. Maigret to the Central Council of the Propagation of the Faith, Honolulu, 12 June 1857 (pp. 17–2o). Two new chapels and a church blessed, St. Ann and St. John the Baptist, the Church on Kauai is dedicated to St. Raphael the Archangel. Church at Lahaina soon to be dedicated to “Our Lady of Victories, and will be one of the largest and handsomest of our Missions.” Dogma of the Immaculate Conception promulgated 8 December 1856. French corvette Embuscade in port, troops from the vessel attended the mass; in the evening the sanctuary decorated with trees, wreaths and nearly six hundred candles. 22. M. Venisse, Missioner-Apostolic, to his brother, Copiapo (Chili), 2o June 1856 (pp. 39–46). An account of his travels includes Honolulu and a visit to the school at Ahuimanu, Oahu. [Vol. xxi 186o?]: 23. Msgr. Maigret to the Directors of the Association, Honolulu, 17 July 1859 (pp. 48–5o). He has organized a “Catholic Association” for foreigners; 16 March 186o, visited Halawa, Oahu, “where two of our fellow brethren have built a pretty chapel, under the name of St. Patrick. We owe it almost entirely to the charity of a good Portuguese” and describes dedicatory ceremonies. Mentions other churches: St. Gabriel at Wailuanui, Maui, and sanctuaries in Hilo and Kaupo. References: None found. Copies: HMCS, a bound volume containing the Pacific and Hawaiian letters extracted from Vols. 1–24. I have not examined an intact set of this periodical; no other copy is known to be in Hawaii, and thus I cannot be sure that the above list is complete.

Arago, Jacques. Bruxelles Edition Souvenirs | D’un Aveugle | [rule] | Voyage Autour du Monde | par | M. J. Arago. | tome 1. | Bruxelles. | Meline, Cans et Compagnie. | Libraire, imprimerie et fonderie. | [rule] | 1839. 4 vols. 15 x 1o cm (HMCS). Vol. i: [i] half title, [ii] blank, [iii] title, [iv] blank, [1–2] Introduction by Arago, [3–4] + 5–6 Avant (Preface), [7] half title, [8] blank, [9] + 1o–351 text, [352] blank, [353] Notes Scientifiques half title, [354] blank, [355] + 356–375 Notes text, [376] blank, [377]–378 Table des matières pp.

1133

204

1839

Hawaiian National Bibliography Vol. ii: [i] half title, [ii] blank, [iii] title, [iv] blank, [1–2] note by Arago, [3–4] + 5–6 Avant, [7] half title, [8] blank, [9] +1o–351 text, [352] blank, [353] Notes Scientifiques half title, [354] blank, [355] + 356–375 Notes text, [376] blank, [377]–378 Table des matières pp. Vol. iii: [i] half title, [ii] blank, [iii] title, [iv] blank, [1] + 2–352 text, [353] Notes Scientifiques half title, [354] blank, [355] + 356–367 notes, [368] blank, [369] + 37o–371 Table des matières, [372] blank pp. Vol. iv: [i] half title, [ii] blank, [iii] title, [iv] blank, [1] + 2–328 text, [329] + 33o–394 Vocabulaires, [395] “Notes Scientifiques” half title, [396] blank, [397] + 398–425 Notes, [426] blank, [427]–428 Table des matières pp.

A nonillustrated, pocket book size edition of the Arago narrative. For the first edition (1822), see No. 537. References: None found. Copies: HMCS*, black morocco spines and corners, orange paper boards. 1134

Arago, Jacques. Paris Edition Souvenirs d’un Aveugle, | Voyage | autour | Du Monde | par | M. J. Arago, | ouvrage enrichi | De soixante Dessins et de Notes scientifiques. | Tome premier. | Paris, | Hortet et Ozanne, Éditeurs, | 53, rue Jacob, Faub. S. Germ. | [rule] | 1839. 4 vols. 8vo. 24 x 15 cm (HSL). Vol. i: [i] half title, [ii] Imprint, [iii] title, [iv] blank, [1–2] Introduction by Arago, [3] + 4–6 Avant (Preface), [7] text half title, [8] blank, [9] + 1o–369 voyage text, [37o] blank, [371] Notes Scientifiques half title, [372] blank, [373] + 374–398 Notes, [399]–4oo Table des matières pp. With frontispiece portrait of Arago and 13 lithograph plates. Vol. ii. [1] half title, [2] Imprint, [3] title, [4] blank, [1] + 2–381 voyage text, [382] blank, [383] Notes Scientifiques half title, [384] blank, [385] + 386–417 Notes, [418] blank, [419]–42o Table des matières pp. With 14 lithograph plates. Vol. iii. [i] half title, [ii] Imprint, [iii] title, [iv] blank, [1] + 2–377 voyage text, [378] blank, [379] Notes Scientifiques half title, [38o] blank, [381] + 382–396 + [397] + 398–399 Notes, [4oo] blank pp. With frontispiece portrait and 15 lithograph plates. Vol. iv. [i] half title, [ii] imprint, [iii] title, [iv] blank, [1] + 2–357 text, [358] blank, 359–41o Vocabularies, [411] Notes Scientifiques half title, [412] blank, [413] + 414–448 Notes, [449] + 45o–451 Table des matières, [452] blank pp. With 15 lithograph plates.

A late Paris edition of the Arago narrative. References: This edition not in Ferguson. Copies: HSL (Tice Phillips)*. 1135

Baldwin, Dwight Seamen’s Cause at Lahaina. In: The Sailors Magazine, and Naval Journal. Vol. xi, No. 11, pp. 353–356. New York, July 1839. 8vo. 21.5 x 14 cm.

Baldwin’s letter, dated Lahaina, January 4, 1839, tells of his work among seamen from 1837 when Mr. Spaulding returned to the United States. Baldwin tells of the increase in arrivals of whaling ships at Lahaina, adding to his usual work among Hawaiians at the station, preaching both in Hawaiian and English aided by “two of the younger brethren who had but just arrived from America and who . . . were unable to preach to the native population.”

Hawaiian National Bibliography 1839

205

The report includes a letter (pp. 355–356) from Charles McDonald, another missionary at Lahaina. This letter is also concerned with temperance work among whaling ships, and the distribution of Bibles, hymn books, and publications of the American Tract Society. References: None found. Copies: P-EMS*. The Union List of Serials records many holdings of this periodical.

Barrot, Adolph Les Iles Sandwich. In: Revue des Deux Mondes. Vol. xix, No. 1, pp. 289–32o and No. 2, pp. 521–546. Paris, Août 1 and 15, 1839. 8vo. 23 x 15 cm.

An informal account of a visit made to Hawaii in 1836 by the French ship Bonite, commanded by Captain Vaillant. Barrot was not a member of the crew but a career diplomat en route to assume a consular post in the Philippines, and thus he had freedom to explore where the crew of the Bonite did not. He and several others (one of whom was doubtless the artist Lauvergne) went on shore at Kealakekua on October 1st, and the narrative provides an important account of conditions in that district. During the six days the ship was anchored at Kealakekua, Barrot made visits to Chiefess Kapiolani, and to the local missionary, Mr. Forbes, and his family. From Forbes he learned important particulars on social conditions, the success and failure of mission efforts, and a history of Kapiolani. Barrot and his companion explored Kaawaloa, including the site of Cook’s death and the monument to that event, and additionally visited “the natives at their houses . . . collecting such information as seemed to possess any interest.” They were visited by Kuakini, and later made a stop at Kailua, Kona, where they saw the mission church and Kuakini’s house. The Bonite arrived at Honolulu on October 8th. The text includes a description of the town and its population and describes what seemed to Barrot a “constant mingling of civilization and barbarism.” He and the ship’s officers called on the king, and the ship’s artists sketched the king and his sister Princess Nahienaena. Later the king and his entourage paid an official visit to the ship. Barrot and others explored Nuuanu valley, attended a luau near the Pali, and afterward viewed and described a hula performance at the kings’ country home. Some days later Barrot witnessed a Northwest Coast Indian dance at the residence of British Consul Richard Charlton. Biographical details on Kamehameha I found here were recorded from an interview with Don Marin. The Barrot narrative contains an examination of various aspects of Hawaiian life and culture, the kapu system and native gods, the Catholics and their arrival and expulsion, and Protestant missionary efforts, successes, and failures. His account concludes with a look at the foreign trade, the economic potential of the Islands, and a question on the political future of Hawaii. A translation by Daniel Dole was published serially in the Friend (Honolulu), January to November 185o. A modern edition of the Dole translation, titled Unless Haste is Made, was published in Honolulu by Press Pacifica in 1978. References: Hunnewell, p. 23 Copies: BPL*. The Union List of Serials records several hundred holdings of this periodical.

1136

206

1839

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1137

Beale, Thomas The | Natural History | of | The Sperm Whale: | its anatomy and physiology— food— | spermacetti—ambergris—rise and progress of the fishery— | chase and capture—“cutting in” and “trying out”— | description of the ships, boats, men and | instruments used in the attack; | with an account of its favourite places of resort. | To which is added, a sketch | of a | South-Sea Whaling Voyage; | embracing a description of the extent, as well | as the adventures and accidents that occurred during the | voyage in which the author was personally engaged. | [rule] | By Thomas Beale, Surgeon, | demonstrator of anatomy to the eclectic society of | London, etc., and late surgeon to | the “Kent” and “Sarah and Elizabeth”, south seamen. | [rule] | London: | John L. Van Voorst, 1, Paternoster Row. | [rule] | M.DCCC.XXXIX. 12mo. 19.3 x 12 cm (BPBM). [i] half title, [ii] four quotations regarding whales, [iii] title, [iv] publisher’s name, [v–vi] dedication to Thomas Turge, Esq., [vii] preface to the second edition dated Bedford Square East, October 1838, [viii] + 9–12 contents, [1] + 2–393 text, [394] blank pp. With 3 plates.

A whaling classic. In 1835 Beale, a London surgeon who had been on a whaling voyage to the Pacific, published A Few Observations on the Natural History of the Sperm Whale. This second edition, which is an expansion of that work, is the first to contain an account of the author’s voyage to Hawaii. Beale states in this preface: “I have been induced to commit this second edition to the press, with a view of rendering the book more perfect . . . by the addition of various new subjects; the principal of which forms the second part of the present edition.” These additions include an account of “A South Sea Whaling Voyage.” The text of his visit to Hawaii is on pages 234–267. Beale arrived at Kealakekua on the Kent early in May 1831, and shortly thereafter continued on to Oahu, where he stayed with Dr. T. C. B. Rooke, dined with the “Queen Regent” (Kaahumanu), and at the house of Captain Hinkley met Madame Boki (Liliha). On one occasion he watched the young king (Kamehameha III) at the sport of boxing. He describes the natives and his visit to a heiau at Waikiki. He departed on the same ship at the end of the month. The author returned a second time, on the Sarah and Elizabeth, August 3o, 1832, remaining until September 16th. He stayed with Dr. Rooke again and met the botanist and explorer David Douglas. Much of the Hawaiian text consists of a fanciful tale of “Kinau and Tuanoa” (pp. 245–259), and a single Hawaiian plate, “Kinau descending the Pele of Nuanu [sic],” (at p. 253) illustrates that tale. References: Carter, p. 14. Ferguson, 27o9. Hill, pp. 348–349 (describing the reprint). Judd, p. 79. O’Reilly and Reitman, 896. Copies: AH (Kahn)*, original black cloth. BL. BPBM*. BPL. HarU. HHS. HMCS*. LC. NYP. SMC*. WaU. The NUC lists more than 15 copies. 1138

[Bechervaise, John] Thirty-Six Years | of | A Seafaring Life. | [rule] | By an | old quarter master. | [rule] | “The simple truth” | [rule] | Portsea: | Printed and published by W. Woodward; and | sold by Longman & Co. London. | [rule] | MDCCCXXXIX. 8vo. 22 x 14 cm (BPBM). [1] title, [2] blank, [3] dedication to Sir Philip Charles Henderson Durham, [4] blank, [5–8] list of subscribers, 9–336 text pp.

The author served in the British Navy and on various commercial vessels for a period of 36 years at sea. He was a gunner on HMS Blossom (Capt. Beechey) during her voy-

Hawaiian National Bibliography 1839

207

age to the Pacific, and visited Hawaii in 1826 and 1827. This narrative of the voyage is a little-known but important supplement to the official account of the Beechey voyage published in 1831. Notes on the two visits of the Blossom to Hawaii are in chapter xvii (pp. 191–194). Bechervaise describes the battery on Punchbowl and the novel way of getting the needed cannon in position. In town he visits the “London tavern” and other similar establishments catering to seamen. There are remarks on Kamehameha III, and on the Hawaiian custom of knocking out teeth as a sign of mourning. Regarding the 1827 return visit by the Blossom, the author’s comments are confined principally to a description of the sandalwood trade in Honolulu. Chapter xvi (pp. 168–175) has remarks on the Blossom’s visit to Pitcairn Island. The list of subscribers accounts for 24o copies. In some copies there is found “Advertisements of new works and new editions of Longman, Orme, Green and Longman’s” (16 pp.), dated April 1839. References: Lada-Mocarski, 1o4. O’Reilly and Reitman, 859. Copies: AH (Kahn)*, original black cloth, book labels of Charles Atwood and Lord James Butler. BPBM*. BPBM (Fuller)*, in plain black cloth. HarU. HSL (Tice Phillips). NLC. NYP. YU*. The NUC lists 8 copies.

Castle, Samuel Northrup An | Account of the Visit | of the | French Frigate l’Artémise, | to the | Sandwich Islands; | July, 1839. | [double rule] | Honolulu: | [dotted rule] | 1839. 8vo. 23 x 14 cm (BPBM). [i] title, [ii] blank, [iii]–iv Statement signed by 16 officers of the United States East India Squadron, dated Honolulu, November 1st, 1839, [1] + 2–47 text, [48] blank, [49] + 5o–62 Correspondence, [61] + 62–63 Appendix comprised of the Laplace Manifesto and the treaty signed by the King, 17 July 1839, [64] blank pp.

The French frigate Artémise arrived in the roads off Honolulu on July 9, 1839, and Captain Laplace immediately demanded “satisfaction” for offenses allegedly committed by the Hawaiian government against citizens of France, threatening hostilities on the 12th of the month “by the force under his command.” Grievances against French citizens (particularly the expulsion of Catholic priests) were the main reason for Laplace’s actions. The captain took the position that by the terms of the treaty signed by Captain Du Petit-Thouars and the Hawaiian government on July 24, 1837, citizens of France (which included Catholic priests who had been banished in 1831 but who had returned in 1837) should have been allowed to “go and come freely.” Further, he stated that calling the Roman Catholic religion “idolatrous” was an insult. While American citizens were offered protection and asylum by Laplace, members of the American Protestant mission were not, as Laplace claimed that they were “the true authors of the insults given by him [the chief] to France.” The subject of denial of rights of members of the American missionaries, as Americans, is central to the text of this pamphlet. Printed here is correspondence to and from the American mission and from U.S. Consul Peter A. Brinsmade (from whom the missionaries had sought protection) on the subject. Also included are excerpts from various proceedings, and a copy of the treaty between Laplace and Kamehameha III signed on July 17, 1839. On October 9, 1839, the United States East India Squadron, consisting of the frigate Columbia (Commander Read) and the sloop of war John Adams (Capt. Wyman) arrived at Honolulu from Macao. The “correspondence” (beginning on p. 49) reprints communications to and from members of the American mission and the squadron. The first

1139

208

1839

Hawaiian National Bibliography

letter, to Commander Read, dated 25 October 1839 and signed by eight members of the mission, states that “we maintain that we are not the authors or dictators of any of the penal laws of this country, or of the punishments inflicted on offenders.” Included also is a lengthy letter from Kamehameha III to Read, discussing events that led up to the visit by Laplace. The printed minutes of the 184o General Meeting record an edition of 4oo copies. In this text there are frequent references to an article by James Jackson Jarves in the Hawaiian Spectator, Volume ii, No. 4, page 447 (see No. 1o99). A second pamphlet having virtually the same title (but with only 14 text pages) was issued after this larger account (see No. 114o). For the Catholic Church viewpoint of the Artémise visit, see Yzendoorn’s History of the Catholic Mission in Hawaii. The Hawaiian Historical Society has a 26-page manuscript by Castle on the persecution of the Catholics, dated October 1841, addressed to James Jackson Jarves; another 24-page manuscript written for the Hawaiian Spectator (but not published); and a longer manuscript of 123 pages on the same subject. References: Carter, p. 29. Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 184o), p. 5. Hunnewell, p. 29. Yzendoorn, History, p. 134–14o. Copies: BPBM*, fine copy in blue paper wrappers, one of the copies presented to the American squadron, with ink annotation on the upper cover: “Columbia & Jno. Adams.” HHS*. HMCS*. HSL (Tice Phillips)*, in original plain wrappers. LC. NYP*, fine copy with presentation inscription from Levi Chamberlain to Henry J. Holbruck. P-EMS (2)*. SMC*, fine copy. UH. YU. The NUC lists 7 copies. 1140

Castle, Samuel Northrup An | Account of the Visit | of the | French Frigate l | Artémise, | to the Sandwich Islands; | July, 1839. | [rule] | Honolulu, Sand. [sic] Islands. | 1839. | [rule] | This pamphlet contains one and one eighth sheets. 8vo. 23 x 14 cm (HSL). [i] title, [ii] blank, [iii]–iv Statement of “Officers of the United States East India Squadron” signed by the officers, Oahu, Nov. 1st. 1839. [1] + 2–14 Correspondence text, [15–16] blank pp.

This account of the visit of the Artémise contains the preliminaries and pages 49–62 of the larger work ( No. 1139) and was printed after that account. On page iv there appears the following note: The article alluded to in the ‘Circular of Officers’, viz, ‘An account of the Transactions connected with the visit of l’Artémise’, etc. published in the October number of the Hawaiian Spectator, has been reprinted with the correspondence, in pamphlet form, agreeable to the request of the Officers; but as the demand has been greater than was anticipated, it has been thought advisable to reprint a few hundred copies of the Correspondence alone, for the benefit of those who have been supplied with the original article from other sources. References: Carter, p. 29. Hunnewell, p. 29. Copies: AH (Kahn)*, in plain blue wrappers. HMCS*. HSL (Tice Phillips)*. LC. NYP. UH. The NUC records copies in the Library of Congress and New York Public Library. 1141

Dibble, Sheldon History | and | General Views | of the | Sandwich Islands’ | Mission. | By Rev. Sheldon Dibble, | a missionary at those islands for seven years. | [rule] | New York: | Published by Taylor & Dodd, | (late John S. Taylor,) | Theological and Sunday-School Booksellers, Brick | Church Chapel. | 1839.

Hawaiian National Bibliography 1839

209

12mo. 18.8 x 11.5 cm. [i] title, [ii] copyright notice, [iii] + iv–v Preface by the author, [vi] blank, [vii] + viii–xii Contents, [13] + 14–268 text pp. Issued in black blind-stamped cloth, title in gilt on spine.

In 1838 and 1839, when Sheldon Dibble was in the United States for reasons of health, he set on a course of giving lectures both in New England and in the American South, traveling as far as Augusta, Georgia, New Orleans, and Mobile, Alabama. The topics according to the preface “were partly historical and partly on the duty of Christians to evangelize the heathen.” Particular subjects included: “1. Heathenism—its peculiar characteristics. 2. Historical Account of the progress of Christianity at the Sandwich Islands . . . . 3. Reasons for prosecuting with vigor the work of Education at the Sandwich Islands.” (See Dibble to the ABCFM, Brooklyn, May 28, 1838, [HarU (ABCFM papers)].) Writing from New York on July 8th, 1839, Dibble informed the American Board: As there is considerable interest in present in our country on the subject of the Sandwich Islands’ Mission, I thought it might be well to publish a history of the Mission & do it without delay. I have therefore taken 7 of the historical lectures which I have delivered, broken them up into the form of chapters &c. & put them to press. The book will be about 3oo pages duodecimo—144 pages are out—hope it will be through this week. Mr. Taylor is the publisher. The text contains two parts. The first two chapters are the early history of the Islands up to the visit of Captain Cook. Chapter iii, “Introduction of Christianity,” discusses Hawaii between Captain Cook’s death and the arrival of the first missionaries, and includes an account of the death of Kamehameha; the succession of Kamehameha II and the powerful position of Kaahumanu; and the demolishing of the kapu system, an event that, he says, “has no parallel in the history of the world.” Following this is a general history on the progress of the mission with chapters on “Methods of Instruction,” “Reasons for Schools,” and “Description of Schools.” The condition of various other Pacific Island groups and the need for mission efforts among them is discussed in chapter xi (pp. 2o9–253), entitled “The Wide Field.” This History is often confused with the author’s later History of the Sandwich Islands (Lahainaluna, 1843; see No. 1383), but it is an entirely different work. References: American Imprints, 55361. Copies: AH (Kahn)*. BL. BPBM (2)*. BPBM (Carter 2-A-2o)*. BPL. HarU. HHS*. HMCS*. LC. PA-VBC. SMC*, fine copy. UH. YU. The NUC lists 12 copies.

Dumont d’Urville, Jules Sébastien César Voyage | Pittoresque | autour du monde | résumé général des voyages de découvertes | de Magellan, Tasman, Dampier, Anson, Byron, Wallis | Carteret, Bougainville, Cook, Lapérouse, G. Bligh, Vancouver, D’Entrecasteaux, Wilson | Baudin, Flinders, Krusenstern, Porter, Kotzebue, Freycinet | Bellinghausen, Basil Hall, Duperry | Paulding, Beechey, Dumont D’Urville, Lutke, Dillon, Laplace, B. Morrell, etc. | Publié sous la Direction de | M. Dumont D’Urville | Capitaine de vaisseau | accompagné de cartes et de nombreuses gravures en taille-douce, sur acier, d’après les dessins | de M. de Sainson, dessinateur du voyage de l’Astrolabe | Tome premier. | [vignette] | Paris | Furne et Cie, Libraires-Éditeurs | Rue SaintAndré-des-Arts, 55 | [rule] | MDCCCXXXIX. 2 vols. 8vo.

1142

210

1839

Hawaiian National Bibliography Vol. i: [iv] viii, 57o pp. Frontispiece and 73 plates (including maps). Vol. ii: [iv] 584 pp. Frontispiece and 71 plates (including maps).

Not seen. The second Paris edition. For the 1834 edition, see No. 883. References: Ferguson, 2746. Copies: NLA. 1143

Family Visitor Family Visitor, and Silk Culturist. Volume 1. Number vi. New York, February 9, 1839. 4to. 29 x23 cm.

In this issue, there are several articles on the Hawaiian Islands. The first page (p. 45) has a large woodcut of Honolulu (approximately 9.5 x 17.5 cm) entitled “Honolulu, in the Sandwich Islands.” A general article about the town follows, running to page 46. This is followed by a longer article, “The Death of Captain James Cook taken from ‘Cook’s Voyages’” and an additional “Account of Captain Cook’s death, as given by the natives.” The latter article is extracted from the Boston (1825) edition of William Ellis’ Journal of a Tour Around Hawaii (see No. 6oo). Silk culture had a considerable vogue in New England during the 183os and was also attempted in Hawaii, at Koloa, Kauai, and at Wailuku, Maui. References: None found. Copies: HHS*. The Union List of Serials records a copy of this periodical at Yale. 1144

Hawaii. Kingdom. Laws and Regulations KANAWAI HOOPONOPONO MAI. | [text begins] | [second title, p. 2:] (Translation.) | QUARANTINE LAWS, | [text begins] | [third title, p. 6:] KANAWAI NO KA HAAWI I KE DUTE. | [text begins] | [fourth title, p. 7:] LAW RESPECTING DUTY, CREDITS, &c. | [text begins] | [Honolulu, 1839] 12mo. 18 x 11 cm. [1] blank, [2] Hawaiian title and text, [3] English title and text, 3–4 [i.e., 4–5] English text, [6] Hawaiian title and text, [7] English title and text, [8] blank pp.

These quarantine laws, signed by the king on May 2o, 1839, deal with the threat of smallpox prevailing “on board one or more ships now cruising in the Pacific Ocean, which may be expected to visit the Sandwich Islands.” By this law, all canoes and boats and all persons not authorized were prohibited from visiting such ships prior to examination by the Board of Health; vessels with smallpox were prohibited from anchoring “at any port, harbor or roadstead” prior to inspection; infected ships were subject to direction of the Board and were to fly a yellow flag. To carry this into effect “it shall be the duty of the several Governors to set apart a Board of Health for each of the harbors of the Sandwich Islands.” The laws respecting duty and credits signed by the king on May 29, 1839, define duties payable on imported goods, and with respect to wines, allow for a return of fees if the goods were reshipped to a foreign port. The printed minutes of the 184o General Meeting record: “Quarantine Laws. 8 pp. 12mo. 5oo copies” and “Laws and Notices for Government 8 pp. 2,5oo copies.” References: Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 184o), p. 4. Copies: AH (Kahn)*, with signature of W. P. Alexander in pencil. AH (Laws—series 418) (2)*. HMCS*. Public Record Office, London (FO 58/11, p. 46)*.

Hawaiian National Bibliography 1839

211

Hawaii. Kingdom. Laws and Regulations KANAWAI NO NA HOAILONA ALII. | [text begins:] i. Ke hoomalu nei makou me o’u kuhina, a me | o’u alii i a oihana alii, a me ka hoailona alii i loaa | mai i keia aupuni. [text continues] | [Then on second page] LAWS RESPECTING THE INSIGNIA OF OFFICE. | [text begins:] i. I, together with my advisors and chiefs, hereby | declare protection for the rights and for the insignia | of the office, obtaining in this kingdom. | [text continues] | [signed at lower left:] KAMEHAMEHA III. [and at lower right:] “(Signed by the king.)” [Honolulu, 1839]

1145

Broadside. Printed on facing pages of an unnumbered single-fold sheet, measuring overall 17.5 x 22.3 cm.

A regulation signed by the king on May 29, 1839. The wearing of gilt ribbons and the royal insignia, the “Kamehameha button,” are hereby prohibited: “No one shall wear a hat bound with the golden ribbon, nor put on the Kamehameha button unless he shall obtain the royal assent.” Foreigners who were “Consuls, and strangers that wear such insignia of office when they arrive from abroad” were permitted to “wear the golden ribbon . . . but no others.” References: None found. Copies. AH (Kahn)*, with signature of W. P. Alexander. AH (2)* (Laws—series 418). HMCS*.

Hawaii. Kingdom. Laws and Regulations HE KANAWAI NO KA MAI PUUPUU. | [text begins:] Aloha oe ka Pailota. | Ke olelo aku nei makou ia oe, mai ee oe maluna o kekahi moku | mai Noweki mai, a mai Kalefonia mai, a ma kela aina, keia aina | mai hoi. [text continues] | [signed at end:] KINAU, | AUHEA. | PAKI, [and dated:] Honolulu Mei 28, 1839. [title then repeats followed by a second text of 11 lines signed and dated identically] [Honolulu, 1839]

1146

Broadside. 32 lines, 24.5 x 16 cm.

Title: Law concerning smallpox. The first section of text directs the pilot to determine the presence of smallpox on ships arriving either from the Northwest Coast or California, and if found, to institute a quarantine “until we have ascertained that the vessel has been free of small pox or other contagious disease for the previous 42 days.” He is further directed to take other safety measures. The second block of text is the actual quarantine law. References: None found. Copies: AH (Laws—series 418)*.

Hawaii. Kingdom. Laws and Regulations He | Kumu Kanawai, | a me | ke Kanawai | Hooponopono Waiwai, | no | ko Hawaii nei pae aina. | Na | Kamehameha III. | i kau. | [rule] | Honolulu: | 1839. 12mo. 17.5 x 1o cm (HHS). [1] title, [2] blank, [3] + 4–24 text pp.

Title: The fundamental law, and laws regulating property of the Hawaiian Islands. The Hawaiian Declaration of Rights, also termed Hawaii’s Magna Carta, granted by Kamehameha III in 1839, was an act of monumental importance to Hawaiian history. By the contents of this document, the rights of person and property were secured by the common Hawaiian for the first time, and this is its first publication. The document begins (in translation):

1147

212

1839

Hawaiian National Bibliography

God hath made of one blood all nations of men, to dwell on the face of the earth in unity and blessedness. God has also bestowed certain rights alike on all men, and all chiefs, and all people of all lands. These are some of the rights which he has given alike to every man and every chief, life, limb, liberty, the labor of his hands, and the productions of his mind. God has also established governments and rule for the purposes of peace, but in making laws for a nation it is by no means proper to enact laws for the protection of rulers only, without also providing protection for their subjects; neither is it proper to enact laws to enrich the chiefs only, without regard for the enriching of their subjects also; and hereafter there shall by no means be any law enacted which is inconsistent with what is above expressed . . . Protection is hereby secured to the persons of all the people, together with their lands, their building lots and all their property, and nothing whatever shall be taken from any individual, except by express provision of the laws. An unnamed correspondent, but one who was intimately connected with the event (probably the Rev. William Richards), provides a contemporary account of the formation of this document in the Hawaiian Spectator July 1839:

He Kumu Kanawai a me ke Kanawai Hooponopono Waiwai . . . na Kamehameha III, Honolulu, 1839 [see No. 1147]. The Hawaiian Bill of Rights is the foundation of all written laws in Hawaii. Courtesy Hawaiian Historical Society.

Hawaiian National Bibliography 1839

It will . . . give sincere pleasure to all the friends of the Hawaiian nation, to learn, that the king and chiefs have recently published an acknowledgement of some of the most important rights of the people, and also enacted several laws of a more liberal character than any which have heretofore existed; laws which it is believed will have a direct tendency to promote the best interests of the nation. The laws of which we speak bear the date of June 7th, 1839, and are printed in a pamphlet of duodecimo form, containing twenty-four pages. They were written by a graduate of the seminary at the direction of the king, but without any definite instructions as to what he should write. In the first instance he wrote about one-third of the present quantity of matter, and that was read to the king and several of the chiefs, who met and spent two or three hours a day for five days in succession in the discussion of the laws, and the various subjects of which they treated. In some particulars the laws were pronounced defective, in others erroneous, and the writer was directed to rewrite them, and conform them to the views that had been expressed. This was done, and they were thus considerably enlarged, and then passed a second reading at a meeting of the king and all the important chiefs of the islands. At this reading a longer time was spent than at the first. They were still pronounced defective, and further additions and corrections were made in the same manner and by the same person as before. They then passed their third and last reading, after which the king inquired of the chiefs if they approved, and after their saying, yes, he replied, “I also approve,” and then rose and in their presence suffixed his name. John Ricord, in his preface to the Statute Laws of 1846, remarks: “The Hawaiian Kingdom was governed until the year 1838 without other system than usage, and with a few trifling exceptions, without legal enactments. The Bill of Rights, proposed and signed by His Majesty [Kamehameha III] on the 7th of June, 1839, was the first essential departure from the ancient despotism.” Judge Walter Frear, writing of this event in 1894, states that the nation was “then ready to enter upon a course of constitutional government. This was done by the promulgation of the first constitution, of October 8, 184o.” A second edition of this work was published in 184o (see No. 12o9), and the printing records indicate that there was an additional edition (date unknown, see below). A contemporary translation of this document with an important commentary will be found in the Hawaiian Spectator, Volume ii, No. 3, July 1839 (pp. 345–352). The same article with the caption title “Abstract of Laws enacted by the King and Chiefs” was reprinted in the Missionary Herald, Volume 36, No. 3, March 184o (pp. 1o1–1o4). The printed minutes of the General Meeting of 184o record: “Kumu Kanawai, (Laws) &c. 1, 2, 3 ed[itio]n[s]. 12mo. 24 pp. 7,6oo copies.” A re-written version of this document appears as the preamble to Ke Kumu Kanawai a me na Kanawai (the Constitution and Laws) published in Honolulu in 1841. This was the first publication of both the Hawaiian Constitution and of the laws, and formed the basis of the Civil Code. In 1842, an English language edition of this combined text was printed at Lahainaluna (see No. 1337). References: Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 184o), p. 4. Frear, Walter F., “The Evolution of the Hawaiian Judiciary,” Papers of the Hawaiian Historical Society, No. 7 (Honolulu, 1894), p. 8. Frear, W. F., “Hawaiian Statute Law,” Hawaiian Historical Society Annual Report No. 13 (Honolulu, 19o6), pp. 34–35. Westervelt, W. D., “Hawaiian Printed Laws before the Constitution,” Hawaiian Historical Society Annual Report No. 16 (Honolulu, 19o9), pp. 39–51. Copies: HHS*. HMCS*.

213

214

1839

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1148

Hawaii. Kingdom. Treaties NA KUIKAHI. | [text begins:] Ua hanaia na kuikahi manawaena o ke Alii o Ha- | waii nei a me na ‘lii o ko na aina e. O kekahi, ua | paiia mamua, a o kekahi aole i paiia. Maloko o | keia pepa na paiia na kuikahi a pau i hanaia ma | keia pae aina. He mea pono i na kanaka ke helu- | helu i ike lakou, a malama hoi i na olelo nui i | oleloia iwaena o ke alii o keia aupuni, a me na au- | puni o na aina e. [text continues with treaties] [Honolulu, 1839?] 12mo. 2o.5 x 13 cm untrimmed (HHS). Caption title, [1] + 2–7 text, [8] blank pp.

Title: The Treaties. This contains texts of five treaties agreed to by the Hawaiian government and foreign powers: with the United States dated 23 December 1826, signed by Thomas Ap Catesby Jones (pp. 1–3); with Great Britain, 1836, signed by Lord Edward Russell (pp. 3–4); and three French treaties (pp. 4–7), signed respectively by Du Petit-Thouars, July 24, 1837; by Captain Laplace, July 12, 1839; and by Laplace, July 17, 1839. The printed minutes of the 184o General Meeting record: “Na Kuikahi. 8 pp. 12mo. 4oo copies.” References: Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 184o), p. 4. Copies: HHS*. HMCS*. 1149

[Hawaiian Imprint] [Alphabets. Honolulu 1839?] Not seen. The printed minutes of the May–June 1839 General Meeting record this item, stating that it was 4 pages, and that 2,ooo items were printed. It is possible that this work is the same as that listed by Judd and Bell as No. 3. The latter item comprises 4 pages of alphabets in upper and lower case. It does not in any way resemble the kind of printing done at the Mission Press in 1822, but it is similar to what they could have printed in 1839 or even at a later date. References: Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 1839), p. 9. Copies: None located.

1150

[Hawaiian Imprint] [Berita—Church Covenant. 4 pp. 12mo. Honolulu, 1839?] Not seen. This is listed in the printed minutes of the 1839 General Meeting with an edition of 1o,ooo copies. Immediately following this entry is another which repeats the title. For this second “Berita,” see No. 1161. References: Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 1839), p. 9. Copies: None located.

1151

[Hawaiian Imprint] [Cards for Schools. Honolulu, 1839?] Two editions of this item are found in the printed minutes of the General Meeting for May and June 184o. The first is given as 8 pages with 2,ooo copies printed; the second as 4 pages with 1,ooo copies printed. No copies of either item can be found. References: Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 1839), p. 9.

Hawaiian National Bibliography 1839

[Hawaiian Imprint] [Hymns for Children. Honolulu, 1839?]

215 1152

Not seen. The printed minutes of the May–June 1839 General Meeting record this and state further “8vo. 4 pp. 2,ooo copies printed.” References: Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 1839), p. 9.

[Hawaiian Imprint] [Love to the House of God, (a tract) Honolulu, 1839–184o?]

1153

An English-language tract with the above title is recorded in the printed minutes of the May–June 184o General Meeting. The record further states that it was 8 pages, 12mo., and that 25o copies were printed. No copies of such a tract can now be located. References: Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 184o), p. 5.

He Hoikehonua He | Hoikehonua | no ka | Palapala Hemolele, | he mea ia e akaka’i ke ano o na wahi i haiia mai ai | ma ka | olelo a ke Akua. | [rule] | Alua pai ana. | [rule] | Honolulu: | Na na Misionari i Pai, | 1839. 8vo. 23 x 14 cm (HMCS). [1] title, [2] blank, [5] + 6–52 text pp. With 6 engraved maps (including 2 folding).

Title: Geography of the Holy Scriptures, this will clarify the things mentioned in the word of God. Second printing. Worcester’s Geography of the Bible, translated by Asa Thurston (Dibble). This is the second edition; the first edition was printed at Lahainaluna in 1834 (see No. 892). While there was one printing of the main text of this edition, there were two issues of it. The first has (on pp. 51–52) questions on maps 1–4 only and seems to have been issued without the actual maps (4 copies in HMCS lack these). The second issue has at the end an additional leaf numbered “51” at the top with questions on maps numbered 5 and 6; the verso of this leaf is blank. Copies of this second issue were generally issued with the Lahainaluna engraved maps. These are: 1. O ka Honua, oia Na AINA HOIKEA ma ke KAUOHA KAHIKO. Lahainaluna, Maui, 1839. Na Pikao i kaha. (folding 17 x 28 cm) 2. O Ka Hele Ana o Ka Iseraela mai Aigupita a i Kanaana. Na. N. Pikao. (14 x 1o.5 cm) 3. Kanaana Ame [sic] na Mokuna o na ohana. Na N. Pikao i kaha. (14 x 9 cm) 4. PALESETINA. Na Kunui. (15.8 x 1o.3 cm) 5. IERUSALEMA kahiko a me ka aina o Moria. Na Kunui. (1o.3 x 15.5 cm) 6. He PALAPALAHONUA no ko Paulo Hele Ana. Na Kunui i kaha. (17.3 x 26.3 cm) The printed minutes for the 1839 General Meeting record an edition of 5,ooo copies. This number evidently includes both issues, only a portion of which had engraved maps added. References: Butler, 285. Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 1839), p. 9. Judd and Bell, 19o and 191 (the latter they say is “issued without maps,” but in fact there was probably only one printing of the text of this edition). Copies: ATL*, on thin paper. GF*, with maps. HHS*, with maps. HMCS (7)*, 3 without maps, 4 copies with maps. HSL. LC*, with maps. NLC, with maps.

1154

216

1839

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1155

He Kuhikuhi He | KUHIKUHI | no ka | PALAPALA HEMOLELE; | No ka mea e pono ai ke kanaka ke hana. | [rule] | Buke 2 | [rule] | Lahainaluna. | 1839. 12mo. 18 x 1o.5 cm. [1] title, [2] blank, [3] + 4–35 text, [36] blank pp.

Title: A guide to the Holy Scriptures; a good thing for men to use. Book 2. A translation by Samuel Whitney of Nathan Welby Fiske and Jacob Abbott’s Bible Class Book, Book ii (Boston, Massachusetts, Sunday School Union, 1829 or 1832 edition). A translation of Book i was published at Lahainaluna in 1834 (see No. 895). Book iii was issued in 184o (see No. 1218). The printed minutes of the 184o General Meeting record an edition of 5oo copies. References: Butler, 212. Dibble, p. 417. Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 1839), p. 1o. Judd and Bell, 192. Copies: HarU (42-5639)*. HHS*. HMCS (3)*, one in plain yellow wrappers, one in blue wrappers with signature “Rev. E. Johnsons, Waioli Kauai” and further note by Rev. Lowell Smith: “This is supposed to be Fiskes Bible Class Book. is it or is it not? Is it desirable to revise & reprint it?” LC*. NLC. PS*. 1156

He Manao Ao He Manao ao i na ekalesia. | Honolulu, June 11, 1839. | [text begins:] Auhea oukou, e na hoahanau a pau loa mai Ha- | waii a Kauai, aloha oukou. | [Honolulu, 1839] 12mo. 18.3 x 1o.5 cm (BPBM). Caption title, [1] + 2–12 text pp.

Title: Thoughts of wisdom to those in the church. The printed minutes of the 184o General Meeting record a work entitled “Letter to the Churches.” This is presumed to be the item in question. However the record further states that this is “12mo. 24 pp. & 1,ooo copies printed.” References: Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 184o), p. 4. Judd and Bell, 193. Copies: HHS. HMCS (2)*. 1157

Hoike Uhane Hoike Uhane: | he kamaiilio e moakaka ai | ka uhane o kanaka. | [rule] | T. H. Gallaudet, i unuhiia. | [rule] | Buke i, | Honolulu: Mea Pai Palapala a na Misionari. | 1839. 18mo. 15 x 9.5 cm. [1] title, [2] blank, [3] Olelo Hoakaka (Explanatory word), [4] blank, [5] + 6–65 text, [66] blank pp.

Title: Explaining spiritual things: a conversation about the soul of man. Translated from T. H. Gallaudet. Book I. Gallaudet’s Child’s Book on the Soul, translated by Samuel Whitney (Dibble). At the 1836 General Meeting, “Gallaudet on the Soul and on Repentance” was assigned to Mr. Whitney, “to be reviewed by Mr Bishop.” The text on repentance is probably the tract No Ka Mihi, which is undated but appears to have been published in 1836 (see No. 1o17). The printed minutes of the 1838 General Meeting record an edition of 1o,ooo copies. References: Butler, 161. Dibble, p. 417. Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 184o), p. 4. Judd and Bell, 189. Copies: AAS*, James Hunnewell copy. ATL (2)*, one with inscription in the hand of A. O. Forbes: “Translation of Gallaudet’s Child’s Book of the Soul, by Rev. C. Forbes.” BPBM (3)*.

Hawaiian National Bibliography 1839

217

FLP. GF (3). HarU (2). HHS (3). HMCS (12)*. LC (3)*, one has “Presented to the National Institute by Jno. K. Townsend Nov. 1842.” NLC. PS. UC-B*. UH. YU.

Huish, Robert A | Narrative | of the Voyages and Travels | of | Captain Beechey, R.N. F.R.S. &c., | to the | Pacific and Behring’s Straits; | performed in the years 1825, 26, 27 and 28. | For the purpose of Co-operating with the Expeditions under Captains | Parry and Franklin. | and of | Captain Back R.N., | to the | Thlew-ee-choh River & the Arctic Sea. | In search of the Expedition under Capt. G. Ross|, R.N. | Being the conclusion of the series of voyages instituted for the | discovery of the | North West Passage. | [rule] | Compiled from Original and Authenticated Documents, | by | Robert Huish, Esq. F.L.A. & Z. Soc. | translator of the “Morning Devotions,” and the “Contemplations on | the sufferings of Christ,” by C. C. Sturm; and author of | Several popular works. | [rule] | London; | Printed by W. Hill, 48, Northampton St. Clerkenwell. | Published by W. Wright, 13, St. George’s Road. | Southwark. | 1839.

1158

8vo. 22.5 x 14 cm (AH). [i] title, [ii] blank, [iii] + iv–vi Contents, [vii –viii] Introduction, [1] + 2–5o8 Beechey voyage text, [5o9] + 51o–7o4 Travels of Capt. Back text pp. With added engraved title dated 1836, verso blank. Frontispiece portrait of Captain Beechey, portrait of Captain Back at p. 5o9, and 7 engraved plates.

Second edition. For the first edition (1836) and comments on the text, see No. 1oo2. References: O’Reilly and Reitman, 857. Copies: AH (Kahn)*. This edition is not recorded in the NUC.

Infantile Study Infantile Study; | or | Lessons for a Child, under 3 years. | [double rule] | [text begins] | [Honolulu, 1839–184o]

1159

16mo. 14 x 1o.5 cm (HMCS). Caption title, [1] + 2–16 text pp.

A primer intended for use by the children of the missionaries. It begins with letters of the alphabet in upper and lower case and then simple numbers. There are eight lessons, beginning with two-letter words and progressing to full sentences; then verses on “The Grateful Child,” on “Little verses for good children,” and on “Creation.” The last page contains seven two-line quotations from the Bible. The text contains 11 small woodcuts. The printed minutes of the 184o General Meeting record an edition of 4oo copies. References: Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 184o), p. 5. Copies: HMCS*.

Ka Ai o Ka La Ka Ai o Ka La, | Buke 8,—184o. | [rule] | [text begins] | [Honolulu, 1839] 24 mo. 13.5 x 8 cm (HMCS). Caption title, [1] + 2–48 text pp.

Title: Food for the day. The biblical verses here are from the Books of II Timothy (pp. 1–12), Titus (pp. 13–19), Philemon (pp. 19–22), and Hebrews (pp. 22–48). The printed minutes of the May–June 184o General Meeting record an edition of 12,ooo copies. References: Butler, 135. Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 184o), p. 4. Copies: AAS. HMCS (2)*.

1160

218

1839

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1161

Ka Manaoio Ka Manaoio | a me ka | BERITA | a ka | Ekalesia | [rule] | Ka lua o ke pai ana,— 1o,ooo. | [rule] | Honolulu. | [Mission Press] | 1839. 24mo. 11 x 7 cm (HMCS). [i] title, [ii] blank, [1] + 2–13 text, [14] blank pp.

Title: The faith and covenant of the church. Second printing. For the first (1838) edition, see No. 11o6. This is recorded in the printed minutes of the May–June 1839 General Meeting as: “Berita (Church Covenant) 32mo. 16 pp. 1o,ooo copies.” This work was reprinted in 1843 in a large edition; see No. 1415. References: Butler, 239. Extracts from the Minutes (Honolulu, 184o), p. 4. Judd and Bell, 194. Copies: ATL*. HHS. HMCS (4)*. NLC, lacking last page. 1162

Kamehameha III. Laws and Regulations He | PALAPALA HOIKE | no na | Lunaauhau, Oahu, | [rule] | [text begins:] | Ke hoolili ne au i keia poe kanaka i poe Lunaauhau no ka moku puni Oahu nei . . . Ua hoopaaia ma Honolulu, i keia la umikuma- | makahi o Sepatemaba, i ka makahiki o ka Haku hoo- | kahi tausani ewalu haneri me kanakolukumaiwa. | [signed] Kamehameha III. | Kekauluohi. | Ike maka [witnessed by] | Boaz Mahune. [on facing page:] Lahaina. Dek. 24, 1839. | Aloha oe e Mataio Kekuanaoa, a me | au alii a pau: [Text of letter begins] | [signed] | Kamehameha III. | Kekauluohi. [Lahainaluna, 1839] Circular. Printed on the second and third pages of a single-fold sheet, folding to 21 x 26.5 cm.

Title: A report concerning the tax collectors of Oahu. The King hereby appoints seven men to be tax collectors on Oahu as follows: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.

Kuluwailehua, [for the districts] from Kanau to Kapukaki. Hooliliamanu, [for the districts] from Kapukaki to Kapiliokahe. Kulepe, [for the districts] from Kapiliokahe to Kalaiokaena. Puapua, [for the districts] from Kalaeokaena to Kehuohapuu. Kealiiwaiwai, [for the districts] from Kehuohapuu to Kalaeokaoio. Kuaana, [for the districts] from Kalaeokaoio to Kanau. Kapeha, he is the tax collector of the Highways.

Their duties are defined in the New Constitution of the Government (see Nos. 1269 and 1337). The document was signed by the king and by Kekauluohi, the Premier, in Honolulu “this eleventh day of September, in the year of the Lord, 1839.” The text of the second letter, dated Lahaina, December 24, 1839, is the same as No. 1164. The size of the edition is unknown, but was probably about 1oo copies. References: None found. Copies: AH (3)*, 1 in F.O. & Ex. 1163

Kamehameha III. Proclamation KE KUKALA ANA A KE ALII. | Honolulu, Iune 8, 1839. | Ke kukala ana o Kamehameha III. i ko Kaahu- | manu II, hooilina; mahope ona o Pikoria [sic] Kameha- | malu II. ia Miriama Kekauluohi nae kana mau olelo | i keia manawa aku. Eia kana olelo ana: [in English on facing page:] PROCLAMATION. | Honolulu, June 8th, 1839. | The explanation of Kamehameha III, respecting |

Hawaiian National Bibliography 1839

219

the descent of the authority of Kaahumanu II. | to her heir and successor, Victoria Kamehamalu II. | in whose place however, Miriam Hekauluohi [sic] is to | act for the present. This is his proclamation, [signed below the Hawaiian text:] KAMEHAMEHA III. [Honolulu, 1839] Circular. 18 x 23 cm. Text printed in Hawaiian (22 lines) and English (21 lines) on unnumbered, facing leaves of a single-fold sheet, folding to 18 x 11.5 cm.

This proclamation establishes the chiefess Miriam Kekauluohi in the office of Kuhina Nui (or co-regent) and proclaims “Furthermore; no documents nor notes, referable to government, after this date, which have not my signature, and also that of Miriam Kekauluohi at the bottom of said writing will be acknowledged as government papers.” The printed minutes of the 184o General Meeting record an edition of 6oo copies. References: Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 184o), p. 5. Copies: AH (F.O. & Ex.) (3)*. AH (Kahn)*. BPBM (Carter 3-A-25)*. HMCS*.

Kamehameha III. Proclamation Lahaina, Dek[emaba] 24, 1839. | Aloha oe e Mataio Kekuanaoa, a me | au alii a pau:—[with 13 lines of text] | [signed by] | Kamehameha III [and] Kekauluohi. [Lahaina, 1839]

1164

Broadside. 18 lines of text, printed in red, 26 x 14.5 cm.

The King and the Premier here address Mataio Kekuanaoa (the Governor of Oahu) and other chiefs, approving the tax collecting report of September 11, 1839. The chiefs are asked to proclaim the new laws on tax collecting to landlords (konohiki) and to the people (makaainana) on the first of January, with the laws to take effect after that proclamation. This letter was subsequently printed on the same sheet that has the text of the proclamation and the names of tax collectors appointed for the island of Oahu (see No. 1162). The edition of this letter is unknown but was probably fewer than 2o copies. References: None found. Copies: HMCS, in the Levi Chamberlain scrapbook*.

Laplace, Cyrille Pierre Theodore MANIFESTO | Addressed to the King of the Sandwich Islands, by Capt. | Laplace, Commanding the French Frigate l’Artémise, | in the name of his Government. | [From the Sandwich Island Gazette.] [sic] | [text begins] | [Honolulu, Mission press, 1839] Document, 19.5 x 11.8 cm (HHS). Caption title, [1] + 2–4 text pp.

The first separate publication of important documents concerning the Laplace affair of 1839. The Hawaiian government, nearly powerless when confronted by strong foreign governments with interests in the Pacific, was made painfully aware of this by the visit of the French frigate Artémise in 1839. Captain Laplace’s visit was one of “avowed hostility” ( Judd). Immediately upon arrival he issued a “Manifesto,” followed by demands, both of which are published in this document. The text begins: His Majesty, the king of the French, having commanded me to come to Honolulu in order to put an end, either by force or persuasion, to the ill treatment to which the French have been victims at the Sandwich Islands. I hasten, first, to employ this last means as the most comfortable to the political, noble and liberal system pursued by

1165

220

1839

Hawaiian National Bibliography

France against the powerless, hoping thereby that I shall make the principal chiefs of these islands understand how fatal the conduct which they pursue towards her, will be to their interests, and perhaps cause disasters to them and to their country, should they be obstinate in their perseverance. The terms of “force or persuasion” were presented in the form of five demands dated “The 1oth July, (9th according to date here [Honolulu]) 1839”: 1. That the Catholic worship be declared free throughout all the dominions subject to the king of the Sandwich Islands. 2. That a site for a Catholic church be given by the Governor at Honolulu. 3. That all Catholics imprisoned on account of religion . . . be immediately set at liberty. 4. That the King of the Sandwich Islands deposit in the hands of the Captain of l’Artémise the sum of twenty thousand dollars as a guarantee of his future conduct towards France. 5. That the treaty signed by the King . . . as well as the sum above mentioned be conveyed on board the Frigate l’Artémise by one of the principal chiefs of the country; and also that, the batteries of Honolulu do salute the French flag with twenty-one guns which will be returned by the Frigate. The official letter from Captain Laplace to the British Consul that follows his “demands” announces his intentions to “commence hostilities on the 13th of July (which is the twelfth of your date) [sic] at 12 a.m. against the king of the Sandwich Islands, should he refuse to accede immediately to the just conditions of the treaty presented by me . . . ” Although printed from the documents published in the Sandwich Island Gazette, this contains an addition respecting “the Protestant clergy” that had been omitted from the newspaper publication. The mission sent copies of this printed document to the United States, where the American Board had it reprinted in newspapers and periodicals. The printed minutes of the 184o General Meeting record this as “Capt. Laplace’s Manifesto. 12mo. 8 pp. 1oo copies [printed].” The larger number of pages recorded than are found in extant copies may mean that the text was printed twice to a sheet thus making 2oo copies when cut and folded, or it may mean that the text was also issued in the Hawaiian language, no copies of which have I located. References: Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 184o), p. 6. Copies: AH (Kahn)*. HHS*. HMCS*. 1166

Lichtenstein, Karl Martin Heinrich Beitrag | zur ornithologischen Fauna von Californien | nebst | Bemerkungen über die Artkennzeichen der Pelicane und über | einige Vögel von den Sandwich-Inseln. | [rule] | [Gelesen in der Akademie der Wissenschaften am 27 Juni 1837.] | [Berlin, 1839] 4to. 26.5 x 22 cm (AH [Kahn]). Caption title, [1] + 2–35 text, [36] blank pp.

General remarks on the vegetation and fauna of California are followed by more detailed numbered articles on California birds: 1. Vultur californianus Shaw; 2. Falcon (Buteo ferrunginus); 3. Strix frontalis; 4. Fringilla hudsonia; 5. Pelecanus trachyrynchus. A second portion of the text (pp. 32–35) has remarks on specimens collected in 1838

Hawaiian National Bibliography 1839

221

[sic] by Herr Dopp, in Mexico and in the Hawaiian Islands: Hylomanes momolula (Mexico), Hemignathus obscura, and Hemignathus lucidus. This monograph was first published in Abhandlung der Koniglichten zu Berlin (Berlin, 1839; Vol. 23 in the first part titled “Physikalische Abbhandlungen”). As published in this form, the text comprises [417] + 418–451 text, [452] blank pp. A small number of copies were prepared in offprint form for purposes of presentation by the author. These have the pagination altered as shown above, but are textually unchanged. The date of 1837, which appears directly below the caption title, is the date on which the paper was read or presented to the Royal Academy in Berlin, not the date of publication. Adding to the confusion of the year of issue, at the bottom of page 417 in the periodical issue, there appears “Physik-Math Kl. 1838.” Copies of the periodical issue of this work have five hand-colored lithograph plates including one of Hawaiian birds. Tab v depicts Hemignathus obscurus and Hemignathus lucidus (25.5 x 21 cm) and shows both juvenile and adult birds. These may never have been included in the offprint issue: they are lacking in two copies of the offprint examined (AH [Kahn]). References: British Museum ( Natural History Catalogue, Vol. iii, p. 11o9; gives the date as “Berlin, 184o” and says 5 plates). Copies: AH (Kahn)*, 2 copies of the author’s offprint. BL*, the periodical issue with the plates.

[List of Ships] [List of ships at Lahaina. Lahainaluna, 1839?]

1167

Broadside. Original not seen.

The printed minutes of the 184o General Meeting of the Sandwich Islands Mission record that during the year just concluded, 1oo copies of such a list had been printed. References: Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 184o), p. 6. Copies: None located.

Missionary Records Missionary Records. | [rule] | Sandwich Islands. | [rule] | London: | The Religious Tract Society; | Instituted 1799. | Depository, 56, Paternoster Row, and 65, | St. Paul’s Churchyard; and sold by | the Booksellers. | 1839. 12mo. 14 x 8.8 cm (BPBM). [i] half title, [ii] printer’s name and address, [iii] title, [iv] blank, [v] + vi–xii Contents, [1] + 2–356 text pp. With frontispiece engraved map “Sandwich Islands” (7.5 x 12 cm).

An important and little-known text. It is evident that the (unknown) writer had a wide knowledge of the subject, and it is more than likely that the Rev. William Ellis had a hand in its production. Ellis is quoted at length, and there are letters addressed to him in the text; then on page 2o3 there is a direct reference to Ellis as the “author of this work.” Included is an account of the visit of Kamehameha II, Kamamalu, and his entourage to London in 1824, with quotes from Court “Bulletins” about the illness and death of both the king and queen, the return of their bodies to Hawaii on HMS Blonde, and their state funeral in Honolulu. The history of the American mission in Hawaii is continued through 1836. References: According to the British Library catalogue, this forms part of a series of 8 volumes published between 1833 and 1839. The volumes include texts on China, Burma, Ceylon, and India. Copies: AH (Kahn)*. BPBM*. BPBM (Carter 1-A-8)*. HSL (Tice Phillips).

1168

222

1839

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1169

Na Himeni Hoolea Na | Himeni Hoolea. | He mau mele ma ka uhane, | e hoolea ai na kanaka, na keiki, na ohana, | na kula, na ekalesia, | ia | Iehova, ke Akua e ola’i. | [double rule] | Honolulu: | Ka na Misionari Mea Pai. | [rule] | 1839. 16mo. 14 x 8 cm. [i] title, [ii] blank, [iii] + iv–viii Ka Hoakaka Ana (Explanation), [1] + 2–177 hymns text, 178–18o Papa lalani mua (Index of first lines), 181–183 He papa ano himeni hoolea, 184 no na manawa pp.

Title: Hymns of praise. Spiritual songs, for men, children, families, churches, to praise Jehovah, the eternal God. The second edition. For the first edition (1837), see No. 1o66. The printed minutes of the 184o General Meeting record an edition of 1o,ooo copies. References: Butler, 78. Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 184o), p. 4. Judd and Bell, 195. Copies: AAS*, James Hunnewell’s copy. AH (2). AH (Kahn)*, original tan calf. GF (2). HarU (2). HHS (2). HMCS*. LC*. NLC. UM. 1170

Na Manao Eono NA MANAO EONO | e | Paipai i na Kumu Kula Sabati, | e | Hooikaika Mau. | [rule] | [text begins:] | [Colophon below rule at end of p. 2:] Honolulu: Mea Paipalapala a na Misionari. 1839. 22 x 14.5 cm. [1]–2 text pp.

Title: Six thoughts to help Sunday School teachers, and some encouragement [for them]. This publication is not recorded in the printed minutes of the General Meeting for 1839 or 184o. Judd and Bell state that this item is recorded in the 184o Extracts (p. 4). However that item includes “cuts” which this does not have. The printer most likely included this in the classification “small jobs.” References: Judd and Bell, 196. Copies: HMCS (2)*, printed on conjugate leaves and bound with other works. 1171

No ke Kalaiaina No Ke Kalaiaina. [Lahainaluna, 1839–184o] 8vo. 21.5 x 13.5 cm. Caption title, [17] + 18–256 pp. Composed of 23 unsigned signatures of 8 pages each. The title page and the first two signatures (i.e., pp. 1–16) were never printed. Pages 17, 34, 167, and 243 are unnumbered.

Title: Concerning political economy. An adaptation of Francis Wayland’s Political Economy (with additions from other works), translated by the Rev. William Richards. Reverend Richards left the service of the American Board in Hawaii in 1838, at the specific request of the king and chiefs that he instruct them in political economy. This text, which he translated and adapted for that purpose, was commissioned and paid for by the king and chiefs. The text was never completed, nor was it ever published generally, but was issued sporadically in sections for use by the chiefs in council, and most copies now extant lack portions of the text that was printed. This work had subsequent use as a Lahainaluna textbook. Only two copies, complete as far as printed, are known: in the Houghton Library of Harvard University and in the Library of Congress. The Bishop Museum library copy has numerous marginal corrections, annotations, and questions, in what appears to be William Richards’ hand. The printed minutes of the 1839 General Meeting record: “Political Economy (unfin-

Hawaiian National Bibliography 1839

223

ished) 8vo. 128 pp. 4oo copies.” The minutes of the 184o meeting record “Kalaiaina (Political Economy) 1o sig[natures]. 8vo. 8o pp. 4oo copies.” References: Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 1839), p. 1o; and (Oahu, 184o) p. 6. Judd and Bell, 197. Copies: AH (Kahn)*, pp. 17–168 only. BPBM*, pp. 17–168 only, with annotations as above. HarU*, pp. 17–256, very fine copy in blue wrappers, the ABCFM copy. HHS (2)*, both pp. 17–168; one has signature “L. Papiohuli, Lahainaluna.” HMCS (3)*, 2 copies have pp. 17–168, 177–2oo, 2o9–224, and 233–248; one of these has contemporary signature of “William H. Till” on the first page of each signature. The third copy has pp. 17–168 only, with signature of [Edward K.] “Lilikalani,” and at p. 49 a date “January 2, 1854.” LC*, pp. 17–168.

Parkhurst, John L. Latin Lessons | for | CHILDREN, | on the inductive | method of instruction. | [rule] | by John L. Parkhurst. | [rule] | Lahainaluna. | High School Press. | 1839.

1172

16mo. 14 x 1o.5 cm. [1] title, [2] blank, [3] preface, [4] blank, [5]–6 To teachers, [7] + 8–32 text pp.

A reprint of an American schoolbook intended for use of missionary children, not scholars at the Lahainaluna Seminary, though it may well have been used there occasionally. Many of the surviving copies have provenance of children of the mission. The preface to this work, signed “J. L. P.” is dated Portland [Maine], November 1o, 1832, presumably the date of issue of the American original. The notice “To teachers” (pp. 5–6) states: The following lessons, and the questions and explanations connected with them, are written on the supposition that the learner already possesses some knowledge of English Grammar. All the knowledge that will be requisite, for the present, is, that he should be able to distinguish nouns, verbs, adjectives, and personal pronouns, together with genders and numbers. The printed minutes of the 184o General Meeting record an edition of 2oo copies. In a letter from Lorrin Andrews, March 18, 1841, to S. N. Castle (HMCS), he notes that 15o copies valued at 12 1/2 cents each were still on hand. References: Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 184o), p. 6. Copies: AAS*, fine copy. AH (Kahn)*, in original wrappers with inscription in ink on front blank: “My first introduction to Latin circa 1848. A. B. Lyons.” Lyons was the son of the missionary Rev. Lorenzo Lyons. BPBM*, the Emerson family copy. HarU*. HHS (3)*, A. O. Forbes’ childhood copy and 2 others. HMCS*. PS*, O. P. Emerson’s copy.

Questions in Geography Questions in Geography. [Honolulu, Mission Press, 1839–184o?] 16mo. 14.5 x 1o.5 cm (HMCS). 1–34 text pp. Issued without a main title but with a running title (as above).

A text probably meant for instruction of missionary children rather than for the mission at large. The text begins with an examination of a map of the world, then maps of North America, the United States, South America, Europe, Asia, and Africa. There are no comments regarding a map of the Hawaiian Islands. Beginning on page 29, students are asked questions on capes, gulfs, islands, and bays. The numerous questions are occasionally followed by small letters that are the first letters of the correct answers to be given by the instructor. The printed minutes of the May–June 184o General Meeting, which lists printing

1173

224

1839

Hawaiian National Bibliography

accomplished during the previous year, record “Geographical questions. 16mo. 32 pp. 2oo copies.” The leaf of pages 33–34 is tipped in. References: Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 184o), p. 5. Copies: HHS*, copy bound in waste sheets of Ke Kumu Hawaii dated January 1838. HMCS*, in plain blue paper wrappers. 1174

Randall, John W. Catalogue of the Crustacea brought by Thomas Nuttall and J. K. Townsend, from the West Coast of North America and the Sandwich Islands, with descriptions of such species of different localities, previously existing in the collection of the Academy. By J. W. Randall. (Read June 18th, 1839.) In: Journal of the Academy of Natural Science of Philadelphia. Vol. 8, pp. 1o6–147. Philadelphia, 1839–1842. 8vo. 21 x 13 cm. (BPBM)

This paper describes a number of species identified as collected in the Hawaiian Islands. It is accompanied by two plates numbered iii–iv. Thomas Nuttall (1786–1859) and John Kirk Townsend (18o9–1851), both trained scientists, had been members of the Wyeth overland expedition to the Columbia River area, 1834–1835. Nuttall came to the Hawaiian Islands with Townsend (on his second visit). Townsend published a lively account of his travels (1839), in which Nuttall is identified only as “N” (see No. 1183). References: None found. Copies: BPBM*, in the serial. The Union List of Serials records more than 1oo copies of this periodical. 1175

[Richards, William] [Letter on the Hawaiian Bible] In: Extracts from the Correspondence of the American Bible Society. No. 31, pp. 292–296. [New York,] September 1839. 8vo. 22.5 x 13.5 cm (YU).

In his letter addressed to Rev. John C. Bingham of the America Bible Society, dated Sandwich Islands, January 18, 1839, Richards tells of his Hawaiian parishioners, the progress of native schools, and the pressing need for a complete edition of the Bible. He transcribes a touching conversation (in Hawaiian and English) with a man who wished a New Testament, calling it an aniani, or “looking glass” for his soul. From 1818 to about 1846 the American Bible Society issued a monthly or semimonthly series entitled “Extracts from the Correspondence of the American Bible Society.” These contain occasional references to the Sandwich Islands Mission, particularly in the latter half of the 183os, when the society underwrote part of the cost of printing the Bible in Hawaiian. References: None found. Copies: YU (Divinity)*. 1176

Richardson, John [and others]. Beechey Voyage. Zoology The | Zoology | of | Captain Beechey’s Voyage; | compiled from the | Collections and Notes made by Captain Beechey, | the officers and naturalist of the expedition, | during a voyage to the Pacific and Behring’s Straits performed in | His

Hawaiian National Bibliography 1839

Majesty’s Ship Blossom, | under the command of | Captain F. W. Beechey, R.N., F.R.S., &c. &c. | in the years 1825, 26, 27 and 28, | by | J. Richardson, M.D., F.R.S., &c.; N. A. Vigors, Esq., A.M., F.R.S., &c; G. T. Lay. Esq.; | E. T. Bennett, Esq., F.L.S., &c.; Richard Owen, Esq.; | John E. Gray, Esq., F.R.S., &c.; The Rev. W. Buckland, D.D., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.S., &c. | and G. B. Sowerby, Esq. | [rule] | Illustrated with upwards of | fifty finely coloured plates by Sowerby. | [rule] | Published under the authority of the Lords Commissioners of the Admiralty. | [double rule] | London: | Henry G. Bohn, 4, York Street, Covent Garden. | [rule] | MDCCCXXXIX. 4to. 27.5 x 22 cm (BPBM). [i] half title, [ii] blank, [iii] title, [iv] printer’s name else blank, [v] + vi–viii Introduction by F. W. Beechey dated July 1839, [ix] + x–xii List of the Plates, [1] + 2–11 Mammalia text, [12] blank, followed by: [9*] + 1o*–13* Additional Observations, [14*] blank, [13] + 14, [15] + 16–4o Ornithology text, [41] + 42–75 Fishes text, [76] blank, [77] + 78– 92 Crustacea text, [93] + 94–97 Reptiles text, [98] blank, [99] Bactrachians text, [1oo] blank, [1o1] Molluscus Animals and their Shells half title, [1o2] blank, [1o3] + 1o4–1o5 Introductory Remarks, [1o6] blank, 1o7–155 Molluscus Animals text, [156] blank, [157] Geology text, [158] blank, [159] + 16o–18o Geology text pp. With 3 geological maps colored in part (one folding), and with 44 hand-colored plates.

The scientific results of the Beechey voyage, which comprise a collection of individual papers, as follows: The Mammalia text, by John Richardson, has two hand-colored plates drawn by Edward Lear. Numbered i and ii, these depict a squirrel and a bat. None of the text concerns Hawaii. The Ornithology text, by N. A. Vigors, has 12 hand-colored plates drawn by Edward Lear. None of the text or plates (numbered iii–xiv) concerns Hawaii. The Fishes text, by G. T. Lay and E. T. Bennett, has nine hand-colored plates numbered xv–xxiii. Pages 46–48 comment on specimens collected in Hawaii. Plate xviii (fig. 2) was collected at Oahu, and several other descriptions say, “Hab. in Oceano Pacifico” or “Hab. in Oceano Pacifico apud Oahu.” The Crustacea text, by Richard Owen, has five hand-colored plates numbered xxiv–xxviii. Plates xxiv–xxvii each include a specimen collected at Oahu. The Reptiles text, by John Edward Gray, has four hand-colored plates numbered xxix–xxxii. None of the text or plates concern Hawaii. The Molluscus Animals text, by John Edward Gray, has 12 hand-colored plates numbered xxxiii–xliv. Many specimens say “Inhab. Pacific Ocean.” None are specifically noted as collected in Hawaii. The Geology text, “Selected by Professor Buckland from the notes of Lieutenant Belcher and Mr. A. Collie,” has one (uncolored) plate. Pages 176–177 have general remarks on Hawaii, particularly on “Diamond Hill” and a statement that “Within the memory of living residents they say a shower of black stones fell close to the town of Honoruru.” The three geological maps are plans of Eschscholtz Bay, the Bay of Conception, and the Port of San Francisco. The extra (asterisked) leaves inserted in the Mammalia text, dated Haslar Hospital, Gosport, February 1839, contain textual revisions by Richardson. References: Ferguson, 271o. Lada-Mocarski, 1o5. Sabin, 71o32 (says it was published in 1o parts). Zimmer, p. 51. Copies: AH (Kahn)*. BPBM (Carter 4-E-13)*, fine copy in 3/4 dark green morocco. BPBM (Fuller)*, in contemporary half dark green calf. DL. ML. NLA. SMC*, fine copy in original glazed cloth. YU*, fine copy in cloth.

225

226

1839

Hawaiian National Bibliography

1177

Sandwich Island Institute Circular | of the | Sandwich Island Institute: | containing | Directions | for | the preparation and preservation of objects of | Natural History. | [rule] | Compiled by order of | The Board of Managers. | Honolulu: | 1839. 8vo. 21 x 13 cm (AH [Kahn]). [1] title, [2] blank, [3]–4 The Sandwich Island Institute, [5] + 6–27 Directions, [28] three-line notice pp. With 4 engraved plates by Pikao.

An instructional manual on the mounting and preparation of natural history specimens for the institute. The preface states: The Society was organized in Nov. 1837, and in a few months numbered 31 resident members, and 11 honorary members. The leading objects of the Institute are, the mutual intellectual and moral improvement of its members, and the collection of information respecting the numerous groups of Polynesia, and the adjacent coasts— a field for investigation which, it may almost be said, has scarcely begun to be explored. For the constitution and bylaws of this society, see No. 1126. The text (and plates) are adapted from Titian Ramsay Peale’s Circular of the Philadelphia Museum: containing directions for the preservation of objects of natural history (Philadelphia, 1831). The untitled engraved plates, which were produced at Lahainaluna, are: 1. 2. 3. 4.

a quadruped lying on the ground, with incision marks on stomach and legs mounted skeletons of a bird and quadruped plate with four figures, of a bird being prepared for exhibition mounted butterfly, insect, and insect net and flappers

The printed minutes of the May–June 1839 General Meeting record “8vo. 28 pp. 3oo copies.” References: Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 1839), p. 9. Copies: AH (Kahn)*, fine copy in modern 3/4 red morocco. HMCS*. The NUC lists a copy in the U.S. Geological Survey Library. 1178

Sandwich Island Mirror Sandwich Island | Mirror, | & Commercial Gazette. | [double rule] | “In Truth’s Bold Cause, to Rouse each Fearless Heart.” | [double rule] | Printed by R. J. Howard. Honolulu, Oahu, August 15, 1839. Volume i. Number i. [Honolulu, 1839–184o] A weekly English-language newspaper, each issue having 4 (unnumbered) pages, printed in 3 columns, 41.5 x 28 cm (HMCS).

The successor to the Sandwich Island Gazette. In the first issue, the prospectus states: The publication of the Sandwich Island Gazette & Journal of Commerce having been discontinued, the Foreign Residents at Oahu and particularly the proprietors of the press feel desirous that some public Journal (however limited in its operations) should continue to be sent forth from this section of the globe, for the purpose of diffusing correct information of what happens at these Islands. . . . It is therefore proposed to publish at Honolulu, Oahu, a monthly paper . . . to be directed to the interests of Commerce [and] Agriculture, Industry and Navigation; to miscellaneous extracts and communications calculated to amuse and enlarge the mind, the current news of the Islands, and such foreign intelligence as shall be judged interesting and profitable. . . .

Hawaiian National Bibliography 1839

227

The Mirror will be published on the 15th day of every month . . . at $2. per annum payable always in advance. This paper continued in the same general format as its larger predecessor, with advertisements, shipping notices, government proclamations, and excerpts from other papers, periodicals, and books. The first issue contains an “obituary” of the Sandwich Island Gazette, and a selection from Alexander Forbes’ History of California (London, 1838); No. 2 (Sept. 15, 1839) has an article on Pitcairn Island, when visited by HMS Imogene. As with the Gazette the tone was anti-missionary, and a favorite method of attack was to reprint excerpts of letters and reports from New England publications, with added remarks. Although relatively little is printed about Catholic missionary efforts in Hawaii, notices regarding their work on other islands of the Pacific and in foreign lands are inserted throughout. The proprietors were acutely interested in the Oahu Charity School. Issue No. 5 (Dec. 15) has a review of recent examination exercises, and other reports regarding the school are inserted regularly. The obituary of Chiefess Liliha appears in Issue No. 2 (Sept. 15). No. 4 (Oct. 15) has an account entitled “Funeral of Madame Boki.” No. 6 ( Jan. 15, 184o) includes an obituary of Governor Hoapili of Maui (here spelled Opili). A rambling article by the editor, on the second page of each issue, contains general information on current events. In No. 5 (Dec. 15) he comments on the condition of Honolulu Harbor. “Communications” or letters to the paper are few. One such, signed “J. J.” (No. 2, Sept. 15), reviews David Malo’s article on the decrease in population that had appeared in Volume 2, No. 2 of the Hawaiian Spectator in April 1839; it answers with vehemence “slanders” contained therein with respect to the morals of foreigners in the Islands. In 184o a series of articles signed “Tattler” record early attempts at raising cane and producing sugar. These commence in No. 8 (March 5), detailing the arrival of John Wilkinson on HMS Blonde, his attempts to grow sugar in Manoa valley, and his death in 1827. Subsequent articles by “Tattler” in No. 9 (April 15), No. 1o (May 15), and No. 11 ( June 15) include a summary of agricultural efforts on other islands, particularly on Kauai. Issue No. 1o recounts attempts by Sherman Peck, Captain Stetson, and Charles Titcomb to start a silk industry on Kauai in 1835. The conclusion of the newspaper is announced in No. 12, July 15, 184o. A “Supplement to the Sandwich Island Mirror” was published in pamphlet form (see No. 1243). The Hawaiian Mission Children’s Society Library has the only known run of this periodical (lacking only No. 7, Feb. 15, 184o). On its original plain brown wrapper, there appears in a contemporary hand (possibly that of S. N. Castle): “Sandwich Island Mirror by which the face & Foot of the Editor are most clearly seen.” References: Hunnewell, pp. 61 and 66. Copies: HMCS*.

Sandwich Islands Mission Extracts | from | The Minutes | of the | General Meeting | of the | Sandwich Islands Mission, | held at Honolulu, | May and June, 1839. | [rule] | Honolulu: | Mission Press. | [dotted rule] | 1839. 12mo. 18.5 x 11 cm. [1] title, [2] blank, [3] + 4–28 text, [29] contents, [3o] blank pp., [31] second title, [32] blank, [33] + 34–35 text, [36] blank pp.

1179

228

1839

Hawaiian National Bibliography

This report gives lists of printing accomplished, summary reports from stations, and notes on meeting houses and school buildings. The merits of the “common stock” system of goods versus fixed salaries to individual missionaries are discussed. Separate reports include: “On the Manufacture of Cloth” (p. 2o), the Lahainaluna Seminary (pp. 2o–21), “Diseases of the Sandwich Islands” (pp. 23–24), and “Cooperation of the Chiefs” (pp. 25–26). The second part, which reports on church policy, has a separate title: “Minutes of the Hawaiian Association, held at Honolulu May and June, 1839.” The printed minutes of the General Meeting of May and June 184o record an edition of 6o copies. References: Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 184o), p. 5. Copies: BPBM*. HHS*, bound with The Revised Minutes of the Delegate Meeting, 1838. HMCS (3)*. 1180

Sandwich Islands’ Mission Names | of the | Members and Children, | Belonging to the Maternal Association of the Sandwich Islands’ Mission. | June, 1839. [text begins] | [Honolulu, 1839] 19 x 11 cm. Caption title, [1] + 2–4 text pp.

Under the name of each member are listed the names and birth dates of her children. In this edition, the children of two nonmissionary wives, Mrs. Elizabeth S. Brinsmade and Mrs. Lucretia N. Ladd, are included. The printed minutes of the 184o General Meeting record an edition of 25o copies. References: Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 184o), p. 5. Copies: BPBM*. HMCS (2)*, one with an ink inscription at top: “Recd Apr. 16/41.” NYP*. 1181

Sandwich Islands Mission The | Revised Minutes | of the | Delegate Meeting | of the | Sandwich Islands Mission, | June 4th to 2oth, 1838. | [rule] | Honolulu: | Mission Press. | [dotted rule] | 1839. 12mo. 2o.5 x 13 cm untrimmed (BPBM). [1] title, [2] blank, [3] + 4–3o text, [31] contents, [32] blank pp.

The report of meetings held on Kauai, Oahu, Maui, and Hawaii in lieu of the General Meeting, which was usually held in Honolulu. This contains lists of matters discussed and summary paragraphs on the resolution of each. Important topics include: No. 4 “Teacher for the Chiefs” (p. 7); No. 6 “Wages of Native Teachers” (p. 8); and No. 7 “Medical Services” (p. 8). Longer essays include “Our duties to the Christian World, and the Duties of the Missionaries in the Sandwich Islands and the Churches under their care, to the Heathen of other countries” (pp. 22–24); and “Duties of the Mission to Rulers and Subjects as such” (pp. 24–26). Reports on the allocation of funds, mission station statistics, and lists of books printed at Honolulu and Lahainaluna are included. The printed minutes of the May–June 184o General Meeting record 6o copies printed. References: Extracts from the Minutes (Oahu, 184o), p. 5. Copies: BPBM*. BPBM (Carter 3-B-23)*. HHS*. HMCS (3)*. NYP*.

Hawaiian National Bibliography 1839

Stewart, Charles Samuel A Residence | in the | Sandwich Islands. | By C. S. Stewart, U.S.N. | Late Missionary at the Sandwich Islands. | [rule] | “Islands fair, | Which lie like jewels on the Indian deep, | Fed by the summer suns and azure air.” | [rule] | Fifth edition— Enlarged. | [rule] | Including an introduction and notes, | by Rev. William Ellis, | from the last London Edition. | [rule] | Boston: | Weeks, Jordan & Company. | [rule] | 1839.

229 1182

12mo. 19.5 x 12 cm. [i] title, [ii] copyright notice and printer’s name and address, [iii] dedication, [iv] blank, [v] + vi–vii Advertisement to the fifth edition, dated Hudson Square, New York, April 4, 1839, [viii] blank, [ix] –x Advertisement, [xi] + xii–xv Contents, [xvi] blank, [xvii] + xviii–xxiv Introduction by William Ellis, dated Hoxton College, April 2, 1828, [25] + 26–325 text, [326] blank, [327] + 328–348 Appendix pp.

The fifth, enlarged edition. For the first edition (1828), see No. 71o. References: Carter, p. 164. Copies: AAS. AH (Kahn)*. BPBM (Carter 1-C-1o)*, in dark green blind-stamped cloth. BPL. HMCS*. NYP. PA-VBC. UC-B. UH. YU. The NUC lists 16 copies.

Townsend, John Kirk Narrative | of a | Journey Across the Rocky Mountains, | to | the Columbia River, | and | a visit to the Sandwich Islands, Chile, &c. | With | a Scientific appendix. | by John K. Townsend, | Member of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. | Philadelphia: | Henry Perkins, 134 Chestnut Street. | Boston: Perkins & Marvin. | [rule] | 1839. 8vo. 23.5 x 14.5 cm (BPBM). [i] title, [ii] copyright notice and imprint, [iii] advertisement, [iv] Errata, [v] + vi –viii Contents, [9] + 1o–3o9 text, [31o] blank, [311] + 312–352 Appendix pp.

The Columbia River Fishing and Trading Company was formed in 1834 “by several individuals in New York and Boston” under Captain Nathaniel Jarvis Wyeth, “with the purpose of chiefly establishing trading posts beyond the Rocky Mountains and on the coast.” The author, who was “fond of Natural History, particularly the science of Ornithology” (from advertisement), joined the expedition at the suggestion of noted American ornithologist Thomas Nuttall, another member of the expedition. The expedition departed Independence, Missouri, on April 28, stopped en route at Fort Hall, and reached Fort Vancouver on September 16, 1834. After their exploratory investigation of the Northwest Coast, Townsend continued on to Hawaii, anchoring at Honolulu on the morning of January 5, 1835. He took rooms on shore in a building called “the Pagoda,” made notes for a description of the town, and visited the British and American consuls, Richard Charlton and John Coffin Jones. He had a visit from Hiram Bingham; saw Chiefess Kinau in her cart; and met the king and told him tales of recent buffalo and grizzly bear hunts. He later visited both the Seamen’s Bethel and the native churches. On February 1oth, Townsend and Nuttall made a trip to Koloa, Kauai, on the brig Avon (Capt. Hinckley). There they stayed with the local missionary, Rev. Peter J. Gulick, collected bird specimens with the help of skilled natives, combed the beach for shells, met Governor Kekuanaoa, and again saw Kamehameha III. Returning to Honolulu, the author witnessed and described a “calabash dance.” Townsend departed Honolulu for the Columbia River on the brig Mary Dacre, March 26th. Also on board were 3o Hawaiians, who were “to be engaged in the salmon fishery on the Columbia, and six of these have been allowed the unusual privilege of taking their wives with them.” While on the coast, Townsend met the Rev. Samuel Parker,

1183

230

1839

Hawaiian National Bibliography

another explorer who would also come to Hawaii and publish an account of his tour in 1838 (see No. 112o). In 1836 the author made a second visit to Hawaii. He arrived on December 23rd, found the town improved “by the importation from the Unites States of some four or five young ladies,” and commented that “they have routes for balls, and luau parties in abundance.” He again visited the king, attended a luau in Nuuanu valley, and wrote an account of his expedition to Waikiki and “Diamond Hill.” He recorded the death of Princess Nahienaena on January 6, 1837, and wrote extensively about the subsequent mourning ceremonies and her state funeral. In February Townsend visited Maui and Hawaii on the brig Diana (Capt. Hinkley). His brief stop at Lahaina included a visit to the Lahainaluna Seminary. At Kealakekua, Hawaii, he examined Cook’s monument and again collected bird specimens. In the course of his return to Honolulu, he stopped at Kawaihae, where he explored the heiau and noted cattle operations at the bay. Townsend departed Oahu on March 16th on the Europa, bound for Valparaiso. A London edition of this work was published in 184o; see No. 1249. The appendix contains a catalogue of quadrupeds found in the Territory of Oregon (pp. 311–331) and a catalogue of birds found in the Territory of Oregon (pp. 331–352). For another scientific publication on collections made by Townsend during the course of this expedition, see Randall (1839), No. 1174. References: Hill, p. 293. Judd and Lind, 175. Sabin, 96381. Streeter, 2o94. Wagner-Camp, 79:1 (with an important note on Townsend’s Northwest Coast travels). Copies: AAS. AH (Kahn)*. BPBM*. HarU. HMCS*. LC. NLC. NYP. PA-VBC. SMC*, fine copy in brown cloth. UC-B. WaU. YU. The NUC lists 56 copies. 1184

Wheeler, Daniel Extracts | from the | Letters and Journal | of | Daniel Wheeler, | now engaged in a religious visit | to the inhabitants of some of the | Islands of the Pacific Ocean, | Van Diemen’s Land, and New South Wales, | accompanied by his son, | Charles Wheeler. | [rule] | Part i. | [rule] | London: | Harvey, and Darton, Gracechurch Street. | [rule] | MDCCCCXXXIX. 8vo. 21.7 x 14.3 cm (BPBM). [1] title, [2] imprint else blank, [3] + 4–52 Part i text, [53] + 54–1o9 Part ii text, [11o] + 111–189 Part iii text, [19o] + 191–3oo Part iv text pp.

Daniel Wheeler, a Quaker, long a resident of “Shoosharry” near Saint Petersburg, Russia, had attained some fame in farming and in reclaiming swampy land for agriculture. He had long “felt his mind strongly attracted, in the love of the gospel, towards the inhabitants of some of the islands in the Pacific Ocean, of New South Wales, and in Van Diemen’s Land.” He presented his case to the “Committee of the Meeting for Sufferings” in London, and was authorized to proceed on a missionary voyage. Wheeler and his son Charles sailed from London on the Henry Freeling on November 13, 1833, to the Pacific Ocean via the Cape of Good Hope. They arrived at Hobart Town, Tasmania on September 1o, 1834. They toured both Tasmania and New South Wales before the Henry Freeling proceeded to Tahiti. The ship arrived at Oahu on the 26th of the 12th month (December), 1836. Visits were made to Hiram Bingham and the American Mission, and to the British Consul. The Wheelers preached in the native church and in the Seamen’s Bethel. They held Quaker Meetings. The elder Wheeler took notice of shipping in the harbor and made an “Address to the Rulers of the Sandwich Islands,” which is printed in this text. The king and Kinau made a visit to the ship.